Chapter 1: John Dory
Chapter Text
Sitting at the steering wheel, staring out at the passing fields, John Dory let his mind wander as Rhonda, his house bus Armadillo, carried him and all his possessions to who knows where. Last week, he had decided to return home to where he left his brothers and Grandma. After the argument that broke out between him and his brothers occurred, he was the first to leave. He heard Spruce and Clay mention that they were leaving too, but didn’t take them seriously. He expected that they would stay with Floyd, Branch and Grandma, but when he returned home, no one was there to greet him. His old house that he once shared with his family was overgrown with moss and leaves, and appeared to have been unlived in for many years. Despite the place's condition, John Dory refused to accept that they were gone and ran around the house and the yard, calling for his family. But, as he came to accept, no one was there.
He remembered searching the house, desperate to find any of his family's possessions, but didn’t find much. All that seemed to be left and worth keeping were Clay's funderdrawers that he wore during their last concert, Spruce’s ripped purple vest that he tore off the day he said he quit, Branch’s pair of glasses he wore during performances, and a cracked picture of John Dory with his brothers, the words BroZone written above.
Forcing his mind back to the present, John Dory looked over to see said picture, leaning against the wall. Standing up, he walked over and picked it up, running his hands over the image. Sighing, he returned to his seat, the picture still in his hands. He took a minute to study each of his brother's joyous faces.
The picture was taken right after he and his brothers got the opportunity to perform onstage in front of a real audience for the first time. Before, they just recorded their songs and performed for their grandma and small groups of trolls. But being a star had always been John Dory’s dream, and in his haste to fulfill it, he became so obsessed that he lost his brothers. Honestly, he didn’t blame them. How could he? He remembered that night they broke up vividly, and years being on his own has given him plenty of time to reflect on his past and realize that it really was his fault.
How he wished his brothers were with him. When he first set off, he was excited at the idea of adventure and danger, but soon, he found that being alone was, well, lonely. But, being the stubborn troll he was, he refused to return home, and continued to live in isolation. However, a month ago, John Dory finally pushed his feelings aside and decided it was time to return home. But he was too late.
Glancing at the picture in his hands, he couldn’t help but wonder what had become of his brothers. Did Spruce and Clay really leave? If so, where did they go? Did they leave together or did they also go their separate ways? What became of Floyd and Branch and Grandma?
Tears filled John Dory’s eyes as his questions consumed him. The thought that had been haunting him since returning home resurfaced, of how, if the place was abandoned, that must mean that his two youngest brothers and Grandma were dead. There was no other option. He could only hope that Clay was alive, but he had no way to find him. He did have a pretty good guess that Spruce was alive though. Standing back up, John Dory walked over to his desk by his bed, gently placed the picture down, and picked up a postcard showing a sunset that said ‘Wish You Were Here.’ There was no return address, no name, but he had a feeling it was from Spruce. He was the only troll John Dory knew who talked like that. Besides, believing that at least one of his brothers was still alive was better than nothing.
Laying down on his bed, his thoughts drifted to when they were still together. Spruce was the closest in age with John Dory as he was the second oldest. He could remember the joy he felt and finally getting his first brother, that he begged to be the one to name him. Without much thought, he decided to name him ‘Spruce.’ He couldn’t remember why this was the name he chose, but with one look at his first brother, it just seemed to be a perfect match.
Next came Clay. Once again, John Dory was thrilled to have another sibling, and as soon as Clay hatched, he fell in love once again. The three of them spent four years together before Floyd came. During that time, Clay was always teasing his older brothers and playing pranks on them, Spruce enjoyed exercising and flirting with girls, while John Dory enjoyed singing and dancing with them. Spruce and Clay seemed to get along the best, but overall they enjoyed each other’s company and did everything together.
When Floyd came, the brothers decided to start their own little band. Taking charge of the idea, John Dory came up with the name BroZone, began writing songs for them to sing, and came up with stage names for his brothers: Spruce being Heartthrob, Clay the Fun Boy, Floyd the Sensitive One, and himself as The Leader. For the next few years, they had fun singing songs together and performing for Grandma and friends. Anxious to get out and become a star though, John Dory began to devote his time to improve his songwriting skills and brought up the idea of recording their songs in order to get the attention of someone who would be willing to showcase their talent. But time and time again, they were rejected, and John Dory began to take more control over his brothers.
When Floyd was thirteen, Branch was born. Immediately, John Dory knew that Branch must have musical talent, as all his other brothers do. So, a couple months later when Branch did indeed prove to have gained his family's musical talent, he was given the stage name of The Baby, also known as Bitty B. John Dory loved giving Branch singing lessons when it was just the two of them, and from what he could remember, Branch had an incredible voice, even at such a young age. The first recording that included Branch immediately gained the attention of someone who was willing to showcase the brothers. For the first year of his life, performing was all Branch knew; that, and how his brothers loved to fight.
John Dory looked down in shame. Branch was only a year old when he left him. If he was even still alive, would he remember him? It has been years after all. Sitting up and rubbing his eyes, he decided that it wouldn’t do to get lost in his thoughts. Setting the postcard by the picture of his brothers, he stood and decided that they would stop for the night. Returning to the steering wheel, John Dory pressed the brakes, slowing Rhonda down.
He ended up parking Rhonda in the shadows of a spruce tree as he left to search for food to store. He’d only gone a few paces when a bright light suddenly engulfed him, transporting him to a strange room and leaving Rhonda behind.
Chapter 2: Spruce/Bruce
Chapter Text
“One seaweed float coming up!” Writing down his customer's order, Bruce turned and headed toward the counter which his wife, Brandy, was currently running. “Hey babe, we’ll need one more seaweed float made.”
“Alright, just let me finish cleaning up this mess your sons made then I’ll get right to it,” Brandy said, washing the counters off with a cloth.
Looking around at his restaurant located on Vacay Island, Bruce was filled with pride at all he had accomplished over the years. He settled down, got married, became a father, and started a business which he called Bruce & Sons, which also happened to be the most popular place to visit for anyone on vacation. He knows from personal experience how much of a sanctuary this small island had become for him, and his purpose of starting his own business here was to provide others with a sense of enjoyment and security.
When he first left his brothers, it took him a while to find this place, but once he did, he decided to stay. While he does regret leaving his brothers, he also knows that it was probably for the best. He missed his younger brothers a lot, especially Clay, but couldn’t find himself to feel the same way about his older brother, John Dory. He loved him and still does love him, but he couldn’t easily forget how John Dory was the one who broke up their family because of his controlling nature and obsession with creating the Perfect Family Harmony.
Shaking his head to clear his thoughts of John Dory, his mind wandered instead to his younger brothers and how much he missed them. He deeply regretted walking out on Floyd and Branch that night, as well as Grandma, but he also knew that he needed a break. He remembered watching John Dory leave out the window, then him and Clay turning and walking out the door, each going their separate ways. At first, he didn’t want to be around any of his brothers, but not long later he wished he at least went with Clay. While he and Clay did argue occasionally, they were more often than not joking around and having a good time together. He definitely missed Clay’s jokes and fun personality, who always seemed to be able to make him laugh.
Then there was Floyd. Floyd was the brother who would never make fun of you and would just accept you for being yourself. He was also the calmest out of the brothers, and always refused to participate in the oldest three’s recurring arguments. Instead, he made it his job to break up most of their fights.
And of course, there was Baby Branch. Just thinking of his baby brother caused heavy grief to settle over Bruce’s heart. It wasn’t fair to Branch to watch his brothers leave how they did. Bruce didn’t even say goodbye to either of his youngest brothers. He just…walked out. He didn’t get to spend as much time with Branch as he got to with his other brothers, but he remembered Branch would always go up to Bruce and ask him to teach him how to bust a new dance move he’d seen Bruce do. But what Bruce remembered most about Branch was his love of singing. While Branch didn’t have an obsession like John Dory to become famous, Bruce knew that every time they would sing together as BroZone, Branch’s face would light up with joy. He knew that Branch held a strong passion for music, and hoped that his youngest brother pursued this talent of his. Who knows, maybe Branch is a famous singer somewhere right now? But, he would never know, would he. He wondered what had become of his younger siblings and if they too were holding up okay as he was. He even allowed himself to think about what may have happened to John Dory, and if he was doing okay.
“Sweetie, the seaweed float is finished,” Brandy called to him from the counter.
Jerking out of his thoughts, Bruce looked up to see his wife holding the seaweed float and went over to get it from her.
“Thanks Brandy,” Bruce told her, taking the cup and walking over to the customer who ordered it, handing the float to him.
“Hey Bruce, want to come here for a sec?” Brandy called out to him.
Walking over to his wife, he took a seat across from her, and noticed that she was looking at him worriedly.
“What’s up?” he asked her.
“Are you okay?” she asked, leaning in close to him. “I saw you sitting over there by yourself and you seemed lost in thought.”
“Oh. Yeah, I’m alright,” Bruce lied, causing Brandy to narrow her eyes suspiciously.
“You were thinking of your brothers again, weren’t you?”
“What? How did you know?” Bruce asked, taken aback.
“Sweetie, I know you and I know how much you miss your family, even if you refuse to admit it to yourself. Besides, you always have the same look whenever you think about them, so it’s pretty easy to tell.”
“Huh? What look?”
Brandy rolled her eyes at her husband's words. “Well, you look sad and regretful, let’s just say that.”
Bruce sighed, looking down. He knew his wife was right, and wondered just how often he thought about his family for her to know this part of him so well.
“Why don’t you take a break?” Brandy offered, causing Bruce to look up at her confused. “Oh don’t give me that look. I can run the restaurant for the rest of the afternoon, while you go out and surf to get your mind off things.”
Bruce smiled at his wife. Oh, he was so grateful to have her. “Thanks honey. I’ll be back to help soon.”
“Take as much time as you need,” Brandy called after Bruce as he got down and walked outside.
The weather today was perfect, Bruce thought. Not a cloud in sight and the sun shone warmly down below, causing the sand to glitter and the sea to shine. Grabbing his surfboard that was resting outside, he quickly ran to the water, paddling further and further out to sea. Sitting on his surfboard, waiting for a wave, he thought back to the moment when he first learned how to surf. It was the most amazing feeling a troll could feel, gliding on top of the waves, singing a song with the melody carrying across the water, feeling the breeze in your hair. In fact, it was while surfing that inspired Bruce to change his name to, well, Bruce, hoping that in doing so he’d be less recognizable from his boy band days. Being on the water was where Bruce got his inspiration and relaxation. It was also what encouraged him to leave his boy band days behind in the first place. He realized that John Dory was being so controlling that he turned him into someone he didn’t want to be. While Bruce loved to sing, he only really enjoyed it for his own enjoyment. Being a star or famous wasn’t something he really wanted to become. He just wanted to relax and have his own life, which is not an option for someone who is famous. So, Bruce changed his name and decided to only sing while on the waves, away from watching crowds where he could sing his heart and soul out.
Looking around for a wave, Bruce was startled to see a bright light coming toward him. Quickly, he began to paddle back to shore, but before he came even close to reaching the sand, the light engulfed him, leaving his surfboard floating alone on the water.
Chapter 3: Clay & Viva
Chapter Text
“Hey, Viva! What’d you think about this new fire exit idea of mine?” Clay asked Viva, approaching her with blueprints he made.
“Clay!” Viva exclaimed, hugging him as he approached. “You know I trust your judgment on these things. Also, are fire exits really necessary?” Viva asked, putting one hand on her hip in amusement.
“Well, yeah. I mean, you never know what could happen,” Clay responded, looking around to emphasize his point, causing Viva to laugh.
“If you think we need fire exits, then I’ll take your word for it.”
“Cool! I’ll get started on that right now!” Clay exclaimed, turning to leave.
“Or…” Viva said, causing Clay to halt. “You could do that later and come do something fun! Oh! How about we make candy necklaces that we never finish because we eat all the candy!?” Viva asked, jumping in excitement.
“Hmmm…alright. Let me just put these blueprints in my room first,” Clay said, walking toward the small admin building he turned into his bedroom. Opening the door, he squeezed himself inside and leaned the rolls of blueprints up against the wall next to his bed. In all honesty, Clay hated his room. The only reason why he decided to make this his room was to push his brothers, well really just John Dory, out of his life. He believed that in choosing to live in something so small and dull he would be taken more seriously by the PuttPutt trolls, something he didn’t experience with his brothers, who he only felt like a joke to.
When he was a part of BroZone, he was the prankster of the band, being the one who loved to have fun the most. However, despite his reputation, he actually wanted to be taken seriously and grew tired of being viewed as ‘the fun one.’ He even joined a sad book club before BroZone split. Even while living with his brothers he tried to show the serious side of him more and always made sure to voice his opinion of John Dory's leadership, especially when it came to backing Spruce up in their occasional arguments.
Once leaving the band, he was finally given the chance to be the troll he wanted to be. Not long after leaving, he came across what appeared to be an abandoned golf course. Entering it, he found Viva and the PuttPutt trolls, who welcomed him with open arms and accepted him for who he was. Since then, he’s been spending his days helping Viva run the Hole N' Fun, taking on the role of being a responsible leader of the other PuttPutt trolls alongside Viva.
Looking in the mirror hanging above his bed, Clay’s eyes are instantly drawn to his lime-green hair, his natural hair color. As part of BroZone, John Dory would have Clay dye his hair yellow to better match his ‘Fun Boy’ side/personality. Leaving his brothers not only allowed Clay to become more serious, but it also allowed him to grow his hair out the way he wanted as well as have it be its natural color. The reason as to why Clay kept the mirror above his bed was to remind himself daily of his choice, and how leaving gave him freedom to express himself.
Turning away from his reflection, Clay’s eyes fell on a picture resting on the window sill of himself and Viva . Smiling to himself, he picked it up and looked into her eyes. He and Viva were very close friends, with him also being her right-hand man. He would always be grateful for her allowing him to be true to himself, and was glad to know just how much Viva trusted him. He was the only troll who Viva trusted enough to tell her past trauma to; which revolved around her and the PuttPutt trolls escape from the Troll Tree in Bergen Town.
Placing the picture back down, Clay headed back outside and made his way to Viva’s room, walking up the rainbow path leading to her pink door and knocked. He heard a muffled “Come in” from Viva, so he entered the room. Unlike Clay’s choice of room, Viva chose to live in the big pink plastic ice cream cone that was laid upside down toward the edges of the golf course. Inside, Viva took pride in decorating her living space with various types of candy, art supplies, and multiple colorful pieces of furniture. Usually, walking in her brightly colored and lively room would bring a smile to Clay’s face, but upon entering, the sight of Viva kneeling facing the wall, holding something in her hands, caused Clay to pause.
“Viva? You okay?” Clay asked, approaching Viva from behind and placing a hand on her shoulder in comfort.
“Hm? Oh, yeah…yeah I’m fine,” Viva unconvincingly responded, wiping her eyes with the back of her hand.
Frowning, Clay knelt in front of Viva and placed his hand gently on her face, bringing her eyes up to meet his. “Viv, I know something’s bothering you. You can tell me.”
Sighing, Viva handed Clay the item she had been holding; her scrapbook. Noticing the confused look on Clay’s face, she opened it up to the page she had been looking at which showed a picture of little Viva, her father, and her baby sister Poppy, all smiling brightly up at them. “I made this book shortly after the PuttPutt trolls and I escaped from the Troll Tree. I didn’t want to forget them,” Viva sadly told Clay, watching his expression as he studied the page.
Clay ran his fingers over the pasted cut-outs of velvet and colored paper that came together to create the image Viva replicated. A memory then popped in Clay’s mind, of him and his brothers joining happily together in a group hug for a picture that had been taken and framed, but which was now probably lost and forgotten about back in his old home.
“I’m so sorry, Viva,” Clay told Viva softly. “I know how you feel. I miss my family too.”
“At least you know they’re still alive though. I-I don’t even know if they made it out of that tree…” Viva trailed off, refusing to finish that sentence.
“I don’t know if my brothers are still alive,” Clay told Viva, who looked up at him surprised. Clay barely talked about his family to anyone, and when he did, it was only simple phrases of him acknowledging their existence. “We split apart a long time ago. As far as I know, anything could’ve happened to them. I mean, it’s been years since I’ve talked to any of them,” Clay finished, looking down in shame.
This time, it was Viva who put a hand on Clay’s shoulder in comfort. “How many brothers do you have?” She asked him, trying to help him think about the positive memories he had of them, which seemed to work as a small smile appeared on Clay’s face.
“Four, two older brothers and two younger. I’m in the middle. The oldest, his name’s John Dory. He’s…well…let’s just say he’s pretty controlling, but there are times I remember him being this fun older brother. Then there’s Spruce, who has to be my favorite brother. He was the one I always went to to hang out with, talk with, and just goof around with. He always got me, and easily related to me when it came to John Dory’s controlling personality. After me there was Floyd, who was always pretty quiet but very understanding. He was probably also the calmest one out of all of us really. The youngest was Branch, who I would sometimes recruit to help me pull a prank on the others. He…was only one when I left…” Clay trailed off, the smile fading from his face as guilt swept over him.
“They sound amazing,” Viva softly told Clay, her hand still resting on his shoulder.
“Yeah, they really were,” Clay said, meeting her gaze and smiling sadly. Viva returned the smile and hugged Clay tightly, feeling him relax in her embrace and as he hugged her back.
All of a sudden, a bright light appeared in the room, slowly advancing on the two trolls. Pulling away from each other, Clay grabbed Viva’s hand and helped her up, placing himself in front of her as he slowly backed away from the light. Before either of them could run or say anything, the light engulfed them, making them disappear from the room and leaving Viva’s scrapbook behind.
Chapter 4: Floyd
Chapter Text
(Flashback)
Floyd: “We’ve gone from boys to men, and now there’s only one direction for us to go: the backstreets.”
Branch: “But not you, Floyd? You’re not leaving too?”
Floyd: “Not forever. I’ll be back. I promise. But right now, I-I have to follow my heart. It’s telling me that it’s time to start a solo career” … “I’ll see you soon, Baby Branch.”
(End of Flashback)
I’ll see you soon. Those were the last words he ever spoke to his younger brother. He promised him that he would return, but yet, here Floyd was, in Mount Rageous, pursuing his solo career. He deeply regretted leaving Branch. He should have stayed with him, he knew that now. In the moment though, when all his older brothers left, he thought he was doing the right thing, following not only his heart but also his elder brother's example.
For the past few years, Floyd had been traveling and soul-searching, trying to figure out what his role in life was and debating on whether or not he should return home. However, one day in Mount Rageous, he came across a small group of trolls that reminded him vaguely of him and his brothers. He overheard them talking about how they wanted to become a band together, and Floyd immediately feared that they would end up with the same fate he and his brothers shared on their own journey to become famous. So, Floyd had approached them and offered to coach them personally. They hesitated at first, but once Floyd proved his own talent and knowledge on the matter, they readily agreed. And so began Floyd’s solo career in being a personal musical coach. He had no interest in becoming famous himself, but if he could help others successfully follow their musical dreams then he knew he was finally on the right path and following his heart.
If this career had taught him anything, it would be that family is everything. Each of the multiple bands he taught became a family, whether they shared the same blood or not, and Floyd joyfully watched their successes from the sidelines. He was glad that he was able to contribute to the world of music by helping trolls and creatures develop their passion and watching them succeed. However, it was also really hard on Floyd. Over the years, he’s learned a lot about how important communication is and listening to all the members involved in the band and how to best solve conflict between members. If only he’d known all this when he was younger. Then maybe, just maybe, he would be the one up there singing alongside his brothers.
Floyd loved to sing and write music, but most of the songs he wrote were about his brothers. In fact, he wrote a song about and for each of his brothers: John Dory, Spruce, Clay, and Branch. These songs were very special to him, and he refused to show them to anyone, even though others have tried to tempt him to sing the songs aloud to them. To Floyd, these songs were all he had left of his brothers, and while writing them, he made them focus on his brother’s thoughts and lives, not on their personalities. If he ever were to sing them to anyone, he would want to show how much he loved his brothers through his words and how they were all special in their own way. Too often were people so judgmental and quick to notice the negative parts of someone that Floyd was determined to represent his brothers in good light.
He wrote John Dory’s song first, and had it represent the hardships and responsibilities that came with being the oldest. In his eldest brother’s song, he also talked about how protective he was toward his younger brothers, his determined heart, his dreams, and his love for the band he created with his brothers. Next Floyd wrote Spruce’s song, which conveyed his love for freedom, relaxation, and family. Clay’s song focused on being true to one’s self and how it’s important to discover and be who you really are. Clay’s song also mentioned the challenges in living with two different personalities, one being the expectation and the other being the true personality. Floyd knew that Clay believed his brothers never took him seriously, and he also knew that Clay joined a sad book club before BroZone broke up in his hopes to find trolls who took him seriously. He could only hope that Clay had finally found what he was looking for.
He saved Branch’s song for last and took the most time on it. While he only knew Branch for a year before he left, Branch had always been Floyd’s little buddy and best friend. From the moment Branch was born, he attached himself to Floyd immediately, and the two grew very close over the next year. It pained Floyd so much to leave Branch with Grandma, but he felt as if that was the right thing to do. Now, he could see how he may have been wrong. For Branch’s song, he expressed his younger brother's love for music and singing. Floyd knew that Branch cherished music and also knew that Branch had the voice of an angel. Grandma would say that too. His younger brother always expressed his emotions through song, and when he was singing, the whole room seemed to light up and sing with him. Floyd remembered teaching Branch how to write, hoping that in doing so, Branch could create some songs of his own one day.
He wondered what had become of his brothers. Did John Dory find what he was looking for on his various adventures? Did Spruce settle down somewhere nice and had he possibly found someone to love? Did Clay find trolls who took him seriously and was he living somewhere where he could be himself? Did Branch pursue his talent and love for singing and was he possibly a star without Floyd knowing? These unanswered questions swept over Floyd, one by one, and he wished he knew the fates of his brothers. Right after he thought this, a bright light appeared in the room, its warm glow surrounding him and transporting him to a strange place, where four other trolls stood, staring around in confusion.
Chapter Text
One moment John Dory was walking away from Rhonda, and the next, he was standing in a strange room. Taking in his surroundings, he noticed that a large black screen sat in front of him and across from the screen sat five identical looking red chairs. He felt his heart beginning to race, panic quickly setting in. Where was he?
Seconds later, a light appeared to his left, and as it faded a startled troll with long purple hair appeared. Looking at the troll next to him, recognition and astonishment filled John Dory. “Spruce?!”
Hearing his old name, Bruce whipped his head around to see a familiar looking troll. “John Dory? Is…is that you?”
Before John could respond, a light filled the room once again and was soon replaced by a troll with crazy lime-green hair and a pink female troll with wild yellow hair.
“What the…” Clay stammered, looking around the room he was in, his gaze quickly landing on his two older brothers.
“Oh my gosh…w-where are we?” Viva gasped, breathing hard and fast as she looked widely around.
“Viv, you need to calm down,” Clay said, putting his hand on her shoulder with his gaze not leaving his brother's faces, who were both staring at him in shock.
Before another word could be said, the room filled with light once more as Floyd appeared in the room.
“Floyd?” At Floyd’s appearance, John Dory felt relief wash over him. Running toward Floyd he flung himself at his brother, hugging him tightly. “Floyd! You’re alive!”
“John Dory?” Floyd questioned in surprise as his oldest brother hugged him tightly. Looking over John Dory’s shoulder, Floyd spotted his other brothers Spruce and Clay, along with a fourth troll he did not recognize. “Clay? Spruce? What’re…what’re we doing here?” Floyd asked as John Dory pulled away.
“Well…that’s what we want to know,” Clay responded, still shocked to see his brothers, while Viva continued to breathe heavily beside him.
“Who’re you?” Bruce asked, pointing at Viva.
“I’m Viva,” Viva responded, eyeing the brothers curiously. “And, who are you guys?”
“I’m John Dory, and these are my younger brothers Spruce, Clay, and Floyd,” John Dory answered.
“These are your brothers,” Viva repeated, looking at Clay.
“Actually, no one’s called me Spruce for years, I go by Bruce now,” Bruce told John.
“Wait, what?” John Dory said, staring at Bruce.
“Oh, I like it! Someone got fancy,” Clay told Bruce, the shock of seeing his brothers ebbing away as joy replaced it.
“Yeah, I wanted to put my boy band days behind me,” Bruce explained, smiling at Clay.
“I can’t believe we’re all here,” John Dory said, still shocked at seeing his brothers again after twenty years.
“Wait a minute, where’s Branch?” Floyd asked.
At the mention of their baby brother, all the brothers looked around the room, even though they already knew he wasn’t present.
“Floyd, was Branch with you when the light appeared?” John Dory questioned, turning to look at Floyd.
“No, I haven’t seen Branch since…since we all left…” Floyd finished sadly, hanging his head down in guilt.
“Wait, you mean that you left too?” Bruce asked Floyd, who nodded his head in shame.
“When?” Clay asked.
“Right after you three did. I said goodbye to him and I told him that it was time for me to start a solo career,” Floyd explained, ashamed.
“So, we all walked out on him that night?” Bruce clarified, hating the truth in those words. “Has anyone been in contact with him?”
“No one’s been in contact with anyone since that night,” Clay said, folding his arms.
“Guys…I-I don’t think Branch is…alive…” John Dory said quietly.
At his words, all heads turned to him.
“What do you mean?” Floyd asked, scared to hear what John had to say.
“Last week, I decided to return home…” John started, causing his brother’s eyes to widen in surprise. “I had no idea you guys all left. I mean, I thought maybe you two had,” John said, gesturing toward Bruce and Clay, “but I didn’t think you would leave too,” John said, looking at Floyd. “Anyway, when I got home, it was abandoned. There was moss and leaves everywhere, and it looked as if it’s been unlived in for years.”
As John Dory finished speaking, all the brothers went silent as they processed his words.
“Maybe-maybe they moved?” Clay asked, refusing to believe the worst.
“I don’t think so. All the furniture was still there, I found clothes hanging outside on the drying rack that looked as if they'd been there for a long time, and some of Branch’s old toys were lying all over the place,” John Dory sadly said.
“You don’t think a-a Bergen got them, do you?” Clay asked, causing Viva to gasp in horror.
“A Bergen?” John, Bruce and Floyd questioned at the same time.
“You don’t know what a Bergen is?” Viva gasped. The three trolls shook their heads no.
“Viva, we didn’t grow up in the Troll Tree, you know that. Also, remember how you had to explain to me what they were when we first met?” Clay gently reminded her.
“What’s a Bergen?” Floyd asked.
“Bergen’s are terrifying creatures, who don’t know what happiness is. The only way for them to feel happy is when they…they…” Viva broke off, unable to finish her sentence.
“Eat a troll,” Clay finished for her, his brothers gasping in horror.
“You think that’s what happened to…Branch and Grandma?” Bruce whispered. Clay could only shrug miserably in response.
“Oh, your brother is alive all right,” a new voice said in the room.
Looking around, the brothers and Viva turned to see a small cloud walking toward them, wearing socks but no shoes.
“And…you are?” John Dory asked the newcomer.
“Hey everyone, how’s it going? Name’s Cloud Guy,” he said, introducing himself.
“Hold on, rewind. You said Branch is still alive?” Floyd asked Cloud Guy, hopefully.
“Yeah, we’re best buds,” Cloud Guy casually told them, the brothers looking at each other in relief.
“Wait, but if he’s alive, why isn’t he here?” Clay asked Cloud Guy.
“Well, right before you were all brought here, you all felt remorse for your past mistakes at the same time. In other words, your thoughts and feelings were in perfect harmony, shall we say. You all felt regret for leaving, you missed one another, you wondered what became of each other, etc. etc.” Cloud Guy explained. “So now, you get your wish! You were brought here not only to reunite and catch up with each other, but you will get to see what has become of your youngest brother. You’re here to watch your brother's past as well as your future. And when I say your future, I mean your future because if it wasn’t for me bringing you all here, then you’d be reuniting with each other in a very different circumstance, which you’ll soon see.”
As Cloud Guy finished talking, the brothers all looked at each with mixed emotions of nervous excitement and confusion.
“Wait, so we’re going to…watch…our baby brother’s life?” Bruce summed up, raising his eyebrows in surprise.
“Exciting, right? Although, he’s certainly not a baby anymore,” Cloud Guy said.
“But…how?” John Dory asked.
“Well it has been twenty years so-”
“No no, that’s-that’s not what I meant,” John Dory interrupted Cloud Guy. “I meant how are we supposed to watch our brother’s past, as you put it.”
In answer to John’s question, Cloud Guy simply pointed at the large black screen attached to one of the walls.
“And you don’t have to worry about friends or family wondering where you’ve gone, since time is frozen on the outside. Once you leave here, time will resume and it will be as if you never left,” Cloud Guy explained.
“Oh, well that’s good,” Bruce sighed in relief, causing Floyd to look at his older brother questioningly.
“You still haven’t answered my question though. Why isn’t Branch here?” Clay repeated to Cloud Guy.
“Well I did answer it. As I said, you were all brought here because your thoughts were in sync. You all missed each other and felt remorse for the past at the same time. Branch isn’t here because he was not thinking this. He wasn’t missing you guys, wasn’t even thinking of you, etc. etc.” Cloud Guy said. At his words, the brothers all looked at each other sadly.
“Wait, then why am I here?” Viva asked him.
“Because you were missing your family. Your thoughts were harmonized with theirs. How many times do I have to repeat myself,” Cloud Guy said, muttering the last part to himself but was still heard by everyone in the room. “And before you ask, yes, you’ll see your sister’s past and future too, and no, she’s not going to come because she doesn’t even know you exist,” Cloud Guy told Viva, who looked shocked and hurt to discover her father never told her sister about her. “Oh, sorry, didn’t mean to just put it out there like that. I tend to do that,” Cloud Guy said after seeing Viva’s expression, shrugging.
“You said you know Branch. Does he…miss us?” Floyd hesitantly asked Cloud Guy.
“That’s for you to find out and not for me to answer,” he responded, bringing a disappointing frown on the brother’s faces.
“You said we’re going to watch Branch’s past and future as well as Viva’s sister’s? How long are we going to be here exactly?” John Dory demanded, putting his hands on his hips.
At his brother's words, Clay turned angrily on John Dory. “Why? Are you not interested in finding out what happened to Branch?”
“What? I never said that?!”
“Well it sounds like you don’t want to be here and you have more important things to be doing,” Clay accused his oldest brother.
“What! What else do you think I would want to be doing?” John Dory asked, arguing back with his brother.
“Oh, I don’t know,” Bruce sarcastically said, joining in the argument. “You seemed pretty eager to walk out of his life then, why not just do it now and leave?”
“Huh?” John Dory asked, offended by his brother's words. “You guys walked out on him too!”
“Guys, please. Do you have to argue?” Floyd said, trying to reason with his brothers, who just ignored his words.
“If you don’t want to be here then just let the Cloud Guy know. I’m sure he’d be more than willing to bring you back,” Bruce snapped at John.
“You know what Spruce…” began John Dory.
“It’s Bruce!” Clay yelled over John, interrupting him.
“Thank you, Clay!” Bruce said, exasperated.
“Well, as entertaining as this is…” Cloud Guy said, stepping between the fighting brothers, causing them to stop their bickering, “I’m afraid even if he did want to leave, he wouldn’t be able to. You see, I’m not the one who brought you here. You guys brought yourselves here, unknowingly of course.” At the troll's confused looks, Cloud Guy rolled his eyes. “As I said, your thoughts were in perfect harmony! There’s power in that, and not just from singing it either. Anyway, to answer your question John, you won’t be watching Branch’s story and then Poppy’s, who’s Viva’s sister by the way. Years after you guys left, Branch found the Pop Trolls who escaped from the troll tree and have been living with them ever since.”
“You mean they escaped!” Viva happily exclaimed.
“Yes, which you’ll soon see. Now, any more questions before we begin?” Cloud Guy asked the trolls, who looked at each other then shook their heads, Bruce, Clay, and John still throwing glares at each other. “Great, you guys may now take your seats and then we’ll begin.” With those words, Cloud Guy disappeared from the room.
Sighing, the trolls made their way to the seats. Viva sat down first on one of the end chairs, Clay sitting next to her. Throwing one last glare at each other, Bruce took his seat next to Clay while John Dory took the other end seat, leaving Floyd sitting between his two older brothers.
As soon as everyone had taken their seats, the screen turned on and the movie began.
Notes:
Author’s Note: I didn’t have the brothers living in the Troll Tree because they ended up leaving. If it was so easy to leave, why hadn’t any of the other trolls left? Also, when John Dory is seen leaving through the window of their home in Trolls Band Together, we see the forest outside, not Bergen Town. It also just doesn’t make sense because when BroZone is performing, John Dory mentioned they’re on tour, meaning they travel. If they’d been living in the Troll Tree, they wouldn’t have been unable to do this. My opinion is that during the Pop Trolls escape from the Troll Tree, Branch was still living with his brothers, before they separated because he and Poppy are around the same age and Poppy was only a baby when the Pop trolls escaped. Branch was a toddler when his brothers left, so his brothers left him shortly after the Pop Trolls escaped. Also, I don’t think all the trolls know what Bergen’s are, which includes Branch’s brothers as well as the Rock Trolls, Classical Trolls, Funk Trolls, Techno Trolls, Country Trolls, etc. Bergen’s discovered the Pop Trolls in the Troll Tree then built their town around it, as is seen in the beginning of Trolls 1. No other troll villages were near Bergen town, otherwise the Bergen’s would have gotten them too. This is also seen on the Troll Kingdom map, as each Troll tribe has their own territory. And since Branch and his brothers lived outside of the Troll Tree, I don’t think they knew about them. When John Dory crashed Bridget and Gristle’s wedding, he seemed unafraid of the Bergens. If he’d known about their history with trolls, he probably would have been more cautious. Also, Bruce seemed unaffected in living on Vacay Island where he is surrounded by taller creatures than he is. If he’d known about the Bergen’s he probably would have felt more safe living among his kind and those his height. Same goes with Floyd, who moved to Mount Ragous to start a solo career. As for Clay, he learned about the Bergens from Viva and the PuttPutt trolls after meeting them when he walked out on his brothers. Branch, on the other hand, found out about Bergens after Chef took his Grandma after she was banished from Bergen town. When Chef got banished, we see her searching for Trolls. I believe that as she’s living in the woods searching, she one day here’s Branch singing, follows the voice, and grabs Grandma who pushed herself in the way to save Branch. I think this because in the scene in the first movie, where we see Branch’s flashback to losing his Grandma, they’re in the woods, not in the Troll tree in Bergen town. And as Branch and his Grandma lived away from the Pop Trolls, Chef only found them in that area and not other trolls. A few years after losing his Grandma, Branch found the escaped Pop Trolls and began to live with them so he wasn’t entirely alone anymore, as he’s been on his own for a few years, and so he could protect them from the same fate his grandma suffered. Also, I had Viva having a slight panic attack in the beginning of this chapter because in Trolls Band Together, she is terrified of leaving the golf course. So when she’s brought to this strange room against her will, she panics at first because she doesn’t feel safe. But once things start being explained, she calms down. Sorry if any of that was confusing, I was just trying to get some thoughts out and explain a few things before really diving into this story.
**Updated Version: Hey everyone, just letting you know what I'm writing rn is an updated version from my notes above. So, when I first began this fic, I didn't know the brothers were actually born in the Troll Tree. Even though the date for this fic says it was posted on March 9th, I really began writing it in February. When I started writing, my views on where the brothers lived are in my notes above. But now I know I was wrong, as they did live in the Troll Tree. However, I really don't want to go through all my chapters changing things to match this. So, for this fic, we're just going to go with the above notes, if that's okay with y'all. And really, their past on where they lived doesn't affect the story that much. It's just mentioned here and there, and plays a slightly bigger role during their reunion with their siblings, but really not by much. Thanks for understanding :))
Chapter 6: No Troll Left Behind
Chapter Text
(Poppy’s scrapbooking book appears as she begins to tell the story)
Poppy: (Narrating) “Once upon a time...in a happy forest, in the happiest tree...lived the happiest creatures the world has ever known. The Trolls. They loved nothing more than to sing, and dance, and hug. Dance, and hug, and sing, and dance, and sing, and hug, and dance, and hug, and dance, and sing, and hug, and dance, and hug...But then one day, the Trolls were discovered by...a Bergen! The Bergens didn't know how to sing...or dance...or even hug. They were the most miserable creatures in all the land. And once they saw how happy the Trolls were...they wanted some of that happiness for themselves.” (Bergen eats a troll. Random Troll: “Oh, my gosh!”) “Eating a Troll made them feel so happy...they started a tradition. Once a year, every year...the Bergens would gather around the Troll Tree to taste happiness...on a holiday they called...Trollstice.”
“Those…are Bergens!” John Dory shouted, anger rising in him.
“Okay, that’s just wrong man,” Bruce said, disgusted that any creature would do such a thing.
Clay looked over at Viva, who was watching the screen with wide scared eyes as she relives her past. Placing his hand on top of hers for comfort, she looks over at him and smiles, grateful she has him in her life.
(Scene changes to inside the bergen castle, where prince Gristle is seen riding a bike on his way to wake up his dad)
Prince Gristle: (Enters his father’s room and jumps on him, attempting to wake him up) “Good morning, Daddy! Daddy, wake up! Daddy, wake up! Wake up! Wake up, Daddy!” (whispers) “ Wake up, Daddy . Daddy! Daddy! Daddy! Daddy! Daddy,” (rips out some chest hair) “wake up!”
“Oooh, that’s gotta hurt…” John Dory said, wincing as he watched the baby Bergen rip out his dad’s chest hair.
“Haha, remember when Branch would wake us up like that?” Bruce said, chuckling at the memory.
“Minus the ripping out chest hair part though…” Floyd added, smiling.
“Thank goodness,” John Dory sighed.
“Yeah, let’s try not to compare our baby brother to Bergens though,” Clay said, though a smile played at the corners of his mouth as he thought of his baby brother. He couldn’t wait till he showed up on screen!
King of Bergens: “Gahh! Gristle! What time is it?”
Prince Gristle: “It's Trollstice!”
King of Bergens: “Trollstice! Our one day to be happy!”
Prince Gristle: “Yeah!”
(Bergens march toward the tree, chanting)
Bergens: “Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls!”
(Chefs prepares the grills)
“Okay, that’s really really wrong…” John Dory said, cringing at the idea of trolls being eaten.
Chef: “Please give it up for your Keeper of the Trolls...your Minister of Happiness...your Royal Chef...Me.”
(Lights the grills, causing a pillar of fire to rise in the air)
Bergens: “Ooh! Yeahhh!”
“I hate her…” Viva growled under her breath, Clay being the only one who heard what she said.
Chef: “This is a very special Trollstice...as there is one amongst us who has never tasted a Troll.”
Prince Gristle: “Ooh, me! She is talking about me!”
Chef: “Prince Gristle...the time has come.”
King of Bergens: “It's okay, son. I remember being nervous my first time.”
Prince Gristle: “Okay.”
“He looks happy to me…” John Dory grumbled, arms crossed over his chest.
King of Bergens: “That's my boy!”
Chef: “It is my sacred duty to initiate you in the ways of true happiness.”
Bruce scoffed at these words. “Yeah right, like there’s no other way for them to be happy. Right?” Bruce asked Viva, looking over at her hopefully.
Viva just shook her head sadly, giving the brothers the answer they were hoping not to receive.
(Opens the gate to the tree and leads the prince inside) “I have chosen an extra-special Troll, just for you.” (Grabs ‘Poppy’ from the tree) “The happiest, the most positive, sweetest Troll of all. And because every prince deserves a princess...I give you the one they call…Princess Poppy.”
“Wait, isn’t that your sister?” Floyd asked, alarmed.
“Yeah, but-but I think this is the day when we escaped…” Viva trailed off, afraid for her baby sister.
Prince Gristle: (Grabs ‘Poppy’ out of Chef’s hands) “Please make me happy, Princess Poppy.” (Pops the troll in his mouth)
“No!” Viva, Floyd, Bruce and Clay shouted. Even though deep down Viva knew that wasn’t her sister, she still hated the thought of her being eaten.
“Aw, come on man! That’s just wrong!” John Dory shouted, once again.
Chef: “What are you feeling?”
Prince Gristle: (Makes a disgusted face and spits the troll out) “That one's rotten!”
Chef: (Picks up the troll and realizes it’s fake) “It's fake?!”
Bergens: “Fake?”
King of Bergens: “Fake?!” (Kicks the tree causing all the fake trolls to fall to the ground)
All the trolls sigh in relief.
Prince Gristle: “They're gone?”
King of Bergens: (Turns furiously to the Chef) “Where are they?”
Chef: “Don't worry, sire. We'll find them.” (Snaps her fingers and her assistant chefs press their ears to the ground, followed by Prince Gristle)
Prince Gristle: “I think I hear something!”
(Screen pans to underneath the ground, showing retreating trolls through tunnels they dug)
King Peppy: “Go! Go!”
(Baby Poppy is seen getting passed up the line to her father)
Troll: “We got Poppy!”
Troll: “Pass her to me!”
Troll: “Here comes Poppy!”
Troll: “Here she is!” (Hands Poppy to King Peppy)
King Peppy: “Ah! There's my princess.”
Poppy: “Da-da. Hahaha.”
“Awww,” Floyd and Bruce cooed at the sight of the baby troll.
Viva smiled at seeing her father and baby sister. It’s been years since she’s seen them, and she only hoped that they made it out okay.
Troll: “King Peppy, some of the others can't keep up.”
King Peppy: (King Peppy hands the torch he was holding to the troll who informed him, then puts Poppy safely in his hair) “No Troll left behind!” (Begins running back up the tunnels, dropping his clothes to cover puddles and picking up rocks in the way of struggling trolls)
“Wait, a minute. Viva, is that your dad?” Floyd asked Viva.
“Yeah,” Viva smiled up at her father. She loved how brave he was and how he refused to leave a single troll behind. Thinking that last thought made her smile falter. If only the tunnels hadn’t collapsed…
“So…does that mean you’re a princess?!” Floyd asked, pulling Viva out of her thoughts.
“Oh, um, yeah,” Viva said, trying to not make a big deal about it.
“Clay, did you know!?” asked John Dory.
“Yeah, Viva has already told me about this day,” he answered.
Troll: “Thank you, King Peppy!”
Troll: “Thank you, King Peppy!”
Troll: “Thank you!”
Troll: “Thank you, King Peppy.”
King Peppy: “No Troll left behind!” (Begins running back toward the exit, carrying trolls on his back who are unable to run)
(Shovels and pickaxes begin penetrating the earth by the bergens in order to stop the trolls from escaping)
Prince Gristle: “Daddy, where are they?”
King of Bergens: (Turns furiously to Chef) “Don't just stand there! Make my son happy!”
Chef: “He will be happy!” (Grabs a pickaxe and rams it in the earth)
(King Peppy gets caught by a pickaxe, and as he sees the ground breaking ahead, he throws the ball of trolls he has saved ahead of him, rolling them out of harm's way and to safety. The ball of trolls safely make it outside the tunnels)
“Oh no, Dad!”
Troll with broken leg: “I don't think King Peppy made it.”
“No…” Viva softly said, tears forming in her eyes. She’d always feared that her father and sister never made it out, but now that she was seeing it…
King Peppy: “When I say no Troll left behind...I mean, no Troll left behind!” (King Peppy emerges from the tunnel, welcomed by to the trolls cheers of triumph and joy)
“Dad! Yes, he made it!” Viva exclaimed, the tears that had built up now falling down her face in joy. She turned around and embraced Clay, happiness and relief filling her. Looking over Clay’s shoulder, she saw Bruce, John and Floyd also cheering.
Troll: “King Peppy, where's Princess Poppy?”
King Peppy: “Don't worry. She's safe.” (Reveals Poppy from her hiding place in his hair and takes her out)
Poppy: “No Troll left behind!”
Trolls: “Aww!”
Floyd and Bruce cooed as well, causing Viva, John and Clay to laugh.
King Peppy: “But we'll be a lot safer the further we get from Bergen Town. Go, go! Hurry!” (Leads the trolls along the forest ground as they seek refuge)
“Viva, why weren’t you shown?” Clay asked.
“I don’t know…I’m actually glad it didn’t show me, though. I’d prefer not to see that moment again,” Viva sadly said.
(Screen pans back to Bergen town)
King of Bergens: “That's right! Take her away! Get her out of my sight! She is hereby banished from Bergen Town forever!” (Bergens carry Chef away from the King and toward the gates)
Chef: “We can all be happy again. I'll find the Trolls!” (Bergens toss her out and slam the gate) “And shove them down your ungrateful throats.”
“Why do I get the feeling she's going to search for the trolls?” John Dory asked, worried.
“Probably because she will,” Viva spat, bitterly. “Ugh, why did they have to throw her out?!”
(Screen shows Prince Gristle looking sadly out of his window as the Chef gets thrown out, then turns and walks toward his dad. Bridget is seen cleaning the rug)
Prince Gristle: “But, Daddy...I never got to eat a Troll. What's gonna make me happy now?”
(Bridget looks up at his words and falls in love with the prince)
King of Bergens: “Come here, son.” (Picks up his son and sets him on his lap) “Nothing. Absolutely nothing. You will never, ever, ever, ever be happy.”
Prince Gristle: “Never?”
King of Bergens: “Ever.”
(Gristle beings crying and Bridget walks off sadly)
“That’s…that’s actually really sad,” Floyd said, causing Viva to glare at him.
“You think the trolls should have stayed?” She accused him, angrily.
“What-no no, that’s not what I meant. I’m saying that no creature should ever feel that…miserable,” Floyd calmly told her.
Viva sighed. “You’re right. I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have snapped at you,” Viva apologized to Floyd, who nodded his thanks.
(Screen pans back to the trolls in a small area in the forest where they mark their territory as their new home)
King Peppy: “Here! Right here! This is where we will rebuild our civilization. It has everything we need. Fresh air, clean water...and sweet acoustics!”
“Wow, that’s a really nice spot to live,” Bruce commented, causing Viva to smile in pride for her father.
(Poppy takes out her cow bell and starts playing it, all the other trolls dancing along and celebrating. Time seems to fast forward as the audience watches the trolls building their village)
Chapter 7: Troll Village
Chapter Text
(Pop troll village is seen in Poppy’s scrapbook, which she finishes telling the story and closes the book)
Poppy: “Twenty years ago today, King Peppy made us safe, and now every Troll is free to be happy and live in perfect… Harmony …”
Young Troll: “ Harmony ”
Young Troll: “ Harmony ”
(Screen reveals that Poppy has been telling the history of the Pop Trolls to the next generation)
“Wow, Poppy looks a lot like you, Viva,” Clay said, causing Viva to smile in joy.
Young Troll: “And that's why we hug every hour.”
Poppy: “Yep.”
Young Troll: “I wish it was every half hour.”
Poppy: “So do I. But that wouldn't leave much time for singing and dancing, now would it?” (Puts the book safely away)
Young Troll: “Princess Poppy, do the Bergens still want to eat us?”
Poppy: “You bet!” (All the young trolls gasp in fear)
“Smooth, haha” John Dory said, roaring in laughter.
Poppy: “But just because it's the only way they'll ever be happy.”
Young Troll: (Young troll licks his arm) “Oh, no. I do taste delicious!”
Young Troll: “Isn't there anything else to make them happy?”
Young Troll: “Ooh. What about having birthday parties?”
Young Troll: “Or slumber parties?”
Young Troll: “Or staring at your parents while they sleep.” (All the other young trolls look at each other uncomfortably)
“That’s weird, kid,” Bruce said, him and Clay chuckling in amusement.
Young Troll: “But I don't want to be food.”
Poppy: “Don't worry. No Troll ever will be. And that's why we're celebrating with the biggest party ever. Everybody's gonna be there!”
Young Troll: “Everybody?” (Young troll appears out of Poppy’s hair, wearing her cow bell as a hat)
Poppy: “Everybody.” (Takes her cow bell and starts playing it. The flower in which Poppy and the young trolls were opens up and they start dancing while Poppy sings) Everybody, move your hair and feel united! Ohh! Everybody, shake your hair and feel united. Oh! Yeah! Everybody's coming to the celebration, I'ma hook you up with the invitation, let your hair swing and party with me, no bad vibes, just love, you'll see! ”
“I can already tell she’s also got your energy Viva, haha” Clay told Viva, both of them laughing.
“She’s got a nice voice too,” John Dory noted, nodding his head in approval.
DJ Suki & Poppy: “ Do the D-A-N-C-E, one-two-three-four fight! Stick to the B-E-A-T, get ready to ignite! ”
Poppy: “ You are such a P-Y-T, catching all the lights. Just easy as A-B-C, that's how you make it right! ”
Cooper: “ It ain't hard out here, when you're doing it right! Put a smile on blast, that's the Troll life! ”
Poppy: “ And I'm here to help you through it! Come on, Smidge, I know you can do it!” (Encourages Smidge to lift a heavy weight with her hair)
Smidge: “Your confidence gives me strength!” (The weight lifts in the air, Poppy sitting on one of the ends. As it reaches the top of the trees, Poppy throws invitations below to her fellow trolls, who excitedly pick up the invites)
Biggie: “Okay, Mr. Dinkles.” (Sets Mr. Dinkles up to take a picture) “Say leaves!” (Mr. Dinkles squeaks as one of the props for the pictures falls over. Biggie takes the picture and hangs it up)
Biggie: “Mmm. Something's missing.”
“Glitter!” Viva said, snapping her fingers.
(Poppy mentions for Guy Diamond, who sprays glitter over the picture of Mr. Dinkles)
Biggie, Poppy, DJ Suki, Cooper & Smidge: “That's it!”
“Oh yeah,” Viva said, pleased to see that she and her sister thought alike.
Biggie, Poppy, DJ Suki, Guy Diamond, Cooper, & Satin/Chenille: “ Don't stop, don't stop, don't stop the beat. I can't stop, can't stop, can't stop the beat. I won't stop, won't stop, won't stop the beat. ”
“Didn’t Cloud Guy say that Branch and Poppy know each other?” Bruce asked.
“Yeah, how come?” John Dory asked his younger brother.
“Well, where is he? We’ve just seen most of the trolls and Poppy’s friends, but I haven’t seen Branch at all yet,” Bruce said, looking at all the trolls on the screen, trying to find his brother.
“Well, it has been twenty years since we last saw him. We may have already seen him but not have recognized it was him,” Floyd said, now looking for his brother on screen too.
Poppy: “ Go! Everybody, shake your hair and feel united. Ohh! Sunshine day, everybody's singing, sunshine day! Everybody, move your hair and feel united. Ohh! Yeah, ohh! ”
Everyone: “Yeah!”
All the trolls in the audience applauded.
“Your sister seems awesome, Viva!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Yeah, she is awesome,” Viva agreed, smiling at her sister on screen, glad to see how happy she and the other trolls were.
(All the trolls catch their breaths as a slow, steady clap turns their attention to a gray troll, leading against the bottom of a mushroom, holding a pile of sticks in his arms)
“Is that…a gray troll?” Bruce asked.
“Woah! You’re right, that is! I’ve never seen one before…I thought gray trolls were only a myth…” John Dory said, staring at the gray troll with wide eyes.
“Huh? What does it mean to be a gray troll?” Viva asked, confused.
“You know how trolls usually have vibrant colors?” Floyd asked Viva, who nodded her head. “That’s because they’re happy. When a troll is depressed or completely broken down on the inside, they lose their color,” Floyd sadly explained.
“So…they live a life of sadness and hopelessness?” Viva said, looking sadly at the gray troll. Floyd nodded his head in answer to her question. “That’s awful.”
“Yeah, it is. I wonder what happened to him?” Floyd wondered aloud.
Branch: (Speaking sarcastically and kinda rude) “Unbelievable, guys. Really, really great. Good job. I could hear you from a mile away!”
Vive widened her eyes at the troll's tone of voice. She’s never heard a troll sound so angry and sarcastic before.
Poppy: “Good. I was worried we weren't projecting enough.”
Branch: “Poppy, if I can hear you, (whispers) so can the Bergens .”
“Wait a minute…Floyd, didn’t you use to have a vest like that?” John Dory asked, pointing at the green vest the gray troll was wearing.
“Yeah, I did use to have one…” Floyd said, looking at the vest then to the gray troll, recognition crossing his face. “Wait, is that…”
Guy Diamond: “Oh, boy.”
Cooper: “Here we go again.”
Biggie: “Oh, Branch…”
“BRANCH!” All the brothers shouted.
“No. No way is that Branch!” John Dory said, pointing at the screen with a shaking finger.
Floyd and Bruce looked at each other with wide eyes and gaping mouths.
“Maybe it’s a different Branch?” Viva suggested.
“No, that’s Branch. That vest he’s wearing, I gave it to him the day we left,” Floyd said, feeling more ashamed of himself than ever for leaving.
“But-but how!? He was probably the happiest one out of all of us when we were together!” Clay said, trying to process what he was seeing and hearing.
“Maybe that’s why. Maybe…it’s because we left him…” Bruce said, looking at each of his brothers in turn, all of them letting his words sink in and feeling guilt wash over them.
“We did this to him…” John Dory said, and everyone knew it wasn’t a question, but the truth.
Satin: “You always ruin everything.”
Chenille: “Warning us about the Bergens.”
Branch: “No, I don't.”
(Screen shows past encounters of Branch ruining events to warn the trolls about the Bergens)
Branch: (At a birthday party; tips over the cake) “The Bergens are coming! Ahhh!” (At a wedding; tips over the cake) “The Bergens are coming! Ahhh!” (At a funeral; tips over the coffin) “The Bergens are coming! Ahhh!”
The brothers looked at each other, questioningly.
“Why is he so scared of the Bergen’s? He’s never encountered one before. And as Cloud Guy said, Branch moved in with the trolls after they escaped from Bergen Town and we didn’t even know about them until, well, watching this,” John Dory said, gesturing to the screen.
“For all we know, he could have encountered a Bergen,” Floyd told his oldest brother, concern showing on all their faces. What exactly did their youngest brother go through these past twenty years?
(Screen goes back to the present)
Poppy: “Come on! We haven't seen a Bergen in 20 years. They're not gonna find us.”
Branch: “No, they're not going to find me, because I'll be in my highly camouflaged, heavily fortified, Bergen-proof survival bunker.”
“Highly camouflaged, heavily fortified, Bergen-proof survival bunker…” John Dory repeated slowly. “Huh. He’s taking this seriously.”
Poppy: “You mean you're not coming to the party tonight?”
Satin & Chenille: “But it's going to be the biggest…”
DJ Suki: “The loudest…”
Cooper: “The craziest party ever!”
(Group of trolls cheer for excitement, all except Branch)
“Sounds fun!” Viva exclaimed, wishing she were there.
Branch: “Big? Loud? Crazy? You're just gonna lead the Bergens right to us!”
“I actually have to agree with Branch on this one, Viva,” Clay said. “It sounds risky.”
Cooper: “Are you sure you wanna invite this party pooper to poop on your party?”
The brothers narrowed their eyes at Cooper’s words. Despite the fact that their brother had turned gray, they hoped that he wouldn’t be judged and still invited to join the other trolls in their events.
Poppy: “Yes. I think everyone deserves to be happy.”
Branch: “I don't do happy.”
At these words, the brothers flinched, blaming themselves for the troll their brother had become.
Poppy: “Branch, I know you have happiness inside you. You just need our help to find it! (Pulls out a special invitation she personally made for him which starts singing: Celebrate freedom from the Bergens ! Branch looks unimpressed while glitter sprays out of the invitation onto his face)
“I don’t think he’s going to like that…” Bruce said.
Poppy: “What do you say, Branch?”
(Branch takes the invitation, throws it to the ground, and steps on it, causing the group of trolls to gasp)
Viva and the brothers gasp as they watch Branch stomp on Poppy’s invitation.
“What’d he do that for!? Poppy was inviting him!” Viva said, upset that Branch would do that.
“That’s a good question Viva,” John Dory said quietly. Branch was never violent back home, but now, Branch seemed like a whole new troll. Unrecognizable to the brothers.
“It’s like we don’t even know him…” Clay sadly said, echoing John’s thoughts.
Smidge: “Oh my gosh.”
Branch: “I wouldn't be caught dead at your party, but you will be. Caught and dead.” (Wipes the glitter off his face and draws his finger across his throat to emphasis the dead part)
“Dang…he just tells them straight up what he’s thinking doesn’t he,” John Dory said.
Bruce, Clay and Floyd exchanged sad and guilty looks.
Creek: “Whoa, whoa. Easy, Branch, easy.” (Creek appears by the group, being carried by a beetle) “Thank you for providing safe passage, brother. Namaste.” (After thanking the beetle for the safe travel, he turns to Branch who backs away from him, disgusted) “Okay, first of all, mate, thanks for sharing your unique perspective on things. Again.”
“Something tells me Branch really does not like that guy,” Bruce observed, noting Branch’s face as he glared at Creek.
(Biggie and Cooper snicker in amusement)
“Does no one take Branch seriously?” Clay asked, exasperated by the way the trolls were treating Branch. He knew from personal experience what it was like to not be taken seriously. Though, now that he thought about it, Branch also wasn’t really acting in a way that made other trolls want to befriend him…
Creek: “But, just for now, why don't you try on some positivity, eh? A little positivity might go with that vest.” (Branch looks disgusted by Creek and moves away from him)
Branch: “Okay, fine. I'm positive you all are going to get eaten.”
The brothers look at each other, unsure whether they were to find that humorous or downright concerning.
(Hug time bracelets go off)
Poppy: “Hug time!”
Creek: “It is hug time.”
All (except for Branch): “Hug time!” (The group of trolls get in for a group hug, pulling Branch in with them which he strongly dislikes and tries to escape. He ends up being next to Creek and Guy Diamond, both of which are hugging him)
Biggie: “Oh, that feels good.”
Creek: “Our hearts are synchronizing!”
Guy Diamond: “I can squeeze you forever.”
“Oh man, he’s really not enjoying that,” John Dory commented.
“He used to love hugs though! He’d give them to us all the time!” Bruce said, missing his youngest brother and wishing he were with them right now. Though, preferably the happy Branch he knew and remembered, not the stranger he was watching on screen.
“I miss hug time,” Viva said, sighing as she watches the trolls hug.
(Branch finally manages to escape. Once he does, he picks up his collection of sticks and begins to walk away. Poppy notices him leaving and approaches him)
“I wonder what the sticks are for?” Floyd wondered aloud.
Branch: (To Poppy) “Someday, when the Bergens find us and the survival of every Troll is in your hands, I sure hope the answer is singing, dancing, and hugging because that's all you know how to do!”
“Ouch, that was pretty harsh, Branch,” John Dory said, while Viva narrowed her eyes at Branch.
Biggie: “That is not true! Poppy can also scrapbook.”
Branch: “I can't believe you're gonna be queen one day.” (Turns around and walks off. At this point, all the other trolls have ended the hug)
“Guys, your brother is really rude!” Viva said, crossing her arms and looking unhappily at Branch on screen.
“Okay, Viva, I promise he was not like this as a kid,” John Dory said, trying to defend his brother.
“That doesn’t change the fact that the way he’s treating my sister isn’t okay!” Viva shot back at John, silencing him.
“You know, when Cloud Guy said we were going to watch Branch’s past, I was not expecting this,” Bruce said sadly.
“I know. I still can’t believe he lost his colors,” Clay said, agreeing with his older brother.
Creek: “Tune out his negative vibrations, Poppy. They're toxic. Some folks (throws a sour look toward the leaving figure of Branch) just don't want to be happy.”
Poppy: “I guess.”
Creek: “You guessed right. Boop.” (Creek boops Poppy on the nose, which she smiles at)
“Hold up, do they like each other!” Viva asked, sitting up straight and narrowing her eyes at Creek, her protective side for her sister once again kicking in.
Chapter 8: The Biggest, Loudest, and Craziest Party Ever
Chapter Text
(Scene reveals trolls drumming, DJ Suki being the DJ, and all the Pop Trolls gathered for the party)
DJ Suki: “Yeah!”
(The Disco Trolls link together and swing above, lighting the dance floor with colorful lights as all the Trolls party. Cooper is seen jamming out to the music and Biggie is crowd surfing)
Biggie: “Whoo! I love you so much!”
“That looks fantastamazing!! Ahhh, I so wish I was there!” Viva exclaimed, sitting on the edge of her seat in excitement as she watched the party her sister was throwing.
(Creek, Satin & Chenille are riding on a caterpillar, with Creek throwing exploding balls of glitter into the crowd using the twins hair as a catapult)
Creek: “Yeah! Whoo! Glitter!”
(One of the balls hits Smidge in the face, knocking her over. The trolls around her pause their dancing in their concern, but she quickly gets back up and begins to party again, along with the other trolls)
Smidge: “YOLO!”
“Okay, respect,” Clay said.
“These trolls sure know how to party, I’ll give them that,” John Dory said, enjoying the scene.
(Poppy is leading the trolls and hyping them up from the stage, Cooper coming up behind her to join her. Screen zooms out to show Branch watching from the shadows of the trees holding another pile of sticks, looking disappointed and shaking his head, before he scoffs and turns around, leaving)
Seeing their brother standing alone caused the brothers to look at one another sadly, as they were once again reminded of how much their once sweet and carefree brother had changed.
Poppy: “More glitter! Turn it up!” (Smidge opens up flower canons, releasing a huge pillar of glitter and light, which goes above the trees while releasing a blow of power that travels across the span of the forest)
“Dang, that sure turned it up alright…” Bruce muttered, worried that they may have just attracted unwanted attention.
(Chef is seen crouched over a map by her trailer, which shows her desperation and determination to find the trolls. The faint sound of fireworks gets her attention, altering her to the presence of trolls nearby. Quickly, she sets up her telescope and scans the crown of the trees)
“Oh no!” Viva gasped, hands over her mouth as worry came over her.
Poppy’s voice: “I can't hear you!”
(Chef watches as a firework explodes, taking the form of Princess Poppy)
Chef: “Trolls.”
“NO! No no no…” Viva shook her head, refusing to believe that the trolls may be found and captured again.
“Oh no, Branch is there!” John Dory gasped in realization.
“He didn’t go to the party though, he may be okay,” Floyd said, trying to comfort his older brother as well as assure himself that his brother is safe.
“Yeah, remember his heavily fortified, Bergen-proof survival bunker he mentioned? He’s probably in there,” Clay added.
Bruce only stared at the screen in horror, worried about what would happen next.
(Scene changes back to the trolls, with Poppy addressing everyone with her father and Cooper by her side)
Poppy: “Okay, everyone. I just want to take a moment...and get a little real.”
Biggie: “Poppy! She's my friend! I know her!”
Creek, Guy Diamond, DJ Suki, Satin & Chenille: “Shhh”
“From what I’ve seen, Poppy is pretty much friends with everyone,” John Dory chuckled.
Poppy: “I'd like to take a second to celebrate our king...my father...who, 20 years ago this night...saved all of us from those dreaded…”
(The ground shakes, interrupting Poppy’s speech, and causing all the trolls to look around in fear and see an approaching Bergen)
King Peppy: “Bergens.”
Chef: “Gotcha.”
“NO!” Viva shouted.
At her shout of despair, Clay grabbed her hand and squeezed it in support, though he too held a look of fear and horror as he watched the Bergen enter the troll's home.
(Out of shock and fear, Cooper poops out three cupcakes, causing the Chef to stare at him in confusion while Poppy quickly picks them up and holds them out in offering)
“Uh, what? Didn’t know trolls could do that…” Bruce said, confused.
Poppy: “Uh...cupcake?”
“Did she just…offer a Bergen cupcakes?” Clay asked, completely flabbergasted.
(Smiling, Chef opens up her fanny pack)
Poppy: “Run! Run! Run!”
The audience gasped in fear as they watched the trolls run around their once safe haven, searching for a place to hide to avoid being captured by the Bergen.
Troll: “Poppy, help!”
(Chef bends down and picks up Guy Diamond, placing him in her fanny pack)
Biggie: “Mr. Dinkles? Has anybody seen Mr. Dinkles?”
“Behind you!” John, Bruce and Clay all yelled, even though they knew shouting was pointless as the events had already happened, and not like they could hear them anyway.
(In his worry for Mr. Dinkles, who happens to be on his back, he gets the Chef’s attention, making him her next victim, closely followed by Fuzzbert))
Poppy: “Biggie! Blend in! Blend in! Blend in!”
(At her words, all the remaining trolls quickly made their way to blend in to their surroundings to hide from the Chef)
Troll: “Run!”
(Poppy notices Chef pursuing Smidge)
Poppy: “Run, Smidge!”
Smidge: “Oh, my gosh!” (Chef then places Smidge in her fanny pack, who is quickly followed by Satin and Chenille)
“The Bergen's grabbing all her friends…” Floyd sadly noticed.
Young Troll: “Poppy, help!”
(Taking her eyes off her struggling friends and the Chef, Poppy notices the young trolls she was with not that long ago standing out in the open, alongside Cooper)
“She better not touch those kids!” Bruce shouted, talking about the Bergen.
Poppy: “Hurry! Go! Go! Go!” (Grabbing one of the young trolls hands, she leads them all, as well as Cooper who follows, into a pile of grass, their hair turning green to blend in)
Seeing that the kids were safe, Bruce breathed a sigh of relief.
Cooper: “Phew... Whoa!” (As Cooper was unable to blend in as the Pop Trolls were able to, he was easy to notice by the Chef, who quickly picked him up and placed him in her fanny pack)
Poppy: “Cooper!”
Creek: “Everyone, minimize your auras!” (At his outburst, Chef’s attention was next drawn to him)
“Yelling was probably not the best thing to do in that situation,” Clay said, worried for the Bergen’s next victim.
Poppy: “Creek!”
Creek: “No! Poppy!” (As Creek gets picked up by Chef, Poppy quickly runs to him and shoots out her hair for him to grab onto, in an attempt to free him from the Bergens grasp)
Poppy: “Hold on.”
Creek: “Poppy! No!” (With the Bergen’s firm grasp, she was able to pull Creek away from Poppy)
Poppy: “Creek!”
“It looks like they really care about each other…” Viva said, barely in a whisper.
“I wonder if they were dating,” John Dory whispered to Floyd.
“Not the time bro,” Floyd whispered back.
Chef: “Hmm.” (Looking around, Chef tried to see any more trolls in sight for her to grab, but a sudden tap on her foot made her look down and see King Peppy’s feeble attempts to harm her)
King Peppy: “Bad Bergen! Bad, bad Bergen. Ah…bad, bad Bergen!”
(Hearing her father’s voice, Poppy looked over and was alarmed to see Chef reaching for her father)
“No, Dad! Get out of there!”
Poppy: “Dad!” (Grabbing her father, she quickly moved him out of harm's way and led him underneath the stage that was moments earlier used during her speech on freedom. Watching the Bergen approaching, she quickly hid her father and herself behind her curtain of hair, which had turned forest green to blend in with the surrounding mossy rocks next to them. Terrified, Poppy could do nothing but hope that the Bergen didn’t see them as she peered understand the flower stage, unknowingly making brief eye contact with Poppy, before standing back up)
“That was too close…” Viva said, shaking in fear.
Chef: “Thanks for throwing the biggest...the loudest…”
Cooper: “The craziest party ever!”
“Really dude?” John Dory said, putting his hand up to his eyes in exasperation.
(Pushing Cooper back inside and zipping up the fanny pack, Chef turned around and began heading toward Bergen town, knocking down a Troll house in her way. Poppy waited a few seconds before withdrawing her hair, turning it once again pink. Leaving her hiding place, she looked around at her destroyed village and watched as the Trolls emerged from their hiding places, who cautiously approached the King and princess)
“That was…awful,” Bruce quietly said, not knowing any other way to put it.
“Viva, you okay?” Clay asked, still holding on to her hand.
“No, I’m not okay. They were safe, they-they had escaped! But now…they have to leave, before it comes back!” Viva ranted, thoughts and worry coursing through her as she tried to process what just happened.
Floyd and John Dory exchanged sad looks while Bruce watched Clay give Viva a hug in comfort.
Troll: “Is it coming back?”
Troll: “What are we gonna do now?”
King Peppy: “We have to find a new home. Everyone, hurry. We have to leave before the Bergens come back.”
“That’s a good idea,” Clay said, him and Viva agreeing with the King’s decision.
“Are they going to get Branch?” Bruce asked, worried they might forget about his brother.
“What about the trolls that were just taken though?” Floyd asked. “Shouldn’t someone go after them?”
“No, you don’t understand. If you enter Bergen town, even if it is for a rescue mission, you don’t come back out,” Viva told the brothers, who exchanged nervous looks.
Poppy: “We have to rescue them.”
At her sister’s words, Viva looked up in shock. She couldn’t possibly think there was still hope for the trolls that were just taken!
King Peppy: “No, Poppy, we have to run. Now, let's go, everyone. Come on!”
“Listen to dad,” Viva urged her sister, knowing her words would have no effect, but saying them anyway gave her a false sense of hope that her sister would listen.
Poppy: “What about ‘No Troll left behind?’”
King Peppy: “I'm sorry, Poppy. That was a long time ago. And I'm not the king I once was.”
Poppy: “...Then I'll go. I'll go and save them.”
“No! It’s too dangerous!” Viva exclaimed, shocked that her sister would even consider doing such a thing.
King Peppy: “No, Poppy. It's too dangerous.”
Poppy: “I have to at least try.”
At those words, Floyd looked at Poppy in amazement, surprised to hear her so willing to face their worst enemy and greatest fear, all for the sake of her friends.
King Peppy: “No. You can't go to Bergen Town by yourself. It's impossible.”
“Listen to dad…” Viva said again, praying her sister wouldn’t leave.
(Poppy turns away from her father, looking devastated)
Chapter 9: Recruiting Branch
Chapter Text
(Screen shows Branch down in his bunker, alone, and is seen to be listening to the invitation Poppy had made him that day)
Invitation: ‘ Celebrate freedom from the Bergens. Celebrate freedom from the Bergens .’
“Wait, he fixed it?” Bruce asked, confused by his brother’s changing behavior.
“Where’s he living?” John Dory asked, noticing the dirt walls, roots, and rocks that seemed to make up Branch’s home.
“And where’s Grandma?” Clay asked.
As Clay mentioned Grandma, Bruce’s head shot up. “You don’t think she’s…”
“I guess we’ll find out,” Floyd said, not wanting his brother to finish his sentence, worried that his unspoken thought might very well be the case.
(Sadly, Branch glances toward a shelf in his wall that is filled with all the past invitations Poppy has made for him and invited him to attend, and all of which he has rejected going to)
“Woah, look how many parties he’s been invited to…” John Dory gasped, looking at Branch’s stash of invitations.
“All of which he turned down and didn’t attend,” Floyd sadly added to John’s words.
“Maybe he does care, he just doesn’t want to show that side of him,” Clay said, trying to figure his brother out.
“Why wouldn’t he want to show that he cared though?” Viva asked, perplexed at the idea that any troll wouldn’t want to show their good and happy side.
“Does he think it’d make him feel weak and vulnerable?” Bruce guessed.
“I think he’s afraid to open up and get close to anyone,” Floyd reasoned.
“Why?” John Dory asked.
“Because he doesn’t trust anyone anymore and doesn’t believe that they would stay. As long as he’s alone, he doesn’t have to worry about anyone leaving him again,” Floyd regretfully explained.
At his words, all the brothers flinched as if they'd been physically struck as they were once again reminded of their past actions and how greatly their one decision had forever impacted their baby brother.
(A loud knocking on his door startles Branch, as he never gets any company. In his haste to hide the invitation that he repaired, he accidentally knocks half of the invitations out of the shelf and onto the floor, where they open up and began repeating their messages)
Invitations: ‘Branch, you're invited!’
Branch: “No! No! No!” (Quickly scooping them all up, he shoved them back inside the shelf, closing the curtains over them)
“Those invitations are a lot like yours, you know,” Clay told Viva, who smiled at finding another similarity between her and her sister.
Poppy: (Continues to pound repeatedly on the rock door outside) “Branch! Branch! Branch! Branch! Branch! Branch, are you in there?”
“Hold up, that’s where he lives?!” John Dory exclaimed.
Branch: (Opens up a slot on his ‘GO AWAY’ sign) “I'm not going to your party.”
“He seems welcoming…” Viva said, noticing his ‘GO AWAY’ sign.
Poppy: “The party's over. We just got attacked by a Bergen.”
Branch: “I knew it.” (Opening up the trap door that was hidden underneath his ‘GO AWAY’ sign, he pulled Poppy inside and immediately began setting up the traps he had prepared, including various types of locks, small bear traps, and hundreds of mouse traps. When finished, he and Poppy were safely surrounded)
“What the…” Bruce and Floyd simultaneously said, eyes widening at their brother’s defense system.
“He really takes this whole ‘Bergen business’ thing seriously,” John Dory said.
“As he should! And I’m glad he brought Poppy down there so she’s safe too,” Viva said, grateful for Branch protecting her sister.
“At least he’s prepared. He really knows his stuff and how to survive, that’s for sure. I mean, he’s living underground!” Clay added.
Poppy: “Branch!”
Branch: “Shh.”
Poppy: “I have to tell you something.”
Branch: “Shh.”
Poppy: “I was just gonna…”
Branch: (Upset) “Shh! Shh!”
“Why isn’t he letting her talk,” Viva grumbled, annoyed once again at Branch’s behavior.
(Annoyed, Poppy raises her hand)
Branch: “What? What could be so important that it's worth leading the Bergen right to us?”
Poppy: “The Bergen's gone!”
Branch: “You don't know that. It could still be out there. Watching . Waiting . Listening .”
“Okay, I’m really starting to think Branch encountered a Bergen at some point,” John Dory said, scared at the thought of his baby brother encountering a Bergen.
Poppy: “No. It left! It took Cooper, and Smidge, and Fuzzbert, and Satin, and Chenille, and Biggie, and Guy Diamond, and Creek!”
Branch: (Rolls his eyes at the mention of Creek) “Mmm.”
“He doesn’t even care?!” Viva shouted.
“I’m sure he does-” Clay began before being interrupted by Viva.
“Did you see his eye roll?! A troll who cared would not have responded in that way!”
“I think that eye roll was just meant for Creek,” Floyd said.
“Still!” Viva exclaimed, folding her arms.
Poppy: “Which is why I have to ask you. Will you go to Bergen Town with me and save everyone?”
“WHAT!” the brothers shouted in surprise.
“No, why isn’t she listening to dad!” Viva groaned, putting her face in her hands.
“She kinda did listen though. I mean, your dad did tell her not to go alone,” Floyd told Viva.
“I can’t believe she went to Branch for help though!” Clay said.
“What do you mean? If I was in that situation, I’d probably go to Branch too. Not just cause he’s my brother but because he knows the most about Bergens,” John Dory said, causing all his younger brothers to glare at him. “What?”
“We don’t want Branch going to Bergen Town, John! He could get eaten!” Clay snapped at his older brother.
Branch: “What? No.”
Poppy: “Branch, you can't say no. They're your friends.”
Branch: “Uh-uh-uh. They're your friends. I'm staying right here in my bunker where it's safe.”
“Please do Branch,” Floyd said, not wanting his brother to go on a dangerous mission.
“And please keep Poppy there where it’s safe,” Viva said, adding her concerns for her younger sibling along with Floyd’s concern for his younger brother.
“Does he have any friends?” Bruce questioned aloud.
Poppy: “Oh, that's great. You're the one guy who knows more about Bergens than anyone but when we finally need you, you just want to hide here forever?”
Branch: “Forever? Pfft. No.” (Pulls down on a lever which brings the platform he and Poppy were standing on down a tunnel he made and reveals the Bunker he had built, as well as all the provisions he’s been storing for years)
Poppy: “Oh!”
Branch: “Yeah, I really only have enough supplies down here to last me 10 years, 11 if I’m willing to store and drink my own sweat. Which I am. You all said I was crazy, huh? Well, who's crazy now?” (They reach the bottom of the bunker, revealing a map behind him with various markings) “Me. Crazy prepared.” (Walks off)
For a moment the room was silent as the brothers and Viva stared in Branch’s bunker in shock.
“That’s his bunker!” John Dory shouted.
“He built that…” Bruce said, amazed.
“Did he say he could survive down there for 10 years!” Clay exclaimed.
“How long has he been working on that?” Floyd wondered aloud.
Poppy: “I'm sorry. I should have listened to you. You told me not to throw the party, and I threw it anyway. And it's my fault they were taken. And now I don't know what to do.”
Branch: (Puts some sticks away on a shelf) “Why don't you try scrapbooking them to freedom?”
“Oh dang, that was a solid burn Branch,” John Dory said, trying to stifle his laughter as Viva glared at him.
“Oh, so that’s what the sticks were for,” Clay said, remembering Branch collecting sticks in earlier scenes.
Poppy: “Solid burn, Branch. Well, thanks anyway.” (Turns around and heads toward the platform to bring her back up again)
Branch: “Hey, anytime, Poppy. See you in 10 years.”
“Hold up, he’s actually planning on not leaving for the next 10 years!” Bruce said, not liking the idea of his brother being more alone than he already was.
(Poppy steps onto the platform, stares at him, and pulls on the lever. As she is rising, Branch watches her as sorrow and loneliness slowly overcomes him)
Seeing their youngest brother looking so unhappy and alone hurt the brothers in a way no words can describe. And what made it worse is that they knew they were part of the reason, if not the whole reason, as to why Branch is the way he is now. No longer is he the energetic, loving, happy troll they basically raised who would always sing his heart out. Now, he was scarcely a shell of the boy they once knew and loved, and it hurt them to see him like this.
(Branch begins to head further into his bunker before he stops as he hears the platform lowering and turns to see that Poppy returned)
Poppy: “Oh, hey, Branch? Just wondering if I could borrow something.”
Branch: “What?”
Poppy: “Your bunker.”
Branch: “What?!”
Poppy: “Okay, everybody. Come on in!”
(The platform lowers the rest of the way as all the Pop Trolls come barreling in and begin making themselves at home)
Troll: “Hi, Branch!”
“Oh man…he’s really really not going to like that…” John Dory said.
“What’d she do that for!?” Clay said, slightly annoyed. Despite the fact that he hated the idea of his brother living alone, he also thought it was inconsiderate of Poppy to bring the whole troll village there without permission.
“Probably to protect the other trolls…” Viva suggested, rolling her eyes at Clay.
Branch: “No! No! No! Whoa, wait! Poppy, what are you doing?”
Poppy: “You said you have enough provisions to last 10 years, right?”
Branch: “Yes, to last me 10 years. Me! It'll last them two weeks!”
Poppy: “Then I guess I better hurry.” (Turns to leave)
Branch: “Wait, wait, wait!” (Grabs Poppy’s arm to stop her from leaving) You won't last a day out there.”
Poppy: “And you won't last a day in here.”
“Ohh, that’s what she’s doing!” Floyd said, realizing Poppy’s unspoken idea.
“What, invading our brother’s privacy and basically allowing the trolls to move in without any permission from the troll who spent years building it and storing provisions to last him a century?” Clay mumbled, folding his arms.
“Well…anyway, she’s doing this so she can convince Branch to go with her,” Floyd reasoned.
“No! She can't still be thinking of going,” Viva said, exasperated.
“At this point, I think you should just accept the fact that Poppy’s going to go,” Clay gently told Viva, trying to help her accept her sister’s decision.
“I don’t want Branch to go though!” Bruce said, worried for his brother.
“Bruce, from what we’ve seen, I think Branch can handle himself. Besides, Poppy’s going to go anyway. It might be best for Branch to go so she has some protection,” Floyd said, causing Viva to smile at him in gratitude while his older brothers exchanged worried looks nonetheless.
(Branch looks to his right and sees a troll chugging his water supply, the trolls around him cheering him on and chanting “Chug, chug, chug!” He then looks to his left and sees young trolls laughing and jumping in his bear traps, setting them off and jumping out of the way in time to prevent themselves getting hurt)
“No consideration,” Clay mumbled again.
Poppy: “Solid burn, returned.” (Poppy then turns away and walks off)
“Oh dang,” John Dory said, once again trying to stifle his laughter as it was his brothers glaring at him this time.
(Glass shatters in the background)
Troll: “Sorry, Branch!”
King Peppy: “Uh, Poppy, wait. Please be careful.”
Poppy: “Don't worry, Dad. I can do this.” (Embraces her father in a hug)
King Peppy: “I love you, Poppy.”
Poppy: “I love you too, Dad.”
“Aww,” Viva sighed, happy to see her father and sister so close. She was also glad to know that her father would at least be safe when Poppy left.
(As Poppy walks away, a young troll pokes their head out of King Peppy’s hair)
Young Troll: “They grow up so fast.”
Poppy: (Gets on the platform) “Bye, everybody! See you soon!”
All Trolls (Except for Branch): “Good luck, Princess Poppy!”
(Branch appears and stares at Poppy, not believing what was happening)
“Poor Branch” Floyd said, sympathizing with his brother.
Poppy: (Softly) “And three, two, one .” (Hug time bracelets go off and Poppy presses the lever, causing the platform to rise)
King Peppy: “Hug time!”
Branch: “No.”
(The trolls close in around Branch, ready to embrace him)
“Oh, Poppy plays dirty! Now Branch for sure will go after her and join in the rescue mission,” Bruce said, hating the idea of his brother going on a journey, even if it was the right thing to do.
All Trolls (Except for Branch): “Hug time! Hug time! Hug time!”
Branch: “No! No!”
(Poppy goes out of sight, leaving Branch trapped with all the trolls)
Chapter 10: Get Back Up Again
Chapter Text
(Poppy begins narrating her most recent scrapbook, showing her following the Bergen’s footprints, finding the Bergen, then getting eaten by the Bergen)
Poppy: (Narrating) “With her friends safely hidden, Princess Poppy set off to rescue her other friends, confident she'd make it to Bergen Town on her own…Convinced she'd make it to Bergen Town. Oh, um…” (Closes her book to see the footprints of the Bergen imprinted in the ground) “Totally sure she'd make it to Bergen Town. Mmm…”
“Well on that cheerful note…” John Dory sarcastically said.
Viva winced at the idea of her sister getting eaten by a Bergen and wished she didn’t see the imagery that her sister had scrapbooked of her getting caught and eaten.
(Nervously, Poppy begins to follow the trail)
“You have a really brave sister Viva,” Floyd told Viva, smiling at her.
Viva returned a grateful smile at Floyd but couldn’t help thinking that if she were still living with her family, would she have been willing to go with her sister on this crazy and impossible journey or would she have been too scared, as usual, and refused to leave her home?
Poppy: “ I really hope I can do it. 'Cause they're all depending on me. I know that I must leave the only home I've ever known, and brave the dangers of the forest, saving them before they're eaten. I mean, how hard can that be? ”
“Pretty hard I’m going to guess,” John Dory said, earning him another glare from everyone in the room.
(The flower petal she was standing on breaks and she begins to fall toward the ground, screaming. Quickly, she hooks her hair on the forest floor, forming it into a staircase leading up to her dangling form, which she then goes down)
Viva sighed in relief that her sister managed to break her fall and walk off unharmed.
Poppy: “ Looking up at a sunny sky, so shiny and blue and there's a butterfly. Well, isn't that a super fantastic sign? ”
(Butterfly gets eaten, and one-by-one Poppy watches numerous creatures eating the other)
“Okay…” Bruce said, worried that Poppy might not even make it to Bergen Town alive but refused to voice his concerns to avoid a death glare from Viva.
Poppy: (Nervously) “ It's gonna be a fantastic day .” (Runs away from the remaining creature)
Poppy: “ Such marvelousness it's gonna bring. Got a pocket full of songs that I'm gonna sing, and I'm ready to take on anything. Hooray! ”
(Poppy begins swinging on a snake, who then chases Poppy)
“Ugh, she doesn’t even know what she’s doing…” Viva groaned as she watched the screen with wide eyes, afraid to see her sister get hurt or eaten by a forest creature.
Poppy: “ Some super fun surprise around each corner. Just riding on a rainbow, I'm gonna be okay. Hey! I'm not giving up today. There's nothing getting in my way! ” (Jumps away from the snake) “ And if you knock, knock me over, I will get back up again. Oh! If something goes a little wrong, well you can go ahead and bring it on. 'Cause if you knock, knock me over, I will get back up again. Whoa, oh, oh, oh, Oh, get back up again. Whoa, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, Ahh! ” (Slides into a thorn thicket) “I'm marching along I've got confidence. I'm cooler than a pack of peppermints. And I haven't been this excited since, I can't remember when! I'm off on this remarkable adventure, just riding on a rainbow! But what if it's all a big mistake? What if it's more than I can take? No, I can't think that way, 'cause I know that I'm really, really, really gonna be okay! Hey! I'm not giving up today! There's nothing getting in my way! And if you knock, knock me over, I will get back up again. Oh, if something goes a little wrong, well you can go ahead and bring it on .” (Swallows a poisonous berry and swells up) “' Cause if you knock, knock me over, I will get back up again. Whoa, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, Oh, get back up again. Whoa, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, Oh .” (Falls through numerous spider webs, getting wrapped up in the sticky webs) “ I'm okay! Whoa, oh, oh, oh, oh, oh, Oh. And if you knock, knock me over, you knock, knock me over, I will get back up again… ” (Goes unconscious)
“Okay, what just happened?” Bruce slowly said.
“Viva, your sister is awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, pumping his fists in the air.
“Yeah, she is awesome. But I hope she’s okay. It looked like she went through a lot…” Viva said, trailing off as she got lost in thought. She was still trying to process that her sister, who’d never left Troll Village, left her home so willingly just to save her friends. Despite her worry for her sister though, she couldn’t help but take pride in knowing that she did indeed have a brave sister. One thing was for sure, when they left this place, Viva was going to gather the PuttPutt trolls and they were going to reunite with their tribe. Well…that is hoping that everything turns out okay during this journey…Honestly, Viva really hoped Branch would turn up soon to protect her sister. Despite the fact she didn’t really like Branch because of the way he treats Poppy, he seems to know how to survive in the real world, which is the kind of help Poppy needs most right now.
Chapter 11: Time with Branch
Chapter Text
(Four spiders approach Poppy, about to eat her)
“Oh no!” Viva gasped, worried for her sister.
(Branch then pulls Poppy toward him with his hair)
At Branch’s herotic arrival, everyone cheers.
“Yeah! I knew he’d turn up!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Yeah, but now he has to face the spiders,” Floyd pointed out, causing the brothers to worry.
(Angered, the spiders run toward Branch, who jumps in front of Poppy to protect her. Reaching behind him, he grabs his frying pan he packed and throws it at one of the spiders, hitting it in the head and causing them to pause for a second before coming at him even more angrily. Determined, Branch glares at the spiders as he throws his pack down and begins whipping them back with his hair, driving them off and into the mouth of a waiting creature)
Branch: “Get back!”
“Woah,” Clay and Bruce breathed, looking at each other in astonishment of what their brother had just done.
“Did Branch, our baby brother, seriously just fight off four fully grown spiders?” John Dory asked, amazed. He didn’t even think he would have thought to use his hair as a whip if he was in that situation. Heck, he didn’t think that he would have succeeded in doing what Branch had just done if he were in that situation.
“John Dory, I think what Branch just did further proves he is no longer a baby,” Floyd said, staring at his younger brother on-screen with wide eyes.
After watching Branch save her sister, Viva’s feelings for him instantly changed. He may be a grouch, but he showed up to help Poppy, and that’s all that mattered to Viva.
(As the creature closes its mouth, trapping the spiders inside, it looks down at Branch before resting and sinking lower in the ground to enjoy his meal. Branch’s victory is shortly lived as he remembers Poppy)
Branch: “Oh, no! Poppy?” (Branch runs over to Poppy and presses his ear to the bundle of webs around her over her chest to listen for a heartbeat) “Hang on!” (Branch grabs a thorn and two beatles nearby, using the thorn to use through the webs and rubbing the beatles together to power up an electric force to start Poppy’s heart again)
Poppy: (Sits up fast) “ Get back up again .”
“Oh thank goodness,” Viva sighed, letting out a breath she didn’t know she was holding.
“How’d he know what to do?” Clay wondered aloud.
Poppy: “Branch, my man! You are right on time.” (Stands up)
Branch: “Oh, right. Like you knew I was coming.” (Puts the beatles down and puts his pack back on)
“Honestly, I wasn’t sure if he was going to show up,” Bruce admitted.
“I knew he would. Especially once Poppy basically handed his bunker over to the whole village,” Clay said, still feeling slightly mad toward Poppy about that incident.
Poppy: “Yes! I figured after the third hug time, getting eaten by a Bergen wouldn't seem so bad.”
At Poppy’s words, Viva and the brothers exchange nervous looks. They didn’t even want to think about their younger siblings being anywhere near a Bergen’s mouth.
Branch: “And I figured there was no way you could do this by yourself. Guess we were both right.”
Poppy: “Hmm. All right. Let's do this!” (Starts walking toward Bergen town, Branch following behind) “Sooner we get to Bergen Town, sooner we can rescue everybody and make it home safely.”
“Is-is that her plan? Did she seriously leave without a plan?!” Clay asked, exasperated.
Branch: “Wait, wait, wait. What's your plan?”
Poppy: “I just told you. To rescue everyone and make it home safely.”
“Okay, that is not a plan,” Clay said.
Branch: “Okay. That's not a plan. That's a wish list.”
John Dory, Bruce and Floyd couldn’t help but chuckle in amusement at how similar Clay’s thoughts were with Branch’s.
Poppy: “Oh! I suppose you have a plan.”
Branch: (Clears throat) “First...we get to the edge of Bergen Town without being spotted. Then, we get inside by sneaking through the old escape tunnels, which will then lead us to the Troll Tree, right before we get caught, and suffer a miserable death, at the hands of a horrible, bloodthirsty Bergen!”
“Okay, his plan was really good at first. I just wished he’d changed the ending…” Bruce said, his brothers and Viva nodding in agreement.
Branch: “Hold on a second, are you scrapbooking my plan?”
Poppy: “Uh-huh. Yeah. Almost…done!” (Holds up her finished piece, which says ‘We did it!’ and shoots out glitter onto Branch’s face once again)
“Seriously!” Clay shouted, bemused toward Poppy’s behavior. In his opinion, she was a little too naive about this journey and the dangers they may face.
“Haha, I like her,” John Dory chuckled.
Branch: “There will be no more…” (blows glitter out of his nose) “scrapbooking.”
(Scene changes to show Branch and Poppy crossing a log with Poppy singing)
Branch: “Do you have to sing?”
Poppy: “I always sing when I'm in a good mood.”
Branch: “Do you have to be in a good mood?”
Poppy: “Why wouldn't I be? By this time tomorrow, I'll be with all my friends! Oh, I wonder what they're doing right now.”
“She wonders what they’re doing…-she does know they were taken by a Bergen, right?” Clay asked, still confused with how well Poppy seemed to be taking this mission.
Branch: “Probably being digested.”
Poppy: “They're alive, Branch. I know it!”
Branch: “You don't know anything, Poppy. And I can't wait to see the look on your face when you realize the world isn't all cupcakes and rainbows. 'Cause it isn't. Bad things happen...and there's nothing you can do about it.” (Turns away and walks off sadly)
At Branch’s words the brothers flinched, knowing what Branch said was directed toward them.
“Did us leaving…really impact him this much?” John Dory questioned, already knowing and hating the answer.
In answer to John Dory’s question, all the brothers nodded in shame.
“Ugh,” Bruce groaned, putting his face in his hands. “What were we thinking? We never should have left him!”
“That’s just it. We weren’t thinking,” Floyd said.
“And it was all because we couldn’t hit the Perfect Family Harmony,” Clay muttered, throwing a glare at John Dory.
“Hey! You can’t blame me for this! It’s all our fault Branch is the way he is now!” John Dory said, trying to defend himself.
“Oh, and that’s supposed to make us feel better?” Bruce said to his older brother, starting to get upset.
“Guys, not now!” Viva shouted, stopping their argument before it could escalate.
Poppy: (Runs to catch up with Branch) “Hey, I know it's not all cupcakes and rainbows. But I'd rather go through life thinking that it mostly is instead of being like you. You don't sing, you don't dance. So gray all the time! What happened to you?”
Despite the brothers already knowing that Branch didn’t sing or dance, it still pained them to hear it spoken aloud by another troll, making the truth even more real.
“Remember when Branch was younger how he would always burst into song and dance?” Clay said, smiling at the memory.
“Yeah. He’d go on for hours sometimes. It’d actually get quite annoying at times,” Bruce said, smiling as well.
“Guys…you don’t think Branch has been like this since-since we left do you?” Floyd asked, the thought dropping on him like a brick thrown off a tall building.
“You mean, you think Branch has been gray for the past twenty years?!” Bruce gasped, catching on.
As Floyd nodded to Bruce’s words, the brothers all hung their heads in shame, hating the thought of their youngest brother being so unhappy and miserable for the past twenty years, all because of them and their selfish decision.
Branch: “Shh.”
Poppy: “A Bergen?”
Branch: (Whispers) “ Maybe .” (Branch walks off again, leaving Poppy behind to look around nervously before realizing there wasn’t any danger)
Poppy: “There's no Bergen, is there? You just said that so I'd stop talking.”
Branch: (Whispers) “ Maybe .”
“Hold up. Does Poppy even know about us? I mean, she doesn’t know about Viva as Cloud Guy said, but do you think she knows that Branch has us for brothers?” John Dory questioned.
The brothers took a second to process and think about his words, Clay being the first to answer.
“No, I don’t think so,” he answered sadly. “You heard Poppy. She asked him what happened to make him so gray and he immediately quieted her. He lives alone, isn’t close to anyone, and refuses to talk about the past whenever it’s brought up. For all we know, Branch hasn’t spoken of us once.”
Looking sadly up at Branch, Floyd felt tears sting his eyes. He never should have left…
(Scene changes to show Branch and Poppy camping out by a fire in their sleeping bags)
Poppy: (Takes out her picture of Creek and opens it up to reveal all her friends that were taken) “So special. Good night, Cooper. Good night, Smidge. Good night, Fuzzbert. Good night, Satin. Good night, Chenille. Good night, Biggie. Good night, DJ. Good night, Guy Diamond. Good night, Creek. Boop.”
“And she just…carries that around with her…always?” John Dory asked.
Bruce looked at Poppy’s picture and smiled, thinking it sweet of her to care about her friends so much. He had a picture similar to hers back home, showing him, his wife, and all his kids. He wished he had it here with him now.
“She does like Creek!” Viva exclaimed, excited to know that her sister had a crush on someone. Looking over at Clay, Viva felt herself blush then quickly caught herself and turned back to face the screen. What was that about? Clay was a friend, that was it.
Branch: (Rudley) “And good night, Poppy.”
(Poppy’s hug time bracelet goes off and she sits up and looks expectantly at Branch)
“Yeah, there’s no way. Sorry Poppy seed,” John Dory said.
“Poppy seed?” Viva asked, looking over at John.
“Yeah, nice nickname, right? I tend to be good at that sort of thing,” he said, leaning back in his chair.
His brothers on the other hand all rolled their eyes as they remembered their stage names John had given them during BroZone.
Branch: “Don't even think about it.”
Poppy: (Rolls her eyes and looks up at the stars above) “ Stars shining bright above you …”
Branch: (Sits up angrily) “Really? Seriously? More singing?”
Poppy: “Yes, seriously! Singing helps me relax. Maybe you ought to try it.”
Branch: “I don't sing, and I don't relax. This is the way I am, and I like it. I also like a little silence!” (Lays back down, his back facing Poppy)
“He likes being like that?” Bruce said, not believing Branch.
“No, I don’t think he means it,” Floyd quietly said, wishing Branch hadn’t grown up this way but knowing he was partly to blame for the reason that Branch did indeed grow up without happiness or joy in his life.
Poppy: (Looks at him sadly for a minute then begins playing her ukulele, causing him to roll over and look at her) “ Hello Darkness, my old friend…I've come to talk with you again. ”
Spider: “ Hello. ”
Poppy: “ Because a vision softly creeping. ” (Branch carelessly flicks the spider off his shoulder) “ Left its seeds while I was sleeping. And the vision…that was planted in my brain…still remains. Within the sound...of silence. ”
“What was she trying to do there?” Bruce asked, his brothers just shrugging in response.
“She’s obviously trying to help Branch not be so uptight and to relax,” Viva said matter-of-factly.
Branch: (Throughout the song, Branch stares at Poppy and the forest creatures that joined her in utter bewilderment and confusion. When song ends, he stands up and holds out his hands for the ukulele) “May I?”
“There’s no way that’s all it took for him to sing!” Clay said.
“My sister is very convincing,” Viva said, smiling at her sister in pride.
(Smiling, Poppy hands the small instrument over to Branch, expecting him to sing. Instead, he tosses it into the fire then lays back down, once again turning his back to Poppy, leaving her standing there staring at the flames and hearing the strings break)
“Well that was rude,” Viva grumbled, crossing her arms and glaring at Branch, while the brothers just stared at the screen in shock at what their brother just did.
Chapter 12: Into Bergen Town
Chapter Text
(Branch and Poppy are seen approaching numerous tunnels that have been dug in the earth throughout the years)
Poppy: “So one of these tunnels leads to the Troll Tree.”
Branch: “That's right.”
“But there’s so many. It could take them forever to reach the troll tree!” Bruce said.
“And by then they’ll be too late,” John Dory added as an afterthought.
“Seriously dude?” Clay said to his oldest brother.
Poppy: “There's so many of them. I wonder which one.”
Branch: (Approaches the mouth of one of the tunnels, examining it) “I don't know.”
(A mysterious voice interrupts Branch’s assessment of the tunnels)
Mysterious Voice: “Choose a hole wisely! For one will lead to Bergen Town...and the others…to certain death!”
“Who’s that?!”
Branch: “Who said that?”
Mysterious Voice: “It was...me.” (Cloud guy appears and begins walking toward them) “Hey, guys, how's it going? Welcome to the root tunnels.” (Branch and Poppy look at him in confusion) “Uh, I just wanted to warn you. One of these tunnels leads to the Troll Tree...and the others to (Talks in a deep voice again) certain death, death, death, death…”
“Hey, it’s Cloud Guy!” John Dory exclaimed.
“I was wondering how he met Branch,” Floyd said.
“Haha, you guys see Branch’s face right. Oh man that’s too good!” Clay said, loving his baby brother’s reaction to Cloud Guy, which wasn’t all that different from his when he first met the cloud.
Poppy: (Glances questioningly at Branch, who is just staring at Cloud Guy in confusion while narrowing his eyes) “Do you think you can tell us which is the right one?”
Cloud Guy: “You bet!”
Poppy: “Great!”
Branch: “No, that's okay. We're fine, thanks!” (Pushes Poppy away from Cloud Guy)
Poppy: “Branch. He's trying to help us.”
Branch: “I don't like the looks of him.” (Looks over at Cloud Guy suspiciously) “I mean, who wears socks with no shoes?” (At his words, Cloud Guy raises his hand)
“He doesn’t trust others easily, does he,” John Dory commented.
“Well I wonder why…” Clay sarcastically said, folding his arms.
“Dude, you don’t have to keep reminding us!” John Dory snapped at Clay.
“Well why not? We probably should be feeling guilty! And we definitely deserve the reminders!” Clay said, glaring at John.
“Guys, stop the arguing!” Floyd pleaded.
Poppy: “He seems to know what he's talking about.”
Branch: “Okay, fine.” (Turns to address Could Guy) “Which way do we go?”
Cloud Guy: “First, you have to give me a high five. Then I'll tell you.”
“Oh I love high-fives!” Viva exclaimed. She really liked Cloud Guy and thought he was a lot of fun. Totally her vibe.
Branch: “What?”
Poppy: “Oh, I love high fives. I'll do it.”
Cloud Guy: “Oh, I know you'll do it. But will he? All right, dumpy diapers, up high!”
“My guess is no, he won’t,” John Dory said.
“Dumpy diapers?” Bruce whispered to himself, not liking his brother being called that.
Branch: (Folds his arms) “Nope, I don't do high fives.”
“He loved high fives as a kid though,” Clay said.
“Yeah, as a kid. A lot has changed,” Floyd pointed out.
Cloud Guy: “Slap it, boss.”
Branch: “Not gonna happen.”
Cloud Guy: “Party on the top floor.”
Branch: “Nope.”
Cloud Guy: “Little slappy. Make daddy happy.”
“That’s weird,” Floyd said.
Branch: “That's weird.”
Cloud Guy: “Come on, just one little high five.”
Branch: (Mockingly imitates Cloud Guy’s voice) “Oh, no, thanks, I'm good.”
Cloud Guy: “Here, just do this…(high fives his own hand) But with your hand.”
Branch: “Thank you for that demonstration. Really cleared up exactly what I will not be doing.”
“It’s only a high five!” Viva said, exasperated with Branch’s stubbornness.
“I’m struggling to see how they’re ‘best buds,’ as Cloud Guy said they were when we first met him. He just seems to be annoying Branch more than anything else,” Bruce commented.
Poppy: “Branch, it's a high five. The others lead to certain death. Get perspective!”
“That is true,” John Dory said, the brothers agreeing with Poppy.
Branch: (Looks at Cloud Guy, then sighs in annoyance) “One high five and then you'll tell us which tunnel to take, right?”
Cloud Guy: “So easy.”
Branch: “Ugh, okay, fine!” (Goes in for the high five but Cloud Guy moves his hand away)
Cloud Guy: “Ooh. Too slow.”
Branch: “Too slow?”
(Cloud guy bursts out laughing)
“Oh man…Branch is really not going to like that,” Clay said.
Poppy: (Snorts in amusement) “Classic.”
(Branch narrows his eyes and glares at Cloud Guy)
Cloud Guy: “No, no. All right. I'm gonna let you slide with a fist bump.” (Holds out his fist, which Branch tries to fist bump but Cloud Guy moves his hand away again) “Whoo. Shark attack! Nom-nom-nom-nom. Jellyfish! Hand sandwich. Turkey. Snowman. Dolphin. Helicopter. Last Supper. Monkey in a zoo.”
Branch: “What?”
Cloud Guy: “Gear shift.” (Imitates gears shifting, while Branch glares at him in anger and annoyance. Cloud guy and Poppy burst out laughing, but once Branch gives Poppy a look she quickly stops)
At Cloud Guy’s antics, Viva burst out laughing.
“Yeah, not really finding how that’s funny,” Bruce said, folding his arms and looking questioningly at Viva. “Personally, I don’t like other’s teasing my brothers or messing with their emotions, which is what Cloud Guy is clearly finding joy in doing to Branch.”
Cloud Guy: “Okay, okay, okay. Now I'm thinking we hug.”
(Cloud guy holds his arms out, but Branch picks up a nearby stick and breaks it in two while glaring at Cloud Guy, causing him to thunder and rain in sadness. Branch then begins to chase after Cloud Guy who screams, trying to hit him with the broken sticks, while Poppy runs after Branch trying to stop him)
Branch: “That's right. You better run, Cloud!”
Poppy: “No! Wait!”
“When we reunite with Branch when this is all over, remind me never to get on his bad side,” John Dory told his brothers.
“Yeah, I think that ship has already sailed bro,” Clay responded.
“I hope he doesn’t react in this way when we do reunite,” Bruce added.
“Well, we’ll see while we’re here. Remember, Cloud Guy said we’re also going to watch the future, which includes our reunion,” Floyd reminded his brothers.
(Cloud Guy runs into a tunnel, Branch and Poppy following, one trying to attack with the other trying to stop any attack)
“Did Branch or Poppy realize they just entered a tunnel?” Clay asked.
“That better not be a tunnel that leads to certain death!” Bruce said, glaring at Cloud Guy on-screen.
Branch: “I'm gonna tear your little cloud arms, off your cloud body, and high five your face with them!”
At Branch’s words, the brothers all look at each other, astonished to hear their brother so violent.
Poppy: “He's just a cloud!”
Branch: “Get back here!”
Poppy: “Branch! He can help us!”
Branch: “Come back!”
Poppy: “Run, Cloud Guy!”
Branch: “I'm gonna kill you!”
“I’m starting to feel worried for Cloud Guy, not gonna lie,” John Dory said, his eyes widening as he watches his youngest brother making death threats.
Cloud Guy: (Exits the tunnel, Branch and Poppy right behind him) “Ta-da! We're here!” (Branch and Poppy stop chasing, surprise on their faces)
“Huh. I guess he did help them,” Bruce said, thankful that it wasn’t a tunnel leading to ‘certain death.’ Well, then again, they did just enter Bergen Town, where death was very much a possibility as it was.
Cloud Guy: “Phew...You guys are a lot of fun.” (Takes one of the sticks out of Branch’s hands and throws it to the ground) “You know, I gotta go. Got some cloud stuff to take care of. Catch you on the way back? Unless…(Deep voice) you die.” (Leaves by going through the tunnel once again)
“He had to say that!” Floyd shouted, startling his brothers as Floyd basically never shouted. “We’re worried enough as it is that our brother’s on this crazy death mission, so we don’t have to be reminded of how likely it is for him to die in every scene!”
(Branch and Poppy look at each other and realize that they’re standing on a dead tree, in the center of Bergen Town)
Poppy: “The Troll Tree.”
Branch: “Bergen Town.”
All the trolls looked at each other in fear. This was it. Branch and Poppy had made it. Now the only question was will they make it back out alive?
(Branch and Poppy walk to the edge of the tree and observe the Bergens down below)
Bergens: “ I ain't happy or feeling glad, I got sunshine in a bag, I'm useless, but not for long, the future is coming on. I ain't happy, or feeling glad I got sunshine in a bag, I'm useless, but not for long, the future is coming on, is coming on, is coming on, coming on, is coming on, is coming on, is coming on… ”
“Wow, they’re as miserable as Branch,” Viva noted, causing the brothers to send exasperated looks, and a few glares, her way at the reminder of their brother’s life.
Poppy: “Wow! They're as miserable as you.”
“Does everyone have to compare Branch to the Bergens!” Clay shouted, slapping his hand to his face in annoyance.
(Branch looks surprised at these words and glances sadly at Poppy)
Poppy: “Which means they haven't eaten a Troll yet! Now, come on. Let's go save our friends.” (Heads toward the castle)
Branch: “Your friends.”
Poppy: “Our friends. Don't fight it.”
“You know, it’s really admirable of your brother to be helping Poppy, even though the trolls they’re saving aren’t even his friends,” Viva told the brothers, who smiled in pride for their baby brother. Branch hadn’t received a lot of positive comments yet, so it meant a lot to them to finally hear one.
“Thanks Viva,” Clay told her, smiling.
(Scene changes to inside the castle, where King Gristle is seen laying on his throne looking depressed and Bridget cleans the rug)
King Gristle: “Oh, Barnabus. You're my only friend in this whole miserable world. Dad was right. I'll never ever, never ever, never be happy. Never.”
“That’s just sad, man,” Bruce said, feeling sorry for the Bergens.
Chef: “Never say never.” (Appears from behind a pot and calmly approaches the king, passing the guards on the way and stepping on Bridget’s vacuum, breaking it) “Chad. Todd.”
At the appearance of Chef, Viva clenched her fists in anger and the brothers all narrowed their eyes and sent glares her way.
King Gristle: “Chef, where did you come from? My father banished you 20 years ago! Have you been standing behind that plant this whole time?”
“How thick can you get?” John Dory muttered, him and Bruce exchanging confused glances at the Bergen Kings ‘logic.’
Chef: “If only, sire. No. I've been out in the wilderness...thinking of nothing but how I let you down. If only there was some way I could make you feel better.”
King Gristle: “Well, fat chance! The only way I'll ever be happy is by eating a Troll...and that ain't gonna happen, thanks to you.”
Chef: “Ah, but it just might. Thanks to me.” (Chef unzips her fanny pack, revealing the captured trolls who emerge singing, causing all the Bergens in the room to gasp in astonishment and wonder)
“Okay, despite the perilous situation they’re in, these trolls know how to flex the drip,” Clay said, popping the ‘p’ in the word drip.
King Gristle: “You found the Trolls.” (As he reaches to grab one, Chef slaps his hand away, causing the trolls to stop singing from fear) “Whoa. So this means I might actually get to be happy!”
“Dude, he’s literally happy right now at the sight of the trolls!” John Dory said, disgusted by the Bergen’s beliefs and habits of eating trolls to make them ‘happy.’
Chef: “That's right.” (King Gristle laughs in excitement while the trolls shake in fear, though their expressions are soon hidden as Chef zips the fanny pack up again) “Of course, everyone else in Bergen Town will still be miserable...but that's not your concern.”
King Gristle: “I am their king, so maybe it kinda is.”
Chef: “What exactly are you proposing? Bringing back Trollstice? For everyone?”
King Gristle: “Hmm...Yes! That's exactly what I'm proposing.”
“No!” Viva shouted.
Chef: “Great idea, sire. Absolutely brilliant. Aren't you smart?”
King Gristle: “I guess I am.”
Chef: “And I, your loyal Chef, will be right behind you. Holding a knife.”
“Huh?” Floyd said, startled.
“Ooh, drama!” John Dory said, rubbing his hands, causing his brothers to glare at him. “What?”
King Gristle: “What's that?”
Chef: “Holding a knife, a spoon, a ladle. I'm your chef, after all!”
King Gristle: “Yeah, you sure are!”
(Chef smilies in victory and enters the castle kitchens)
Chef: “I'm back!”
“This isn’t good,” Viva quietly said.
Chef: (Turns to Bridget who’s in the kitchen) “You, scullery maid, what's your name?”
Bridget: “Uh, Bridget.”
Chef: “Congratulations, Idget. You work for me now. So you take those dishes downstairs and you start scrubbing.”
“Well that wasn’t very nice,” Bruce commented.
“Of course she wasn’t nice! She’s a Bergen who finds great delight in serving trolls!” Viva snapped, directing her words at the screen.
Bridget: “Yes, Chef. Thank you, Chef.” (Takes said dishes and leaves the room)
(Chef walks over to the old cage that used to hold trolls and threw all the captured trolls inside, locking the door)
Biggie: “Shh. Don't cry, Mr. Dinkles. Shh! Guys, Mr. Dinkles is really freaking out!” (Mr. Dinkles squeaks)
Creek: “Whoa, whoa! Everyone, we must all remain calm. Comb…” (Takes out a comb and slowly combs his hair)
Chef: “That's right. A calm Troll is a tasty Troll.” (At her words, the trolls all huddle together, terrified of their fate) “And you are a key ingredient in my recipe for success.” (Shows the trolls some of the recipes in her Troll Cookbook, causing them all to gasp in horror)
“I think I’m going to throw up,” Viva said, putting her hands over her mouth.
“Aw gross!” John Dory said, looking away from the gruesome images in the cookbook.
“There’s so many levels of wrong in that, not to mention how she showed it to them!” Bruce said angrily.
Chef: “You see...he who controls the Trolls controls the Kingdom. And I…I am that ‘he!’”
Cooper: “You're a dude?”
(Bothered, Chef cuts up a lemon and squeezes the juice in Cooper’s eyes)
Cooper: “Ahh!”
“Ouch,” the brothers gasped, wincing at the idea of getting lemon juice squeezed in their eyes, while Viva fumed in anger.
Biggie: “Ooh.” (Biggie quickly covers Mr. Dinkles eyes with his finger)
Chef: “By this time tomorrow, I'll be queen...and all of Bergen Town will get exactly what they deserve. True happiness!” (Laughs wickedly as the trolls move closer together, cowering in fear)
“Okay, she’s terrifying,” Clay said in fear, everyone else nodding in agreement.
Chapter 13: Branch’s Past
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to the castle halls, where the guards pass each other)
Todd: “Chad.”
Chad: “Todd.”
(Poppy reveals herself and Branch from their hiding place on top of a torch, as Poppy’s hair was previously concealing them as it took on the shape and color of a flame. Together, they hook their hair to an overhanging chandelier and swing to the other side of the hall)
“Dude, our siblings are awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, Viva smiling widely at her sister’s bravery.
“I can’t believe they managed to break into the Bergen’s castle,” Bruce said, proud of his brother.
“Now let’s just hope the rescue part of the mission is also a success,” Floyd added.
Poppy: “So where do you think our friends are?”
Branch: “If I had to guess, I'd say in a Bergen's stomach.”
“Can’t he try to be positive? Just once?!” Viva said, wishing Branch wasn’t so negative.
Poppy: “Could you try to be positive? Just once. You might like it.”
Branch: (Sarcastically) “Okay. I'm sure they're not only alive, but about to be delivered to us on a silver platter.” (He spreads his arms to emphasis the sarcasm of his words)
“Thank you,” Viva sighed, while the brothers just gave her looks of disbelief.
Poppy: “Thank you. That wasn't so hard, was it?” (At her words, Branch gives her a look of utter disbelief)
(Poppy’s hug time bracelet goes off, chiming)
Poppy: “Branch!”
Branch: “Hug time? Seriously?”
Poppy: “Shh. Listen.”
(Further down the hall, Poppy and Branch hear the chimes of the captured trolls’ hug time bracelets go off, letting them know exactly where they were)
“Oh, smart,” Clay said.
King Gristle: (King Gristle enters the dining room with Chef and Bridget behind him, Bridget pushing the cart along holding the cage the trolls were being held in) “This is gonna be the best Trollstice ever! Such a great idea I had.”
Chef: “Yes. Tomorrow is Trollstice, everyone. And it must be perfect!”
“Tomorrow!?” Viva exclaimed in worry.
“Viva, remember this already happened,” Clay reminded her.
“Yeah, that doesn’t really make us feel any better,” Bruce said, hoping Branch didn’t get caught.
Other Chefs: “Yes, Chef!”
(Branch and Poppy appear on the chandelier, overlooking the dining room)
Chef: “Feels great to be ordering everyone around again.”
Poppy: “Branch, look!” (Points to their friends)
Branch: “They're alive?”
Poppy: “And on a silver platter, too. We were both right.”
“I guess that is true, despite Branch being sarcastic when he said that,” Floyd remarked.
Chef: “And to mark the occasion, Your Highness, look.” (Takes out his old Trollstice bib from a box) “I found your old Troll bib.”
King Gristle: “Oh, wow! I bet you still fit.” (Takes the bib and struggles to get it on) “Like a glove!” (The bib snaps and breaks)
As the bib broke John Dory burst out laughing, earning him an eye roll from a few of his brothers.
Bridget: “Ahh…”
(Cooper laughs loudly, causing the other trolls in the cage to quickly shush him)
King Gristle: “Oh, you think that's funny? We'll see who's laughing when I bite your yummy head off. When I bite all y'alls yummy heads off.”
At the Bergen King’s words the trolls all grimaced at the image while Viva looked ready to be sick.
King Gristle: (Glares at the cowering trolls before realizing there weren’t enough for all the Bergen’s) “Wait a minute. Chef, this isn't enough yummy heads to feed all of Bergen Town. How are we supposed to have Trollstice if there's not enough Trolls?”
Chef: (Nervously) “Oh, there's plenty more where that came from, sire.”
(Poppy and Branch gasp and look at each other)
“No!” Viva exclaimed, worried for the other trolls.
“So Branch does care about the other trolls,” Floyd said, noticing Branch’s worried look he gave Poppy at Chef’s words.
King Gristle: “Are you sure? Because I promised everyone a Troll.”
Chef: “No, no, no, sire! Everything will be fine. If I were truly worried...would I be willing to do this?” (Opens the cage and grabs Creek)
The trolls gasped as they watched Chef grab Creek.
Poppy: “Creek!”
(At Poppy's shout, Branch quickly pulls her down and out of sight so Chef wouldn’t see them as her cry almost gave them away)
“Oh no, she’s going to give them away!” Clay shouted, worried for his brother.
King Gristle: “Oh, my first Troll!”
Chef: “Go on, eat, King Gristle.” (Hands Creek over to the king) “Enjoy a taste of true happiness.”
(Branch, Poppy, and captured trolls look on in horror as King Gristle brings Creek to his mouth)
“I don’t want Branch to see that…” Bruce sadly said, not wanting his youngest brother to watch something so horrific.
King Gristle: “Shouldn't we wait for Trollstice?”
“Phew,” the brothers and Viva sighed in relief. By waiting it gave Branch and Poppy more time to save the trolls before Trollstice.
Trolls: “Phew.”
Chef: “Sire, every day is Trollstice when you have Trolls.” (Puts Creek in a taco and hands it to the King)
“She put him in a taco!” Clay and Viva shouted in anger.
“Well, I think she just ruined taco’s for me,” Bruce said.
Floyd and John Dory could only stare at the screen in horror at the Bergen’s actions.
King Gristle: “Yeah, I guess.” (Brings Creek up to his mouth then once again stops) “But my dad said the first time should be special.”
(Branch, Poppy and captured trolls sigh in relief)
“Phew,” the brothers and Viva sighed in relief, along with the other trolls on screen.
Chef: “Well, you're the king now.” (Puts hot sauce over Creek)
“Now I really think I’m going to be sick,” Viva said, watching in disgust as Chef put sauce on Creek.
King Gristle: “Yeah, I am the king.” (Brings the taco up to his mouth before lowering it again) “But I think I should share this moment with all the kingdom.”
Chef: “Eat it!” (With that, Chef shoves the taco in the King’s mouth, causing all the trolls to gasp)
“NO!”
Smidge: “Oh, my gosh!”
Poppy: “No!”
Chef: “Yes!” (Snaps her fingers, ordering the other Bergen’s in the room to celebrate)
At seeing the Bergen’s celebrate the trolls could only look at each other is disgust and horror at what they just watched.
Chef: “Idget, lock these Trolls in your room and guard them with your life.” (Throws a wooden spoon at Bridget, hitting her in the head)
Bridget: “Yes, Chef.”
“I’d rather the trolls be with Bridget than Chef anyday. Maybe now Branch and Poppy have a chance to rescue them,” Bruce said, the events that just occurred still in his mind.
(Chef and King Gristle leave the room)
Poppy: “Branch, we have to save him!”
“From what?” John Dory asked, confused as to how Poppy could possibly believe Creek to still be alive.
Branch: “Save him from what? His stomach?”
Poppy: “We didn't see him chew. We didn't see him swallow!”
“Wait, that’s true!” Viva said, agreeing with her sister.
“Viva, we just watched Creek get eaten. He’s gone,” Clay told her softly.
Branch: “Face it, Poppy. Sometimes people go into other people's mouths...and they don't come out. If we go after Creek now, we're going to get eaten. I'm sorry...but it's too late for him.”
“Please listen to him Poppy,” Floyd said, not wanting to think of his brother getting eaten.
(As Poppy watches her friends still in the cage being pushed away, she is filled with determination to save them)
Branch: (Poppy jumps down the chandelier and slides down the ladder that was being used by the Bergens) “Huh. Poppy!”
(Jumping from the ladder onto the table, Poppy lands on a spoon and surfs it to the end of the table, where she swings herself onto the back of Bridget’s dress, holding onto the straps. Once Poppy was secure, Branch follows suit and jumps down from the chandelier, leaping across the Bergen’s hats and swinging himself beside Poppy, holding onto Bridget’s dress straps as well)
“Yeah, go Poppy!” Viva shouted.
“Our brother is crazy awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, the brothers staring at the screen with wide eyes as they watched Branch literally jump on Bergen’s heads to cross the room.
(Bridget runs down the circular stairs to her room in the basement, with Branch and Poppy jumping off at their first chance and running to hide underneath her small dresser. Bridget then places the cage holding the trolls onto a desk)
Chef: “Scullery maid!” (Chef’s voice echoed through the chute leading up to the kitchens above, where Chef dropped a pile of dishes onto Bridget for her to clean) “Wash these pots and pans for Trollstice. The king's inviting everyone. Except you.”
(As a spoon came down and hit her on the head, Bridget burst out in tears and threw herself on her bed, Branch and Poppy watching sadly from their hiding place)
At seeing Bridget cry, the trolls couldn’t help but look at one another sadly, feeling sorry for her.
“No one should be treated like that, even if they are a maid,” Floyd said.
Bridget: (Pulling back pink curtains draped over a shelf, Bridget reveals her collection of magazines, all having the picture of the King on them, and picks one up) “ I've been alone with you inside my mind. And in my dreams I've kissed your lips, a thousand times. I sometimes see you pass outside my door. Hello. Is it me you're looking for? I can see it in your eyes, I can see it in your smile. You're all I've ever wanted. And my arms are open wide. 'Cause you know just what to say. ” (King Gristle in the background: “You're all the idiots! I have to do everything myself. I have to get out of bed, I'm supposed to put my own clothes on, tie my own shoes.”) “ And you know just what to do. And I want to tell you so much, I love you. ” (Bridget continues to sob into her pillow before falling asleep)
“What just happened?” Clay said, confused by the Bergen’s behavior.
“She’s in love with the king? I-I didn’t know Bergen’s felt love,” Viva said, also confused.
Poppy: “Oh, she's in love with the king.”
Branch: “What are you talking about? Bergens don't have feelings.”
Poppy: “Well, maybe you don't know everything about the Bergens. Now let's go.”
(Together, Branch and Poppy run across the room and hoist themselves up to where the cage is being held. Checking that Bridget is still asleep, Branch hurriedly takes off the cover to the cage)
“Please be careful,” Floyd quietly said.
Poppy: “Guys!”
Captured Trolls: “Poppy! Celebrate good times, come on! ” (Branch throws his hands up in frustration at their loudness)
“Seriously! They’re being so loud! They’re going to get Branch and Poppy caught!” John Dory said, stressed enough as it was before the trolls on-screen had to loudly sing.
“They didn’t even recognize the fact that Branch is there to help save them along with Poppy!” Bruce said, frustrated by the trolls' ignoring his brother’s presence as well as annoyed by how loud they were.
Poppy: “ It's a celebration- ”
Branch: “Shhh!”
Captured Trolls: “ There's a party going on right here! ”
Branch: “No! There is not a party going on right here.” (Reaches in Poppy’s hair and takes out a pair of scissors, which he uses to break open the lock to the cage and free the trolls) “The sooner we get you guys out of here…”
“At least he knows how dire the situation is,” Clay muttered, exasperated with how loud and careless the other trolls were being.
Poppy: “The sooner we can save Creek!”
“Wait, what!? She can’t think he’s still alive!” John Dory exclaimed.
Branch: “What?!”
(At his outburst, Bridget sits up suddenly, causing the trolls to gasp and freeze in their escape)
“NO!” the brothers and Viva shouted.
Bridget: (Sleepily) “Hello? Is it me you're looking for?” (Falls back onto her bed and goes back to sleep)
Trolls: “Phew…”
“That was close…” Floyd whispered, him and the other trolls sighing in relief that their siblings didn’t get caught.
Branch: “I know you're looking for the cupcakes and rainbows here… but let's face it, Creek's been eaten.” (Branch opens the door to the cage, allowing the trolls to exit)
Biggie: “They put him in a taco!”
Cooper: “It was horrible.”
“It really was,” Bruce said, his brothers and Viva nodding in agreement.
Guy Diamond: “Sorry, Poppy. Creek's gone.”
Branch: “Poppy, how could you possibly think Creek's still alive?”
Poppy: “I don't think he's alive. I hope he's alive, and that's enough.”
Branch: “How do you always look on the bright side? There is no bright side here. None!”
Poppy: “There's always a bright side.”
(A light behind Branch turns on)
Bridget: “Hey! Where do you think you're going?” (Bridget approaches the escaped trolls, holding a lantern in one hand)
“Get out of there!” John Dory shouted.
“Oh crap…” Bruce whispered in fear for his brother.
Floyd and Clay exchanged nervous and worried glances while Viva just stared ahead in horror.
Trolls: “Ahhhh!” (Trolls run away from Bridget, all but Guy Diamond who runs toward her and sprays glitter in her face before running away)
Bridget: “Ah! Glitter! No! Get back in your cage!” (Chases after the trolls, trying desperately to catch one) “Chef's gonna be so mad!” (Biggie, Fuzzbert and Smidge run past her) “No!”
(Branch picks up a fork nearby and brandishes it at Bridget, willing to fight to protect the trolls. Bridget yells and picks up a frying pan, ready to hit Branch with it)
“What the-what!” Clay shouted, shocked by his brother’s braveness.
“No, get out of there Branch!” Floyd yelled.
“What’s he doing?!” Bruce said, worried that Branch would get hurt.
Poppy: “Bridget, stop!” (At Poppy’s yell, Bridget turns around) “You're in love with King Gristle.”
Bridget: (Startled) “Um, I don't know what you're talking about.”
(Poppy pushes the pink curtains aside hanging above Bridget’s bed, revealing numerous cutouts of the King plastered all over the bulletin board)
Bridget: “Uh, excuse me!” (Runs over and shuts the curtains) “That's not mine.”
“Seriously?” Viva said, exasperated, while the brothers all let out a sigh of relief that Bridget’s attention was turned away from Branch.
(Poppy moves a part of the curtain aside, showing a specific picture of Bridget’s cutout face next to the King’s)
Bridget: (Sadly) “What does it matter? It's not like he even knows I'm alive.”
“Is that Bergen…having a conversation…with a troll?” Floyd asked, really confused now.
Poppy: “Bridget, I can help you! What if there was a way we could both get what we want?”
“Huh? No! Why? You can’t trust Bergen’s!” Viva exclaimed.
Bridget: “You love Gristle, too? You'd better back off, girlfriend!” (Hisses a warning at Poppy)
“Uhh…”
Poppy: “No. Bridget, no. That Troll King Gristle put in his mouth, that's Creek.” (Takes out her picture of Creek and shows it to Bridget) “And I would do anything to save him. The only problem is…we can't get anywhere near the king without him eating us.”
“Creeks gone!” John Dory shouted. “Poppy’s only going to put Branch and the other trolls in danger!”
At his words Viva glared at him. “At least my sister is doing what’s right!”
“You can’t seriously tell me that you want Poppy to make a deal with a Bergen!” John Dory said, silencing Viva.
Bridget: “Oh…”
Poppy: “But...you can. You can walk right up to him and tell him how you feel.”
Bridget: “As if. I can't just walk right up to the king. His Royal Awesomeness would never talk to a scullery maid like me.”
Poppy: “What if he didn't know you were a scullery maid? What if he thought you were this total babe?”
(At this point, all the other trolls joined Poppy and approached Bridget on her bed, seeing as she was no longer a threat)
Bridget: “What kind of total babe would be dressed like a scullery maid? I smell like gravy.”
Satin: “What if we made you a new outfit?”
Chenille: “I'm thinking…”
Satin & Chenille: “Jumpsuit!”
“Wait, so they all agree with Poppy and are willing to help this Bergen who was seconds ago trying to capture them?” Clay said, confused by the Bergen’s and trolls changing behavior.
“Something tells me that Branch will not be happy about this though,” Bruce added.
“But he’ll probably go through with it anyway because it’s clear he’s not going to leave them behind,” Floyd said, worried for his brother while also being proud of his actions.
Bridget: “What's the point of a jumping suit if I still have this hair?”
Poppy: “Oh, we can fix that.” (DJ Suki, Fuzzbert, and Cooper nod in agreement)
Bridget: “What's the point of a new outfit and new hair...if I don't even know what a total babe would ever say?”
Poppy: “We can help with that too!”
Bridget: “Really?”
Poppy: “What do you say, Bridget? You get us Creek, and we'll get you a date with the king.”
(Bridget looks down at the trolls around her, all of whom are nodding energetically, then glances at her bulletin board)
Bridget: “Let's do it?”
“What?” Viva asked, completely confused. Never in her wildest dreams did she ever imagine that a Bergen wouldn’t eat a troll in sight, let alone talk and make a deal with one.
Poppy: “A 5, 6, 7, 8…”
All Trolls (Except Branch): “ When you look in the mirror, let it disappear, all your insecurities… ”
Bridget: “Wait! Why isn't this one singing?” (Points to Branch)
At her words the brothers flinched at the reminder of why their brother wasn’t singing.
Cooper: “Come on, Branch. Sing with us!”
Biggie: “Yeah, Branch, sing with us!”
Satin & Chenille: “Sing with us!”
Guy Diamond: “Sing with us!”
Branch: “Oh, no. That's okay.”
Bridget: “You don't think this will work?”
Branch: “Oh, no, no. It's not that. I just don't sing.”
Poppy: “Branch!”
Bridget: “No. He's right. This idea is stupid. King Gristle will never love me.” (Buries her face in her pillow and begins crying again)
“He never said that though!” John Dory said, defending his brother.
Biggie: “Come on. Hey, hey. What's all this?”
Chenille: “Oh, Bridget.”
DJ Satin: “That's right, Bridget. Just let it all out.”
Biggie: “Bridget, let it go. Just have a good cry. Go, girl!”
(Bridget throws her head back and wails loudly)
Biggie: “Okay, now bring it back in. Reel it in.”
“I’m still trying to process the fact that the trolls are willingly helping a Bergen, and vice versa. Now we see them comforting one?” Viva said, shocked by their strange friendly interactions.
(Branch rolls his eyes and begins climbing up the window to get away from everyone)
Poppy: “Branch, what are you doing? You have to sing!” (Poppy follows Branch up the window)
Branch: “I told you, I don't sing.”
Poppy: “Well, you have to!”
Branch: “I'm sorry. I can't.”
Poppy: “No, you can. You just won't.”
Branch: “Fine. I just won't.”
At Branch’s words and refusal to sing the brothers couldn’t help but exchange sad, guilty and ashamed looks.
Poppy: “You have to!”
Branch: “No!”
Poppy: “Yes!”
Branch: “No!”
“Why is she still pushing him to sing? Just let him be!” Clay said, angry that Poppy was clearly making Branch uncomfortable and upset.
Poppy: “Why not? Why won't you sing?”
Branch: “Because singing killed my grandma, okay?! Now, leave me alone.” (Branch walks off while Poppy is shocked)
At Branch’s words the brothers were shocked into silence.
“Singing…killed grandma?” Clay slowly asked.
“How did…singing kill your Grandma? What song was she singing?” Viva asked the brothers, to which they had no answer to.
“But…I thought it was because of us,” John Dory said.
“We definitely still have something to do with it, but it’s clear something happened after we left,” Floyd sadly said.
Cooper: “My uncle broke his neck tap dancing once.”
Poppy: “How did singing kill your grandma? What song was she singing?”
Branch: “I was the one singing.”
At his words the brothers looked at each other in shock.
(Flashback to when Branch was 5 - aka. 4 years after his brothers abandoned him, as they left when he was only 1)
Young Branch: “ And I need you now tonight, and I need you more than ever… ”
Branch: “That day, I was so lost in song…I didn't hear my grandma trying to warn me.”
Young Branch: “ And if you only hold me tight, we’ll be holding on forever. ” (Bergen approaches in the distance)
Grandma: “Branch! Watch out!” (Drops the laundry she was doing and runs toward Branch)
Young Branch: “ And we'll only be making it right… ” (Chef appears behind Branch)
Grandma: “Watch out, Branch!”
Young Branch: “‘ Cause we’ll never be wrong… ” (Grandma shoves Branch out of the way as the Bergern’s hand closes around her instead)
Young Branch: “Ahh!” (Branch falls down to the forest floor, and looks up to see the Bergen leaving with his Grandma) “Grandma!” (He sits on the forest floor and turns gray as his sorrows and loneliness consume him)
For a moment no one spoke, the only sound being the quiet sobs of Viva.
“She got taken right in front of his eyes…at such a young age…” Clay whispered, his heart thumping with dread as he watched what just happened.
“That could only have been a couple of years after we left,” Bruce said, looking at his brothers with worry as to what that meant.
“He had no one to take care of him. We left, then Grandma got taken. That’s why he turned gray. He was alone, had no one…” Floyd quietly said.
“And he’s been gray ever since,” Bruce regretfully added.
“I can’t believe that happened. I mean, Branch could’ve been the one who got taken instead! If only we’d stayed…we’d have been there and protected them. Then none of that would have happened,” John Dory said.
“He shouldn’t have lived through that,” Bruce said, agreeing with his older brother.
“You know…since we’ve started watching this I’d gotten used to Branch being gray that I’d forgotten how vibrant his colors once were. Not to mention how happy he was and his love for singing,” Clay said.
“He had a really nice voice too,” John Dory added.
“We should’ve been there for him and watched him grow up,” Floyd said, looking down at the floor with tears in his eyes. He and his brothers had never seen Branch as a kid. They’d only been present in his life when he was a baby and, thanks to these movies, they knew what he looked like now, and that shouldn’t have been the case…
(Flashback ends)
DJ Suki, Guy Diamond, Smidge, Biggie, Satin, Chenille, & Cooper: “ Once upon a time there was light in his life, but now there's only love in the dark. Nothing he can say… ”
Bridget: “ A total eclipse of the heart. ”
Branch: “I haven't sung a note since.”
At this the brothers all bowed their heads in shame and sorrow.
Poppy: “I'm so sorry, Branch. I had no idea. I just assumed you had a terrible voice.”
Branch: “No, no, it was like an angel's. At least, that's what Grandma used to say.”
“She would say that…” John Dory whispered, remembering his brother's singing voice.
“I’m so sorry guys,” Viva told the brothers in comfort.
(Branch looks sadly at Poppy, who gives him a sad smile and runs over to hug him)
Branch: “Whoa, whoa. What are you doing? It's not hug time.”
Poppy: “I just thought you could use one.”
(All the trolls gather around Branch and hug him, closely followed by Bridget who hugs the small group, until Branch pushes them away after moment)
In seeing their brother getting comforted, a small smile came onto the brother’s faces. They were glad that Branch didn’t push them away, at least immediately, and that he had someone like Poppy to be there for him, just as he was there for her. Their brother deserved that and so much more.
Branch: “Okay, okay, I'll help. But I'm still not singing.”
Chapter 14: Captain Starfunkle's Roller Rink and Arcade
Chapter Text
Poppy: “Okay, people. Hair we go!”
(The trolls gather on Bridget’s head)
Trolls (Except for Branch): “ You… ”
Poppy: “ You gotta let it… ”
Trolls (Except for Branch): “ Show… ” (All the trolls grow their hair and turn it rainbow, which falls gracefully over Bridget’s head)
“Rainbow! Yes!” Viva exclaimed, excited about the troll's hair choice. “It looks so good!”
Trolls (Except for Branch): “ I'm comin’... I'm…comin,” ( Cooper: “ All right”) “out. I'm comin'...I'm…comin'...out. I’m coming’... ” (Bridget gets all dressed up and walks outside)
“Oh, she’s so fashion!” Viva said, loving Bridget’s new look.
“She really stands out, that’s for sure” Floyd noticed, as everything around her was dull in comparison.
Bridget: “ Yo! I'm coming out like the sun after rain. Ready to shine, no time to be playin'. Feelin' good, gonna get get what I what I want. Gonna show every-everybody, how I how I flaunt. Look at me now, my confidence is soaring. Dudes be impressed with the points I'm scoring like… ”
Bergens: “ That ain 't boring. ”
Bridget: “ And it just don't quit. Watch the king drop his jaw when I'm shaking my hips I'm saying… ”
“Wow. She looks so happy…” Clay said, surprised.
“Well duh! I mean, she’s about to go on a date with her true love!” Viva squealed, excited to see what happened. She no longer had doubts about Bridget. If she was going to eat the trolls or cage them, she had numerous opportunities to do so already. But if Poppy trusted her, then so did Viva.
The brothers on the other hand still weren’t entirely convinced. They just hoped Branch stayed safe.
Girl Trolls: “ She's coming out ”
Biggie: “ She's comin’ ”
Girl Trolls: “ It's time to take a stand… ”
Bridget: “ And show the world that I'm…comin'...out… ”
Poppy: “ She's…comin’...out. ” (Poppy and Bridget high five)
“Wait, so are they friends now? Viva, did your sister just become friends with a Bergen?” John Dory asked, completely confused.
“Looks like it,” Viva responded, equally confused and surprised.
(Bridget realizes she’s standing on a growling Barnabus, so she throws him a sandwich she took from a passing Bergen)
King Gristle: “No, no, no! It's all wrong!”
(Bridget turns to look in a shop window and sees the King)
King Gristle: “I'm the king who's bringing back Trollstice. I need a bib to match.”
Bibbly: “Yes, sire.”
King Gristle: “I look like a child in this one.”
“He really does,” John Dory whispered, heard by everyone and causing them to snort in amusement.
Bibbly: “Oh, sire.”
King Gristle: “I need something elegant, sophisticated. You know, a man's bib.”
“A man’s bib?” Bruce said, rolling his eyes.
“It’s just Bergen culture to wear bibs on…certain events,” Viva explained, not wanting to say Trollstice.
Bridget: “Oh, he's so beautiful.”
Poppy: “And so are you.”
Bridget: “Oh, he'll know that I'm just a scullery maid.”
Poppy: “No, no, no!”
Bridget: “I gotta get out of here…”
Poppy: “I'll be right here for you, Bridget. We all will.”
“It’s amazing that the trolls are doing this for her,” Floyd said, surprised by their act of kindness toward one of the creatures who want to eat them. Well, now that he thought about it, maybe Bridget didn’t want to eat them anymore.
Bridget: “You'll tell me what to say, right?”
Poppy: “Of course, I will.”
Bridget: (Mimicking Poppy) “Of course I will.”
At Bridget mimicking Poppy word for word, John Dory snorted in amusement, earning him amused eye rolls from his brothers.
Poppy: “Just wait until we get inside.”
(Back inside the shop)
Bibbly: “Ooh, Sire! I believe I have the perfect bib!” (Runs to the back of the shop and breaks open a glass box holding another box inside, which he brings over to the King to open)
King Gristle: “It better be! Trollstice is tomorrow night. I mean, I look good. But I have to look great.”
Bibbly: “Right.” (Opens the box in front of the King, revealing the bib inside)
King Gristle: “It's got a wing-dingle on it!”
Bibbly: “Oh, Your Majesty! Look at you! Such a big, big boy.”
“I really cannot take them seriously right now,” John Dory said, bursting out in laughter.
King Gristle: “I love it!” (Todd, Chad and Bibbly applaud)
Bridget: “I think you look fat.”
At this John Dory couldn’t help but roll out of his chair in laughter. “Oh man, this is too good!”
King Gristle: (Furiously) “What?”
Poppy: “P-H, phat. Then strike that pose.”
Bridget: “P-H Phat!” (Strikes a pose)
King Gristle: (Falls in love) “Hot lunch! Total honesty from a total babe.” (Bridget laughs nervously) “And who might you be?”
Bridget: “Uh…”
Poppy: “Your name is, um…” (Looks at the other trolls for help)
Biggie: “Lady!”
Guy Diamond: “Glitter?”
Smidge: “Sparkles!”
Branch: “Seriously?”
Bridget: “My name is Lady Glittersparkles, seriously.”
At this point everyone in the room was laughing. No matter how hard they tried they just couldn't take the Bergen’s romance seriously, especially as they didn’t even think such a thing was possible for these creatures.
King Gristle: “Well, my lady Glittersparkles, would you care to join me for an evening at Captain Starfunkle's Roller Rink and Arcade?”
Bridget: “Would I! Would I?”
“Yes!” Viva exclaimed.
Poppy: “Yes! You'd be delighted.”
Bridget: “Yes! You’d be delighted.”
“Real smooth,” Clay managed to say through his laughter.
“I think you’re needed, Bruce,” John Dory chuckled, referring to Bruce’s natural talent when it came to romance. Rather than receiving a glare, John Dory received an amused smile from Bruce, taking Floyd and Clay by surprise as they expected Bruce to begin another argument as he grew tired of being the Heartthrob.
King Gristle: “Oh, indeed, I would.”
Branch: “When are you gonna ask him about Creek?”
“It’s too soon for that. They have to warm him up first,” Viva said.
Poppy: “Well, we have to warm him up first. Don't you know anything about romance?”
Branch: (Sarcastically) “Of course! I'm passionate about it.”
“Really?” John Dory questioned.
Poppy: “Really?”
Branch: “Don't you know anything about sarcasm?”
“Oh,” John Dory said, as his brothers chuckled at him. “What? Trolls aren’t sarcastic,” he tried defending him.
“Yeah, well this is Branch we’re talking about. He’s not really like the other trolls, and I’m not just referring to his grayness,” Floyd said, referring to Branch’s brave nature and genuine heart.
Cooper: “I think I had a sarcasm once.”
King Gristle: “And I'll take one of everything, Bibbly. Things are gonna get messy.” (Escorts Bridget outside and closes the door)
(Scene changes to show Bridget and King Gristle inside Captain Starfunkle’s Roller Rink and Arcade, sitting together at a table)
Bergen: (Throws a pizza down in front of King Gristle and Bridget) “Enjoy your pizza. Here's your tokens.” (Tosses the tokens on the pizza/table and walks off)
“That place seems…fun…” Viva said, trying to be positive despite the place's dull appearance.
Bridget: “Ooh, so fancy. Good thing I brought my appetite.”
(Bridget and King Gristle reach for the same slice of pizza at the same time, touching hands. Startled, they stare at each other until Bridget slaps his hand away and shoves the pizza slice in her mouth)
“Not the best thing to do…” Bruce said, worried that King Gristle would respond badly to Bridget’s actions.
King Gristle: “You are fantastic!”
“Bergen love is weird,” Bruce said. That was definitely not the reaction he was expecting.
Poppy: “Bridget! Compliment him back!”
Bridget: “I like your back.”
At this Bruce slapped his face with his hands in exasperation. This was going to go downhill fast…
Poppy: “No! I meant say something nice about him.”
Bridget: “But I do like his back.”
King Gristle: “Huh?”
Bridget: “Um...uhhh…”
Branch: “Poppy, help her.”
Poppy: “Your eyes...they're...ugh... Ooh, your ears…?”
“Viva, we need to teach your sister how to give love advice,” Bruce told the female troll, who nodded her head in agreement.
Bridget: “Your eyes...ears…”
Biggie: “Nose!”
Satin & Chenille: “Skin!”
Cooper: “Neck!”
Bridget: “Skin, neck, ears, nose, face, back of your head.”
“Oh no…” the trolls slowly said, not liking where this was going. If Bridget’s date didn’t go well, then that could greatly affect Poppy, Branch and the other trolls' chance of escape.
King Gristle: “Are you okay?”
Guy Diamond: “Your teeth !”
Bridget: (Mimikes how Guy Diamond said ‘Teeth’) “ Teeth .”
King Gristle: “What's going on? Are you making fun of me?” (Gets up from the table angrily)
Bridget: “Your eyes! They're like…two pools, so deep...I fear if I dive in…”
“Is she saying this on her own?” Clay asked, surprised at Bridget’s change of words.
Branch: “I might never come up for air.”
“Woah,” the brothers softly said, looking at each other in surprise. Branch was the last troll they thought would take over the conversation and help Bridget. Heck, at this point, they didn’t even know Branch had those words or sincerity in him, which was kinda sad to say.
Bridget: “I might never come up for air.”
(Poppy looks at Branch, astonished)
Branch: “And your smile...The sun itself turns jealous...and refuses to come out from behind the clouds…”
Bridget: “Knowing it cannot shine half as bright.”
“Wow, that was beautiful,” Viva whispered, captivated by Branch’s words.
King Gristle: “I kinda do have a nice smile, don't I?” (Sits back down)
Branch: “Yes, you do.” (Looks at Poppy as he says this, makes brief eye-contact with her, then quickly looks away)
“Wait, does he like Poppy!” John Dory exclaimed, taken even more by surprise at his brother’s behavior.
“Those words he was telling Bridget, that was him also talking about Poppy,” Floyd said in realization, Viva and his brothers gaping at him as they reflected on Branch’s words and realized Floyd was right.
“They’d be really cute together. I hope things work out between them,” Clay said, Viva looking over at him and wondering if maybe they’d also be cute together (her and Clay). She then quickly shook her head to clear her thoughts.
“And maybe being with Poppy will make Branch happy again!” Bruce said, causing his brothers to smile at the thought of Branch being once again happy.
“Forget Creek! I’m now team Branch!” Viva exclaimed. “Well…as long as he’s not a grouch to her,” she added.
Bridget: “I can't believe I'm about to say this…”
Biggie: “Guys, she's going rogue!”
Bridget: “But being here with you today makes me realize that true happiness is possible.”
“Whoa…” Viva breathed. If she weren’t seeing it, she never would have believed that a Bergen had found happiness on their own. And it was all thanks to her sister! Well, and Branch.
Poppy: “Whoa.”
King Gristle: “It is! True happiness is a lot closer than you think. It's right here.” (Holds out the neck of his cape with a gem holding it together, showing it to Bridget)
“Seriously dude!” Bruce said, exasperated by the King.
Bridget: “Mmm. That's pretty, I guess.”
King Gristle: “What do you think now?” (Opens it to show Creek inside)
“What!”
“He’s alive!”
“Poppy was right?”
“Rescue mission back on!”
“It was always on…”
Branch: “Creek?”
Poppy: “I knew he was alive!”
Biggie: “Mr. Dinkles, he's alive!”
Mr. Dinkles: “Oh, snap!”
“He talks…” John Dory said, confused.
(All the trolls gasp and stare at Mr. Dinkles)
Biggie: “You just talked!”
(Mr. Dinkles squeaks)
“What a fake!” Viva said, laughing in amusement toward the pet worm.
King Gristle: “I've been savoring this little guy.” (Holds Creek out to show Bridget)
Creek: “Help! Mercy!” (Gets shoved back inside the gem)
“That’s just wrong,” Bruce said, frustrated at the Bergen King, Viva and the brothers sending glares up at the King.
King Gristle: “Tell me, my lady, will I be seeing you at the Trollstice feast?”
Bridget: “Well, duh. I'll be working.”
“It!” Viva said, worried Bridget just gave herself away as a scullery maid.
Poppy: “It!”
Bridget: “It! Working it. You know…(gets down from the table and starts dancing) workin' it.”
King Gristle: “Yeah! You're not kidding, you will. Because you're gonna be there as my plus one.”
“Aww,” Viva sighed, happy for Bridget.
Bridget: “Really?”
King Gristle: “Assuming you'll say yes?”
Bridget: “Yes!”
King Gristle: “Yes!”
Trolls: “Yes!”
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers shouted.
King Gristle: “Meantime, maybe we should find some other way to...work up an appetite.”
Bridget: “Oh, yeah? What did you have in mind?”
(Bridget and King Gristle are seen roller skating on the rink, dancing to the song They Don’t Know in the background)
Background Music: ‘ I walked over, got this sunlight, ain't got time to listen to any shade. Yeah. The wind on my pony, top-down, alright, ain't got time to let them darken my day. That's right. So light the fireworks, sing like no one's heard, dance, it's us against the world…They don't know, they don't know, they don't know, they don't know about us. They don't know, they don't know, they don't know about what we do, that it's true, thinking of all this but I'm good if I've got you. They don't know, they don't know, they don't know, they don't know about us ….’
King Gristle: “Whoo! Ha-ha!”
Bridget: “Whoo!” (King Gristle spins Bridget, causing the trolls to lose their balance and fly off, everyone holding on to another trying to stay together)
“No!” Viva and the brothers gasped, afraid they would get caught.
(Bridget then spins the King to distract him in order for the trolls to regain position on her head. By the time he turns around to face Bridget her rainbow hair is back)
“Phew,” they all sighed in relief.
(King Gristle and Bridget continue dancing, eventually coming to a stop and leaning in for a kiss, until they are interrupted by an approaching Bergen)
“Aw, that was so cute! They seem so happy together!” Viva said, still amazed by the Bergen’s behavior.
“Wait! Maybe if King Gristle realizes that he’s feeling happiness, even though he’s never had a troll, do you think that maybe…” Bruce said, his brothers and Viva catching on to his train of thought.
“Let’s hope so,” Floyd said, staring back at the screen.
Chef: “Your Majesty.” (Chef slowly approaches the King and Bridget in her own roller skates, causing the couple to pull away from the potential kiss) “You seem to be having…fun.”
“Oh, come on, man! She had to ruin their moment?!” John Dory exclaimed, frustrated at the Chef.
“She has to ruin everything,” Viva said bitterly.
King Gristle: “Oh, I am! Meet the lovely Lady Glittersparkles.” (Gestures to Bridget)
Chef: “Hmm.” (Studies Bridget) “You remind me of someone.”
“Uh oh…” they all gasped, looking at each other in worry.
(Trolls begin to shake in fear, all except for Branch who stands his ground)
“Notice how Branch is the only one who doesn’t seem afraid of her,” Clay pointed out.
“I’m sure he’s at least nervous, but he’s being strong and protective for the other trolls,” Floyd said, proud of his brother.
“You guys should be really proud to have him as a brother. He’s really brave,” Viva told them, to which they all smiled in gratitude toward her, grateful for another complement of their brother. They were indeed very proud.
King Gristle: “She's, uh, gonna be my plus one.”
Chef: “Oh, I see. For a moment there I was concerned you were…changing the plan.”
(Bridget laughs nervously as Cooper laughs out loud, causing the other trolls to quiet him)
Chef: “Well, this won't be a problem at all, Your Highness. I'll just get my worthless scullery maid to get another place setting ready for the lovely...Lady Glittersparkles.” (Leans in close to Bridget while holding the last syllable in her name)
“She’s not worthless!” Viva said, feeling protective of Bridget all of a sudden, which took her by surprise.
King Gristle: “Put her place setting next to mine. I want her right by my side...Hey! Lady Glittersparkles?” (Turns to see Bridget had gone, so he quickly goes outside to follow her) “Lady Glittersparkles!” (Watches Bridget skate out of sight)
“Oh poor Bridget,” Viva said, angry at Chef for interrupting her date.
King Gristle: “I'll see you at Trollstice, yeah?” (Looks at the stairs and gasps in excitement as he notices Bridget had accidentally left one of her skates behind. Bending down, he picks it up and spins one of the wheels) “I miss you already.” (Kisses the spinning wheel) “Ow!”
“That was stupid of him,” John Dory said, the brothers all laughing at the King.
Chapter 15: The Betrayal
Chapter Text
(Bridget skates into her room, twirling and landing with a sigh on her bed, the trolls laying above her head)
Cooper: “I think the King really likes us!”
“I think so too! That was quite the impression they made,” Viva said, happy for Bridget.
Biggie: “I know, right?”
Bridget: “That was the greatest day of my life!” (Turns over to face the trolls) “Thanks, Poppy. Thanks to all of you!” (Glances at Branch) “Even you, I guess.” (A frown replaces Branch’s smile as she says this)
“Seriously? Did she have to say that!” John Dory said, slightly angry now.
“If it weren’t for Branch stepping in, she could have gotten in trouble with the King as he thought she was making fun of him!” Clay said, also upset toward Bridget.
“Yeah, it’s really thanks to Branch that date turned out to be a success,” Bruce added, crossing his arms.
Bridget: “I just never thought something like that could happen to me.” (Rolls back over on her back)
“Honestly, neither did I,” Viva said.
Bridget: “And it just did! I'm so excited I could just scream.” (Silently screams then covers her mouth with her hands)
Poppy: “Oh, I could scream too! Creek is alive!”
All trolls (Except Branch): “Yay!”
“Whoo!” Viva and the brothers cheered.
(Meanwhile Branch is shouting/screaming/off-key cheering; interrupting the other trolls’ celebration and having them all look at him in confusion)
“Uh, is he okay?” Clay asked, him and his brothers looking at Branch in confusion.
“What’s wrong with him?” Viva asked, also confused.
Poppy: “Branch, what's wrong?”
Branch: “Nothing. I thought we were celebrating.”
“That was him being happy?” Viva asked, raising her eyebrows in even more confusion.
Cooper: “That's your happy shout?”
Branch: (Once again the smile leaves his face to be replaced with a frown) “It's been a while.”
At Branch’s words the brothers once again flinched at the reminder of how their past actions caused their youngest brother so much pain and hardship over the past twenty years.
“We’re sorry Branch…” Floyd softly said, his brothers nodding sadly in agreement.
Poppy: “Well, you're gonna have plenty of practice, because we're gonna save Creek and life will be all cupcakes and rainbows again!”
Branch: “Up top!” (Holds his hand up to Poppy for a high five, which she goes for but he moves his hand before any contact) “Too slow.” (Poppy smiles at him, which he returns)
At this small interaction between Branch and Poppy, the brothers couldn’t help but feel an overwhelming sense of relief and joy. It seemed like Branch was finally opening up and beginning to be happy again, which is all the brothers wanted for him. Well, that and to be a family once again, which they were sure to take care of as soon as they left this place.
Poppy: “Okay, everybody...let's go save Creek!”
(Trolls run to the door, but before they can leave Bridget closes it and blocks their escape)
Bridget: “No! No! You can't leave. Lady Glittersparkles is gonna be the king's plus one at dinner.”
“She can’t rely on them forever to be Lady Glittersparkles! She better not be backing out of their deal,” Viva said, narrowing her eyes at Bridget.
Branch: “The dinner where they're serving Troll? Yeah, I think we're gonna have to skip that one.”
“Good point,” John Dory said, him and his brothers agreeing strongly with Branch. No way did they want Branch anywhere near the Bergen’s during Trollstice, even if he were concealed by Bridget.
Bridget: “No! No, you have to help me be Lady Glittersparkles. I need you.”
“No, you don’t. Just be yourself,” Floyd told Bridget on-screen, even though she couldn’t hear him and the event had already happened.
Poppy: “You don't wanna pretend to be someone you're not forever!”
Bridget: “Then how about just for tomorrow?”
Poppy: “Bridget, you don't need us anymore. You and the king can make each other happy!”
Bridget: (Angirly) “That's impossible! Only eating a Troll can make you happy. Everyone knows that! I wish I'd never gone on this stupid date!” (Runs over to her bulletin board and tears two long strips down it, crumbling the torn magazines in her fists as she cries into them)
“Oh, Bridget,” Viva and Floyd said sadly, hating to see Bridget so sad.
Poppy: “Bridget…”
Bridget: “Just go! Get out of my room. Leave me alone.” (Resumes crying)
Poppy: “Please, listen!”
Chef: “Bridget!” (Voice echoing down from the chute above)
Branch: “We've gotta go.”
Poppy: “Bridget…”
Chef: “What's going on down there? Bridget, scrub that dish!” (Throws a plate down which hits Bridget on the head) “The king's bringing a plus one.”
“She’s so mean!” Bruce said, fuming in anger toward the way Chef was treating Bridget.
“No one should be treated like that,” Floyd sadly added.
“Poor Bridget,” Viva whispered.
Bridget: “Yes, Chef.” (Begins crying again)
(Poppy stares sorrowfully at Bridget, and regretfully turns and follows Branch and the others out the door)
(Scene change to King Gristles room, where he sets his cape down and places the roller skate on top of it, before looking himself in his mirror)
King Gristle: “We can do this, Barnabus. I just have to lose 30 pounds in the next eight hours.” (Turns on his walkman, gets on his treadmill, and begins to slowly run in place on it, singing along to the music)
“Okay, liking his enthusiasm,” John Dory said. “Though he’s going awfully slow on that treadmill…”
“Probably because he’s never used it,” Clay said, rolling his eyes at his oldest brother.
(Meanwhile, the trolls enter his room to find the cape lying by itself on the ground)
“Oh please be careful…” Bruce said, worried for Branch and the other trolls. If the King turned around and saw them…he shuddered at the thought of what would happen.
Poppy: “There it is!”
King Gristle: “ Oh...I feel good I feel good I feel good… ”
(The trolls make their way to the cape, crawling inside a blanket for extra cover)
Poppy: “Creek, we'll have you out of there in a second.” (Branch attempts to open up the gem)
Biggie: “Hurry!”
Branch: “It's stuck!”
(Growls sound behind them and they turn to see Barnabus ready to pounce)
“Oh no, Branch!” Floyd exclaimed in fear.
“Run!” Viva and Clay shouted.
Poppy: “Run!” (Poppy and Branch detach the gem from the cape, running away with the rest of the trolls, supporting the weight of the gem between the two of them)
King Gristle: “ I feel love… ” (Oblivious to the King, as the trolls dodge Barnabus, he does not hear his TV break, the chandelier fall from the ceiling, nor one of his room items bursting into flame)
“Okay…even though this is a very intense and scary scene, you gotta admit that that was kinda funny,” John Dory said, his brothers agreeing with him though still worried about Branch.
Cooper: “Hey, guys! Over here!” (Cooper along with Biggie, Mr. Dinkles, DJ Suki, and Satin & Chenille, all of whom are in the roller skate, calls to Fuzzbert, Guy Diamond, Branch and Poppy to make their way over to escape)
“Hurray! Get in and go!” Clay shouted, getting really worried.
Biggie: “Everyone, get in!”
Branch: “Let's go.”
Poppy: “Branch, give him to me.” (Mentions for the gem so Branch can get himself up)
Chenille: “Go!”
DJ Suki: “Just go!”
(Barnabus leaps and accidentally crashes into the skate, causing it to fly out the door, helping the trolls in their escape)
“Well that was lucky for them,” Floyd shakily said, glad Barnabus didn’t get any of them.
Branch: “Everybody hold on!”
(The skate lands in the hall, Barnabus chasing behind, as the trolls steer it in their escape)
Biggie: “Hold it steady, guys.”
Poppy: “Satin, Chenille, sharp right!”
Chenille: “Let's do it!” (Flings Satin up to a lantern, which she grabs hold of and turns the skate, then jumps back in and rejoins the trolls)
Poppy: “Guy Diamond, glitter him!”
Guy Diamond: “Eat glitter!” (Shoots glitter at Barnabus’s face, causing him to run into the walls and allowing the trolls to lose him) “Ha-ha.”
During the trolls' escape, the brothers and Viva could only watch silently with bated breaths as they hoped a passing Bergen or Barnabus wouldn’t get any of the trolls.
DJ Suki: “Look!” (Straight ahead, a wet floor caution sign stood in their path)
Poppy: “Hold on!” (Branch and Poppy’s eyes narrow in determination, as they sail onto the sign. Hitting a bump, they lose their grip on the gem, causing it to fly out of their grasp and accidentally be swallowed by Barnabus)
“Oh no!” Viva said, her and the brothers gasping in horror.
Poppy: “Creek!”
(Gagging, Barnabus crashing into the window ledge, knocking the gem out of him and causing it to fly in the air once again)
Poppy: (Jumps from the roller skate and catches hold of the gem) “Branch!” (Poppy throws her hair at him, with him doing the same, their hair entwining together in the moonlight as he pulls her to safety)
As Poppy made it back to safety, Viva sighed in relief. “Remind me to thank Branch for that when I meet him,” she told Clay, who was happily smiling at Branch along with his brothers, glad that Branch was the troll Poppy called on and trusted enough to aid her.
Biggie: “We got you!”
(Ahead, a window was fast approaching, causing the trolls to scream as they crashed into the window, then hit a lamp, went through the floor, ran into a chandelier, broke a statue of King Gristle, fell through a stage, and finally landed on the kitchen floor)
“Ouch,” Viva and the brothers said, wincing as if they were the ones who just crashed into everything. They hoped their siblings were all right…
Poppy: “Gotcha!” (Before the gem hit the floor, Branch and Poppy caught it)
“Nice catch,” John Dory commented, glad to see his brother and Poppy uninjured from their fall.
(Excitedly, the trolls gathered around the gem, looking at one another expectedly. Placing it gently down on the ground, Poppy opened it to find it empty)
“What? No!” Bruce gasped.
“They’re too late…” Floyd said.
“I can’t believe they just went through all of that for nothing!” Clay said.
Branch: “Huh?”
Poppy: “No! He can't be gone.”
Branch: “I'm sorry, Poppy. We're too late.”
Chef: “Actually your timing is perfect.” (Captures all the gathered trolls in the cage they had escaped from earlier that day)
“NO!” they all shouted, Viva beginning to hyperventilate.
“No no no, she has Poppy…” she breathed heavily, panicking.
“And Branch,” Bruce said, looking in horror at his brothers.
Not knowing what to say, they could only turn their attention back to the screen, terrified of what might happen next. They couldn’t believe that Branch had been caught, not after escaping the Bergen’s time and time again.
Chef: (Places the caged trolls on a table in the kitchen) “Sorry, but I can't have you leaving before tomorrow's dinner. A dinner to which you are all invited. And when I say all...I mean every Troll in Troll Village.” (Turns to walk away)
“I really don’t like seeing Branch in a cage…” Bruce said, worried for his brother.
Poppy: “You'll never find them. Not where they're hiding.”
Chef: (Stops walking) “Oh, you're right. I couldn't find them.” (Turns to face the trolls) But I could with someone they know. Someone they trust. Someone...like this guy.” (Unzips her fanny pack and pulls out Creek, whom she places in front of the cage. Everyone is immediately happy to see him alive, all but Branch, who notices instantly the betrayal)
“Yes! He’s alive!” Viva said, not making the connection from Chef’s words to Creek. Clay on the other hand did.
Poppy: “Creek! You're alive!”
DJ Suki: “He's so cool.”
Biggie: “Yes!”
“He’s selling them out!” Clay shouted, him and his brothers sending looks that could kill toward Creek. It was his fault after all that their brother was now in a cage ready and waiting to be served to Bergens!
Branch: (Glares at Creek) “He's selling us out!” (Starts to strangle Creek with his hair)
“Go Branch!” The brothers cheered, glad to see their brother wasn’t as oblivious as the other trolls and that he was giving Creek a piece of what he deserved.
Poppy: “Branch! Wait! I'm sure there's a reasonable explanation.” (Pulls a furious Branch away, allowing Creek to gasp for air) “At least give him a chance.”
Creek: “Thank you, Poppy. I'm selling you out.”
“No!” Viva shouted, upset at Creek.
(At his words, Poppy begins strangling Creek with her hair, causing all the trolls to pull her away except for Branch, who stands to the side smiling)
“Go Poppy!” Viva and the brothers cheered.
Poppy: “You better explain yourself, Creek!”
Creek: “As I was about to accept my fate, I had, what I can only describe as...a spiritual awakening…”
(Flashback)
(Gristel begins to swallow the taco, with Creek in it, until Creek grabs onto Gristle's uvula, causing him to choke and spit Creek out)
Creek: “I don't wanna die! Don't eat me. Eat someone else. Anyone else. Everyone else. But not me!”
“WHAT A COWARD!” John Dory loudly shouted, everyone in the room continuing to glare at Creek.
Chef: “But the king wants to be happy now.”
Creek: “Wait! Wait! There must be some other way. I'll do anything.”
“He was willing to sacrifice our brother, Poppy, and all the other trolls just to save his own skin!” Bruce growled, hating the purple troll.
Chef: “Hmm…”
(Flashback ends)
Poppy: “No! Creek, please don't do this.”
Creek: “Believe me...I wish there was some other me-not-getting-eaten way.”
Chef: “But there isn't.”
Creek: “And now I have to live with this for the rest of my life.”
“Which was entirely your choice!” Clay shouted.
Creek: “At least you get to die with a clear conscience. So, in a way...you could say...I'm doing this for you.” (Takes Poppy’s cowbell and boops her nose, causing the other trolls to gasp) “Boop!”
“HOW DARE HE DO THAT TO MY SISTER!” Viva shouted. Oh how she wished Creek were with them in that room. She’d really give him a piece of her mind. No one did that to her sister!
(Scene changes to Branch’s bunker where the trolls are all hiding, and a faint sound of a cowbell is heard)
King Peppy: “Shh, listen. It's Poppy's cowbell!”
“Oh no, Dad!” Viva gasped, worried for her dad and the other trolls.
(Excited, the trolls rush outside to greet the princess and those she rescued)
King Peppy: “My baby did it! Poppy did it! Haha!” (Looking up, instead of seeing Poppy, King Peppy sees Creek holding the cowbell) “Creek?”
(Shrugging, Creek let himself get picked up by the Bergens and got placed on the Chef’s shoulder, drawing the trolls attention to the hiding Bergens, all of whom unzipped their fanny packs)
King Peppy: “Uh-oh…”
“Dad! NO!” Viva cried, as she watched her father and the trolls get captured. “No…they were safe…”
“I’m so sorry Viva,” Clay told her, putting a comforting hand on her shoulder. As Viva began to cry she turned and embraced Clay, who hugged her back, and began to cry into his shoulder.
John Dory, Bruce and Floyd could only stare ahead in horror and shock. They couldn’t believe a troll would betray their whole tribe, just to save themselves.
“I can’t believe this is happening…” Bruce said, putting his hand over his eyes. “They have all the trolls now and Branch, thanks to that traitor.”
“Are we…expected to sit here and watch everyone get eaten?!” John Dory angrily exclaimed, standing up. “Cloud Guy! Where are you?!”
At John Dory’s shout Cloud Guy appeared.
“What’s up?” he casually asked, scratching his face.
“Do you seriously expect us to sit here and watch our brother and Viva’s family and friends get eaten?! Because if so, forget it and bring us back now!” John Dory demanded, advancing toward Cloud Guy.
“Woah woah, calm down,” Cloud Guy said, not at all worried about the angry troll approaching him.
“How can we be calm when our brother is about to die!” Bruce shouted at the cloud, his voice breaking as he said the word ‘die.’
“Just…could you please let us know our brother and the other trolls will be safe?” Floyd asked, trying to stay calm though his heart was pounding.
At his words Cloud Guy sighed. “I’m sorry, but I’m really not supposed to say anything.” At the brothers and Viva’s glares, he quickly continued “But…I can assure you that there’s nothing to worry about!”
Bruce scoffed at these words. “Nothing-Nothing to worry about?! The Bergen’s have our brother!” he shouted.
“Sorry, that’s all I can say,” and with that Cloud Guy disappeared, leaving the brothers and Viva to continue watching and not easing any of their concerns or worries.
Chapter 16: True Colors
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
(Bergens march toward the palace, chanting ‘Trollstice’ as they find seats in the dining hall for the feast)
Bergens: “Trollstice! Trollstice! Trollstice!”
Seeing the Bergens enthusiasm for Trollstice caused the brothers and Viva to be put on edge, but no one had the heart to comment. They were nervous and disgusted enough as it was.
(King Gristle waits outside the castle doors, holding Bridget's roller skate and looking over the crowd trying to spot her)
(Scene change - down in the kitchens)
Chef: “Now let's prepare the main course. The Trolls!” (All the Bergen chefs open their fanny packs and empty all the trolls into the provided pot. When all the trolls are in, Chef laughs wickedly and shuts the lid and locks them in, plunging the trolls into darkness)
“I don’t think I can watch this…” Floyd whispered, scrunching his eyes shut. He hated, absolutely hated, the fact that his brother was about to be served as a meal, and was disgusted by how the Bergens were treating the trolls as food. They were living creatures, with a body and spirit, not something to be eaten and handled as food! Next to him he could hear John breathing heavily and knew that Bruce was shaking in anger while Clay tried to comfort a panicking Viva even though he was on the verge of panicking as well.
King Peppy: “Poppy? Poppy! Oh, thank goodness you're all right.” (Runs over to Poppy and hugs her, but she doesn’t return the hug or the joy in seeing him)
Poppy: (Pulls away from the hug) “I'm doing great. I got everybody I love thrown in a pot, thanks for asking.”
(Branch sadly looks at Poppy, realizing that she wasn’t being positive)
“Was she just…sarcastic?” Clay asked, the trolls surprised by Poppy’s behavior. Trolls were never sarcastic…well, unless they were gray…
Biggie: “Poppy? Are you being...sarcastic?”
Poppy: “Yes!”
(All the trolls gasp)
Smidge: “Oh my gosh!”
Poppy: “I'm sorry. I don't know why I thought I could save you. All I wanted to do was keep everyone safe, like you did, Dad. But I couldn't.” (Begins crying)
“No, don’t say that…” Viva whispered in sorrow at her sister’s words.
“She shouldn’t blame herself. If it wasn’t for Creek, the other trolls would never have been found or captured,” Clay sadly said, doing his best to comfort Viva even though he felt just as sad and hopeless as she did.
King Peppy: “Poppy.”
Poppy: “I let everyone down.” (Kneels on the ground, hanging her head in shame)
Branch: “But, Poppy…”
Poppy: “You were right, Branch. The world isn't all cupcakes and rainbows.” (At these words, Poppy’s color began to fade, her hair and body slowly turning gray)
“Oh no, Poppy…” Viva said, tears forming in her eyes. Throughout the whole movie Poppy had been nothing but positive and full of hope, but now she seemed almost unrecognizable.
“No, no no no she can’t give up hope now…” Floyd said, his heart breaking at the sight.
John, Bruce and Clay didn’t know what to say. They had grown to really like Poppy and appreciated her for accepting Branch and giving him a chance to be happy. Seeing her lose hope and her color as well, it was as if they were watching a really close friend who had just given up on everything.
Biggie: “Poppy…”
(At Poppy’s defeat, Branch watched as every troll hung their head down in sorrow and began to turn gray. Soon, there was no color in the pot, just darkness and gray trolls)
“No…” Viva whispered, tears spilling down her face as she closed her eyes and bowed her head in sorrow.
“Viva?” Clay gasped, putting his hand on her shoulder. He’d never seen her so defeated before.
“It’s all my fault this happened. When I’d escaped, I should have gone looking for them. I should have brought them to safety. I wasn’t there for Poppy or the other trolls to protect them…” with those words the brothers gasped as Viva slowly began to turn gray.
“No, no Viva, not you too. Don’t say that,” Clay said, hating to see her so devastated. Looking up at the screen where his brother now blended in with the other gray trolls he too couldn’t help but feel remorse and guilt wash over him. Closing his eyes and bowing his head in shame, his hand still on Viva’s shoulder, his color too began to fade.
“Clay…” Bruce whispered, hating to see his brother so sad. One by one, Bruce, John Dory, and Floyd also bowed their heads in sorrow, tears leaking down their faces, and soon the room was occupied only by gray trolls.
(Scene changes to Bridget cleaning the dishes, seeing her reflection, and sadly glancing at her jumpsuit and single roller skate laid on her bed)
(Scene changes to King Gristle, sitting sadly at the head of the table, the single roller skate beside him, watching the door for hope that she might arrive)
(Scene changes to the trolls back in the pot, and Branch can’t stop staring sadly at Poppy)
Branch: “ You with the sad eyes .”
(At his voice, many trolls looked up in confusion as to who was singing)
Taken by surprise, the trolls slowly looked up at the screen, wondering who had sung.
Branch: “ Don't be discouraged. ”
Realizing it was Branch who was singing, the brothers looked at one another in confusion and surprise, their eyes still reflecting the sorrow they all felt.
Branch: (Slowly approaches Poppy and kneels down next to her) “ Oh, I realize, it's hard to take courage, in a world full of people. You can lose sight of it all, the darkness inside you can make you feel so small. ”
At Branch’s words the brothers all looked down in reflection. It was true, this feeling of hopelessness and despair they now felt made them feel so alone and small. It was hard to think of anything else that mattered as they were consumed in their grief.
(Poppy’s hug time bracelet goes off, causing Branch to extend his arms open to Poppy for a hug. Poppy looks at Branch, then sadly turns away while covering her bracelets light with her hand. Lowering his hands, Branch gazes sadly at Poppy as the other hug time bracelets go off one by one, no troll moving to hug anyone)
(Bridget sadly listens to the chiming of the hug time bracelets from outside the pot)
Chef: “What are you doing? The king is waiting. Get those Trolls out there!”
Bridget: (Startled, she moved her head away from the pot) “Sorry, Chef.” (Begins pushing the pot toward the dining hall)
Chef: “Oh, you are sorry.”
(Back in the pot)
Branch: “ Show me a smile then… ” (Takes Poppy by the hands and brings her to her feet) “ Don't be unhappy, can't remember when… ” (Poppy takes her hands away and takes a few steps away from Branch) “ I last saw you laughing…This world makes you crazy… ” (Branch goofily slides toward Poppy, making her smile)
Seeing Branch singing and trying to make Poppy smile brought a small smile to the brother’s. Slowly, they began to feel comforted by Branch’s words, and hearing him sing so beautifully and sincerely planted a seed of hope in the brothers' hearts.
Branch: “ And when you've taken all you can bear, just, call me up, 'cause I will always be there. ” (Poppy’s color comes back) “ And I see your true colors shining through. ”
“Poppy!” Viva said, now smiling and crying in joy.
“Viva…” Clay whispered.
Looking over at Clay, Viva noticed that he wasn’t meeting her eyes but instead looking down. Following his gaze, she noticed that her vibrant pink color, the same shade as Poppy’s, had begun to return to her. Laughing in joy, she looked up and met Clay’s gaze, exchanging a look of wonder and joy.
Branch: “ I see your true colors, and that's why I love you. ”
At Branch’s words, Viva and the brothers gasped and directed their gazes at the screen. Branch…loved Poppy? At this thought a small smile formed on the brothers faces. Their brother deserved to be happy and to have love in his life.
Poppy: (At his words, joy fills Poppy and she smiles warmly at him) “ So don't be afraid… ”
Branch & Poppy: (Poppy holds her hand out to Branch, which he takes. At the contact, Branch begins to get his colors back) “ To let them show. Your true colors…true colors are beautiful. ”
“Branch! Yes!” The brothers cheered in joy. Looking at each other, they noticed that their colors were returning as well. Laughing in happiness, the brothers embraced one another, Viva laughing in joy to the side, watching the brothers celebrate.
“He did it! He got his colors back!” John Dory cheered, hugging Bruce, who just kept laughing and smiling.
(With their true colors back, Branch and Poppy begin dancing, the trolls they pass regaining their true color as well)
Branch: “ I see your true colors shining through… ” (Poppy: “ True colors… ”) Branch: “ I see your true colors… ”
Branch & Poppy: “ That's why I love you. ”
“All the trolls are getting their colors back!” Floyd exclaimed, still smiling in joy as he watched his younger brother dance with Poppy, their colors lighting everyone up.
“And Branch finally came to realize his feelings for Poppy!” Bruce added, thumping John Dory on the back in excitement.
“Oh, I’m so happy right now!” Viva squealed, holding onto Clay’s arms as they had just embraced.
“I know right!” Clay said, smiling warmly at her.
Looking into his eyes, Viva felt her heart leap in more than just excitement. Without realizing what she was doing, she leaned over and kissed Clay on the cheek. Pulling back, she saw Clay blush and put a hand on his cheek where she had kissed him in shock. Smiling nervously, she waited for him to say something, but was taken by surprise when he instead pulled her close and kissed her on the lips, his brothers whooping and wolf whistling behind them.
Branch & Poppy: “ So don't be afraid, to let them show .”
Branch: “ Your true colors… ”
Poppy: “ True colors- ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Are beautiful. ”
Branch: “ Like a rainbow. ”
Poppy: “ Oh, oh, oh...like a rainbow. ”
(Cooper begins playing his harmonica, as all the trolls gather together, everyone having their colors back. Branch and Poppy hug, with all the other trolls hugging someone as well)
As the trolls on screen hugged, so did the brothers and Viva, all of them forming a small group hug. When the hug ended, John Dory was the first to speak.
“Oh man! I can’t believe it! Branch is back! Our Branch!” he exclaimed, unable to stand still in excitement.
“I know! Not to mention he brought all their colors back too!” Floyd added in joy.
“And ours! I’m glad Branch is no longer gray. That was the worst feeling ever,” Bruce said, shuddering. “I can’t even imagine living like that for twenty years.”
“Let’s not talk about that now though. Did you guys hear his voice!” Clay said, holding Viva’s hand.
“It was so fantastamazing!” Viva said, smiling widely. “He really does have the voice of an angel.”
“His voice is really incredible,” John Dory said, agreeing strongly with Viva.
“And his colors are as vibrant as I remember them to be!” Floyd said in joy.
Poppy: “Thank you!”
Branch: “No. Thank you.”
Poppy: “For what?”
Branch: “For showing me how to be…happy.”
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers cheered, still overjoyed to finally see Branch with his colors.
Poppy: “Really? You're finally happy? Now?”
“Come to think of it, it is kind of a weird time for Branch to get his colors back,” John Dory said, reminding everyone of the troll's current situation.
“Oh right, I forgot about that…” Clay said, feeling slightly guilty that he did indeed forget the dangerous situation his brother was still in.
Branch: “I think so. Happiness is inside of all of us, right? Sometimes, you just need someone to help you find it.” (Poppy smiles at him)
“Aww, they really are perfect for each other,” Viva said, looking over at Clay who smiled his goofy smile at her she adored.
Young Troll: “What's gonna happen now, Princess Poppy?”
Poppy: “I don't know. But I know we're not giving up.” (Turns around to look at Branch, smiling at him who smiles back)
(The pot shakes and a loud noise echos in the pot, as the trolls hear the lid being unlocked)
“Oh no!” Viva and the brothers gasped, their previous fear and nervousness returning.
Guy Diamond: “No.”
Biggie: “This is it, Mr. Dinkles. This is it.”
(The trolls all gather close together and watch terrified as the lid opens. But instead of seeing Chef or King Gristle, Bridget is seen looking sadly and worriedly down on them)
“It’s Bridget?!” John Dory exclaimed, both in shock and relief.
“Do you think she’ll help them?” Bruce asked hopefully.
“Let us hope so…” Floyd said, watching the screen with bated breath.
Bridget: “Poppy!”
Poppy: “Bridget?”
Bergens in Background: “Trolls! Trolls! Trolls!”
(Bridget reaches her hand inside, allowing Poppy to climb on)
Poppy: “What are you doing?”
Bridget: “I can't let them eat you.”
Poppy: “But…”
Bridget: “Come on!” (Tips the pot to its side, allowing the trolls to escape) “You gotta go! Hurry! Go, go, go! Get out of here!” (Sets Poppy down on the ground, as the other trolls begin to make their way toward the Troll Tree to escape)
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers shouted in relief and joy. Their siblings and the other trolls were saved.
“I never thought I’d see a Bergen freeing trolls, especially on Trollstice” Viva said in wonder. She was really beginning to like Bridget.
Poppy: “No! Bridget, if you go in there without us, you know what they'll do.”
“Oh no, she’s right,” Floyd gasped, worried for the Bergen.
Bridget: “I know.” (Stands between the door frame of the dinning hall, about to go in)
Poppy: “But, Bridget…”
Bridget: “It's okay.” (Kneels down beside Poppy) “It's okay, Poppy. You showed me what it feels like to be happy. I never would have known if it wasn't for you. And I love you for that.”
“Woah” Viva and the brothers gasped, looking at each other in amazement.
Poppy: “I love you too, Bridget.”
Chef: “Bridget!”
Bridget: (Stands up and runs back to the door and begins to shut it) “Go on, now. You have to hurry!”
Poppy: “Come with us.”
Bridget: “And make it easier for them to find you? No way! You have to go. Now!”
Poppy: “Bridget!” (Stops Bridget from closing the door)
Bridget: (Gently pushes Poppy away with her finger, which Poppy hugs) “Bye, Poppy.” (Closes the door)
“I can’t believe Bridget sacrificed everything, just for Poppy,” Viva said in shock, grateful to the Bergen while also worried about what would happen to her.
(Inside the dining room, where Bridget pushes the, now empty, pot toward the King)
Bergens: (Chanting) “Trolls! Trolls! Trolls!”
King Gristle: “Wait! Chef, shouldn't we wait for Lady Glittersparkles?” (At his words Bridget looks at him worriedly)
“He really does care about her,” Bruce said in wonder, referring to the King’s feelings toward ‘Lady Glittersparkles’ (aka Bridget).
Chef: “Oh, you are absolutely right.” (Address the Bergen’s) “Now, everyone, there will be no Trolls until the king's plus one has arrived.”
Bergens: “Boo!” (Bridget looks down sadly)
“Poor Bridget…” Clay softly said, also worried for her.
Bergen: “We've waited long enough!”
Chef: “Unless…”
King Gristle: “Unless, what?”
Chef: “Well, unless she doesn't come at all. But that's crazy talk. Who wouldn't wanna be with you?”
King Gristle: “Yeah. Maybe we should start.”
Bergens: “Trolls! Trolls! Trolls!”
Trolls: (As they escape through the tunnels) “Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls! Trolls!”
Cooper: “Yeah!”
Biggie: “Whoo-hoo!”
“Yes, get out of there!” John Dory said, cheering the trolls on along with his brothers and Viva.
(Troll Tree, entrance to the tunnels)
Poppy: (Her and Branch are seen directing the trolls into the tunnels) “Go! Come on. Hurry! Come on. Everybody, let's go. No Troll left behind!”
“Of course Branch would stay behind with her to make sure the other trolls made it out safely,” Floyd said, proud of his brother.
“You know, now I have to get used to seeing Branch with his colors again,” John Dory said in amusement, causing his brothers to chuckle at his words.
Branch: “Watch your step.” (Sees Poppy walking away from the tunnel and staring at the castle) “Poppy?”
Poppy: “Bridget just ruined her life to save ours. It's not right! She deserves to be happy as much as we do. They all do!”
“Uh, what?” John Dory asked.
“I sense another ‘Poppy plan’” Bruce said.
“Oh no, they’re going back aren’t they?” Floyd said in realization.
“What? Why? They just escaped!” Viva exclaimed, not wanting Poppy to go back.
“You’re right, they did. But from what we’ve seen of your sister, she won’t leave an opportunity to help someone, even if it is the enemy,” Floyd told her.
“Let’s just hope they don’t get caught…” Clay said, hoping his brother would stay safe while also knowing he would get in harm’s way if it meant protecting Poppy, which worried him while at the same time causing him to feel proud of his youngest brother.
Notes:
Okay, so I wasn’t planning on it, but I decided to have a Viva and Clay moment. I hope you enjoyed this chapter (as well as the others) as much as I enjoy writing them!! Oh, also, I didn’t have the brothers commenting a whole lot when Branch first started singing because since they lost their colors I wanted them to act like the trolls on-screen, as they had also never heard (adult) Branch sing before and were equally surprised. They were just so consumed with grief and sorrow that they didn’t know what to say. If that makes sense.
Chapter 17: Friending the Bergens
Chapter Text
(Back in the castle)
Chef: “All right, everybody. Who's ready to eat Trolls?” (Bergens cheer) “King Gristle…there is only one thing that will ever make you happy…and only one Bergen who can provide it.” (Unlocks the lid and takes it off the pot) “Bon appetit!” (Looks down and gasps) “They're gone!”
“Ha!” John Dory said in triumph.
Bergens: “Gone?!”
King Gristle: “They're gone?”
Chef: “Idget…” (Slams the lid back on and advances on Bridget) “what did you do? You ate them! You greedy, greedy pig.”
“No! How could she possibly believe Bridget ate all the trolls?” Viva said, worried for Bridget.
“The trolls were her ticket to becoming Queen, so now that they’re gone, obviously she’ll resort to blaming just so she doesn’t get thrown out again,” Floyd said.
“Wait, she wanted to be Queen?” Bruce asked, causing Floyd to sigh.
“Didn’t you guys hear what she said in the kitchens after regaining her title as Chef? She said that by bringing back the trolls she’d be able to control the kingdom. She’s only looking for power and to be in control of the other Bergens, she doesn’t actually care about their happiness, only her own,” Floyd explained.
Bridget: “No! I...uh…” (Backs away in fear)
Bergens: “She ruined Trollstice!”
Chef: “Guards, lock her up!” (The guards in the room threateningly point their spears at Bridget)
“Oh no, Bridget!” Viva gasped.
“Isn’t that supposed to be the King’s decision? I mean, even if she does want to be Queen she certainly doesn’t have that title or power now,” John Dory said angrily, crossing his arms.
“It looks like she does have that power though…” Clay said, also worried for Bridget.
Bergens: “Let's get her!”
(A window smashes as Poppy, Branch, Guy Diamond, DJ Suki, Satin & Chenille, Cooper, Smidge, Biggie, Mr. Dinkles, and Fuzzbert break in, riding on Bridget’s roller skate. Using Barnabus as a ramp, the trolls fly in the air and jump onto Bridget’s head, the skate going on her foot, and all the trolls, including Branch, grow their hair and turn it rainbow, revealing Bridget to be Lady Glittersparkles in front of the King)
“Our siblings are awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, once again, his brothers just staring at the screen with wide eyes.
“Okay, that was definitely not the entrance I thought they were going to make,” Clay said, amazed by his brother’s bravery and daring nature once again.
“And now King Gristle knows who Bridget is. Let’s just hope he takes it well….” Viva added, hoping the King wasn’t disappointed in learning Bridget was a scullery maid and that he didn’t get mad at her for befriending trolls.
King Gristle: (Gasps and goes under the table to stand in front of Bridet) “Lady Glittersparkles?”
Chef: “What?”
(The trolls resume their natural appearance, making the ‘wig’ go away, and crawl on Bridget’s hands)
King Gristle: “But how? Why? Why did you do this?”
(Bridget sets the trolls down on the table)
“Please be careful…” Floyd whispered, worried for his brother being so close to Bergens.
Poppy: “Because she didn't think you would want someone like her.”
Bridget: “I mean, hello? Is it me you're looking for? I don't think so.”
Chef: (Furiously) “Guards, finish her!”
Bridget: “Oh!”
King Gristle: “No!”
“I’m glad he’s not wanting her locked up,” Floyd said softly.
“Why are the guards listening to Chef over the King!” John Dory asked angrily.
Poppy: “Wait! King Gristle, when you were with Bridget, you were feeling something, weren't you?”
King Gristle: “Yeah, I was. I just thought it was too much pizza.”
Bridget: “Me, too.”
Poppy: “That feeling? That was happiness.”
Bergens: (Confused) “What?”
Bibbly: “But you have to eat a Troll to be happy. Everyone knows that! Don't you?”
Poppy: “But King Gristle's never eaten a Troll in his life, right?”
King Gristle: “No, I haven't. Yet, here I am…” (Puts Bridget's other roller skate on her foot and takes her by the hands) “My belly empty...and my heart full.”
(Bergen’s listen to his words, surprised, and believe him, causing Chef to get angry)
“Aww…” Viva said, glad that King Gristle accepted that he was indeed happy without eating a troll because of Bridget and happy that the other Bergens seemed to be listening.
Chef: “Don't listen to her! There's only one way to be happy.” (Pushes King Gristle and Bridget aside and advances on the Trolls) “My way!”
Bridget: “No!”
Chef: “With me in charge…” (Bangs on the table and grabs Branch)
Branch: “Ahh!”
“NO! Branch!!” the brothers shouted, standing up in shock and fear even though they knew there was nothing they could do.
Chef: “I'll serve you Troll every day of the year!” (Puts Branch in front of King Gristle and opens the King's mouth) “With me as queen...all of life will be a never-ending feast of happiness!” (Branch tries to run away but Chef blocks his escape with a knife, forcing him to back up in fear and land on the King’s tongue) “Come on, eat! Eat!”
“No! No no no, not Branch please not Branch…” Bruce said, his heart thumping in fear.
“He has to get out of there!” Clay said, panicking. There was no way he was going to lose his baby brother after just learning he was alive after all this time!
“He can’t! Not with Chef right there!” Floyd practically shouted with his nerves so high.
Poppy: “No!” (Runs and pushes Branch off the retracting tongue)
“Oh thank goodness,” John Dory breathed, holding a hand over his racing heart.
“That was too close,” Bruce said, still feeling himself shaking in fear.
“Viva, remind us to thank Poppy when we meet her. I don’t know what we would do if she hadn’t saved our brother,” Clay told Viva, trying to calm himself down.
Poppy: “Happiness isn't something you put inside. It's already there. Sometimes you just need someone to help you find it.”
Bergen: “Can I really be happy?”
Bergen: “I want to be happy!”
Bergen: “And me!”
Bergen: “Sign me up!”
Todd: “And what about me?”
Bibbly: “Do you really think I can be happy?”
“They’re listening to her,” Viva said, shocked. She never thought, not even in her wildest dreams, that Bergen’s could be reasoned with.
Poppy: “Of course! It's inside you! It's inside of all of us!” (Gestures briefly to Branch) “And I don't think it. I feel it! I got this feeling…inside my bones. It goes electric wavy when I turn it on! ”
Branch: “ And if you want it, inside your soul… ”
At Branch singing the brothers felt themselves finally calm down, smiling as they watched Branch being happy with his true colors.
Branch & Poppy: “ Just open up your heart let music take control! ” (The other trolls join in the dance) “ I've got that sunshine in my pocket, got that good soul in my feet. I feel that hot blood in my body when it drops! ”
“They’re so cute together!” Viva squealed, enjoying the scene and Branch and Poppy’s interactions with each other.
Trolls: “ Ooh! ”
Branch & Poppy: “ I can't take my eyes up off it, moving so phenomenally. The room on lock the way we rock it, so don't stop! ”
“Our Branch is back!” John Dory exclaimed, his brothers laughing and smiling at those words they knew to be true.
Branch, Poppy, DJ Suki, Fuzzbert, Biggie, Guy Diamond, Satin, Chenille, and Smidge: (Said trolls dance in front of Bergens who are watching with interest and enjoyment) “ Under the lights, when everything goes. Nowhere to hide when I'm getting you close. ”
“I can’t believe they’re that close to the Bergens,” Viva said, still trying to process the idea that the Bergens had changed.
“They really want to hear what they have to say. They want to be happy!” Floyd said in joy.
Cooper: “ Can't stop, won't stop. ”
Branch, Poppy, DJ Suki, Fuzzbert, Biggie, Guy Diamond, Satin, Chenille, and Smidge: “ When we move well, you already know. ”
Cooper: “Let's go, let's work!”
Branch, Poppy, DJ Suki, Fuzzbert, Biggie, Guy Diamond, Satin, Chenille, and Smidge: “ So just imagine, just imagine, just imagine… ”
(All the Trolls jump from the chandeliers, joining in the dancing and celebrating)
“Woah, that's a lot of trolls,” Bruce said.
“They all came,” Clay said, amazed.
Branch: “Nothing I can see but you when you dance, dance, dance.” (Bergens start dancing) “Feel the good-good creeping up on you so just dance, dance, dance, come on. All those things I shouldn't do, but you dance, dance, dance. And ain't nobody leaving soon so keep dancing. I can't stop the feeling! So just dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! So just dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! So just dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! So keep dancing, come on.”
(Bergens throw their bibs up in the air and cheer)
“Wow…Poppy’s plan worked. They’re…happy!” Viva said, staring wide eyed at the unrecognizable Bergens.
(Chef approaches Poppy and Branch with a knife, ready to stab)
“NO!” Viva and the brothers gasped, afraid to see their younger siblings get killed.
(Bridget seeing this quickly throws a wooden spoon at Chef who then has lemon quince squeezed into her eyes by trolls)
Chef: “Ow! My eyes!” (Stumbles backwards)
“Phew…” the trolls breathed, sighing in relief.
“Man, that Bergen really doesn’t know when to quit does she,” John Dory said, hating her for nearly killing his brother on multiple occasions.
Stain: “Let's do it!” (Her and Chenille trip Chef with their hair, causing her to fall into the empty troll pot which begins to roll backward. Cooper lights a match and throws it into the pot, igniting it, just as the pot bursts through the doors, carrying Chef and Creek, who is still being held in Chef’s fanny pack, outside and down the stairs)
Chef & Creek: “Ahh!” (They fly out of Bergen Town’s gates)
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers cheered, glad to see her finally gone; Creek as well.
“Ha ha!” John Dory laughed, hugging Bruce in joy who smiled at his older brother.
Branch: (All the Bergens and trolls dance through Bergen town, lighting it up with their new-found happiness) “ I can't stop the, I can't stop the, I can't stop the feeling! Nothing I can see but you when you dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! Feel the good creeping up on you so just dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! All those things I shouldn't do but you dance, dance, dance. I can't stop the feeling! And ain't nobody leaving soon so keep dancing. I can't stop the feeling! ”
“Wow, I can’t believe that our siblings made peace with the Bergens!” Bruce said in shock and amazement.
“Branch has certainly come a long way,” Floyd said, smiling widely.
“He certainly has…” John Dory said, nodding his head in agreement and smiling up at Branch in pride.
“I can’t wait to reunite with him!” Clay said in excitement. “And you’ll get to reunite with Poppy!” he told Viva.
“Ahh!” Viva squealed in excitement, jumping into Clay’s arms and embracing him.
(Bergens and Trolls surround the Troll Tree, which blooms and turns a healthy green once more)
“The troll tree, it’s back!” Viva gasped, as she watched her old home regrow.
Trolls: “ Got this feeling in my body! ”
Branch: “ I can't stop the feeling! ”
Trolls: “ Got this feeling in my body! ”
Branch: “ I can't stop the feeling! ”
Trolls: “ Wanna see you move your body! ”
Branch: “ I can't stop the feeling! Got this feeling in my body, come on! ”
King Peppy: (King Peppy approaches Poppy and places a crown on her head, smiling at her) “Our new Queen!” (Raises one of her hands in the air to the crowd, who cheers)
“Woo-hoo!” Viva and the brothers cheered, jumping up in excitement.
“Oh, she’ll be the best Queen!” Viva said, proud of her sister.
Bridget: “Go, Queen Poppy!”
Satin & Chenille: “Way to go, Poppy!”
DJ Suki: “You did it!”
Young Troll: “Alright, Queen Poppy!”
Biggie: “She's my friend! I know her!”
(Branch approaches Poppy and takes her hands in his. All of a sudden, the mushroom the two are standing on shudders as Smidge rises them high up in the air, giving them some privacy)
Branch: “I know it's not officially…hug time yet, but…” (Holds his arms open)
“Oh he’s too cute,” Viva said, chuckling.
Poppy: “Now that I am queen, I decree that hug time…is all the time.” (Opens her arms as well and embraces Branch)
“Yeah Branch and Poppy!” John Dory cheered, happy for his youngest brother.
(Cloud Guy joins the hug, startling Branch and Poppy who pull away and turn to see Cloud Guy, who looks at them then raises both his hands for a high five)
Cloud Guy: “Up high!”
(Branch and Poppy look at each other, smile, then each high fives his hands with such force that he’s thrown backwards)
“Oh, that was nice to see,” Bruce said, unable to stop smiling.
Cloud Guy: “Yeah! Yeah!”
(Movie ends with Poppy’s scrapbook being closed, Branch and Poppy are seen singing the closing song)
Branch: (Conducts trumpet flowers and begins to dance) “ Do you remember? The 21st night of September? Love was changing the minds of pretenders. While chasing the clouds away… ”
“Dang, his voice is too good!” Bruce said, still impressed by his brother’s unmeasured talent.
“And it’s so fun seeing him sing and dance like he used to,” Clay said, so happy for his brother.
Poppy: “ Our hearts were ringing. In the key that our souls were singing. As we danced in the night remember, how the stars stole the night away… ”
(Branch and Poppy continue dancing together and the screen turns black)
Chapter 18: Brother Bonding
Chapter Text
“Is it over?” Bruce asked as the screen turned off and the lights in the room went on.
“The first part is. I’m pretty sure there’s more though,” Clay responded.
“Yeah, there is. I think this is just a break,” Floyd said.
“Alright good, because there’s something I’ve been meaning to talk to you guys about,” John Dory said, sitting on the floor, his brothers and Viva following suit until they formed a circle. “I know that we’re here to see Branch’s life, which is great and definitely something we need to see, but before we continue, I want to ask you guys about your lives. I mean, what have you guys been doing these past twenty years? Where have you guys been?”
There was a moment’s silence as Bruce, Clay and Floyd thought of John’s questions.
“Well…I guess I’ll go first,” Clay said. “When I left, I went to go and find trolls who would take me seriously. Back home, I was only ever treated as ‘The Fun Boy,’ and that bothered me because I was more than just the fun one. I had other feelings, interests, and things I wanted to do. That night our band broke up, I had it. That concert was the last straw for me so I left right after you did,” he said, looking at John Dory. “I know that was wrong now, but at the moment all I could think about was myself and the anger I’d built up over the years. I spent a few months alone, trying to find trolls who would take me seriously, but I was too recognized from BroZone. So I ended up traveling further away and out of town. I ended up getting lost along this unused road, but I’m glad I did because that’s where I found the abandoned golf course where the PuttPutt trolls and Viva lived. When I first entered, I was immediately welcomed and found a place among them. Turns out, only a week before I found them they had escaped the Troll Tree, so they were still moving in and getting over the shock of what they had experienced. Viva was already taking charge and appointed their leader, as she got them out of there and also happened to be the King’s daughter, but I could tell she needed help. So, I became second-in-command and together we transformed the abandoned golf course into a troll utopia and formed a little sanctuary of survivors. I added fire exits, Viva added her heart and soul. And I’ve lived there since,” Clay finished, looking up to see Bruce and Floyd staring at him with wide eyes and John looking at him sadly.
“Wow, that’s pretty incredible Clay, that you were able to do all that for those trolls,” Floyd said.
“Yeah, he was amazing at his job,” Viva said, smiling at Clay.
John Dory looked as if he wanted to say something, but stopped himself as Bruce started speaking.
“Dang, my life compared to that seems pretty easy now,” Bruce chuckled.
“Where’ve you been?” Clay asked Bruce.
“Vacay Island. It’s this sweet little place that’s great for vacations, hence the name. Anyway, that night I left, I didn’t really have a destination in mind, just as long as it was a place where I wouldn’t be recognized as the Heartthrob. I wanted to put my boy band days behind me, so I traveled for some time, met some cool folks, saw some neat places, but nothing seemed to fit for me. One day I came across this advertisement on Vacay Island and I just knew then and there that that was the place for me. When I arrived, oh man, it’s awesome there. The sights, the breeze, the smell of the ocean…it was perfect. Didn’t take long to move in, everyone was welcoming and there to relax and have fun. About three months later I met this woman named Brandy. After getting to know her we eventually started dating and the next thing we knew, we were married, had kids, and started up a restaurant.”
As Bruce finished Clay, John, and Floyd were all looking at him with their mouths open in shock.
“You’re married?!” John Dory exclaimed.
“I’m an uncle?!” Clay said excitedly.
“We missed the wedding!” Floyd said, not upset but a little sad he wasn’t there for his brother on his best day.
“Yeah, I’m sorry about that. I really wanted you all there, but I had no idea where you all were. I thought about going out and looking for you all, but I realized that I didn’t even know if you guys were even still alive. I also just couldn’t leave Brandy like that, not after we had just got engaged.”
“Hey, it’s okay man. It’s a little disappointing we weren’t there, but that’s on us. We should have kept in touch,” Clay told Bruce. “Anyway though, we’re uncles?!”
“Yeah! Becoming a dad was like a seismic shift in my brain. Probably the best thing that’s ever happened to me! I have thirteen kids, twelve sons and one daughter.”
“What!” Clay gasped.
“Thirteen kids!” John Dory said, shocked.
“Yeah,” Bruce said, smiling at his brother's reactions.
“Dang, I’m happy for you bro,” Floyd said, causing Bruce’s smile to widen.
“Thanks, that means the world to me. And I can’t wait for you guys to meet them!” Bruce said, excitement building up inside him.
“I’d get the title of best uncle!” John Dory proclaimed, causing his brothers to roll their eyes in amusement.
“Yeah, you’re going to need to fight for that title,” Clay teased.
“Oh, so Mr. Clay can be fun,” John Dory teased back.
“Only when I want to, and this calls for Fun Boy Clay!” At his words the brothers all laughed.
“What about you Floyd? What has your life been like?” Bruce asked his younger brother.
“Oh, well, in all honesty I’m not entirely sure why I left in the first place. I mean, I do but I wasn’t even mad. I knew what I was doing, I knew that I was leaving Branch brotherless but I left anyway. You all expected me to stay, but I left almost the moment you guys did. I thought that was what would be best. BroZone at the time was my career and you guys were my life. But then the next second it was all gone so I thought the only way forward to go was the backstreets and starting a solo career. I didn’t leave without saying goodbye to Branch though. I gave him my vest and promised that I would be back. But I never did. When I first left, I decided to start small for my solo career. At first I planned on becoming a singer, but I realized it didn’t seem right without you guys there too. So instead I became a personal coach and began helping other trolls and creatures pursue their musical dreams and talents. I slowly began building a reputation and ended up moving to Mount Rageous to continue my solo career there. By that time it’d already been years since I saw any of you guys, and I wasn’t sure where you all were. I decided it was best to stay where I was. I regret that decision though. I missed you guys and I could have gone out to look for you. But I didn’t, just like I didn’t keep my promise to Branch. I ended up writing songs about you guys to help me remember you, not like I could forget though. I refused to sing or show them to anyone, as those songs were all I had left of you guys,” Floyd said, looking sadly up at his brothers.
“Oh man, we’re so sorry Floyd. I-I didn’t know us leaving hurt you like that,” Clay softly said.
“I think us leaving hurt everyone,” Bruce said, looking at each of his brothers in turn, all of them having guilt in their eyes.
“Especially Branch,” John Dory whispered. “We didn’t even have the decency to say goodbye like Floyd, we just left him there without a second thought or an apology or-or anything! And I’m so sorry guys. I know I pressured you all into the roles I assigned you for the band, which I know I never should have done. I should have listened to your advice, Floyd, and just let everyone be who they were,” John Dory said, not wanting to meet his brother’s eyes.
“You mean you actually heard?” Floyd said, teasing his brother.
“Heh, yeah I did. I was just…so consumed with hitting the ‘Perfect Family Harmony’ that I lost sight of what really mattered. And for that, I’m really sorry,” John apologized.
“It’s alright John, we forgive you,” Bruce said, Clay and Floyd nodding in agreement. “We were all at fault that night and made mistakes, but that’s in the past and as much as I wish we could change it, we can’t. All we can do now is move forward and be thankful that we’re here together now.”
“Wow, usually I’m the one who says stuff like that,” Floyd said, smiling as his brothers laughed.
“You’re right Bruce. And even though we didn’t see each other grow up to be the trolls we are now, I’m excited to hang out with you guys and get to know you more now,” Clay said, giving Floyd a side-hug.
“Yeah!” John Dory said, smiling in relief that his brothers weren’t too mad at him. Guess not being prideful really does help in the forgiveness process.
“John, you haven’t told us about your life yet,” Bruce pointed out.
“Oh, yeah…” John Dory said, less enthusiastically. “Well, compared to you guys…let’s just say I was living a solo life. Once I left home, I started exploring. I hiked the Neverglade Trail, as I said I would, and came across Rhonda. She’s my armadillo bus. Since then I’ve really just been traveling around with her, never staying in one place too long, and Rhonda became my home. Literally. There’s honestly not much else to tell…” John Dory said, trailing off.
“I’m sorry John. You shouldn’t have had to live alone,” Floyd said.
“Nah, I wasn’t alone. I had Rhonda!” John said, causing his brothers to exchange looks. “Besides, whenever I came across a town I would always go and meet some cool people.”
“You know, I honestly never thought this day would come. Where we would just sit together and talk about our lives. Well really, I didn’t think I’d ever see any of you guys again to start with,” Clay said, enjoying this moment with his brothers.
“Yeah, it’s definitely nice to just be sitting together and catching up,” Bruce agreed.
The brothers continued talking for another half hour, Viva now joining in the conversation as they discussed more about their lives, their adventures, their regrets, and anything else they could think of, until they finally decided it was time to continue learning about their youngest brother.
“Well, now that Branch has his colors back, watching his life now shouldn’t be as depressing as it was during that last movie,” Bruce said, sitting down in a chair, this time sitting next to John Dory as well as Clay, Viva still sitting on Clay’s other side with the two of them holding hands.
“Yeah, I’m excited to learn more about him and his adventures,” Clay agreed excitedly.
Just then the lights in the room dimmed and the screen turned back on.
Chapter 19: Trolls Holiday Part 1
Chapter Text
(Poppy’s scrapbook appears and the Narrator begins to tell the story)
Narrator: “Once upon a time in a village far away, lived a group called The Trolls, that celebrated almost everyday.” (Troll: ‘Hey, that's a rhyme!’) “The Trolls had holidays up the wazoo. From Bubble Day, to New Hairs Eve. Just to name a few.” (Trolls cheer) “Enjoying holiday after holiday they partied without stopping. They celebrated everything with their leader, Queen Poppy.” (Trolls: ‘Poppy, Poppy, Poppy…’)
“Oh I miss our holidays!” Viva said, remembering some of her favorites.
“You guys celebrate something everyday?” Floyd asked, puzzled.
“Yeah, pretty much!” Viva said.
Narrator: “But across the way, in old Bergen Town, lived a group called The Bergens whose spirits were down. They had but one holiday that brought happiness. A tradition of eating Trolls on a day called ‘Trollstice.’ Then Poppy taught them that joy was inside all along. So they got rid of Trollstice and their only holiday was gone.”
“So they actually got rid of it! All the Bergen’s changed?!” Viva said, shocked while also relieved.
“I guess so. Now it looks like Bergens and Trolls live in harmony,” Bruce said, also glad that the Bergens finally stopped their awful holiday.
Narrator: “And so on Trollstice Eve in Bergen Town, the Bergens, well, now they're just kinda sitting around.”
Rooster: [caws] “Boring! Boring!”
(Inside the castle in Bergen Town, Bridget reads a book on her throne while King Gristle plays a keyboard while laying upside down on his throne)
“That does look really boring,” Clay said, giving the Bergens a puzzled look.
“Mmm, while I’m glad they don’t do Trollstice anymore, it’s still sad that they don’t have a holiday or anything to celebrate or look forward to,” Viva said, feeling sorry for the Bergens.
Chad: (Enters the castle) “Got another card from Troll Village.”
Bridget: “Oh, yay.”
King Gristle: (Looking at Chad) “Thanks, Todd.”
Chad: “I'm Chad, he's Todd.”
Todd: “Hi.”
King Gristle: “Yup, got it, Chod and Tadd.”
At King Gristle’s words toward his guards the brothers all chuckled in amusement.
Bridget: “Ooh, look, Grissy, it's another card from Poppy!” (Shows the card to Gristle)
King Gristle: “Happy Catch Your Friend Day?”
“Oh that’s a fun one!” Viva exclaimed.
Bridget: “Ooh!”
King Gristle: “What if you drop her? I mean, we-we're not insured for that kinda thing.”
“He’s got a point,” Clay said, agreeing with the King.
Bridget: “I would never ever drop Poppy. Never.” (Runs over the fireplace and places Poppy’s newest card by all her past cards)
King Gristle: “Whateves, babe! The Trolls have so many holidays. Too many holidays if you ask me.” (Walks over to stand by Bridget and looks at their collection of cards Poppy has sent them, decorating their whole fireplace)
“Woah, that’s a lot of holidays,” Bruce said, staring wide eyed at Bridget’s collection of Troll Holiday cards.
“That must only be a few of them, because we have a lot more than that!” Viva said, looking at all the cards to find some of her favorite holidays while the brothers all stared at her.
Bridget: “Well, I think it's kinda nice having so much to celebrate.”
King Gristle: “Hey, Bridgy, we do cool stuff too. I mean, what about all those awesome cards we send back to them, huh?”
(Screen pans to Troll Village where Poppy is looking at the newest card Bridget and King Gristle sent her, which is a gray picture of them with the words ‘Wednesday’ on it)
“Huh. I’m failing to see what’s so ‘awesome’ or exciting about that…” Viva said, looking puzzled at the card they sent Poppy.
Poppy: “Huh! Well, that's…consistent.” (Hangs it up with the rest of Bridget and Gristle’s cards, all of which are gray and have a day of the week written on it)
“Oh, that’s kinda sad. They really don’t have anything fun going on in their lives anymore do they?” Floyd said, looking at the cards of Bridget and King Gristle that Poppy had hung up.
Poppy: “Branch, Bridget, um, sent another card.” (Looks over to see Branch grunting and straining his face while looking in the mirror)
“Uh, what’s he doing?” John Dory asked, confused as to what Branch was doing.
Poppy: “Wh... what are you doing? Are you about to barf? I'll go get a trash can!”
Branch: “What? No. I'm practicing my smile. Y-you know I'm new to this whole ‘Being happy’ thing.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all winced.
“Never knew a troll who had to practice their smile…” Viva quietly said, the brothers still frowning.
“Yeah, well Branch did only get his colors back and it has been years, basically two centuries, since he last smiled,” Floyd sadly pointed out, him and his brothers looking down in shame.
Poppy: “Oh, well here, let me help. Smiles are my jam!” (Puts her hands on Branch’s face and tries to help him smile) “Okay, here we... No. Hm... No. Close. Weird. What the…” (Takes her hands away from Branch) “Your face is being very frustrating.”
“Sorry Poppy, smiles can’t really be forced,” John Dory said, chuckling softly at Branch’s faces Poppy was making him do.
Branch: (Looks at Bridget and Gristle’s cards) “What is the deal with these cards?” (Starts reading them out loud) “Monday. Friday. Sunday mid-morning?” (Takes the Sunday mid-morning card down and looks at it more closely)
“Those are really sad…” Bruce commented.
Poppy: “It's like ever since Trollstice was canceled the Bergens…” (Takes the card from Branch and looks at it sadly) “don't have anything to look forward to. I feel really bad for them.” (Stares at the picture then gasps loudly in excitement)
“I sense another Poppy plan coming on…” Clay said, looking knowingly at Viva as she reacted the same way as Poppy whenever she came up with a plan.
Branch: “Ah, uh, no. No, no, no. I know what that look means. You're about to hatch an elaborate plan which involves a lot of hugging, singing, dancing and [gulps] glitter.”
“Still doesn’t like glitter I see,” Floyd noticed, enjoying Branch and Poppy interacting with each other.
“Do we know if they’re dating yet?” Bruce asked, Viva and his brothers shrugging.
“Don’t know. We’ll probably find out soon though,” Viva said, hoping they were.
Poppy: “You know it.”
Branch: “Okay. Promise me you'll sleep on it before you rush into something like you always do.” (Walks toward Poppy’s door to leave)
Poppy: “Okay. I won't do anything.”
“That was totally a lie,” John Dory said, laughing.
(Screen shows it being night then dawn, then pans down to Branch who’s riding down his bunker)
Branch: “ Just call me angel of the mornin' angel. [yawns] Just touch my cheek before you leave me baby ! I'm goin' down into the bunker angel… ” (As Branch continues down into his bunker, Poppy is seen waiting for him at the bottom) “ And I'll be sippin' on coffee in the mornin' baby… ”
“I’m glad to see he just goes into song again, like he did as a kid,” Bruce said, smiling as he watched Branch sing.
“His voice is literally so good! Even after just waking up!” Viva said, loving Branch’s voice.
“Crazy morning hair he’s got too,” John Dory said, chuckling at his youngest brother.
“Oh right, like you never woke up looking like that,” Clay teased his older brother, looking at him knowingly.
“Is it just me or is Poppy randomly being there kinda creepy?” Floyd asked, bringing the brother’s attention to Poppy hiding in the shadows behind Branch.
“I’m guessing she didn’t sleep on it…” Clay said, knowing the answer.
Poppy: “Good morning, Branch!”
Branch: “Aaah!” (Spills his coffee over himself from being startled)
“Oh, I hate it when that happens,” John Dory said, his brothers looking at him in confusion.
“What-”
“I’m not going to say anything,” John Dory said, interrupting Bruce and crossing his arms.
Branch: “Poppy, you didn't sleep on it.” (Bends down and picks up his cup then slowly starts walking toward his kitchen, Poppy following behind him)
“He looks way too tired to be dealing with this right now,” Clay chuckled.
Poppy: “Not a wink.”
Branch: “And you probably got a crazy plan.”
Poppy: “And yes, I do. I decided the Bergens need a new holiday and nobody knows holidays better than us, we'll just give 'em one of ours!”
“Ooh, I love that idea!” Viva said, loving Poppy’s plan.
“Just how long exactly was Poppy standing there waiting for Branch?” Bruce asked.
“My guess is…since before dawn,” Clay said. If Poppy and Viva were anything alike, which clearly they are a lot alike, then it wouldn’t be surprising.
Branch: “And why are we doing this?” (Tries to wipe off the spilled coffee on his bathrobes)
Poppy: “Bridget is my best friend. They deserve to have a day of dancing and singing and costumes and presents and glitter!” (Takes Branch’s coffee cup from him then pours herself some coffee and drinks it) “So much flipping glitter!” (Shoves the cup back in Branch’s hands)
“Is she sure about this? This sounds like it may be too much for the Bergen’s,” Floyd said.
Branch: “Poppy, are you sure this is a good idea?”
Poppy: “Absolutely. This is what I do. I take care of my friends. And this is how we're gonna do it.” (Takes her scrapbook out of her hair to show Branch her plan) “First, break into Branch’s bunker…” (Scrapbook Branch: ‘Ahhh’) “and get him on board.”
Branch: “What?”
At this the brothers burst out laughing.
“Gotta love Branch,” John Dory said through his laughter.
Poppy: (Scrapbook Branch: ‘I'm on board.’) “We set off for Bergen Town and we arrive with as much dramatic flair as possible! We see Gristle and Bridget…” (Scrapbook Bridget: ‘Poppy!’) “And do some hugging. We pitch them our holidays. Their minds are blown! And that's how we're gonna give Bridget and the Bergens a new holiday!” (Scrapbook: ‘Holiday!’ and shoots glitter on an unimpressed Branch’s face)
“Okayy…” Floyd said, still unsure about the plan.
“Oh, I so wish I could be joining them! I love holidays!” Viva said.
“Yup, Branch still doesn’t like glitter,” Clay said, agreeing with Floyd.
Fuzzbert, Smidge, Biggie, Cooper, Guy Diamond, Satin & Chenille: (Jumps out at Branch) “Holiday!”
Branch: “Aah!” (Spills coffee all over him once again from being startled and sighs) “I'll go put on some pants.”
“Man, this is really not Branch’s morning. All he wants is coffee and some peace and quiet,” Bruce said, chuckling in amusement at his youngest brother.
“You might need to shower too buddy,” John Dory said, chuckling along with Bruce.
“When did they get there?!” Clay asked, exasperated to see that Branch’s home was still being ‘invaded’ by other trolls without his permission.
“It’s good to see that he’s willing to join Poppy and the other trolls now in their adventures,” Floyd noticed.
Narrator: “Certain her holiday mission would be a success, Poppy chartered a ride on the Caterbus Express.” (Fuzzbert, Smidge, Biggie, Cooper, Guy Diamond, Satin & Chenille and Branch are all waiting for their ride, with Branch practicing his smile)
“Yeah, still needs some work bro,” Bruce said, referring to Branch’s attempt at a smile.
Caterbus Express: “BUS!” (Opens his mouth for the trolls to enter and Poppy is seen already inside)
Poppy: “All aboard! Guys, hurry up! Come on, let's go.”
(Trolls board the bus and take their seats, Branch sitting next to Poppy)
“Aw, it’s cute seeing them sitting together,” Viva said. Oh, she hoped they were dating!
Cloud Guy: (Driver of the bus) “Welcome to the Caterbus Express! S... S... S…”
Branch: “Oh, no.” (Folds his arms)
Cloud Guy: “Hey, guys! Captain O'Slappy.” (Branch glares at Cloud Guy)
“I guess they’re still not ‘best buds,’” Bruce said, smiling in amusement.
Cloud Guy: “Queen Poppy!”
Poppy: “Cloud Guy!”
Cloud Guy: “Please put away all electronics…” (Fuzzbert puts his headphones away) “Safely store your carry-ons…” (Cooper stores Smidge in a compartment above) “and hold on to your Dinkles.” (Biggie holds Mr. Dinkles who squeaks) “Thank you for choosing the caterbus, the safest way to travel. Unless we go into a wormhole.”
“Did he just say wormhole?” Clay asked, startled.
Branch: “I'm sorry, d-did you just say wormhole?”
Cloud Guy: “Now, sit back, relax, and feel the love!”
(The Caterbus takes off)
Poppy: “ People all over the world… ” (Pulls a reluctant Branch up from his seat to join the song) “ join hands! Start a love train, love train! ”
Poppy & Branch: “ People all over the world…join hands. Start a love train, a love train! ”
“Maybe they are dating,” Bruce said, hopeful.
“It’s so nice seeing him sing and being happy,” Floyd said, happy for his brother.
Poppy: “ The next stop…that we make…will be soon. ”
Branch: “ Tell all the folks in Bergen Town we're bringin' it all to youuu. ”
“Dang, he can hit those high notes!” John Dory said, still impressed by Branch’s singing voice.
Biggie: “ Now please don't miss the train at the station! ”
Satin & Chenille: “ ‘Cause if you miss it I'll feel sorry… ”
Guy Diamond, Satin & Chenille: (Guy Diamond hangs from the ceiling of the bus to create a disco look inside the bus) “ Sorry for you! ”
Biggie: “ Well… ”
Poppy, Satin & Chenille: “ People all over the world… ”
Branch: “ Sisters and brothers! ”
At Branch singing that line the smiles on the brother’s turned to sad frowns.
“We should be there singing with him and joining him on these adventures,” Clay pointed out, his brothers nodding in agreement.
Cooper: “ Join hands, come on! ”
Cloud Guy: (All other singing starts) “ Start a love train , ride this train. Come on, ride it, ride it…”
“Uh, who’s driving the bus?” Clay asked.
Branch: “Uh, who's driving the bus?”
(The steering wheel goes out of control and all the Trolls, and Cloud Guy, scream. The Caterbus falls off a cliff and approaches a Wormhole)
Cloud Guy: “Wormhole!”
“Oh no!” John Dory gasped, worried as he wasn’t quite sure how dangerous wormholes actually were.
(Caterbus gets swallowed and all the Trolls scream while Cloud Guy laughs evilly. Trolls begin hallucinating)
Cooper: “You guys, I don't feel so good…”
Biggie: “What's wrong, Cooper?”
Guy Diamond: “I'm feeling weird.”
(Caterbus shoots out of the Troll Tree and everyone goes back to normal)
“Well…that was…weird…” Bruce said, not sure how else to put it.
Poppy, Guy Diamond, Biggie, Satin & Chenille: “ People all over the world… ” (Branch is still startled so he doesn’t sing right away)
Branch, Poppy, Guy Diamond, Biggie, Satin & Chenille: “ Join hands…start a love train, a love train …”
“I love Branch’s reaction haha,” John Dory laughed.
Branch & Poppy: “ Start a love train… ” (Caterbus lands in front of the doors to the Bergen castle)
Chapter 20: Trolls Holiday Part 2
Chapter Text
Narrator: “After landing in Bergen Town, Poppy continued on her quest. For her BFF Bridget, she wanted nothing but the best.”
Poppy: (Gives instructions to the trolls before entering the castle) “Guy Diamond, you're on glitter!”
Guy Diamond: “Glitter at the ready !”
Poppy: “Cooper, pyrotechnics!”
Cooper: “Fire!” (Holds a box of fireworks and explosives)
Poppy: “Satin, Chenille, festive outfits!”
Satin & Chenille: “On it.”
Branch: (Wearing half of his costume) “Uh, Poppy…About these costumes…”
Poppy: “Branch, we've been over this. It's not a holiday without costumes. So put on your big boy pants and let's go in there!” (Branch frowns at her words)
“I don’t think Branch liked that,” Floyd said, noticing Branch’s frown at Poppy’s words.
Poppy: “In three, two, one.” (Bursts the doors to the castle open) “Stop everything!”
“That’s one way to make an entrance,” John Dory chuckled.
King Gristle: (Sitting upside down on his chair again with his keyboard) “Huh?”
Bridget: (Throws her book up in the air and runs to greet Poppy) “Poppy!”
Poppy: “Bridget!”
Bridget: (Picks Poppy up) “Pop star.”
Poppy: “Diva.”
Bridget: “Lollypop.”
Poppy: “Roller girl.”
Bridget: “Water bomb.”
Poppy: “Morning jogger.”
Bridget: “Helicopter.”
Poppy: “Prim and…”
Bridget & Poppy: “Proper!” (Both courtesy to each other)
“Uhhh…” the brothers said, confused by Poppy’s and Bridget’s greeting.
“Oh fun!” Viva said.
“Do all girls greet each other like that?” John Dory asked his brothers in a whisper, to which they could only answer with a shrug.
King Gristle: (Calmly and in a bored tone to Branch) “Wassup?”
Branch: (Responds calmly and in a bored tone) “Wassup?”
“Okay, at least Branch is normal and sane in his greetings,” John Dory said, Viva giving him an eye roll.
Poppy: “Your hair looks amazing!”
“It really does look so good!” Viva said, agreeing with Poppy.
Bridget: (Whispers) “It's a weave.”
Poppy: “I won't say a word.”
Bridget: “It's so good to see you, Poppy! Um, what are you doing here?” (Puts Poppy down)
Poppy: “Funny you should ask. Hit it, Smidge!”
(Smidge turns off a switch and when it goes back on, Bridget and King Gristle are sitting on their thrones watching a presentation/stage that the trolls set up)
Presentation/Stage: ‘Holiday!’ (Bridget applauds as the decorations light up while King Gristle looks bored)
“Fun!” Viva said, clapping in excitement along with Bridget.
“King Gristle doesn’t seem too excited…” Floyd pointed out.
Poppy: (Enters the stage through a door and steps into the spotlight) “Lady and gentleman, we are here to solve your problems.”
Bridget: “We have problems?”
“Maybe not the best thing to say,” Bruce commented.
Poppy: “But don't worry. We have the solution. You guys need a new holiday!”
Bridget: “Why do we need a holiday?”
“What kind of a question is that?! Of course you need a holiday!” Viva said.
Poppy: “How else are you gonna get presents and wear awesome costumes and play ‘How many marshmallows can you fit in your mouth?’”
Cooper: (Mouth full of marshmallows) “One hundred and seventy-two. Beat that!” (Marshmallow pops out of his nose)
“Impressive,” John Dory said.
“Eh, I’ve beat it. Two-hundred baby!” Viva exclaimed, throwing her fists in the air.
King Gristle: “M-my goodness! Excuse me, h-have you not been getting our cards back?”
Branch: “Uh, yeah. I-I especially love the Wednesday one. You know, it really made me appreciate the middle of the week.” (Tries to smile)
“Branch is so sweet,” Viva said, bringing a smile to the brothers faces.
King Gristle: “Ooh! Middle of the week. Told you, babe.”
Poppy: “Look, we care about you guys and we wanna make sure you have something to celebrate. And here's the great news, the Trolls have like a gazillion holidays, so you can have one of ours!”
Bridget: “That's cool! I guess.”
Poppy: “Yeah, it is.”
(The Trolls’ show begins)
Poppy: (Starts singing slowly and calmly) “ You're lookin' for a holiday…and there's a million things to celebrate. Your life is bland right now but that's okay. Prepare your minds to get blown away! ” (Song picks up rapid speed) “ Holla! ”
Biggie: “ Day! ”
Poppy: “ Holla! ”
Branch: “ Day! ”
“Okay, I have to agree with Branch. The costumes are questionable,” Bruce said.
“What? I think they’re so fashion,” Viva said.
Poppy & Branch: “ Holiday! ”
Branch: (Raps) “ Poppy break it down! ”
Poppy: (Raps) “ The first holiday we're presenting to you, a sparkly shiny day called glitter polooza! ” (Throws glitter in the air. Bridget looks excited while King Gristle looks scared and worried) “ Homie Guy Diamond take the mic… ”
“King Gristle does not seem to be enjoying this,” Floyd repeated, worried about this going wrong.
Poppy & Branch: (Raps) “ And give the Bergens something they're gonna like! ”
Guy Diamond: “ When you wake up in the morning, whether it's sunny or whether it's stormy! You open the door for a big surprise. A blast of glitter shoots in your eyes… ”
Trolls: “Glitter palooza! Glitter palooza! Glitter palooza!”
“Ooh I love that holiday!” Viva exclaimed, causing the brothers to look at her questioningly.
(A jet of glitter shoots from the stage and right into King Gristle’s eyes)
King Gristle: “Ah! Oh, yeah. Oh, that got in there. Ooh! Aah! It's in my eyes!” (Bends over in pain)
“Ouch, that looks like it hurts…” Bruce said, him and his brothers grimacing at the sight.
Bridget: “Maybe the holiday is not really cool for us.” (King Gristle continues to grunt in pain and squeeze his eyes shut)
Poppy: (Looks excited while Branch looks concerned and nervous) “That's okay. We got tons of holidays!” (Raps) “ Biggie, tell 'em about Tickle Day! ”
“I think Branch is beginning to regret joining in,” Clay said.
“Yeah, this might have been a bad idea,” Floyd added.
“Oh you guys, Branch’s dancing is too adorable when he’s nervous…” Viva said, loving Branch’s nervous dance.
Biggie: “ We celebrate with giggles! Get tickled, get tickled, get tickled by spiders! ” (Spiders go down from the ceiling)
“Spiders!” the brothers gasped, not liking that idea.
“Oh I hate spiders,” Bruce said, shuddering in disgust.
“What?! But this is such a fun holiday!” Viva exclaimed, the brothers giving her more confused looks.
King Gristle: “Ah!”
Biggie: “Tickle Day!”
(Stage shoots a jet of spiders on King Gristle who screams)
“Oh yeah, this is starting to go downhill…” Floyd said.
Branch: (Raps nervously) “ Clearly not your idea of fun… ”
Poppy: (Raps) “ Yo Satin, Chenille, show them another one! ”
“She’s not even listening to Branch! At least he recognizes that Troll Holidays are clearly not for Bergens,” Clay said, a little bothered that Poppy was talking over Branch just to continue with the show.
Satin & Chenille: “ Everyone will scream hurray in their electric pom parade! We got lasers that sparkle and glow, so everyone enjoys the show! ”
“Oh, their outfits are so cute!” Viva squealed at the twins' costumes.
Chenille: “ And there'll be flowers shooting bubbles in the air… ”
Satin: “ You'll be blinded by the lights but you just won't care!”
Satin & Chenille: “ Flip a little switch, get a bubble pom pom, 'cause a party ain't a party without lasers and pom! ”
“I love that Holiday,” Viva sighed.
(Stage shoots a jet of foamy bubbles all over King Gristle, then lasers shoot into his eyes, causing him to scream in pain)
King Gristle: “Ah! They sting!”
“Ooh,” the brothers said, wincing again as they watched King Gristle get momentarily blinded by a laser.
Bridget: “These don't seem like Bergen things.”
“They really don’t…” Floyd said, still slightly nervous of how this might turn out. They had just made peace with the Bergen’s after all, and he wasn’t sure what it would take to break the peace that had just formed.
Branch: (Nervously raps) “ Okay not the holiday for you… ”
Poppy: (Raps) “ It's all good we're only half way through! ”
King Gristle: “You gotta be kidding me!”
“She’s still not listening to Branch!” Clay said, still annoyed at Poppy.
“Clay, she’s only trying to help the Bergen’s,” Viva gently told him.
“I know, which is amazing of her to do, but clearly it’s not going as well as she thought it would be. Branch notices that though and is trying to intervene before it gets worse but she’s not listening to him or the Bergen’s,” Clay explained. He knew all too well what it felt like not to be heard or taken seriously, and he didn’t want Branch to be feeling that way.
Cooper: (Raps) “ All your family and friends will gather around to enjoy the majestic sound! A chorus you will hear from miles away, for 24 hours it's Balloon Squeal Day! ”
(Trolls, except for Branch, release air from blown balloons, causing them to squeal loudly. Branch watches Bridget and Gristle nervously as balloons are squealing directly in their ears)
“Ah! That’s annoying!” John Dory said, plugging his ears at the sound.
“You guys do that for twenty-four hours?!” Floyd asked Viva loudly over the sound.
“Yeah! Great, right?” Viva said, unaffected by the sound, unlike the brothers.
Branch: “Hey, everybody, why don't we just take a cool five?”
“Thank you, Branch,” Floyd sighed in relief.
Branch: (Attempts to smile but it doesn’t work, causing Poppy to look away) “Not working?”
“Nope, still needs work…” John Dory said, smiling at his youngest brother.
Poppy: “Nope. Still-still super weird.” (Branch frowns)
(Trolls take a break when Chad and Todd vacuum the glitter off Bridget and King Gristle)
“Oh phew, she actually listened to him,” Clay sighed, glad that Poppy listened to Branch and allowed for a break.
King Gristle: “These Troll holidays all suck!”
Bridget: (Whispers) “I'm trying to stop her, but she just won't listen.”
King Gristle: “You have to do some…” (Todd accidentally vacuums King Gristle’s ear) “Ow! Ow! Ow! Todd, ow!”
“Ooh,” the brothers and Viva said, wincing as they watched King Gristle’s ear getting vacuumed.
Branch: “Uh, Poppy, this whole thing has been great…”
Poppy: “Thank you.”
Branch: “And you're great for doing it.”
Poppy: “Thank you again.”
Branch: “But it's a disaster.”
“Well that was rude,” Viva said, crossing her arms.
“It seems like the only way for Poppy to listen to him though. He just has to go right out there and say it,” Floyd said.
“Besides, he is right. It really isn’t going well,” Bruce added, causing Viva to huff in annoyance.
Poppy: “Thank... Wait, what?”
Branch: “You know that wise old saying, ‘Go big or go home?’ [whispers] Maybe we should go…”
Poppy: “Bigger!”
“Uh oh,” Floyd said, worried about where this was going.
“That’s not what Branch meant,” Clay said, slapping his face with his hand in exasperation as Poppy was still not listening.
Branch: “Okay, that's not what I meant.”
(Upbeat music plays from the stage, causing Bridget and King Gristle to look at it in fear)
“Oh no…” the brothers said, worried.
Poppy: (Raps fast) “ It's time to double down in the speed round, got a holiday you're gonna like better stick around! ”
Guy Diamond: “ Well my favorite's a Big Hug Ball Day! ”
“Oh I like that one!” Viva said, enjoying the show while the brothers were nervous.
Trolls: “ That's a big ball of hugs! ”
Poppy: (Raps fast) “ Or Shock A Friend Day, rub your feet on the rug and touch everyone you love! ”
(Fuzzbert shocks King Gristle)
“Ugh…” Floyd said in exasperation, rubbing his eyes with his hands. This really was turning into a disaster.
Branch: (Raps) “ A very special day we call an equinox, it's a great opportunity to celebrate socks! ”
“You guys celebrate socks?” John Dory asked Viva, confused about the strange holiday.
“Well yeah!” Viva said, as if it was the most obvious thing in the world.
Trolls: “ Socks socks socks sssssocks! Come on! ” (Socks rain down on Bridget and King Gristle)
Poppy: (Raps fast) “ Tear Away Pants Day feel the breeze on your hips! ”
Biggie: (Raps) “ Hear the sound of a Velcro going rip rip rip! ”
“Why!” the brothers shouted in disgust, covering their eyes.
King Gristle: “Why!” (Covers his eyes with his hands)
Branch: (Raps) “ Good Luck Troll Day, put a gem on your stomach! ” (Uses Satin and Chenille’s hair as a slingshot to shoot a gem into King Gristle’s belly button)
Poppy: (Raps) “ And you spit a little charm let a friend belly rub it! ”
Guy Diamond & Biggie: (Rub the gem on King Gristle’s belly button) “ Rub it rub it rub it rub it rub it rub it rub it… ”
“Okayy…?” the brothers all said, confused by the strange holiday.
Branch: “ Everyone will be so jelly when they see you on the telly with their shiny big jewels sticking right out your belly! ”
Poppy: (Bridget tries to interrupt Poppy) “ On Express Yourself Day give your opinion a shout! Keep It To Yourself Day where you shut your mouth! ” (Trolls duck tape King Gristle’s mouth)
Branch: (Rapidly raps) “ There's a rockin' holiday filled up with lots of drama, get you jumping' all around lemme call it Mosh-sha-sha-na! ”
Cooper: “ Shoot a flare in the air like you just don't care! ” (Fireworks go off in the castle)
Poppy: (Rapidly raps) “ 'Cause it's Fireworks Day in the village square! ” (King Gristle is seen breathing heavily as he begins to panic)
“This is getting a little intense…” Floyd said, backing further into his seat.
Branch: (Rapidly raps) “ There's Bleeping Sound Day where you only speak in bleeps! You could say anything like… ” (Cooper, Smidge, and Guy Diamond swear)
Poppy: (Rapidly Raps) “ If you want a tattoo but you're having doubts, there's Random Tattoo Day which is not thought out! ” (King Gristle gets a tattoo on his lower back that says ‘Hug Life’) “ Smacksgiving Day is a day we embrace, especially when someone gets slapped in the face! ” (King Gristle gets slapped by a mechanical hand, knocking a tooth out) “ A big holiday that's a bundle of fun… ”
Satin & Chenille: (Raps) “ Is Fuzzy Wuzzy Day so go put one on! ” (Puts a super tight Christmas sweater on King Gristle, which chokes him. Bridget also gets a Christmas sweater but her’s isn’t so tight)
“Yeah, a little too intense…” Clay agreed with Floyd, backing further into his seat as well, staring at the screen nervously.
Poppy: (Rapidly Raps) “ It's so wuzzy and it's fuzzy and it's cute and ugly fugly! ”
Trolls: (Raps) “ And we know you're gonna love it when you're feeling super snuggly! ”
(Bridget screams, causing the Trolls to stop their show)
As the intense music came to a stop the brothers all let out a sigh of relief.
“Oh finally…” Bruce said, glad it was over.
Bridget: (Covers her mouth in surprise while King Gristle is trying to loosen his sweater in the background) “I used my outside voice.”
“Poor King Gristle,” Floyd said, feeling sorry for the Bergen King.
Poppy: “You don't like any of our holidays?”
Bridget: “Poppy, all of this glitter and fun…and pyrotechnics…”
Poppy: “Don't forget the fuzzy sweaters!”
King Gristle: (Gasping) “How could we?”
Bridget: “I guess what I'm saying is… [clears throat] Maybe it's best if you, um, go and stand somewhere like where…we're not.”
“She’s not going to take that well…” Clay said nervously with a sideways glance at Viva, knowing that Brigdet was trying to get Poppy to leave but unsure if Viva knew that yet.
Poppy: “Oh, uh, you mean like, uh, back here?” (Backs up a pace)
Bridget: “Ahh…mmm…”
Poppy: “How about here?” (Backs up another pace)
Bridget: (Shakes her head) “Mmm-hmm…”
Poppy: “You mean, like over here?” (Backs up another pace)
Bridget: “Maybe farther…”
“Wait, is she mad at Poppy?” Viva gasped, finally understanding. “She wants Poppy to leave!”
Poppy: “Wait, are you mad at me?”
Bridget: “No, I'm not mad. I'm just feeling a feeling that's the opposite of happy.”
Guy Diamond: (Whispers to Branch) “What is happening?”
Branch: “I don't know. It's like the nicest fight ever.”
At this the brothers flinched, knowing Branch was referring to them and how bad their fights always were and how they never ended well.
Poppy: “Bridget, I think I know what you're trying to say.”
Bridget: (Sighs in relief) “Okay, good. 'Cause I really didn't wanna have to say it.”
Poppy: “You want me…”
Bridget: “Mm-hm.”
Poppy: “To step back…”
Bridget: “Uh-huh.”
Poppy: “So we have room…”
Bridget: “Yes!”
Poppy: “To show you more holidays!”
“What? No!” Clay said, exasperated with Poppy and her unwillingness to listen. While Poppy did match Viva’s energy, at least Viva knew how to listen and always made sure to hear Clay’s opinion in her decisions and thoughts.
Bridget: “What? No!”
Poppy: “Like Fuzzy Leg Warmer Day or Chug A Jug Of Milk Day…”
Bridget: “Poppy, enough! You're not listening to me!”
Poppy: (Sadly) “What do you want me to do?”
Bridget: “I think you, uh, you should…leave.” (Scrunches her eyes up while saying the last part, afraid of Poppy’s reaction)
Poppy: (Sadly) “Oh. Okay.” (Goes inside the paper tree onstage, wipes her eyes with the back of her hand, then runs out of the castle crying)
“Oh…Poppy…” Viva said, hating to see her sister so sad.
Narrator: “The holiday presentation had ended as quickly as it started. Feeling bad for what she had done, Poppy left broken-hearted.”
At those words the brothers and Viva all exchanged sad and nervous looks. They hated seeing Poppy so broken-hearted.
Chapter 21: Trolls Holiday Part 3
Chapter Text
(Poppy’s friends go looking for Poppy outside in the dark. Mr. Dinkles is used as a light)
Biggie: “Poppy! Poppy!”
“Oh no, she’s missing!” Viva gasped, worried for her sister and hating the thought of her being alone out in the dark.
“Don’t worry Viv, she’s probably not missing. I’m guessing she just wanted some alone time,” Clay told her, placing a hand on her shoulder in comfort.
Chenille: “Poppy!”
Satin: “Poppy, where are you?”
Biggie: “Oh, can you see her, Mr. Dinkles?”
Chenille: “Where is she?”
Branch: (Up ahead, Branch sees a curtain of pink hair) “Hey, guys, give me a minute.” (Approaches the pink hair) “Poppy, I know you're hiding in your hair.”
(Instead of finding Poppy however, a forest creature jumps out and yells a warning to Branch, who jumps back frightened)
“Ah!” the brothers and Viva yelled in shock, startled.
Branch: “Ah, what the what?”
Cooper: “Not Poppy!”
Branch: (Apologizes to the creature) “Sorry. Wrong hair.”
(Creature growls at him then goes back to sleep under their hair)
“I also thought that was Poppy,” John Dory admitted, still slightly startled.
Branch: (Approaches a second curtain of pink hair, cautiously this time) “Uh... Poppy? Is that you?”
“I love how Branch is the one who went to comfort her,” Bruce commented.
Poppy: (Draws her hair in, revealing herself to Branch and the others) “I totally blew it with Bridget. I-I mean we've never had a fight before and…I'm worried I just lost my best friend forever. Forever.”
At those words the brothers all exchanged sad and guilty looks. It was, afterall, because of a fight why the brothers broke up the band and separated from each other in the first place, not speaking or keeping in touch with each other for the past twenty years.
Branch: (Sits down next to Poppy) “No, that's not possible.”
Bruce looked down sadly. Of course Branch would know that wasn’t the case with Poppy and Bridget. It seemed as if that was the first ‘big’ fight Poppy had ever had, and as Branch has seen and lived through worse fights than that, well, he would know that Poppy’s and Bridget’s friendship was still intact.
Poppy: “I don't know, Branch.”
Branch: “Well, I do, because I'm your friend. And you know what?” (Stands up and starts beatboxing) “ Friends! How many of us have them? ”
“Hey, he’s beatboxing! He used to do that all the time as a kid!” John Dory said, excited to see Branch hadn’t changed in that aspect.
“Yeah, he did, haha. He’s gotten pretty good,” Bruce agreed, chuckling.
“What’s he doing though? If he’s trying to cheer her up I don’t think that’s the right way to do it,” Floyd added.
“Yeah, it just looks like he’s bothering Poppy more than comforting her,” Clay said, agreeing with his younger brother.
“Maybe cheering others up is also new to him?” Viva guessed.
Poppy: (Gets annoyed at Branch’s beatboxing) “Branch? Branch, please stop.”
Branch: (Finishes with his beatboxing) “ Friends! ”
Poppy: “Thank you.” (Walks away from him, while a mischievous smile goes on Branch’s face)
Branch: “ Thank you for being a friend! You know this one. Travel down a road and back again… ”
“What is he doing?” John Dory asked.
“He’s really bad at this comforting thing,” Bruce noted.
Poppy: “Branch, what's your problem?”
Branch: “ You just might have a problem, but I'll understand. ” (Poppy stares at him exasperated) “ We all need somebody to lean on! Lean on me! When you're not strong! And I'll be your friend… ”
“Hey! He used to do this to us as a kid! Remember? He loved singing so much that he would sing song after song, which would get on our nerves so much, but instead of stopping he’d start singing songs with lyrics that matched what we would be saying to him,” John Dory said, laughing in remembrance.
“Oh! I know what he’s doing! He’s not trying to cheer her up. He’s doing to her what she did to Bridget,” Floyd said in realization.
“You’re right! Probably because this is the only way for her to understand what she was doing, since she tends to listen to others best through song,” Clay added.
“And I guess they’re not dating if he’s referring to her as a friend,” Bruce added sadly. He wished they were dating already!
“Oh yeah, I guess you’re right about that,” Viva said, a little disappointed as she was also hoping they were dating.
(Screen shows Chad and Todd cleaning up after the Trolls in the castle, with Gristle ranting and Bridget looking sadly around at the mess. King Gristle also has an ice pack over one of his eyes and bandages wrapped over his head)
“Woah, that’s a mess,” Bruce gasped, and he knew what a mess looked like. Having thirteen kids would do that to you…
King Gristle: “You know what? No more Trolls in the castle area! The Trolls just want us to be like them with their happy energy and glitter and foam and...lasers.” (Picks up his keyboard from the floor and places it on its stand)
Bridget: (Looks at the trolls ruined decorations and stage, and a small amount of glitter shoots out from the words ‘Holiday’ as Bridget accidentally backs into it. Crouching down, she runs her fingers over the word) “ Holiday . [sighs] Grissy, maybe we shouldn't have been so hard on Poppy and the Trolls.”
“She really wasn’t all that hard on them though,” John Dory commented, earning a glare from Viva.
(King Gristle sneezes, causing glitter to pop out of his ears)
Bridget: “I mean, they were just trying to do something nice for us.”
King Gristle: “I guess. I just can't believe they took a bus all this way and created an elaborate holiday theme, song, and dance, just to find a holiday for us. That is poor time management if you ask me.”
“No, that wasn’t poor time management! She just really cares about her friends!” Viva said, defending her sister.
Bridget: “Yeah, they did do all of that. Just to try and help us.”
King Gristle: “I mean, why does she even care so much about what we do? There's glitter on the ceiling…”
Bridget: (Walks over to her collection of cards Poppy sent them, all of which were taped around the fireplace, and looks at all the cards) “You're right. She does care. A lot. Maybe we do have a reason to celebrate a holiday after all. [gasps] Grissy, that's it!”
King Gristle: “What? W... wh... what did I say? Was it king-ish? Did I sound like a king?”
“Seriously?!” John Dory asked, exasperated with the King.
Bridger: “Yes, it was super king-ish. Now get your keyboard ready. We have work to do!” (Runs off excitedly)
“I wonder what she’s planning?” Floyd wondered aloud.
King Gristle: “You see what I did right there, Chad? That is how a king gets things…Oh!” (Falls onto his keyboard)
Chad: “Very impressive, sir.” (Todd nods in agreement)
At this John Dory burst out laughing, earning him amused eye rolls from his brothers.
(Screen goes back to Branch, who’s still singing songs to Poppy)
Branch: “ Oh you're the best friend, that I've ever had! I've been with you such a long time… ”
“He’s still going!” Clay asked in surprise.
“She still hasn’t figured it out!” Bruce said at the same time.
Poppy: (Screams) “Branch! Stop! I keep telling you to stop and you just keep singing! It's like you're not even listening to…” (Sits up in understanding) “Oh, my holy realization! That was just what I did to Bridget, wasn't it?”
“There it is!” Floyd said, glad Poppy finally understood her mistake.
Branch: “Phew! There it is. I was runnin' out of songs.”
“Yeah I bet,” John Dory chuckled in amusement.
Poppy: “Oh, man! I got so excited trying to take care of Bridget and I… [sighs] I wasn't even listening to her.”
(Bubbles and soft humming gains Poppy’s and Branch’s attention, and they look to see where they’re coming from and notice it’s coming from Bergen Town. Together, Branch and Poppy walk in Bergen Town and see that the Bergen’s have decorated their town their own way. Walking down the streets, they pass Bergens who are gently singing and see Todd and Chad with a leaf blower which they’re pouring bubble mix into and using it to release a soft blow of bubbles over the town)
“Woah,” the brothers and Viva gasped softly, the sight of the Bergen’s celebrating their own holiday their own way taking them by surprise.
“Those decorations and the atmosphere…it’s incredible,” Floyd said, at a loss for words.
King Gristle: (Seen trimming the Troll Tree from above) “Hey, everybody! The tree looks like Troll hair!”
“That’s actually really neat,” Bruce commented.
Bridget: “Grissy, it's so beautiful!”
Poppy: “Bridget!” (Runs up to Bridget)
Bridget: “Poppy!”
Poppy: “This is amazing!”
Bridget: “I am so glad to see you.”
Poppy: “I'm sorry, Bridget. I was not being a good friend. I got so caught up in telling you what to celebrate that I didn't even think about why.”
Bridget: “Oh, it's okay, Poppy. You actually helped us. We realized that the holidays aren't about all that stuff.”
Poppy: “Right? Oh! It's not about the glitter or the presents or the decorations...Although, man, do I love decorations! But no. You're right. It's not about that. I'm learning as I go.”
Bridget: “Me too. I think that the holidays are about celebrating the awesome things in life. And the super awesome thing in our lives...is our friendship with you guys. The Trolls.”
Poppy: “And a friendship like ours is definitely something worth celebrating.” (Poppy and Bridget hug)
“Aw. I’m so glad they made up,” Viva said, glad that their friendship wasn’t ruined.
“I knew they’d be okay,” John Dory said, folding his arms with a smile on his face.
“It’s so sweet how much their friendship means to each other,” Floyd said, happy for Poppy and Bridget.
Poppy: (Looks up and sees Branch smiling warmly at the two of them) “Branch... you're smiling!”
Branch: “I... I am? I... I am! Wow! That's what this feels like.”
Seeing their brother smiling immediately brought a smile to the brother’s, as Branch being happy meant the world to them.
“He has a really nice smile,” Viva told the brothers.
“Yeah, he does,” Floyd happily said, looking up at Branch.
Bridget: “You have a very nice smile.”
Branch: “Thanks. Now I can't stop. Yeah, this is kinda starting to hurt.”
At those words the brothers all chuckled in amusement.
Poppy: “This is really nice, Bridget.”
King Gristle: “Happy Troll-A-Bration, everybody!”
“Oh, I love it!” Viva exclaimed in joy and excitement.
Poppy: “I love it.”
Bridget: “And since we're celebrating the Trolls, I thought we could Troll it up a little bit. Hit it, Grissy!”
(King Gristle ice skates down the roads, playing an upbeat melody on his keyboard)
“Dang, he’s good,” John Dory said, commenting on King Gristle’s talent with his keyboard.
Branch: (Jumps on King Gristle’s keyboard) “ Holiday, come on. ”
Chad & Todd: “ Holiday! ”
Branch: “ Celebrate! ”
Chad & Todd: “ Celebrate! ”
Poppy: “ If we took a holiday… ”
Bridget: “ Took some time to celebrate! ”
Poppy: “ Just one day out of life… ”
Bridget: (Begins to ice skate with King Gristle, Poppy on her shoulder) “Everybody now!”
Everyone: “ It would be, it would be so nice! ” (All the Bergen’s start to ice skate)
“This is a nice holiday,” Bruce said, giving Clay and John Dory a side-hug as the trolls enjoyed the scene.
Poppy & Bridget: “ Everybody spread the word. We're gonna have a celebration! ”
Everyone: “ All across the world! In every nation! ”
Branch: “ It's time for the good times! Forget about the bad times! ”
“Dang, he can really hit those high notes!” Clay said, amazed and impressed by his brother's talent of singing. Watching and hearing Branch sing could only bring joy to the brothers.
King Gristle: “Oh yeah!”
Branch: “ One day to come together to release the pressure! ”
Everyone: “ We need a holiday! ”
Narrator: “And so Poppy and Bridget took some time to celebrate and appreciate each other on a brand new holiday.” (Guy Diamond vocalizes in the Troll Tree, then the hug time bracelets go off and all the Trolls hug) “They would take one day out of life and it would be, it would be… so nice!”
Everyone: “ It would be so nice! ”
(Screen shows the scrapbook and the ‘Narrator’ who was telling the story, who turned out to be Mr. Dinkles blowing a pipe)
Mr. Dinkles: “So happy holidays to all! And to all, a goodnight.”
“Wait, what??” John Dory asked, confused.
Biggie: “Oh, there you are, Mr. Dinkles.” (Mr. Dinkles drops the pipe and squeaks innocently) “Hang on, what are you wearin'?” (Picks Mr. Dinkles up) “Is that a pipe? Who gave Mr. Dinkles a pipe?” (Picks up Mr. Dinkles and walks off and the screen goes black)
“Oh man, that was fun!” John Dory said while laughing at the ending scene with Mr. Dinkles and Biggie.
“You know, as we’re getting to know Branch more and more, I’m realizing just how similar he is to us. He’s sensitive to those around him and is aware of others feelings, a leader when he needs to be, outgoing and fun, knows how to take things seriously, and pretty smooth when it comes to interacting with Poppy,” Bruce said, comparing Branch’s personality with all the brothers and noticing the similarities.
“Yeah, he’s definitely our little bro,” Floyd happily agreed.
Chapter 22: Attack on the Techno Trolls
Chapter Text
(Poppy’s scrapbooking book appears and shows the story of Branch and Poppy saving the trolls from the Bergens, as Could Guy narrates)
Cloud Guy: (Narrating) “Once upon a time, there were two Trolls. One was named Poppy.” (Poppy appears in the book saying “Hey. How's it going?”) “The other was named Branch.” (Branch appears in the book and says “What's up?”) “Together, they saved the world.” (Other trolls appear and say “Hooray!”) “Poppy became queen, Branch found his true colors, and the two of them became best friends.”
“Still not dating I see…” Bruce noticed, wishing they were.
Cloud Guy: (Imitates fireworks popping as the screen zooms out to show Cloud Guy reading the book) “Boom! And that was that. Pretty cute, right? Not to me. I'm the type of cloud that goes for…” (Screen zooms out more to show Cloud Guy laying on top of a dog's head) “this sorta thang.”
“Awww, he’s adorable,” Viva squealed, looking at the dog with puppy eyes.
Cloud Guy: “Anyhoo…” (Screen zooms back in to Cloud Guy, who continues to read the book) “what Poppy and Branch didn't know is that their world was a lot bigger than they knew. Like, a lot, lot, lot, lot bigger!”
(Scrapbook shows Troll Kingdom, then zooms in to the Techno Trolls kingdom. Techno trolls are seen swimming and throwing a party in the ocean, the song ‘One More Time’ playing in the background through speakers as the trolls party)
“Woah, are those trolls?” Viva gasped, as she’s never seen other types of trolls before.
“I think so…” Clay said, watching the Techno Trolls with curiosity.
“But they’re so…different,” Viva said.
King Trollex: “ One more time! What's up, my Techno Trolls?!”
“Techno Trolls?” Clay and Viva asked at the same time, looking at each other questioningly.
“Oh, I think I’ve heard of them,” John Dory said, his hand on his chin as he contemplated the Techno Trolls, their environment, and strange/different kind of music.
“I didn’t know there were trolls who lived underwater,” Floyd said, finding this new culture of trolls fascinating.
(Trolls cheer and are seen partying and dancing with their families and blowing heart bubbles)
“Okay, one thing is for sure. These trolls sure know how to party! Even if their music is slightly weird,” Viva exclaimed, enjoying the scene and the unfamiliar music.
King Trollex: “ One more time! One more time! We're gonna celebrate, oh, yeah, all right, don't stop the dancin .’ Tonight is about family, love, and music!”
“Oh I like that,” Bruce said, nodding his head and smiling at King Trollex’s words.
(Trolls cheer)
King Trollex: “Come on! Let me see you jump! One, two, three, four!”
(Trolls do the ‘wave’ and dance to the beat)
“This is so cool,” Floyd said, observing their dances with interest.
King Trollex: “And get ready for the drop! Are you ready, little buddy?” (Looks down to his Beat Drop Button)
Beat Drop Button: “Let's do this, King Trollex!”
King Trollex: “Wait for it!” (Raises his finger in suspense as the beat slowly builds up)
Beat Drop Button: “Come on.”
King Trollex: “Wait for it.”
Beat Drop Button: “Yes.”
King Trollex: “Wait for it…Wait for it! Wait for it…”
“Oh come on, just do it already!” Viva said, anticipating the ‘drop’ King Trollex mentioned.
Beat Drop Button: “Come on, man, hit me!
Bliss Marina: “Just do it already!”
(Beat builds loudly)
King Trollex: “ One more time! ” (Presses Beat Drop Button, causing him to sigh in satisfaction as the beat drops)
“Woah!” Viva and the brothers gasped, loving the scene and learning about this new culture of trolls.
Bliss Marina: “Oh…yeah!”
(Song ‘One More Time’ continues to play in the background)
King Trollex: “ One more time, we're gonna celebrate. Oh, yeah, all right, don't stop the dancin'... ” (Looks up to see something approaching through the water)
“What’s that?” Floyd asked, the arrival of the strange vessel making him nervous.
King Trolex: (Turns the music off, causing the crowd of Trolls to groan) “Don't worry, everybody, we'll get back to the party in a minute. Let me just take care of this real quick.” (Swims over to the approaching rock vessel, which opens up revealing Rock Trolls inside)
Queen Barb: “Hey, man! There he is! King Trollex of the Techno Trolls, right?”
“Who’s she?” Bruce asked, confused.
“Another type of troll?” Viva wondered, getting more confused by the second.
“What’s she doing there?” Floyd questioned, still nervous.
King Trollex: “That's right. Who's asking?”
Queen Barb: “Queen Barb. Of the Hard Rock Trolls.”
“Hard Rock Trolls?” Viva and Clay questioned.
“Have you heard of them too?” Bruce asked John, who was staring at Queen Barb curiously.
“Hmm? Oh yeah, yeah I’ve heard of them. From what I know they’re not the nicest trolls there are…” John replied, trailing off as the scene continued.
(King Trollex shrugs and looks over questioningly at his Beat Drop Button)
Queen Barb: “And I'm here to take your string, bro.” (Plays a loud chord on her guitar)
“What does she mean by string?” Viva asked, really confused now.
“No idea, but something tells me this is anything but a friendly visit…” Floyd said, the brothers and Viva watching the scene nervously.
King Trollex: (Worried) “No way.”
Beat Drop Button: “Ooh, don't do it, man.”
King Trollex: “If we lose our string, we lose our music.”
“What’s he talking about?” Viva asked. She had too many questions…
“I don’t know, but it seems important,” Clay said, equally confused.
Queen Barb: (Mockingly) “You mean your bleeps and bloops? Beep, beep, beep, beep-beep, boooo. Yeah. That's not music.”
“That’s not nice!” Viva said, not liking this Queen Barb while the brothers narrowed their eyes at the Rock Queen.
Queen Barb: “Do you want to hear some real music? Rockers!”
(Techno Trolls gasp in fright as more Rock Trolls vessels appear, all of which opens up revealing Rock Trolls armed with electric guitar and drums, ready to fight)
“Wait a minute…they’re there to fight!” Floyd gasped in realization.
“All over a string though?” John Dory asked in confusion.
“From what we’ve heard, this string is pretty important, maybe even powerful,” Clay pointed out.
(Rock Trolls begin playing, emitting strong musical blasts from their instruments that begin to destroy the Techno Trolls home)
Queen Barb: “ Yeah!...Oh...Here I am! Rock you like a hurricane! ”
“Oh no!” the trolls gasped.
“What’s she doing?!” Clay shouted angrily.
“They didn’t do anything wrong!” Floyd shouted at the same time.
“She fights dirty. I mean, these Rock Trolls are attacking them when they're not armed or able to defend themselves,” John Dory growled.
“That’s so wrong,” Bruce said, glaring at the Rock Trolls in anger.
King Trollex: “Okay, okay, enough. Stop. You're harshing the vibe we worked very hard to build to.”
Queen Barb: “Oh, but by the end of my world tour, we're all gonna have the same vibe. We're all gonna be one nation of Trolls…under rock!” (Rock Trolls continue playing to destroy the rest of the Techno Trolls home) “Who's ready to rock?”
As the scene ended the trolls were all shocked into silence for a few minutes as they tried to process what they just saw.
“That was awful,” Viva quietly said.
“World tour? One nation under Rock? You don’t think that means she’s planning on attacking…all the trolls do you?” Floyd asked nervously, already knowing the answer.
“I think that’s exactly what she means…” Bruce whispered, worried.
“She just began a war…” Viva said shocked. She couldn’t believe a troll would be so willing to destroy another’s home and steal from them, all for a silly little string.
“Oh no! That includes Branch and Poppy and their troll village!” Clay gasped in realization.
“Crap, you’re right! She better not harm Branch,” John Dory growled, the brothers and Viva nervous about what might happen to their younger siblings.
Chapter 23: The Mysterious Letter & History of the Trolls
Chapter Text
(Pop Troll Village, where Poppy is seen getting ready for the day)
Poppy: “ Woke up in the morning light today is the day that I do everything right. Now that I'm queen, I've got a kingdom to run! 'Cause Trolls, they wanna have fun. Yeah, Trolls just wanna have fun! ” (Runs outside to see the Pop Trolls singing and dancing)
Seeing Poppy and the other trolls safe and happy caused Viva and the brothers to relax for the moment. Them being safe was what mattered most to them.
Pop Trolls: “ They just wanna, they just wanna. They just wanna… ”
Poppy: “ Trolls just wanna have fun. ”
(Screen pans to show Branch laying down on his bed in his bunker)
Branch: “ Lived underground to get away from the world, till I had my life changed by a beautiful girl. ” (Picks up a picture of him and Poppy)
Seeing their brother singing brought an immediate smile to the brothers, glad to see him again.
“We really need to thank Poppy for changing his life when we meet her after this,” Bruce told his brothers who nodded in agreement.
“He’s still living underground in his bunker though…” John pointed out, hoping that by now Branch would have moved up to live with the other trolls.
“Well that is his home John,” Floyd reminded him.
“Guys, why is Branch’s hair black? It looks like his color has dulled again, but he’s not completely gray…” Clay said, looking closely at Branch, worried.
“Oh you’re right,” Bruce said, noticing this as well.
“But why? I thought he got his colors back?” John Dory asked.
“He must still be feeling somewhat sad,” Clay softly said.
“Do you think it’s still because of us?” Bruce asked hesitantly, Floyd sighing sadly.
“I think so. While he does have Poppy now and is friends with the other trolls, what happened to him can’t really be brushed off just from singing one song. He’s still hurting on the inside from us leaving him and Grandma dying. He’s still struggling with the past…” Floyd sadly exclaimed, the brothers looking down sadly and feeling guilty/ashamed.
Branch: “ Just need the guts to tell her that she's the one, but you know, Trolls, they wanna have fun… ” (Gets on a platform that raises him to join the other Pop Trolls above ground) “ Oh, Trolls just wanna have… ” (Joins Poppy and the two begin to dance and sing together)
“Aww, he’s in love with Poppy,” Viva said, excited. While the brothers were still feeling ashamed of themselves and feeling sorry for all Branch had to go through, Viva’s and Branch’s words brought a small smile to their faces.
Branch & Poppy: “ That's all they really want. Some fun when the workin' day is done! Oh, Trolls, they wanna have fun. Oh, Trolls just wanna have… ”
“They’re so cute together!” Viva squealed, loving the way Branch and Poppy were dancing and singing together.
“They really are. And I’m glad Branch is happy with her,” Bruce said, smiling at Branch and Poppy’s interactions with each other. While Branch’s colors may have dulled again, at least he was still singing, dancing, and having fun.
“Actually, maybe his hair isn’t completely black. In the light you can see a slight hint of dark blue,” Clay said, glad to see it wasn’t all black.
(Branch & Poppy jump down from the tree they were in, Poppy using her hair to helicopter down while Branch parachutes his way down)
“Smooth haha,” John said, liking how much their methods of ‘traveling’ with their hair reflected their different personalities.
Branch: “All right, Queen Poppy. I've prepared an agenda for the day.” (Points to his ‘To Do’ list hanging up for Poppy to see; which reads ‘Food Prep, Repair Bunker, Build Stuff, Laundry, & Shower)
“Very responsible,” Clay said, nodding in approval.
“Yeah, though I doubt Poppy’s going to actually follow it,” Floyd said, chuckling in amusement.
Poppy: “Oh. Well, I hope it says singing, dancing and hugging. Ow-ow!” (As she talks Branch looks at Poppy lovingly)
“Ahh, look at the way Branch is looking at her!” Viva squealed.
Branch: “Uh, isn't that what we do every day?”
Poppy: “Yeah! Good times!”
(Scene changes to Trolls roller skating, the song ‘Good Times’ playing in the background))
Trolls: “ Good times! ”
Branch: “ We have a good time, yeah. ”
Trolls: “ These are the good times! We have a good time, yeah! Leave your cares behind! These are the good times, yeah! Having the best time, oh, yeah. Leave your cares behind! ”
“Oh fun!” Viva said. She loved roller skating…
(Scene changes once again to Pop Village. Guy Diamond is heard screaming by Branch, Poppy, Biggie, and Copper)
Guy Diamond: “Poppy, come quick! It's an emergency!”
Poppy: “Guy Diamond, what's wrong?”
Guy Diamond: “I'm having a…baby!”
At his words the brothers and Viva screamed for joy.
(Branch, Poppy, Biggie and Cooper scream for joy)
Satin & Chenille: “We're on jumpsuit duty!”
Cooper: “I get to be a role model.”
Smidge: “I don't want to be a big sister!”
(Guy Diamond’s egg hatches, showing a baby Disco Troll)
“Awwww!” the trolls cooed.
Cooper, Biggie, Guy Diamond, Satin, Chenille, Branch & Poppy: “Awww!”
Guy Diamond: “What should I name him?”
Poppy: “Hmm…How about... Tiny Diamond?”
Tiny Diamond: (Raps) “ Yeah, yeah, yeah. Tiny Diamond is my name, come straight from my daddy's mane. My whole body's made of glitter and I'll throw it in your face! I love when I make music and the groove is in my bones. Just like my Aunt Queen Poppy someday I'll sit on the throne! ”
“I want to meet this guy!” John Dory said, loving the newly hatched troll.
“He’s got talent too,” Floyd commented, enjoying Tiny’s rap.
(Trolls begin dancing again)
Poppy: “ Groove is in the heart! Ah-ah-ah-ah. Groove is in the heart! Ah-ah-ah-ah! Yeahhh. Yeahhh, heyyy… ”
Trolls: “ They just wanna, they just wanna…They just wanna, they just wanna…They just wanna, they just wanna…They just wanna, they just wanna…Trolls just wanna have… ”
Branch & Poppy: (Holding hands) “ Fun… ”
“They’re so cute together!” Viva said, talking once again about Branch and Poppy.
(Poppy pulls away from Branch, who looks like he wants to say something to her but shakes his head)
Poppy: “Hey! That was some fancy footwork, Cooper!”
Cooper: “Some people just got it.”
Poppy: “Biggie, Mr. Dinkles, you two were on fire!”
Biggie: “Yeah, sorry about that, Queen Poppy.” (Shows Mr. Dinkles, who’s on fire, which Biggie puts out)
Poppy: “I'm diggin' that new anklet, Legsly.”
Legsly: “Thanks, Poppy. Kisses and donuts and sprinkles!” (Runs off)
“Oh I like her,” Viva commented, smiling at Legsly.
Branch: “Ah, what a Troll.”
Poppy: “Tiny Diamond, welcome to the family, little buddy.”
Tiny Diamond: “Thanks, Aunt Poppy. And thanks to this silver-haired daddy of mine for bringing me into this world.”
Poppy: “Oh!”
Guy Diamond: “I never knew my heart could be so full.”
“Having siblings brings that same feeling,” John said, smiling at his brothers and giving Bruce and Floyd side-hugs, causing them to laugh.
Tiny Diamond: “Peace and love. Bless up. Tiny and Daddy out!”
Poppy: “Oh. Okay, bye.”
Branch: “Hey, uh, Poppy…” (Poppy runs off to water flowers, leaving Branch behind) “there's somethin' I was hopin' to ask you.” (Notices Poppy ran off so he goes to join her) “I-I mean, I guess it's something I want to tell you, more so.”
“Aww, he’s adorable when he’s nervous,” Viva said, the brothers chuckling at Branch.
“He’s going to tell her how he feels…” Bruce said, excited.
Poppy: “Uh-huh.”
“I wish she acted like she was listening to him and that she cared,” Clay said, slightly annoyed at how Poppy seemed to be brushing Branch off.
Branch: “Uh, but listen. You could feel free to respond to it, uh, with an answer, i-if you wanted.”
Poppy: “Sure. What's up?”
Branch: “Uh, what's up is I, uh, I-I-I-I-I-I…I wanted to tell you that…Uh…”
“Aww,” Viva said, loving how Branch was acting toward Poppy.
“Dang, he’s pretty nervous about this,” Floyd pointed out.
Branch: (Groans) “You're crushing it at this queen thing.”
“What! Aw man, he backed out. You just gotta go out there and say it, no hesitation!” Bruce said, wishing Branch had told Poppy.
“Give it a rest Bruce. It just probably wasn’t the right moment,” Floyd told his older brother.
“When it’s not the right moment, you make it the right moment,” Bruce responded, smiling knowingly while Floyd just rolled his eyes in amusement.
Poppy: “Aw, Branch, thank you. Being a good queen is the most important thing in the world to me. Other than being your friend!”
(Echoing to Branch: Friend, friend, friend, friend, friend, friend, friend)
“Ouch, that’s gotta hurt,” Bruce said, wincing at how Poppy friend-zoned Branch when he clearly had strong feelings for her.
“I thought she liked him too though?” Clay questioned, confused.
Poppy: “Uh, five it up?” (Tries to high-five Branch but they miss) “Huh. That could've been better. Let's try that again.” (Tries to high-five Branch again but they once again miss) “O-Okay, one more.” (Tries one more time to high-five Branch, but they miss) “Huh. For some reason, we can't seem to make a good connection.” (At her words Branch sighs)
“Hmm, seems like their relationship needs more work than we thought,” Bruce noticed.
(Fuzzbert runs up to Poppy, hand held out, which Poppy high-fives)
Poppy: “Oh, yes, Fuzzbert! Now, that's a good connection!”
(Branch groans again)
“Oh, poor Branch,” Floyd said, feeling sorry for his younger brother.
Biggie: “Poppy, help! Poppy!”
(Branch and Poppy turn to see Biggie running toward them with Debbie, Barb’s pet, chasing after him. Poppy looks worried while Branch looks ready to defend Poppy and fight)
“Ew, what is that thing?!” Viva exclaimed, mentioning the creature chasing after Biggie.
“He’s always on guard, isn’t he,” John said, noticing Branch’s defensive pose at Biggie’s scream.
Poppy: “Biggie?” (Her and Branch run toward Biggie)
Biggie: “Help! I'm being harangued by a monster! Someone stop it!”
(Debbie begins jumping on Biggie, then Poppy catches Debbie in her hair)
Poppy: “Gotcha! Ah! It's in my hair! It's in my hair! Get it out, get it out, get it out!”
Branch: (Yells and grabs Debbie out of Poppy’s hair, then holds her to the ground and shushes and calms her down) “There you go. There you go. Calm down. Who's a good boy?”
“Wow, Branch really knows how to react in situations like these,” Clay said, proud of his brother.
Legsly: “What is that thing?”
Cooper: “It's creepy.”
Satin & Chenille: “It's scary.”
Guy Diamond: “And nasty .”
Tiny Diamond: “Hold me, Daddy.”
Guy Diamond: “ Oh… ”
Poppy: (Notices a black scroll that Debbie dropped, picks it up and reads it) “To Queen Poppy…”
“That looks like something from the Rock Trolls…” Clay said, glancing nervously at Viva and his brothers.
(Trolls gasp while Branch looks around expecting danger)
Poppy: “Oh, don't worry, everyone. It looks like it's just an invitation.”
At her words Viva and the brothers exchanged unconvinced looks.
Trolls: (Relieved) “Whew!”
Legsly: “Just an invitation.”
Cooper: “I love invitations.”
Poppy: (Clears throat, opens the scroll, and begins to read. As she reads, King Peppy appears and listens in) “Barb, the Queen of Rock, announces her One Nation Under Rock World Tour. Bring your string to the biggest party the world has ever seen…Queen of Rock?”
“Oh no! She’s going to go after them too!” Floyd gasped, worried for his brother and his safety.
King Peppy: (Rips the scroll out of Poppy’s hand and begins to panic) “It's nothing! It means nothing at all. It's just junk mail. You don't need to worry about it. I mean, quit lookin' at it, everyone. Forget what you saw!” (Chews up the letter)
“Uh, why is dad acting like that?” Viva asked, confused by her father’s behavior.
“My guess is he doesn’t want Poppy or the other trolls to know that there are other trolls out there,” Floyd guessed.
“But, why?” Viva asked.
“Probably to protect them. We all saw the Rock Trolls. They’re dangerous,” Clay said.
Branch: (Yells and throws himself at King Peppy, holding him to the ground while shushing and calming him down) “There you go. There you go. Calm down. Calm down. There you go.” (Steps away from King Peppy)
“Branch is really good at calming others down,” Bruce noticed.
King Peppy: “Okay, I'm calm.” (Sits up) “I'm calm.”
Poppy: “Dad, what's goin' on?”
King Peppy: “Well, I have long feared this day would come. I was hopin' to protect you from this, Poppy.”
Poppy: “Protect me? I'm not a little kid anymore, Dad. I'm the queen now.”
“She’s right, she has the right to know. Dang, King of Secrets this guy, am I right?” Viva said, exasperated with her dad and all the secrets he keeps from Poppy, despite her being the Queen now.
King Peppy: “You're right. The truth is we are not alone in this world.”
(Mr. Dinkles makes an eerie warbling noise, causing Biggie to shush him)
King Peppy: “There are other kinds of Trolls.”
Poppy: “Wow. That's...Dad, that's great! The more Trolls, the merrier!”
“No, not great,” Clay said.
“She’s quick to assume the best in everyone, and that’s going to get her in trouble some day,” Floyd pointed out, hoping that her and Branch stayed safe as he knew Branch would follow her wherever she went.
King Peppy: “You don't understand. These other Trolls aren't like us. They're…different.”
Poppy: “Different how? Different like Legsly?”
Legsly: “I love being me!”
Poppy: “Or Fuzzbert? Or Smidge? Or Skyscraper Troll?”
Skyscraper Troll: “Yeah, different like me?”
King Peppy: “No, it's not that. They're different in ways you can't even imagine. You see, we love music with a hummable hook, with an upbeat melody, with a catchy rhythm that makes you want to snap your fingers, tap your toes and wiggle your butt. That's our music. That's what makes us Pop Trolls.”
“Pop Trolls?” Viva repeated, considering what her father was saying.
Legsly: “Ooh.”
Satin: “It is.”
Chenille: “Yes!”
King Peppy: “But these other Trolls, they sing different. They dance different. Why, some of them can't even begin to grasp the concept of Hammer Time!” (Trolls eyes widen in shock, disbelief, and fear)
“What!” Viva said in disbelief.
Legsly: “You can't touch that!”
(Trolls, expect for Poppy and Branch, run around screaming, Guy Diamond and Tiny Diamond are crying)
“Wow, that got out of hand fast…” John said, staring at the panicking trolls on-screen.
King Peppy: “Stop!” (The Trolls freeze) “How 'bout we break down to a smaller group?”
“Good idea,” Bruce said, agreeing with King Peppy.
(Scene changes to show Biggie, Cooper, Legsly, Smidge, Guy Diamond, Branch, Poppy, and King Peppy standing by a waterfall)
King Peppy: “It's a story as old as time.” (Places a scrapbook down on a table, clears his throat, and begins to tell them the history of the Trolls) “In the beginning, there was silence.” (Troll: “Boring.”) “Until one day, someone made a sound. Our ancestors were so inspired by the sound, they took six strings. And those six strings had the power to control all music. They could play anything. Techno, funk, classical, country, hard rock and pop. And every kind of music in between. There was something for everyone. It was one big party! (Trolls: “Yay!”) “But little by little, Trolls became intolerant of each other's music.” (Trolls: “I want it!” “I want to listen to techno!” “No fair!” “Hey, y'all, I want country.”) “They fought over what kind of music the strings would play. The elders realized there was but one solution.” (Trolls: “Blah, blah-blah-blah-blah. Agreed.”) “Each tribe would take a string…and go their separate ways. Those six tribes have lived in isolation ever since.” (Shows a map of Troll Kingdom and lists off where each type of Troll lives) “Techno, Country, Rock, Classical, Funk, and us, the Pop Trolls.” (Scrapbook story ends)
“Woah,” Viva and the brothers softly said, staring at each other in shock.
“I never knew that. Why didn’t dad tell me?” Viva asked, hurt that her dad hid their history from her.
“Same reason why he didn’t want Poppy to know, to protect you,” Clay told her, causing Viva to sigh in annoyance.
“That still doesn’t make it right!”
“I know,” Clay gently responded.
“That’s a lot of tribes. Let’s hope they’re not all bad…” Bruce commented.
Poppy: “Now Barb's announcement makes sense. She wants to reunite the strings so the Troll World can be one big party again!”
“Huh? That’s all she got out of it?” Clay questioned, exasperated with Poppy and how naive she could be about the outside world.
Branch: “Wait, that's all you heard? One big party?”
“Glad to see Branch is on the same page as me,” Clay mumbled.
Poppy: “Yeah! It's when all the Trolls lived in harmony. And what's more important than living in harmony?”
Branch: “Well, I heard fighting. The strings together leads to fighting.”
“Do you think he was comparing the strings to us in a way?” Floyd questioned, knowing how whenever the brothers were together they usually ended up fighting. At Floyd’s questions the brothers all looked at one another guiltily, understanding what Floyd was implying.
King Peppy: “Exactly, Branch. That's why we need to keep our string safe.” (Approaches the waterfall, which separates to reveal the Pop music string) “Behold! The pop music string!” (Plays the string. At his touch, a beautiful sound rings out and lightly showers the surrounding Trolls with pink glitter)
“Woah,” Viva and the brothers gasped in awe.
“That’s beautiful,” Viva softly said.
“And powerful,” John added.
“Which is why Queen Barb is after it. King Peppy is right to hide it,” Clay said.
Poppy: “It's beautiful.”
King Peppy: “And powerful. Which is why we can't let it fall into the wrong hands.”
Branch: “And we won't. Not on my watch. What we need is a plan.”
“I’m glad to see how seriously Branch is taking this,” Bruce said, his brothers nodding in agreement.
King Peppy: “Don't worry. I've been preparing for this day for years. We run!”
Poppy: “Run?”
King Peppy: “And hide.”
Branch: “On it.” (Camouflages himself and he and King Peppy turn and begin to run toward cover)
“Yep, ready for anything,” Clay said, nodding his head in approval at Branch once again.
“I’m glad they’re prepared. Now we know they should be safe,” Floyd said, relieved.
Poppy: “But we don't even know what we're running and hiding from.” (At her words, Branch and King Peppy stop running)
King Peppy: “We're hiding from Barb and all the other different Trolls.”
“As you should,” John Dory said, agreeing with King Peppy.
(Cooper looks surprised and sad)
Poppy: “You're assuming the worst about someone you haven't even met!”
“Listen to dad,” Viva pleaded her sister.
King Peppy: “You're not listening to me.”
Poppy: “You're not listening to me!”
King Peppy: “I'm your father!”
Poppy: “And I'm the queen!”
King Peppy: “Uh, father trumps queen. Now, there's no time to debate this. Let's go. Come along, Branch.” (Walks away)
Branch: “Well, I, um…” (Runs after King Peppy)
“I’m surprised that Branch is taking King Peppy’s side and not Poppy’s,” Bruce said.
“Well he’s right too. Barb is dangerous, she’s going to destroy them just like she did the Techno Trolls. Let’s just hope Poppy listens to them…” Floyd said, worried that she wouldn’t.
Poppy: “We're all Trolls. Differences don't matter.”
“But they do,” Clay said, still exasperated with Poppy.
“Something tells me she’s not going to listen and is probably going to come up with a plan that is likely to blow up in her face,” Floyd said, also annoyed that Poppy wasn’t listening.
Chapter 24: Symphonyville
Chapter Text
(Dusk)
Poppy: (Stands over Debbie, who she dressed up in glitter and colorful bows) “Oh, look how cute you are! Barb is gonna love your new look! Tell her I look forward to helping her plan the world's biggest party!” (Hands Debbie a letter and Branch is seen listening behind her)
“Oh, she looks so much cuter now,” Viva said, liking Debbie’s makeover.
“What! Why is she going behind her father’s back?!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Ugh, she really has no idea what Barb’s intentions are,” Clay said, exasperated with Poppy.
“At least Branch is there, he should stop her,” Bruce pointed out.
Branch: “Poppy!”
(Startled, Poppy screams and hides Debbie behind her cape)
Branch: “What are you doing?”
Poppy: “Oh. Nothing…”
“Dude, you literally just voiced your whole plan aloud, he already knows what you’re doing,” Clay said, rolling his eyes at Poppy. He really hoped she would listen so she didn’t put herself and Branch in danger.
Sheila B: “Ooh! Poppy's busted!”
“Haha, I like her,” John chuckled.
(Poppy shushes the air balloon)
Branch: “Sneaking out to meet Barb? Headed into enemy territory?”
“At least Branch understands what’s going on,” Clay said, relieved that his brother had common sense.
Poppy: (Grabs Debbie from flying away) “She's not the enemy. She's a queen, the same as me.” (Debbie flies out of Poppy’s arms, hits Branch in the face, and flies off with Poppy’s letter)
“Not all Queens are good…” Floyd commented.
Sheila B: “Bye-bye, little bat.”
Branch: “Your dad just told us that Queen Barb is bad news.”
Poppy: “Well, my dad doesn't know everything.”
“He knows more about this than you!” Clay said.
“Poppy, just listen…” Viva pleaded, worried for her sister.
Branch: “He knows more about this. You didn't even know there was a string until this morning.”
(Poppy picks up a basket of candy canes and gets on the air balloon)
Poppy: “He may be fine in a world where everybody lives in isolation, but I'm not.”
“That’s not his intention! He’s trying to protect you!” Clay said in frustration.
Branch: “Well, but we don't know anything about the other Trolls.”
Poppy: “Well, we know they're Trolls. Branch, look around Troll Village. Everybody's different, even us.”
“Differences matter though. Not all trolls are good,” Floyd said.
(A distant sneeze interrupts their conversation, putting them on their guard)
Poppy: “Oh?” (Screen reveals Cooper listening to their conversation, hiding behind a bush) “Did you hear something?”
Branch: “Stop trying to change the subject.”
Poppy: “Look, being queen means having a lot of power, and it's my job to use it for good.” (Closes the door to the air balloon) “I can't stay home when I know there's a world full of different Trolls out there just like us.”
“But they’re not like you! Your dad even told you so,” Bruce said, annoyed at Poppy’s refusal to listen.
(Cooper looks surprised and excited)
Branch: (Sighs) “This is a terrible idea that will most likely blow up in your face.”
“Thank you, Branch,” Clay said, glad he and his brother agreed on this.
Poppy: “Okay, bye.” (Cuts the rope tying the air balloon to the ground so she starts to rise)
“What!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Are you kidding me? She’s still leaving!” Bruce said.
“Seriously! She didn’t even care about what Branch said!” Clay shouted in anger.
Branch: “What?” (Watches Poppy as she rises, folds his arms in refusal to join, then groans as he gives in and swings himself up into the air balloon beside her)
“Woah, he definitely has style,” John Dory said, commenting on how Branch effortlessly entered the rising air balloon.
“I love how easily Branch gives in to Poppy. He’s so in love with her,” Viva said, glad that Branch joined Poppy so he could protect her.
“Yeah, but now they’re both putting themselves in danger!” Clay said, worried for his brother who was heading into enemy territory.
Branch: “And I guess…I'm coming with you.”
At this the brothers all exchanged nervous looks. They didn’t want their youngest brother anywhere near those Rock Trolls.
Poppy: “Oh, thank you! I really didn't want to go by myself.”
“At least Poppy has Branch to watch after her,” Floyd sighed. He was really hoping Branch would be able to persuade Poppy not to go, but now they were both going…
Sheila B: “Road trip!”
Poppy: “Yeah!”
“Just, be safe,” John whispered.
(Air balloon rises out of sight, and Cooper leaves his hiding place and returns to the waterfall where the scrapbook lay open, showing the elders of the different kinds of Trolls)
Cooper: “They are all different.” (Gasps as his eyes land on the Funk Troll elder) “A-And this one looks a little bit like me.” (A leaf falls over the hair of the Funk Troll elder, causing Cooper to gasp again) “We even have the same hat!”
“Wait, he’s right. He does look more like that troll than he does a Pop Troll,” Floyd noticed.
“What kind of troll is that again?” Viva asked, referring to the troll Cooper was pointing at.
“I think that one is a Funk Troll,” Bruce said, remembering what King Peppy said.
“You guys think Cooper is a Funk Troll?” John Dory asked to clarify what they were saying.
“It makes sense. Cooper does look different than the other Pop Trolls,” Clay responded.
(Cooper is seen in his home, packing up his harmonica and putting on his Destiny Cap and cloak. Cooper then leaves his home and begins to exit Pop Troll Village before turning around to take one last look at his home)
“Wait, he’s leaving too?” Bruce questioned.
Cooper: “Goodbye. I hope I see you again, friends. But even though it's scary, I have to go out there and see if there's other Trolls like me.” (Turns around and enters the wilderness, then quickly stops and shrieks in fear) “Oh, man, this is gonna be hard.”
“He’s pretty brave to be doing that, especially as he’s going alone,” John Dory said.
“Yeah, but maybe not the best idea. He doesn’t even know what’s out there!” Viva said, worried for Cooper.
(Scene changes to an ocean shore where Rock Trolls emerge from the water)
Barb: “ All aboard! Hahahahahaha…. ”
Spiders: “ Ai, ai, ai! ”
At the appearance of the Rock Trolls the brothers and Viva all narrowed their eyes in dislike.
Barb: (Barb is seen outside the Rock Troll vessels singing and playing her electric guitar in celebration with the other Rock Trolls, riding her beetle bike around) “ Crazy! But that's how it goes! Millions of people, living as foes. Music…has kept us apart. It's time for the hard rock…revolution to start! No spats, no tiffs, no fightin', when everyone's the same…I'm goin' off the rails on a crazy train! ”
At her words the brothers and Viva’s glares turned into worried looks, as they were reminded of her plan.
Barb: (Enters the main Rock Troll Vessel) “Yeah! I got the Techno string!” (Holds out said Techno string, causing the Rock Trolls in the room to cheer) “Who knew world domination could be so much fun?” (Goes around high fiving and fist bumping Rock Trolls in victory)
“Fun?! That’s sick,” John Dory said, he and his brothers disgusted that Barb found joy in destroying other tribes of trolls just for her own gain.
“I wonder what happened to the Techno Trolls,” Viva softly said, curious but also not really wanting to know what happened.
Rock Troll: “Yeah!”
Rock Troll: “All right, Barb!”
Rock Troll: “All right!”
Riff: “Ha! Queen Barb!”
Barb: (Approaches the case holding the powerful guitar that she’ll use on all the other Trolls, and attaches the Techno string to it, turning it into another Rock music string, then closes the case) “Only four more strings to go until rock unites the world.” (Sits down on her throne)
“What did she just do to the Techno string?” Viva asked in shock.
“She just turned it into another Rock music string…” Floyd gasped.
“And she’s planning on doing that to all the other music strings too…” Bruce added, sharing a nervous look with John.
Barb: (Realizes her dad’s not there) “Dad? Where's Dad?”
(Toilet flushes and Thrash, Barb’s dad, exits a porta potty riding his motorized rock wheelchair)
Barb: (Runs up to Thrash) “There you are, Dad. I got the Techno string!”
Thrash: “Cool. What's a string ag-again? What? Uh…”
Barb: “Don't you remember the plan?”
Thrash: “Plan? I don't remember…” (Begins mumbling)
“Dang, he’s ancient…” John said, causing Floyd to punch his arm. “Ow, what was that for?” he asked, rubbing his arm.
“Don’t talk that way,” Floyd scolded his older brother, rolling his eyes at him.
Barb: “Oh, great idea, man. Okay, guys, line up. We're gonna go over the plan again.”
(Rock Trolls line up and Barb begins to retell the plan to her dad)
Barb: “Okay, we're on a World Tour. And on each stop, we get a new string. When I have all six strings, I'll play the ultimate power chord. And I will unite the Trolls under one music. Our music!”
“That’s awful…” Bruce said, hating the plan.
Once again, the brothers and Viva all exchange worried looks at one another.
“I don’t even want to know how playing the ultimate power cord will unite everyone…” Floyd said, worried about what that might mean.
“Let’s hope Branch and Poppy might be able to stop her,” John said.
“Poppy isn’t there to stop her, she’s going to ‘befriend’ her,” Clay reminded his oldest brother, still bothered by Poppy’s misunderstanding about Queen Barb.
“But Branch will put sense into her, right?” Bruce asked hopefully.
“He’ll probably try, but the real question is will she listen,” Floyd responded.
Rock Trolls: “Rock!” (Begins cheering and everyone makes the ‘Rock’ sign with their hands. Thrash raises his hand up and tries to make the sign)
Barb: “Oh, here it comes…” (Watches in anticipation and excitement as her father tries to make the sign)
“Just a little more…” John said, causing his brothers to roll their eyes at him.
Riff: “Uh, just a little bit more.”
Barb: “Riff, just help him, man.”
Riff: “Yes, Your Rockness.” (Flicks Thrash’s fingers the rest of the way up) “Aw, there it is.”
(Rock Trolls cheer)
Barb: “Yeah!”
Thrash: “Rock and roll! Yeah!” (Barb hugs her dad)
“It seems like Barb is pretty close with her dad,” Viva noticed, glad to see that Barb was at least a good person to her father and her people.
(Scene changes to show Poppy and Branch in the air balloon, flying over valleys)
Branch: (Wearing a pilot hat, and places down and opens up a flying comprehensive manual) “All right. In a short 456 pages, I'm gonna know how to fly this thing.”
“Aw, he’s adorable in that hat,” Viva said, causing the brothers to chuckle.
“He calls 456 pages ‘short’?” John Dory questioned.
“I think it’s nice that Branch is always willing to learn a new skill,” Clay said, proud of his brother.
Poppy: “Ugh, Branch, we don't need a giant, comprehensive manual.” (Takes the book from Branch and throws it over the side of the air balloon, causing Branch to gasp and lean over the side of the air balloon, watching it fall) “How hard can it be?”
At Poppy’s actions the brothers all glared at her.
“Hey! That wasn’t nice!” Clay shouted, mad at Poppy for doing that to his brother.
“Why’d she do that?” Viva gasped, shocked at her sister.
“That was really uncalled for. Branch just wanted to learn how to fly that thing,” Bruce muttered, crossing his arms in annoyance toward Poppy.
Poppy: (Approaches the flying console) “ Doo-doo-doo-doo-doo. Try one of these! ” (Presses a random button, causing Sheila B to rapidly fly all over the place)
At this the brothers all groaned in exasperation and slapped their faces with their hands.
Sheila B: “All right, Poppy! Easy on the buttons!”
Poppy: “Sorry.”
(Snoring underneath the pile of cotton candy alters Branch)
Branch: “Shh. What was that?”
(Branch and Poppy approach the pile and move some cotton candy out of the way, revealing a sleeping Biggie and Mr. Dinkles)
Poppy: “Biggie?”
“Seriously! Another one?!” Clay said, not understanding how the Pop Trolls, minus Branch, could be so naive about everything.
(Biggie wakes up and stands up, covered in cotton candy, with Mr. Dinkles sticking to him. Branch shakes his head in exasperation)
Biggie: “Oh, hello. Sorry. I couldn't help myself. You know how I am around cotton candy.” (Mr. Dinkles burbs) “Oh, dear, now look what's happened. Mr. Dinkles got all gummed up.” (Mr. Dinkles gets stuck to Biggie’s hand, so Biggie tries to shake him off, accidentally throwing him over the side of the air balloon. Runs over to where Mr. Dinkles got thrown over) “Mr. Dinkles! Mr. Dinkles!” (Sees Mr. Dinkles sticking to the side of the air balloon and picks him up and hugs him) “Oh, there you are. I thought you were…Oh. Right, then. We'll just be on our way--Hey!” (Looks down and realizes that they’re in the air) “Poppy, wh-where are you balloon-flying us to?”
At this the brothers couldn’t help but chuckle in amusement.
“That must’ve been a surprise to him,” Floyd said.
Poppy: “We're on a mission to help Barb unite the Trolls, and I'm so glad you're coming with us.” (Mentions to her and Branch excitedly, while Branch silently signals ‘no’ to Biggie)
Once again the brothers slapped their faces with their hands, not understanding how Poppy was not understanding.
Biggie: “I did what in the who now?”
“Haha, I like him,” John said, laughing.
Branch: “Hey, man, join the club.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all chuckled in amusement.
Poppy: “And I hope you didn't eat all the cotton candy, because Barb is gonna love it!” (Looks over to see Branch trying to cover up a basket and clears her throat) “Branchifer?”
“What’s in there?” Clay wondered aloud.
Branch: “Y-Yes, Poppifer?” (Tries to lean casually against the basket)
“I’m guessing it’s something he doesn’t want Poppy to see,” Bruce said in response to Clay.
“Branchifer? Poppifer?” John repeated questioningly. “Interesting nicknames…”
“I think it’s cute,” Viva said, hearing what John Dory said.
Poppy: “What is this?”
Branch: (Jumps on top of the basket to prevent an approaching Poppy from opening it) “Oh, it's nothing, nothing. That-that-that-that's just my…man stuff.”
“Smooth Branch,” Bruce said, he and his brothers chuckling in amusement at how Branch was trying to hide the basket’s contents from Poppy.
Poppy: “I love man stuff!” (Removes the lid with Branch still on top, and sees weapons in the basket) “Weapons? Ugh. For shame.” (Stares disappointed at Branch)
“Oh, that was actually smart of Branch to bring,” Clay said, glad his brother was prepared.
Branch: “Well, I-I…”
Poppy: “Violence never solves a problem, Branch.” (Picks up one of the weapons and throws it, causing it to go in Mr. Dinkles mouth. Biggie then squeezes it out, shooting it toward Branch who casually catches it in midair before it hit him)
“Dang, good reflexes Branch,” John commented.
Branch: “I'm not saying we have to use them. I'm just saying it's better to be prepared in case we need them.”
At his words the brothers all nodded their heads in agreement.
Poppy: (Takes the weapon from Branch and puts it back in the basket) “We won't need them unless these pointy sticks help you listen or these rocks help you put yourself in someone else's shoes. And what about these? Is this-- What, I–Is this some kind of jewelry? Oh, it's actually kind of cool-looking. “ Ohhh .” (Holds the ‘jewelry’ in the sunlight)
“Oh, that looks so good on her,” Viva said.
“What is that though?” Floyd said, chuckling at how easy it was for Poppy to get distracted.
Branch: “Gi-Give me that.” (Takes the ‘jewelry’ off Poppy and places it back in the basket) “We don't even know what's out there.”
“Good point,” John said. He knew all too well of some of the dangers in the outside world.
(Poppy nods her head in understanding, causing Branch to smile at her)
“Wait, she listened?” Bruce said in shock, Viva throwing him a glare.
(Poppy then kicks the basket with all the weapons inside over the side of the air balloon)
Branch: “Wait! No-- Oh, man.” (Watches sadly as his weapons fall then turns to Poppy) “By the way, I whittled those for hours!”
“Seriously!” Clay shouted, really mad at Poppy now.
“That was so uncalled for!” Bruce shouted at the same time.
“You can hear the hurt in Branch’s voice too. I mean, he just said he spent a lot of time on those,” Floyd said, glaring at Poppy for hurting his brother’s feelings.
“Does she find joy in not listening to Branch and throwing his things overboard,” John growled. He really didn’t like how Poppy was treating his brother. If this continued, then John was beginning to think Branch would be better with someone else.
“She really isn’t being nice to Branch,” Viva quietly said, wondering why her sister was treating Branch like that. He was so sweet…
Poppy: “Branch, the only weapons we need are this guy and this guy, for hugs!” (Holds out both her arms for emphasis)
At her words the brothers once again groaned in exasperation.
Biggie: “Uh, you may want to take a look at this.”
(Trolls turn to see they’ve entered a ruined Troll village, with fire burning on the buildings, smoke filling the sky, and wreckage everywhere)
Seeing the destruction of the troll village on-screen caused the trolls to gasp in horror and shock.
“Oh no…the Rock Trolls were already there…” Floyd softly said, sad to see how ruined the place looked.
“Maybe…maybe now Poppy will see that she was wrong and will be willing to go back home,” Bruce said, hoping that was the case.
Branch: “This is gonna take a lot of hugs…”
(Sheila B lands on the ground, allowing her passengers to exit and look around the ruined town)
Branch: (Picks up a charred piece of sheet music, and looks around sadly) “Whoa. Something gnarly happened here.”
“Branch shouldn’t have had to see this..” John said, wishing his brother didn’t have to see such destruction and ruin.
“He also shouldn’t have to live through this…” Bruce added, wishing his brother wasn’t living through a war.
Mysterious voice: “Hello?”
(Biggie and Poppy jump back in fear while Branch picks up part of a stringed instrument lying on the ground and wields it in front of him as a weapon, looking around for the source of the voice)
Branch: “Who said that? Identify yourself!”
While the brothers were put on edge from the voice and worried that their sibling might be attacked by hiding Rock Trolls, they were proud to see how ready Branch was and that he was willing to fight to protect the others.
Mysterious Voice: “Uh, are you nice or are you mean?”
“They sound safe…” Viva said.
“Yeah, but you can’t be too sure…” Clay added.
Poppy: (Comes up to stand next to Branch) “W-We're nice. We're really nice.”
Branch: “Yeah, but not too nice! So…don't even…try it.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all smiled warmly up at him. They were proud to be his older brothers.
Pennywhistle: “Okay.” (Stands up from behind a pile of dirt and rolls in front of Poppy, who picks Pennywhistle up) “Oh. Hi.”
“Aww…she’s so cute,” Viva softly said, sad to see something so small and innocent put in harm's way.
Poppy: “What is this place?”
Pennywhistle: “It used to be called Symphonyville.” (Coughs) “Where the Classical Music Trolls lived. But that was…in the before…”
“Oh, so that was the Classical Music Trolls home…” Bruce clarified, staring at the destruction of said home with wide eyes.
“What happened?” Viva quietly asked.
Poppy: “What happened here?”
Pennywhistle: “Well, it was the most wonderful place…you ever did see…” (Screen shows Pennywhistle’s memory of the place, with classical music playing the background as Classical Music Trolls went about their day) “It was a place where all of the Classical Music Trolls could live in perfect harmony.” (Classical Music Trolls gather to play, the conductor leading them) “Wherever the conductor led, we followed.”
“Wow, that seems like a beautiful place,” Viva said.
“And they seem like nice trolls too,” Bruce said, remembering how nice the Techno trolls were. Maybe it was only the Rock trolls who weren’t nice…
“Wait, but there’s no words to their music,” Clay said, shocked as he’d never heard of such a thing.
“It definitely is strange,” John agreed.
Trollzart: “Play, play! Beautiful, haha!”
Pennywhistle: “But then Queen Barb showed up.” (Rock Trolls appear behind Trollzart and the Classical Music Trolls)
“Oh no,” the trolls gasped.
Trollzart: “Oh, no.”
Barb: (Casually) “‘Sup, Trollzart dude? I'm here for your string.”
“She seems to really enjoy this,” John said in disgust.
Trollzart: “We will not go quietly!”
(Classical Music Trolls play Beethoven’s ‘Symphony No. 5 in C Minor,’ as a way to show they’re ready to fight)
Barb: (Pretends to have fallen asleep) “Mi, mi, mi, mi, mi.” (‘Startles awake’) “Oh. Oh, I'm sorry, I-I must have fallen asleep, because your music is so boring.”
“That was so rude!” Viva gasped, still shocked that someone could be so rude and unaccepting toward other troll cultures.
(Trollzart gasps in offense)
Barb: “Where are the words, bro? Right? Now give me your string.” (Rock Trolls attack and Barb breaks Trollzart’s conducting stick, revealing the Classical Music Troll’s string)
Trollzart: (Weakly) “No…”
“That was awful…” Floyd quietly said, shocked at Barb’s actions and destructive behavior.
“And she’s going to do that to all the other trolls…” Clay added nervously.
“No!” Viva gasped, understanding what Clay was implying. Her dad…the Pop trolls…they were in danger… “Poppy and Branch need to go back! They need to protect everyone!”
“You’re right Viva, let’s hope Poppy finally comes to her senses,” Bruce said.
Pennywhistle: “She took our string. Our-our music. She took everyone…” (Classical Music Trolls are seen being taken captive by Barb and the Rock Trolls, and then the screen goes back to Poppy, Branch, Biggie, and Pennywhistle) “We lost everything.”
“Wait, she’s taking them captive!” John Dory gasped.
“It is a war…” Bruce said, regretting the truth in those words.
Poppy: (Looks up at all the wreckage in sad realization) “Barb doesn't want to unite us. She wants to destroy us.” (Kneels down and places Pennywhistle gently on the ground)
“Finally…” Clay sighed, glad that Poppy finally understood.
Branch: “We need to make sure our own string is safe.”
“Good. I’m glad that Branch also agrees to go back,” Floyd said in relief.
“But if they go back, they might just be taken captive too,” John said, worried for his brother.
“John, this is a war and their home, family and friends are in danger. It would be cowardly if they didn’t return because of fear of being captured and attacked,” Clay told his oldest brother.
“I-I just want Branch to stay safe…” John quietly said, looking down in worry and shame.
“I know, I want him safe too. But it’s the right thing for them to go back to protect those they love. If Branch were ever in danger or trouble, we’d always show up. Even if it resulted in us getting hurt or captured on the way, we would still go to protect him. Just like we’d do for any of our brothers,” Bruce said, putting a comforting hand on John’s shoulder.
“You’re right,” John Dory sighed, still worried.
“Besides, Branch knows how to defend himself. I’m sure he’ll be okay,” Floyd added, providing his brothers with some comfort in those words.
Poppy: “Uh, our string is safe.” (Takes the Pop string out of her hair)
“What! She brought it with her?!” Viva exclaimed, shocked at how careless her sister was being.
“Oh no, this is bad…now Branch and Poppy are in more danger,” John said, breathing heavily.
Branch: “What?! Poppy, are-are you crazy?” (Runs over and tries to cover the string with his hands, looking around to make sure no one else is around)
Poppy: “I thought it was a good idea at the time. I-I can't believe another queen would use her power for evil.”
“Oh Poppy…” Viva sighed at Poppy’s ignorance.
Branch: “Okay. Change of plans. We need to get home as fast as we can and get everyone in the bunker.”
“Good plan, yes, do that,” Clay said, agreeing strongly with Branch. There was no way Barb would be able to track them down in that bunker. Branch made sure to make it heavily fortified and camouflaged.
Poppy: “Uh, no. Change of plans. We have to stop Barb from destroying all music. If we don't stop her, who will?” (Puts the string back safely in her hair)
“What!” Clay shouted. “She seriously still can’t be considering going after Barb!”
Biggie: “Poppy, you said this could be handled with hugs. How are we gonna hug our way out of this one?:
Poppy: “It's okay, Biggie.”
Biggie: “Really? It's okay to be terrified? When am I gonna learn to stay away from the cotton candy?!”
Poppy: “No. As your queen, I promise that I will protect you, no matter what. I... pinky promise.”
“Woah…” Viva and the brothers gasped. A pinky promise was one of the most powerful and serious promises a troll could make.
Biggie: (Gasps and turns around to face Poppy, who’s holding her pinky out for him to take) “Poppy, you know you can't go back on a pinky promise.”
Poppy: “Never did, never will.”
(Biggie looks at Mr. Dinkles, who nods in confirmation. Biggie then steps forward and pinky-promises Poppy. At their touch, they release a powerful blast of magic which carries miles, causing Sheila B to fly away)
“Dang, that’s powerful,” Floyd said in shock, as he’s never seen a pinky promise get made before.
Sheila B: “Farewell!”
“And there goes their ride and mode of transportation…” Clay pointed out.
Cooper: (The blast of the pinky promise is momentarily seen reaching Cooper miles away from the others) “A pinky promise. Dang.”
Poppy: (Poppy and Biggie pull away from each other) “Let it be so.”
Biggie: “And so it is.”
(Branch scoffs in exasperation)
“Gotta love Branch,” John Dory said, chuckling at his brother’s reaction.
Pennywhistle: “This just got real.”
Poppy: (Pulls out the Troll Kingdom map and lays it down for everyone to see) “We have to get to the Country Music Trolls in Lonesome Flats before Barb does.” (Turns to Pennywhistle) “ Will you come with us?”
“Of course, she’s still not listening…” Clay said in exasperation toward Poppy.
“At least now they have more of a plan though,” John commented. “Before it was just…wait, did they even have a plan before?”
“No, I don’t think so. Well, Branch did at least but I don’t think Poppy did,” Bruce said.
Pennywhistle: “Oh, no. Someone has to rebuild. And Pennywhistle is that woodwind for the job.”
“Aww, good for her,” Viva said, admiring the woodwinds' courage.
Poppy: (Places a small construction hat on Pennywhistle and pats her head) “Good luck, little Pennywhistle.” (Branch is seen turning away with a confused face and rolling his eyes)
Pennywhistle: “Goodbye, Poppy.”
Chapter 25: Lonesome Flats
Chapter Text
(Screen shows Rock Trolls traveling in their vessels, and Debbie flies into the one where Barb is)
Barb: “Wait. Is that...Debbie?!”
“Uh oh…she’s going to get Poppy’s letter,” Floyd nervously pointed out, knowing this wouldn’t end well.
Rock Troll: “Oh, what?”
Rock Troll: “Oh, that's a lot of glitter…”
Barb: (Grabs Debbie, examines her, and hugs her) “No! What did they do to you, my hairy little baby?! Come here, come here, come here.”
Riff: “Gnarly.”
Thrash: “What-what-what do you...What, what…”
Barb: (Notices the letter Debbie was carrying and reads who sent it) “What is this? Pop Trolls?” (Hands Riff Debbie as she tears the letter open, clears throat, and reads the letter out loud) “‘Dear Barb, can't wait to meet you. I have tons of great party ideas.’” (Looks up in confusion)
Thrash: “I like that.”
Barb: (Continues to read) “‘Maybe you and I can even be best friends.’ Best friends? Is she making fun of me? No one says that. Friendship takes time and years of mutual care and respect. You don't just become best friends.”
“She doesn’t seem to be taking Poppy’s letter well,” Bruce pointed out.
“Yeah you can,” Viva said, confused with what Barb was saying as she’s made plenty of best friends right away.
“Eh, I agree with Barb. Most friendships do take time to form and develop,” Floyd said.
Barb: “Plus, everyone knows I already have a ton of friends. Like Carol. Right, Carol?”
(Carol does not respond but continues to lay on the couch and squeezes ‘Easy Cheese’ into her mouth)
“Haha, what a troll,” John said in amusement.
Barb: “Okay, you're busy. That's fine. Love you, Carol.” (Looks down sadly then hears a fizzing sound coming from the letter. Holding it up to her face, Barb watches in confusion, then the letter shoots glitter in Barb’s face, causing her to growl)
Letter: (Poppy’s recorded voice) “ Trolls just wanna have fun! ”
“Uh oh…” the brothers said, worried for Barb’s reaction.
“Poppy should not have included that…” Clay said nervously, referring to the glitter aspect of her letter.
Riff: “Gnarly.” (Backs Thrash up to get away from Barb’s building anger)
Barb: (Wipes the glitter off her face in frustration then goes around and starts kicking and breaking things near her) “Pop music isn't even real music! It's bland! It's repetitive! The lyrics are empty! Worst of all, it crawls into your head like an earworm!” (Takes a chainsaw and saws a couch in half, revealing a Rock Troll who was reading inside the couch, then Barb sits against half of the couch, gasping for breath) “You know, you can't get it out…Uh, I'm tired now. Hating things takes a lot of energy.”
“Dang, anger issues much,” John Dory said in amusement toward Barb’s reaction.
“Pop music is not bland and the lyrics are not empty,” Viva huffed, folding her arms and glaring at Barb.
“How’d that troll get in there,” Bruce chuckled to Clay, pointing to the Rock troll reading inside the couch Barb just sawed in half.
Thrash: “ Trolls just wanna have fun…Trolls just wanna… ” (Starts dancing)
Barb: “No. No.” (Throws the chainsaw, which lands right above a Rock Trolls head, cutting some of their hair off, and runs to Thrash who she gives a juice box to) “Look what their music just did to Dad! Daddy? Come back! Come back to me, Daddy!”
“Seriously,” Clay said, looking at Barb exasperated. “Our music isn’t bad!”
Rock Troll: “Nice hair, dude.”
Barb: “No one does this to Dad. And no one makes fun of Queen Barb.” (Picks up Poppy’s letter and grunts in frustration) “Ugh! I need that Pop string! And I know who's gonna help me. The most feared bounty hunters in all of Trolldom.”
“Bounty hunters!” Floyd exclaimed in shock.
“Oh no, Poppy!” Viva gasped.
“Is Barb putting a price on Poppy’s head?” John Dory asked nervously.
“It seems so. And by doing that to Poppy, she’s basically doing it to Branch too as he’s assisting her,” Bruce realized, looking at his brothers fearfully.
Barb: (Screen introduces each of the Bounty Hunters as Barb mentions them) “Chaz, the Smooth Jazz Troll. The Reggaeton Trolls. The K-Pop Gang. And... the Yodelers.” (Once introduced, Chaz, the Reggaeton Trolls, and the K-Pop Gang are seen standing in front of Queen Barb) “Okay. As you probably know, I'm bringing a tidal wave of rock across this land of ours.” (Map of Troll Kingdom appears and all the land turns red to represent Rock territory) “And soon there will be nothing but hard rock as far as the ear can hear. Whoever brings me Queen Poppy gets to keep their very own music in their very own territory. Right over here.” (Points to a very small piece of land on the map)
“Okay, come on. That’s not even fair,” Clay said, not liking how small the piece of land she was offering to them.
“Who’s she to decide this anyway? All music should be saved,” Floyd added.
(Bounty hunters murmur and groan)
Tresillo: “I don't know. It looks pretty tiny.”
Barb: “You want it or not? All you have to do is get me Queen Poppy!” (Bounty Hunters begin to leave)
“This isn’t good…” Bruce said, as Viva stared at the screen worried for her sister.
“Poppy also has the Pop string with her,” John said, making the situation even more dire.
Ari: “Oh, okay.”
Gomdori: “Sounds like a pretty good deal.”
Wani: (Asking Barb) “Do you validate parking?” (Kim-Petit quickly pushes Wani away from Barb)
Barb: (Asking Riff) “Dude, where are the Yodelers?”
“Oh yeah, why weren’t they there?” Clay asked, receiving shrugs from the others.
Riff: “I heard a rumor, uh, that they yodeled so hard, an avalanche fell on 'em.” (Smiles at Barb, who frowns back looking unimpressed) “Or something…”
“Yeah, no way is that true,” John scoffed.
Barb: “Well, I don't pay you to hear.”
“Hold up, is she paying her Rock trolls to help her destroy all other kinds of music?” Clay asked, baffled.
Riff: “Actually, I'm doing this for college credit.”
“That’s kinda worse than getting paid to help her…” Bruce added to Clay’s words.
Barb: “If anyone can find me Queen Poppy and her string…it's the Yodelers.” (Sits down on her throne, Poppy’s letter in her hand, then burns the letter)
“No!” Viva shouted.
“This is really really bad…” Floyd whispered.
(Screen changes to show Poppy, Branch, and Biggie entering the Lonesome Flats, which looks deserted but unharmed)
“Phew, it looks like Barb hasn’t reached them yet,” John said, sighing in relief.
“Yeah, but she’s on her way. What if she attacks when Branch and Poppy are there,” Clay asked, worried.
Poppy: “This must be where the Country Music Trolls live.”
Branch: “Well, it looks like nobody's here. We're too late. Time to go home. Come on, guys, let's go.” (Turns around and starts walking back the way they came, even though it’s clear the Country Trolls haven’t been attacked yet. Poppy on the other hand walks further down the road leading to the Country Trolls)
Poppy: “There is no ‘I quit’ in ‘team.’” (At her words Branch stops walking, annoyed)
“Listen to Branch and just return home…” Floyd pleaded.
“What’s she trying to do there anyway?” Bruce asked, confused as to what Poppy’s intentions are.
“Probably to warn the Country trolls of Barb,” Viva guessed.
“But what will that accomplish! Besides, if the Pop Trolls got a letter from Queen Barb, it’s possible the other tribes did as well. For all we know, the Country Trolls might already know about Barb and her world tour!” Clay said, exasperated.
Rooster: “Cock-a-doodle--Ah, never mind.”
“Why is it so…deserted?” Viva wondered.
(Clock strikes 12 and Delta Dawn exits a building, playing a ukulele)
“Woah, I’ve never seen a troll look like that before,” Clay said in surprise.
Delta Dawn: “ We don't hope for making things better. All we want is to…keep it together. Every day is a rainy day, no change in the weather. ”
(Country Troll Family is seen in their home and the egg in the mother’s hair hatches)
Father Troll: “Happy birthday, honey. Time to get to work.”
Baby Troll: “Okay, Daddy.” (Starts working alongside their siblings)
“Huh? That’s not fun…” Clay said, glad he wasn’t raised that way.
“Dang, glad I’m not a Country troll,” John muttered to himself.
“What? Kids shouldn’t be put to work as soon as they’re born,” Bruce said, confused at the Country troll's behavior and ways.
“Guys, it’s a new culture. Just accept it,” Floyd told his brothers.
Delta Dawn: “ This kind of life has made our hearts as hard as leather. ”
(Two kid trolls chase a tumbleweed, laughing, but then the tumbleweed turns around and starts chasing the kids, who run away screaming)
Delta Dawn: “ And all these tears are from the dust in our eyes. ” (Troll is seen crying)
“This song is so sad…” Viva said, shocked at the way these trolls lived their lives.
Delta Dawn: “ And all these years just keep on…passing us by. ” (Poppy, Branch and Biggie watch the Country trolls sing from behind a barrel) “ We all know that we're just born to die. That's the way it goes when you're just born to die. ”
Poppy: “This song is so sad.”
Branch: “Yeah, it is sad. But life is sad sometimes, so I kind of like it.”
At this the brothers all looked at one another with guilty and sad expressions, once again reminded of how their disappearance in Branch’s life has affected him.
Poppy: “You do?” (Branch nods) “Huh. But it's so different. Oh, they must not know that music's supposed to make you happy. [gasps] That's awful.”
“I don’t think that’s what that means,” Clay said, rolling his eyes at Poppy’s words.
Delta Dawn: (Country Trolls gather together and start to slowly country dance) “ And all these years just keep on, passing us by. And all this misery makes it hard to deny.” (Country Troll dies and enters a coffin) “ That's the way it goes when you're just born to die. ”
As the song ended the trolls all looked at one another as they tried to process the different culture of the Country trolls and understand their ways.
Poppy: (Poppy, Branch and Biggie are now standing in front of a small gazebo, getting the attention of nearby Country Trolls) “Okay, guys, guys, huddle up.”
“Oh no, what’s she planning now?” Clay asked.
Growly Pete: “Growly, growly, growl.”
Delta Dawn: “Now, take it easy, Growly Pete. I feel bad for them. It looks like they got beat up by a rainbow.”
“Which isn’t a bad thing,” Viva said in response to Delta Dawn’s words.
Poppy: “First things first, these Trolls need some serious cheering up, and we're gonna have to go top-shelf.”
“Oh no…they don’t need cheering up, it’s just their culture…” Floyd said, tired of how Poppy was trying to push everyone’s differences aside.
Biggie: “Oh.”
Branch: “Now, when you say ‘top-shelf,’ y-you don't mean…”
Poppy: (Stretches) “That's right. We need to sing them the most important songs in the history of music.”
Biggie: “Yes, but which ones?”
Poppy: “All of them.”
“Ugh…” Clay said, putting his hand over his eyes.
Branch: “And when you say ‘all of them…’”
“Well…I’m glad to see that Branch is on the same page as us,” Bruce said.
Poppy: (Poppy, Branch, and Biggie begin to sing and dance in front of the Country Trolls, who watch on in annoyance and disgust) “ Yo, I'll tell you what I want, what I really, really want. ”
Branch & Biggie: (Branch singing and looking around nervously) “ So tell me what you want, what you really, really want. ”
“Okay, you have to admit, Branch is adorable in that outfit,” Viva said, her and the brothers smiling as Branch sang and performed.
Poppy: “ I'll tell you what I want, what I really, really want. ”
Branch & Biggie: (Branch loses his nervousness and begins getting into song with Poppy and Biggie) “ So tell me what you want, what you really, really want. ”
Poppy: “ I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna… ” (Biggie & Branch: “ Ha, ha, ha, ha. ”)
Poppy, Branch & Biggie: “ I wanna really, really, really wanna zig-a-zag, ah. Who? Who? Who-who? ”
“The Country trolls don’t seem to be enjoying this,” Floyd pointed out, noticing the board and unimpressed expressions on the Country trolls.
Biggie: “ Who let the dogs out? ”
Branch & Biggie: (Mr. Dinkles squeaking along) “ Who? Who? Who-who? ”
Biggie: “ Who let the dogs out? ”
Branch & Biggie: (Mr. Dinkles squeaking along) “ Who? Who? Who-who? ”
Poppy: “ It's such a good vibration… ”
Branch: “ Yeah, come on, come on, come on. ”
Poppy: “ It's such a sweet sensation… ”
Branch: “ Oppa Gangnam style. ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Gangnam style. O-O-O-O. Oppa Gangnam style. ”
“Okay, they look really out of place…” John Dory said, talking about the three Pop trolls compared to the Country trolls.
“These are good songs though!” Viva said, enjoying the music.
Biggie: “ Hey, pretty girl, whatcha you doin' tonight? ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Gangnam style. ”
Biggie: “ I wanna see what you got in store… ” (Does the splits)
At Biggie’s split Viva applauded, impressed.
Branch & Poppy: “ O-O-O-O. Oppa Gangnam style. ”
Branch, Poppy & Biggie: “ Party rock is in the house tonight… ”
Poppy: “Come on!”
Branch, Poppy & Biggie: “ Everybody just have a good time! ” (Hickory is seen watching the Pop Trolls)
“Okay fine, their performance is pretty fun,” Clay agreed, though was still worried about how the Country trolls would react.
Poppy: “Rave on, party on!”
Branch, Poppy & Biggie: “ Party rock is in the house tonight, we just wanna see ya… ”
Branch: “Tell 'em, Poppy.”
Poppy: “ Shake that. ” (Branch, Poppy & Biggie finish to see nobody outside)
Tumbleweed: “You suck!”
“No they didn’t” Viva huffed, annoyed at how the Country trolls disliked their music.
(Branch, Poppy, and Biggie are thrown in prison by Delta Dawn)
“Hold up, what?!” John exclaimed.
“Why were they thrown in prison?!” Bruce shouted in frustration.
“Yeah, all they did was sing their music!” Clay added, mad at the Country trolls for throwing his brother in jail for no good reason.
“That was really unnecessary,” Floyd said, agreeing with his brothers.
Delta Dawn: “Now, I want you three to sit in here and think about what you've just done. That was a crime against music.”
At this the brothers and Viva gasped in exasperation.
“Man, Branch is like the only troll so far who isn’t judging others by their differences in music and way of life,” Bruce groaned.
“And now, they’re stuck there and will probably remain there until Barb attacks, and then they’ll be taken captive again,” Clay said, worried for his brother.
“This plan of warning the other troll tribes before Barb reaches them is not working out,” Floyd added.
“Poppy should’ve listened to Branch when she had the chance,” Viva said, wondering why her sister wasn’t listening to anyone but herself.
Poppy: “Wait, no. We're here to warn you about Barb, the Queen of Rock.”
Delta Dawn: “Ugh, sweetie, I already know and have heard about this Queen Barb and her fancy World Tour. Now, if you'll excuse me, I gotta go wash what you call music out of my ears.” (Turns and walks away as Poppy gasps, offended)
At her departing words Viva gasped, offended.
“Yep, knew it. The Country trolls already knew and this was a waste of their time and freedom,” Clay muttered, folding his arms in annoyance.
Clampers Buttonwillow: (Pokes her head out of Delta Dawn’s hair) “Oh. You in real trouble now. Right, Aunt Delta?”
Delta Dawn: “Keep an eye on 'em, Growly Pete.”
Clampers Buttonwillow: “Yes!” (Retreats back in Delta Dawn’s hair)
Growly Pete: (Reading a newspaper outside the prison door) “Growly, growly, growly, growl.”
Poppy: (Yells after Delta Dawn) “No, no. Music should bring us together, not divide us!” (Turns away from the door and kicks dirt in frustration) “Sugar.”
Branch: (Sighs) “Well, I knew it. Who Let the Dogs Out? Too far.”
At Branch’s words the brothers couldn’t help but chuckle.
Poppy: “Okay, Branch. You can say ‘I told you so.’ I know you want to.” (Sits sadly down on the dirty bed provided in the cell, and Branch goes to sit down next to her)
Branch: “Y-You did great out there, Poppy.” (At his words Poppy smiles warmly at him)
“Aww,” Viva sighed, glad Poppy had Branch in her life.
“That was sweet of him,” Bruce said.
(Poppy shrieks as Biggie lands roughly in-between Poppy and Branch, causing Branch to scoot away from Biggie annoyed)
“Aw man! That dude had to ruin their moment?!” John Dory shouted, annoyed at Biggie.
Biggie: “I'll never survive the big house. We've got to get out of here.”
Poppy: (Stands up from the bed) “I know. That was such a rad medley. I can't believe it didn't work.”
Biggie: “Tell me about it. I did the splits. No one even clapped. Am I not cute anymore?! Come on!” (Stands up from the bed and turns around, showing his split pants)
“Oh dear,” Viva said, chuckling in amusement.
Poppy: “Maybe my dad was right. The other Trolls are different in ways I was not prepared for. Some Trolls, they don't just want to have fun!”
“Yeah, your dad was right. And if I remember, which I do, Branch told you the same thing earlier,” Clay muttered.
Biggie: “Anybody got a plan B?”
“I’m guessing Branch does,” Floyd said.
Branch: “Plan B? Right up here.” (Jumps down from the bed and takes out a shovel from his hair) “Step one: escape from Lonesome Flats.” (Begins digging, trying to create a tunnel for them to escape out of. Biggie then joins to help Branch, using Mr. Dinkles to pick up and spit out the earth)
“Well, it’ll take a while but better than nothing,” John commented, glad his brother was prepared.
Poppy: (Sighs and sits against the prison door) “Plan B it is. I guess we're going home.”
“Finally,” Viva and the brothers sighed in relief.
Hickory: “Whoo-hey!” (Throws a rope around the bars on the prison door and yanks it open, causing Poppy to scream as she’s thrown backward with the door) “It ain't right to put you in jail 'cause your music's different. It seems some folks ‘round here don't appreciate a rad medley when they hear one.” (Winks at Poppy who smiles) “Let's skedaddle.”
“Huh? Who’s he?” John Dory asked, confused.
“Wait, we saw him earlier…during their performance,” Clay said, recognizing the Country troll.
“That doesn’t answer my question,” John muttered, earning a glare from Clay.
“Why’s he helping them?” Floyd questioned, not sure if he could be trusted.
“Oh who cares? He’s helping them escape, right,” Viva said, not seeing the worried and unconvinced glances the brothers were sending each other.
Poppy: (Jumps up in excitement and Growly Pete is seen sleeping against the prison) “Yes! Mission back on! Branch! Branch! You can stop rescuing us!” (Branch and Biggie poke their heads out of the deep hole they’ve dug as Poppy runs over and gets on Hickory)
“Wait, what? She doesn’t even know who that is. Sorry Viva, but your sister really should be more careful and cautious about who she trusts,” Bruce told Viva, who nodded slowly in agreement.
“Not a very good guard that Growly Pete guy is, huh?” John commented.
Branch: “Poppy, you don't even know who this is.”
“Thank you, Branch,” Clay said, once again glad his brother had common sense.
Poppy: “I'm Queen Poppy. What's your name?”
Hickory: “Name's Hickory.”
Poppy: “Branch, this is Hickory. Hickory, this is Branch.”
Biggie: (Gets on the prison door, which is now on the ground, that Hickory is ready to pull) “Enough with the formalities let's go! Uh, this is Mr. Dinkles, by the way.” (Holds up Mr. Dinkles who squeaks)
“Seriously!” Floyd said, still unsure on whether this Hickory guy could be trusted or not.
(Delta Dawn and other Country Trolls exit a building at the commotion)
“Get out of there!” John said, not wanting to see his brother behind bars again.
Hickory: “I said let's skedaddle! Hyah!” (Ties the rope connected to the wooden board Biggie was riding around his waist and takes off, leaving Branch behind)
“What, he just left Branch behind?” Bruce said, upset at Hickory for doing that.
Delta Dawn: “Go get 'em, Clampers!” (Takes Clampers Buttonwillow out of her hair, who runs toward Branch, causing him to scream and run after Hickory, getting on the wooden board behind Biggie)
“What the…” John said in confusion as he watched Clampers take off after them.
Branch: “This was my plan C, by the way.”
(Country song plays in background during the chase)
Delta Dawn: “Charge!” (Her and other Country Trolls chase after Hickory and the Pop Trolls)
Country Trolls: “Hyah! Hyah!”
Poppy: (See’s they’re about to enter a forest of cactuses) “Oh, no! Hickory!”
Hickory: “I got it, Queen Poppy.”
Delta Dawn: “Don't let them get away!” (Continues to chase after them along with the other Country Trolls)
Hickory: (Sees a mine hole ahead and jumps over it) “Whoo! Yeah” (Clampers falls into the mine hole)
Delta Dawn: “Come on, Growly Pete! Do your thing!”
Branch: “Uh-oh.”
Growly Pete: “No one can escape my mustache.” (Lassos his mustache and hooks it around Branch’s ankle and begins to pull him toward them)
“Oh no, Branch!” the brothers gasped, worried for their brother.
Delta Dawn: “That's how you do it!”
Branch: (Laughs) “That tickles.”
Branch’s reaction took the brothers by surprise, as they expected Branch to do anything but laugh.
“Well, it’s good to see that he’s still ticklish in the same spots he was as a kid,” John said, smiling at his youngest brother while also worried he would get imprisoned again. Though it was nice to see the child Branch he once knew in his now grown-up form...
Biggie: “Branch, hold on to Mr. Dinkles!” (Branch grabs Mr. Dinkles just as he’s pulled off the wooden board. Mr. Dinkles stretches as Hickory, Poppy and Biggie separate from Branch, who is being dragged behind with the Country Trolls right behind him)
“Okay?” the brothers said, looking at each other questioningly.
“Didn’t know Mr. Dinkles could do that,” Bruce quietly said.
“At least Branch isn’t fully separated from them though,” Floyd mentioned.
Delta Dawn: “Hyah! We're gonna get you now!” (Advances on Branch)
(Clampers catches up with everyone and jumps on Branch, biting him who yells out in pain)
“Ooh,” the brothers said, wincing as they watched their brother getting bitten.
Poppy: (Sees a cliff coming up) “Hickory, look out!...We're not gonna make it!”
“Oh no!” the trolls gasped as they saw the upcoming cliff.
Branch: “Oh, yes, we are.” (Grabs Clampers and takes her off him, bringing her to bite down on Growly Pete’s mustache, cutting Branch free and the force throwing Hickory and the Pop Trolls off the cliff)
“Well, at least they got away…” Bruce said, earning him looks of disbelief from the others since their siblings literally just got thrown off a cliff.
Hickory: “Well, I hope Pop Trolls can swim.” (Hickory and the Pop Trolls fall into the water at the bottom of the cliff)
Delta Dawn: “Oh, for Pete's sake.” (Approaches the cliff edge and she and the Country Trolls watch the Pop Trolls escape)
Delta Dawn & Clampers: “Well, dangity-doodly.” (Clampers climbs up Delta Dawn and goes back into her hair)
(Screen shows Mr. Dinkles about to go into Heaven)
Dinkles God: “Welcome home.” (Dinkles smiles and squeaks, getting closer to the entrance to Heaven before he’s pulled back to the real world, squeaking in dismay)
“Well, that was interesting,” Clay commented.
Biggie: (Watches worriedly as Mr. Dinkles throws up water, then claps his hands in relief and puts Mr. Dinkles hat back on) “Oh, Mr. Dinkles, you're alive. For a minute there, I thought you'd kicked the bucket.” (Mr. Dinkles groans)
“Oh man, poor Mr. Dinkles haha,” John said, finding it amusing how the worm didn’t want to be there.
(Poppy and Branch cough up water and lay on their backs in the sand)
Seeing their siblings safe, Viva and the brothers let out sighs of relief.
Poppy: “I'm really glad you came with me.”
Branch: (Turns his head toward Poppy and smiles at her) “Me, too.”
(Hickory runs up toward Poppy and Branch, interrupting their moment and kicking sand in Branch’s face)
“Seriously! Another moment interrupted between them!” Bruce said, annoyed.
“And did Hickory really have to kick dirt in Branch’s face?” Clay muttered, not liking Hickory.
Hickory: “Yah! There you are. Whew! I think we lost them. We should be all right.” (Shakes water off him and flings it on Branch, who grunts in annoyance)
“Come on, man. That’s unnecessary!” Clay said, hating how Hickory was and is treating Branch.
Poppy: “Thank you. I don't know how we can ever repay you. Oh, wait! Yes, I do. Gumdrops!” (Holds out a pile of gumdrops to Hickory)
Hickory: “Gum…what? Oh. Well, thank you.” (Pops one in his mouth) “Whew. That's got a zing, don't it?” (Reaches for another one but Branch takes the gumdrops away) “Uh... Whoa.”
Branch: “It's not candy time. It's question time.” (His hug time bracelet goes off) “Huh?”
“Yes, good idea Branch,” Clay said, agreeing that Hickory should be questioned.
Poppy: “Hug time!”
Biggie: “Hug time!”
(Poppy and Biggie embrace Hickory and Branch in a hug)
Biggie: “Ooh. Oh, that feels good.”
Branch: (Squeezes himself out of the hug and faces Hickory) “Why are you helping us?” (His hug time bracelet goes off again and Branch slaps it to turn it off) “What's in it for you?”
“Still doesn’t like group hugs I see,” John noticed.
Poppy: “Hey! Branch.” (Laughs nervously and turns to Hickory) “I'm sorry about my... associate.” (Leads Hickory away from Branch, who looks hurt)
“Well that wasn’t nice,” Floyd said, not liking how Poppy was treating Branch.
Hickory: “I loved your message about music bringing Trolls together. You may be Pop, and I may be Country, but Trolls is Trolls.” (Branch follows along behind Hickory and Poppy, looking at the former suspiciously as he talks to Poppy)
Branch: (Mimics Hickory) “‘Trolls is Trolls.’ Wow. Deep.” (Rolls his eyes as Poppy catches him and gives him a look)
At Branch’s words the brothers all laughed in amusement.
Poppy: “This is the beginning of a partnership between Trolls that's going to save all Trolls.”
Hickory: “You're darn skippy.” (At his words, Poppy chuckles while Branch folds his arms and growls)
“I sense someone is jealous…” John Dory said, noticing Branch’s frustration at Hickory’s words.
“Is Hickory flirting with my sister?! They just met!” Viva exclaimed, folding her arms. Besides, Branch and Poppy were supposed to be together, not this random guy and Poppy.
Poppy: (Takes out her map of Troll Kingdom again) “Okay. We need to get to the Funk trolls before Barb.”
“No! Go back home!” Clay said, annoyed with Poppy’s stubbornness.
“Warning the Country trolls didn’t do anything, and nor will going to the Funk trolls!” John added, wishing Poppy would listen and just return home.
Hickory: “Well, quickest way is down that river. I'll build us a raft.” (Walks off to build a raft)
Branch: (Scoffs) “This oughta be good. Guy probably doesn't know the first thing about building a ra…”
(Hickory builds a large and sturdy raft within minutes)
Hickory: (Leaning against the raft's steering wheel) “Cappuccino, anyone?”
“Dang, that’s a good raft,” Bruce said, impressed.
Poppy: “Cappuccino? Cappucci-yes.” (Poppy and Biggie excitingly get on the raft and begin looking around)
Biggie: “Oh! Oh, wow!”
Poppy: “Are you seeing this?”
Branch: (Stares in shock at the raft, his mouth wide open, then folds his arms in annoyance) “I do want one. But I am not happy about it.” (Marches toward the raft)
At Branch’s reaction the brothers burst out laughing.
“I love Branch,” Bruce said through his laughter.
Chapter 26: Vibe City
Chapter Text
(Cooper is seen continuing on his journey in his search to find Trolls like him. In trees up ahead, he sees four teal legs, and gets excited because they match his legs)
Cooper: “Trolls that look like me! Yes!” (Runs toward the legs expecting to see Trolls like him but instead see two foreign creatures) “Oh. Hello there.”
“Aw, bad luck,” Clay said.
(Creatures approach Cooper and sniff him, then start honking at him, causing more creatures to appear and honk loudly at Cooper. One creature puts Cooper in its mouth then spits him out)
Cooper: (Poops out a birthday cake in fear and holds it out to the creatures) “Happy birthday?”
“Okay?” Floyd said, a little confused by Cooper’s response.
“Haha, I really like that guy,” John chuckled in amusement.
(Screen shows Poppy, Hickory, Biggie and Branch floating on the raft down a river)
Hickory: (Starts a fire for them to roast marshmallows and grub) “I can make a cortado, a macchiato, latte. We also do drip.”
(Branch is seen sitting away from the rest of the group, holding a pair of binoculars to his eyes as he watches Hickory suspiciously)
“Still doesn’t trust Hickory I see,” Bruce noticed.
“But why? I mean, he helped them escape and is assisting them on their journey to the Funk trolls,” Viva said.
“I know, but maybe we should trust Branch’s judgment on this guy. I mean, why is he helping them? He literally broke them out of jail, making him an outlaw to his own tribe, and then decides to join them on this crazy journey, even though he just met them. Also, Branch was right about Creek when no one else was,” Floyd pointed out, the others nodding in agreement to his words.
Biggie: “Oh. It is a nice night, isn't it? Mr. Dinkles loves a full moon.”
Hickory: (Calls out to Poppy and Branch) “Let's get our grub on. Food's ready.”
Poppy: (In a Southern accent) “Well, I'll bring more kindlin.’” (Heads over to Hickory and Biggie, carrying two sticks and passes Branch)
Branch: “Poppy, maybe it's just me, but are you getting a weird vibe from Hickory?”
Poppy: (Normal voice again) “What? No. Why? Are you?”
Branch: “I just-- I don't know. I don't trust him.”
(Hickory sees that Branch is staring at him through binoculars and waves)
Biggie: (To Hickory) “Oh, that's good.”
Poppy: “Well, yeah, but you don't trust anybody, Branch.”
“That’s not true! He just doesn’t trust complete strangers which is completely reasonable!” Clay said, crossing his arms in annoyance.
“He does have a hard time trusting people though,” Bruce gently told Clay.
“Yeah, well I wonder why…” John sarcastically said, referring to how he and his brothers walking out on Branch greatly affected his trust in other people.
Understanding what their oldest brother was implying, Bruce, Clay and Floyd exchanged guilty looks.
Branch: (Lowers the binoculars) “Hey, I just want us to be safe. And you know what's not safe? Putting too much trust into a complete stranger.”
“Thank you, Branch!” Clay said, glad he and his brother were on the same page.
Poppy: “Oh, I see. It's not Hickory you don't trust. It's me. Do you not think I'm a good queen?”
“Wait, what? Where did that come from,” John Dory asked.
“Why is she twisting his words around? He’s only trying to keep her safe,” Bruce said, annoyed at Poppy.
Branch: (Startled, defensive, and hurt) “Wait, what? I didn't say that.”
Poppy: “I thought we were friends, Branch. I'm starting to think you don't even know what that means.”
“She’s taking this way out of hand. Branch was only trying to warn her,” Clay said, upset at Poppy for not listening to Branch and talking to him in this way.
Branch: “We are friends. And sometimes that means speaking up if I think you're making a mistake.”
At his words the brothers all nodded in agreement.
(Smooth jazz music begins playing in the background, alerting Poppy and Branch)
Poppy: “Do you hear something?”
(Chaz emerges and paralyzes Poppy, Branch and Biggie with his music)
“Oh no, bounty hunter!” Floyd gasped in shock, worried for his brother.
Poppy: (Disoriented) “Look at that guy's chest hair.”
Branch: (Disoriented) “Poppy, I can't feel my face.”
Poppy: (Disoriented) “It's... it's like I'm being paralyzed by its…smoothness…”
“Crap, what’s his music doing to them!” John Dory shouted in fear.
“I think he’s paralyzing them, or hypnotizing them,” Clay said in worry.
“Wait, where’s Hickory?” Bruce said, noticing the Country troll wasn’t one of Chaz’s victims.
“Do you think he might have led Chaz there?” Floyd gasped, looking at his brothers fearfully.
(Poppy, Branch, and Biggie fall into a false reality because of Chaz’s music, with Branch and Poppy ‘sitting on the sand by a beach’)
Poppy: (Mr. Dinkles holds up a ringing phone to Poppy, which she answers) “Hello?”
Branch: “Hello. It's me.” (Talks to her through another phone and laughs, then sees Narwhals jumping through the water) “Look! Narwhals.”
Poppy: “Totally gnar-gnar.”
Biggie: (Riding one of the narwhals) “Poppy!”
(Branch and Poppy are both seen as sushi, then the Branch sushi gets picked up with chopsticks by Branch which he brings toward Poppy’s mouth)
(Jazz music stops and screen shows Branch, Poppy, and Biggie tied up)
“Well that was…weird,” Viva said, not knowing how else to put it.
Branch: (Disoriented) “Poppy, how'd you like the sushi?” (Taps her tongue with a stick, then shakes his head in confusion as he ‘wakes up’)
“They’re tied up!” John shouted in anger. No one tied up his brothers…
Chaz: “Got you, Pop babies.” (Branch, Poppy and Biggie gasp as they notice Chaz) “Soon, Barb is gonna have your string, and the world will be rid of cheesy, pointless pop music, once and for all.”
At this the brothers looked at each other nervously, worried at the thought of Barb having Branch, while Viva huffed in annoyance at Chaz’s words.
“Pop music is not cheesy or pointless,” she muttered under her breath.
Hickory: “Hold it right there, Chaz.” (As the only one not tied up, he runs and confront Chaz)
“Oh, maybe he didn’t bring Chaz there…” Floyd said, relieved he didn’t betray Branch and Poppy.
“But that still doesn’t answer the question how he’s not tied up and why he wasn’t affected by the music. I mean, he was sitting right by Biggie when Chaz arrived,” Bruce pointed out, still not quite trusting Hickory.
Chaz: “And who are you supposed to be, cowboy pants?”
Hickory: “My name's Hickory, and I don't much care for smooth jazz.”
Chaz: “Oh, yeah? Well, you've just never had the Chaz experience.” (Begins to play smooth jazz again in front of Hickory, causing the music to sweep over the Country Troll)
Hickory: (Unaffected by the music, he kicks Chaz away and into the water, causing the smooth jazz music to stop. Hickory then pops two gumdrops out of his ears) “Gumdrops. Soundproof…” (Pops the gumdrops in his mouth) “and delicious.”
“Oh, smart,” Clay said, impressed with the Country troll.
“Phew, at least he’s gone,” Floyd said, sighing in relief that Branch and Poppy were safe.
“Yeah, but that was too close,” Bruce added.
Chaz: “Smooth jazz will be heard again! Smooth jazz will never die!” (Plays smooth jazz as he sinks in the water)
Poppy: “Who was that guy?”
Biggie: “One of the many Bounty Hunters out there lookin' for you.”
“Wait, how does he know about the Bounty Hunters??” Floyd questioned, narrowing his eyes suspiciously at Hickory. “Only the Rock trolls and the Bounty Hunters themselves should know…”
At Floyd’s words the brothers all widened their eyes in realization as Floyd was right. How did Hickory know…?
Biggie: “That was awful. So smooth and easy and awful.”
Hickory: “I know, big buddy. It's enough to put you off jazz altogether.”
Biggie: “All right, that's it! We need to go home!”
“Yes, you do!” Clay shouted, glad that Biggie was now wanting to go home.
Poppy: “Biggie, it'll be okay.”
Biggie: “Stop saying that and listen to me. You only hear what you want to hear, and it puts us all in danger. How are you supposed to save the world if you can't even keep us safe?” (Branch looks from Biggie to Poppy, sadly frowning) “You made a pinky promise to me, Queen Poppy. And you broke it.” (Walks to the water and rides on Mr. Dinkles, heading back home, then turns around and yells at Poppy) “What kind of queen breaks a pinky promise?!”
At Biggie’s words the brothers and Viva exchanged sad looks.
“Poppy is only trying to do what’s right,” Viva softly said, trying to defend her sister.
“But Biggie is right, Viva. Poppy hasn’t been listening and because of her refusal to return home, she almost got herself, Branch and Biggie caught and handed over to Barb, which would be really really bad,” Clay gently told her.
Poppy: “Biggie, no.”
(Scene changes to show Cooper gasping from heat exhaustion as he travels through the desert, his cape tied around his head to keep out the sand)
Cooper: (Gasping) “I'm so lost…I'm almost there…I'm so lost.”
“That dude looks rough,” John said, noticing how tired and exhausted Cooper seemed.
Sun: “So hot.”
Cooper: (Walks up a sand hill and believes he sees a small pond down below, gasping in joy) “I'm saved!” (Runs down to the ‘water,’ his cape flying away, and begins to gulp down the ‘water’)
“Is that really there, or is he hallucinating?” Clay asked.
“My guess is he’s hallucinating,” Floyd said, feeling sorry and worried for Cooper.
Cooper Reflection: “Are you, now? 'Cause last I checked, I was a mirage.” (Echoing “...a mirage, a mirage”)
(Pond disappears and Cooper throws up all the sand he just swallowed)
“Oh gross,” Viva said, wrinkling her nose in disgust.
Cooper: “I'm done for. And on top of that, I never found any Trolls like me.” (Falls over and passes out on the sand)
“Oh no…” Bruce gasped.
(Above, an aircraft hovers above Cooper and releases a bubble-like tube, which picks Cooper up and brings him inside the aircraft)
“What the-?” John said, shocked at what just happened.
“What just happened?!” Clay said, staring at the screen with wide eyes.
“I’m not really sure, but let’s hope it wasn’t anything bad…” Floyd quietly said, equally shocked.
(Scene changes back to Hickory, Poppy and Branch on the raft, still traveling down the river)
Hickory: (Playing a ukulele) “ I fall to pieces… ”
Reeds: “ Pieces .”
(Branch sits sadly on the edge of the raft and looks up to glance at Poppy, who’s steering the raft)
Hickory: “ How can I be just your friend? ” (Branch groans and lays down, covering his eyes with his eyes)
“Oh, poor Branch,” Bruce said, sympathizing with his youngest brother.
Reeds: “ Just your friend. ”
Hickory: (Stands over Branch) “Somethin' tells me your heart ain't in this mission, Branch.” (Holds out a hand to pull Branch up, which Branch takes)
Branch: “What do you mean? I'm here, aren't I?”
Hickory: “Yeah, you're on a mission, all right, but your heart is with Miss Poppy.”
Branch: “Hey, hold your horses!” (Glances worriedly at Hickory, as he’s part horse)
“Smooth, haha,” John said, he and his brothers chuckling in amusement.
Branch: “I'm sorry, is that offensive?”
Hickory: (Chuckles) “Not as offensive as you thinking I can't see what's right in front of my eyes.” (Sits down next to Branch) “Did you tell her yet?”
Branch: “I tried, but…” (Does a descending whistle and imitates an explosion)
“Maybe Hickory isn’t that bad,” Clay said, finally coming to accept the Country troll as he was helping Branch out.
Hickory: “Well, if you did tell her, who knows if she'd even hear you?”
Branch: “What do you mean by that?”
Hickory: “Well, let's just say only one of you is doing the listening in this relationship and it's not her.” (Branch looks down in sadness while Hickory waits for a response) “It's you.”
Branch: “Yeah. I got that. Thanks.” (Annoyed, he turns away and crosses his arms)
Poppy: “Uh, guys?” (Points to the sky where an aircraft is seen approaching)
“Oh no!” Viva and the brothers gasped.
“It’s going to take them too!” Floyd said in realization, panicking.
“Oh please don’t be a bad thing…” John said to himself, crossing his fingers.
Hickory: (Him and Branch quickly stand up, startled) “What in buttered biscuits?!”
(A large bubble leaves the aircraft and surrounds the raft, trapping everyone in as smaller bubbles make their way toward the Trolls)
Hickory: “Huh? I got it.” (Swings his guitar at the bubble but hits Branch in the face instead)
“Ooh,” the brothers said, wincing as they watched Branch get hit.
(Branch quickly gets up and tries to punch and kick the bubble away but kicks Hickory in the face instead)
Hickory: “Ahh!”
At this the brothers couldn’t help but laugh. While they didn’t like seeing Branch get hurt, they couldn’t say the same thing about Hickory as they still had some doubts about him. They also found it amusing how Branch was trying to fight the bubble off.
(The bubble encases Branch and Hickory, bringing them up to the aircraft)
“Uh oh…” the brothers said, worry replacing their short-lived amusement.
Poppy: (Approaches her bubble with curiosity) “Oh.” (Bubble encases her and brings her up to the aircraft behind Branch and Hickory)
“Poppy really should be more careful…” Clay said in exasperation.
(Aircraft then disappears behind the clouds, and the two bubbles carrying the three Trolls travels up a chute where they see the Funk Trolls, the song ‘Atomic Dog’ playing in the background)
“Woah,” Viva gasped, loving the sights and the city inside the aircraft.
“Oh phew, it’s the Funk Trolls,” Bruce said, sighing in relief.
“Let’s hope they’re more accepting than the Country Trolls though,” John added, not wanting to see Branch behind bars again.
(Bubbles carry the three trolls to a room, where Poppy’s bubble sets her down gently on her seat while Hickory and Branch fall and land harshly onto their seats, or in Branch’s case, the floor)
“Ouch,” the brothers said, once again wincing as they watched Branch fall harshly on his head.
Prince D: (Approaches the Trolls) “Welcome to Vibe City. You are cordial guests of Prince Cooper.”
Poppy: (Thinking Prince D is Cooper) “Cooper?! What are you doing here?!”
Cooper: “Actually, I'm over here.” (Walks up behind Poppy while Prince D stands in front)
“Huh?” the trolls questioned in confusion.
Poppy: (Looks from Cooper to Prince D in confusion) “What?”
Hickory: “Bacon-wrapped hot dogs!”
Branch: “Okay. Maybe all the jazz hasn't left my brain yet.” (Hits his head to get rid of the rest of the jazz notes)
“I love Branch,” Viva said, chuckling at Branch on-screen while the brothers smiled up at him.
Cooper: “It turns out I'm actually from Vibe City, just like my twin brother.”
“So the Funk Trolls live in Vibe City. Cool name,” John Dory commented.
“Hold up, Cooper has a twin?” Clay asked, still confused.
“And he’s actually a Funk Troll?” Bruce added.
Prince D: “I'm Prince D. What's poppin'?” (Runs over to Cooper and bumps him, both of them laughing)
Cooper: “I got a twin brother.”
Poppy: “How is this possible?”
“That’s what we want to know,” John said.
Cooper: “Well, it's a very complicated story.” (Flashback begins telling Cooper's story) “When we were both babies, my egg got snatched out of the nest. Mom and Dad looked everywhere, but they couldn't find me…so you guys raised me as one of your own!”
“Oh, that’s sad,” Floyd said, not liking the idea of a baby being separated from their family. Then an image of baby Branch the night they all left him popped into his mind and tears of sadness and regret began to build up in his eyes.
Pop Trolls: “Aww.”
“Aww, he was so cute as a baby,” Viva cooed.
Baby Cooper: “Now dig this.” (Laughs)
Cooper: “And then when I went out to go find other Trolls like me, my mom and dad finally found me.”
Queen Essence: “Q, is that him? I think our search is finally over!”
King Quincy: “Our son is finally home.”
Cooper: (Flashback ends) “I guess it wasn't too complicated.” (Cooper and Prince D laugh)
“He never knew his family until he was older,” Floyd quietly said, still thinking of Branch.
“Kinda like what happened to Branch,” Bruce said sadly, as he was also reminded of his baby brother.
“Yeah, except much worse,” Clay added guiltily, looking at his brothers sadly.
Cooper: “Oh, Poppy, I want you to meet the King and Queen of Funk.” (Said Trolls enter and stand next to their sons)
Prince D: “King Quincy and Queen Essence.”
Cooper: “My mom and dad!” (Queen Essence kisses Cooper on the cheek repeatedly) “Aww.”
“Hold up, so he’s a prince?” John Dory clarified, shocked.
Poppy: “Wow, Cooper. You look just like your dad!”
King Quincy: “Yeah, that must be why he's so good-lookin'.” (High fives Prince D)
Cooper: “Was that a dad joke? It was lame!” (Family laughs)
Poppy: “Well, so that means you're a Funk Troll?”
Cooper: “You don't have to be just one thing. I'm Pop and Funk!”
“Good point,” Floyd said, surprised by the unintentional wisdom in those words.
Prince D: “Or maybe you're Hip-Hop like me.”
Cooper: “Yeah!”
Poppy: “Hip-Hop?” (Takes out her Troll Kingdom map and scans for ‘Hip-Hop’)
Prince D: “Yeah. I think your map is a bit outdated.”
Poppy: “Hmm.”
Branch: “Oh, he's right, look at that. It still has Disco.”
Poppy: (Puts the map away while Queen Essence and King Quincy watch in amusement) “Well, Your Majesties, we need your help to save all music from Queen Barb. If we combine our music…” (Queen Essence and King Quincy give each other looks) “she'll see that music unites all Trolls and that we're all the same and that she's one of us!”
“Ugh,” the brothers groaned in exasperation, rolling their eyes in annoyance at Poppy’s words.
King Quincy: “Poppy, I mean no disrespect, but king to queen, anything but that.”
“Okay, at least they have some sense,” Clay said, glad to see that the Funk Trolls were reasonable.
Poppy: “Why not?”
(Scene changes to show Cooper and his family, along with Poppy, Branch and Hickory, entering a bright, diamond filled room)
King Quincy: “Let's tell 'em how it was, Prince D.”
Prince D: “Sick. Long ago, our world was without song or dance. Then the Trolls found the strings, and life was one big party.” (The Trolls reach a guitar that held the Funk Troll music string)
“Woah, the Funk music string,” Floyd gasped in awe.
Poppy: “Oh, yeah. I-I've heard this story before.”
Prince D: “That is, until the Pop Trolls tried to steal our strings.”
“Wait, what?!” Viva gasped, horrified by those words.
“But, that’s not what happened,” Clay said, remembering what King Peppy had said.
Poppy: “Steal your strings? That-That's not what it said in our scrapbooks.”
Prince D: “Scrapbooks? Those are cut out, glued and glittered by the winners. Let me tell you how it really went down.”
At these words the trolls looked at one another in confusion and worry.
(Screen shows the history of the Trolls, the correct version this time)
Prince D: (Raps) “ We started off a team. Party till we fall asleep, even on the street when we disagreed, we did it on beat. Respect the unique anything less, it was weak. The music of the strings made life complete. Till that one day that changed everything, the Pop Trolls started snatchin' up all of the strings. Puttin' melodies on top of popular beats they cut us out of the scene and then forgot what it really means. Should've seen between all of the schemin', it seems like the Trolls they stole from were meaningless. Walking around like they were the geniuses but it's only samples, auto-tune and remixes. I'm a vegan, I don't have no beef with them. Gotta protect my kingdom but the dream is to sing again. Being friends, seamless blend. Harmony ain't hard when the keys within you win… ”
Viva could only watch the truth of her past with wide and shocked eyes. She couldn’t believe her ancestors had done that…and why had her father lied about the truth to Poppy?
(History of the Trolls is put on pause as the Funk Trolls sing the interlude)
Funk Trolls: “ At first, it was all love. ”
King Quincy: “ At first, it was all love. ”
Funk Trolls: “ Hands up, superstar love. ”
Prince D: “ Stars up! ”
Funk Trolls: “ Then you can have it, you can have it all love. ”
Prince D: “ And you can get it all you want. ”
Funk Trolls: “ But then you took it, took it all love…all love… ”
King Quincy: “ Took it all. ”
Funk Trolls: “ Turn it up louder. ”
Prince D: “ Turn the music up, come on. ”
Queen Essence: “ Turn it up louder. ”
Funk Trolls: “ Sing along, get the crowd up. ”
Prince D: “ I get the crowd up, come on. ”
Funk Trolls: “ But then you took it all love. ”
Prince D: “ Took it all love, come on. ”
Funk Trolls: “ Then forgot all about us, Oh, but it's all love. ”
Prince D: “ I feel you…sounds good in my ear when I hear it like that. I feel you, I say I look good to the mirror and it says it right back. ”
King Quincy: “ Nothin' says it like that. ”
Prince D: “ I feel you. A little love wouldn't kill you. ”
Queen Essence: “ A little love wouldn't kill you. ”
Prince D: “ You really did me wrong, it was real cruel. ”
King Quincy: “ It was real cruel. ”
Prince D: “ Yeah, had a lot of love and I still do, 'cause I feel you. ”
“Okay, their music is really good and catchy,” Bruce said, enjoying the song.
Prince D: (History of the trolls continues to play as Prince D resumes rapping the story) “ Next morning, the elders were on it. They saw the warning signs, couldn't ignore it. Had to figure out how to save the way of life they had made, so they made a play. The Pop Trolls were coming for it all, all for one and one for all, so the only way we saw, there was one thing left to be done. Each leader grabbed a single string and said, ‘Run!’ ”
As the History of the Trolls came to an end, the brothers and Viva all looked at one another in shock.
“I can’t believe that happened. I mean…Pop tried to destroy their music,” Viva slowly said, trying to process this information.
“Just like what Barb is now trying to do,” Clay sadly added.
(History story ends, showing Poppy who’s shocked at learning the truth)
King Quincy: “And the Trolls never lived in harmony again.”
“That’s awful,” Floyed whispered.
Poppy: “So the Trolls live in isolation because of what…Pop did?”
Queen Essence: “Pop tried to destroy our music.”
Branch: “Just like Barb is trying to do.”
Poppy: “I can make it right.” (Runs up to stand beside the Funk Troll music string) “History's just gonna keep repeating itself until we make everyone realize that we're all the same.”
“But you’re not all the same,” Clay said, wondering how Poppy still did not understand even after being told multiple times by others.
King Quincy: “But we're not all the same.”
Queen Essence: “It's why all our strings are different. Because they reflect our different music.”
King Quincy: “Denyin' our differences is denyin' the truth of who we are.”
“Woah, those are pretty powerful words,” Floyd said, reflecting on the King and Queen’s words.
Poppy: “I hadn't thought of it like that.”
(Alarm goes off and the Funk Troll music string gets secured automatically)
Prince D: “Rock has arrived! It's on!”
“No!” the trolls gasped in alarm.
“Branch and Poppy are there!” Clay said, fearing what will happen to them.
“Wait, does that mean Barb got the Country music string?” Bruce asked nervously.
“I think that’s exactly what this means,” Floyd whispered in response.
King Quincy: “Prepare for battle!”
At this the brothers looked at one another fearfully. They didn’t want Branch fighting in a battle…
(Funk Trolls get to their battle stations and prepare to fight)
Queen Essence: “Assemble the crew.” (Blows a horn, creating a powerful blast)
(Funk Trolls continue to prepare for battle by running to their various battle stations)
“At least they’re prepared and ready to fight,” John said.
“Yeah, maybe Barb won’t win after all,” Viva said hopefully.
Cooper: “I’m gonna make sure you get to safety.” (Plays certain notes on a keyboard which brings down two bubbles, one picking up Hickory the other having Branch and Poppy)
“Oh thank you, thank you Cooper,” Bruce sighed in relief, putting a hand over his thumping heart. His brother was safe…
Poppy: “No no no! Let me help you!” (Calls down to Cooper, watching him staying with his family to fight, as the bubbles rises to the top of the aircraft and goes up a chute)
(Power gets cut from the outside of the aircraft, making the Funk Trolls defenseless)
Prince D: “Aw, you kidding me?”
(Riff is seen on top of the outside of the aircraft, holding the power plug in his hand, giggling)
“WHAT!” Viva and the brothers shouted in anger, glaring at the Rock trolls.
“They’re not even allowing them to fight back!” John shouted.
“They’re fighting dirty,” Clay growled.
Queen Essence: “Hard Rock cut the power.”
Prince D: “They're fighting dirty.”
Poppy: “Cooper!” (Yells for him one last time as the bubbles exit the aircraft. Poppy and Branch’s bubble collides with Hickory’s, causing them to separate)
Poppy: “Hickory.”
Hickory: “Don't worry! I'll find you guys.”
Branch: “Uh, Poppy.” (Draws her attention toward the Hard Rock Trolls approaching Vibe City, ready to attack)
Barb: “Rock on!”
“No…no no,” Viva quietly said, hands over her mouth in fear.
“At least Poppy and Branch made it out in time…” Floyd said while also feeling anxious about what will happen to the Funk Trolls.
Chapter 27: Parting Ways
Chapter Text
Poppy: “No! Ugh, we have to get back down there! There's still hope. We can still fix this.” (Tries to push the bubble toward Vibe City to help)
Branch: “Poppy, enough.” (Poppy stops her attempts of returning to Vibe City and turns to Branch) “I've listened to you and I've done it your way, and now it's your turn to listen. It's time to get back home.”
Poppy: “I'm not like you. I can't just give up.”
“Give up? He’s not giving up!” Clay said, bothered that Poppy thought lowly of Branch.
Branch: “Give up? I want to protect our friends and family.”
Hearing Branch referring to the Pop trolls as family pained the brothers as it was clear Branch wasn’t referring to them as his family.
Poppy: “I can't go home until I've proven myself as a good queen.”
“Are you kidding me, that’s what this was all about,” Clay said, annoyed at Poppy.
Branch: “So that's what this is really all about?”
Poppy: “Why are you so upset?”
“He really isn’t upset though. He’s just trying to be heard,” Bruce said.
“Poppy’s the one who’s getting mad,” John added.
“I can’t believe they’re fighting,” Viva gasped, too shocked at the fact that Branch and Poppy were arguing that she didn’t bother glaring at John for what he said.
Branch: “Because your dad was right and Biggie was right and Queen Essence was right and I've been backing you up, even when you ignore them!” (Turns sadly away from Poppy) “But you never listen to me.”
Seeing their brother looking so hurt caused the brothers to hurt as well. They hated seeing Branch so sad…
Poppy: “Branch, what are you talking about?”
Branch: “You want to be a good queen?” (Faces Poppy again) “Good queens actually listen. You know what I heard back there? Differences do matter. Like-like you and me. We're too different to get along. Just like all the other Trolls.” (Folds his arms and looks away from Poppy as the bubble lands gently on the ground and pops. Once free from the bubble, Branch walks off)
At Branch’s words the brothers were shocked into silence, not by what he was saying to Poppy but because his words brought back too many painful memories. It felt to them as if his words were directed at them; ‘You want to be a good brother? Good brothers actually listen…Differences do matter…We’re too different to get along.’ It was because of their differences why the brothers separated in the first place. They were always arguing, never listening to one another and trying to understand each other's feelings, and then when it got to be too much, they left. Just as Branch was walking away from Poppy, the brothers had walked away from each other…
Poppy: (Looks at Branch and then watches as he walks away from her) “We are really different.”
Branch: (Stops walking away and faces her again) “So different.”
Poppy: “Completely out of harmony.”
Branch: “Completely.”
Poppy: “I don't even know why we're friends.”
Branch: “Neither do I.” (Turns around again and takes a few steps before stopping) “So…why do I care about you more than anybody else in the world?” (Turns his head to look at Poppy, who looks surprised) “Weird, right?” (Walks away, leaving Poppy behind, who puts her head in her hands in shame)
At this the brother’s began to silently cry, heads bowed in shame and regret. As children their family was all they had. Sure they were famous, but being brothers was the most important thing to them. They’ve been there for each other from the beginning and, as Branch put it, they cared about one another more than anybody and anything else in the world. But despite this being the case, they ended up letting the ‘Perfect Family Harmony’ cloud their views on one another, leading to an argument that had ended their relationship and resulted in a twenty year division between them.
Branch: “ I know your favorite song. I hear it every day. Whoever made your smile made it to get in my way. ” (Kneels down beside a lake and sees Poppy smiling in the water) “ And every time you laugh, you make that little sound. It's just the hardest thing to love you but not know how. I hate that you're perfect. You're perfect for me… ”
As Branch sang, the brother’s slowly began to calm down, their tears stopping almost as quickly as they began. Their sorrow however remained, but there was something about Branch’s voice that calmed them down and gave them some peace amidst their whirlpool of emotions.
Branch & Poppy: (Branch and Poppy dance in the water’s reflection) “ What good are words when they always just get in our way? And it hurts the most just to know that you don't feel the same. The same. ” (Poppy hugs Branch)
Branch: “ Yeah, yeah. ”
Seeing Branch and Poppy dance and sing together so perfectly and lovingly brought a smile to Viva and the brothers. They were glad Branch and Poppy had each other when they (Viva and the brothers) couldn’t be there for them.
Branch & Poppy: (Dancing stops and Branch and Poppy separate, Poppy singing where Branch left her and Branch singing by the waters edge) “ And I hate that you're perfect. ” (Hug time bracelets go off and they both look in the direction where the other one is, then sadly turn away) “ You're perfect for me. ”
Branch: “ Oh, yeah. ”
Branch & Poppy: “ I hate that you're perfect. You're perfect for me. ” (Branch sadly puts his hand over his hug time bracelet, lowering his head in sorrow)
(Quiet laughing and talking behind Branch brings him out of his thoughts and has him looking around to identify the voices)
Baby Bun: “I see you, Branch.”
Ari: “ Over here. ”
Wani: “There he is.”
“Who’s that?” John Dory asked, worried about Branch.
Gomdori: “Can you see me? I can see you. ”
Baby Bun: “Let's get him.”
Wani: “One, two, three.”
K-Pop Gang: “Yay!” (Pulls Branch to where they are by his ankles and ties him up)
“No!” the brothers shouted. Branch was defenseless and tied up, and they had a bad feeling that this was the doing of bounty hunters.
Wani: “Hey, crybaby. Your name Poppy?” (K-Pop Trolls laugh)
“This is bad…” Floyd said, beginning to panic as his fears were confirmed. They were indeed bounty hunters…
“How could they think he’s Poppy?” Viva asked, confused by their words.
Branch: “What? No. Who are you guys?”
Baby Bun: “We are the K-Pop Gang.”
Kim-Petit: “Whoo!”
Wani: “And you're going to take us to Queen Poppy.”
“Yeah, no way will he do that,” Clay said.
Branch: “What?”
(Reggaeton Trolls appear and approach the K-Pop Gang)
“Seriously, not them too,” Bruce said, worried enough as it was.
Wani: “Not so fast, Tracy. We're takin' him.”
Tresillo: “It's pronounced ‘Tresillo.’ If you want him…you're going to have to dance for him. I can't live in a world without reggaeton.”
Wani: “And we can't live in a world without K-pop!”
Male Voice: “Dance-off!”
“Ooh, I love dance-off’s!” Viva exclaimed, excited while the brothers just gave her looks of disbelief.
Flowers: “Ooh!”
K-Pop Gang: (Sings ‘Russian Roulette’ in Korean. During their performance, they release Branch from his bonds and he joins in on their dance) “ 커지는 heart b-b-beat 빨라지는데 너답잖게 heart b-b-b-beat 거려 나를 볼 때 마지막 남은 순간까지 점점 다가오지 crazy 아찔하게 겨눈 russian roulette, b-b-beat. ”
Watching Branch dance with the K-Pop gang caused the brothers to open their mouths in shock and surprise.
“Dang…he’s got moves,” Bruce said, amazed.
“And he’s so in sync with them!” John Dory exclaimed.
“He sure knows how to flex the drip,” Clay added, popping the ‘p’ to the word drip.
“Well, I gotta say, Branch might be the most talented one out of all of us, singing wise and dancing wise. I mean, the way he was able to just join right in and immediately match their dancing! That’s impressive,” Floyd said.
Tresillo: (Pulls Branch over to join their performance as they sing ‘Mi Gente’ in Spanish, and Branch immediately gets into beat and sync with them as he joins their dance) “ Esquina a esquina, de ahí no' vamo.' El mundo es grande pero lo tengo en mi' manos. Los DJ's no mienten, le gusta a mi gente y eso se fue mundial freeze! ” (Flowers scream as Branch and Tresillo dance) “ Un, dos, tres, leggo! ” (Dance ends and Branch finds himself tied up again)
“How does he do that!!” Bruce gasped, still in shock.
“Yeah, he’s awesome,” Clay said, smiling at Branch proudly.
“I love how Branch joins them, haha” John Dory laughed, loving his little brother.
“Did you guys see how happy he looks to be dancing with a group? … Do you think he misses it? Being part of BroZone I mean?” Floyd asked, looking at his brothers.
“I don’t know…maybe we’ll find out while we’re here?” Clay said, hoping Branch did miss it.
“I know I missed it,” Bruce added, smiling at his brothers and giving Clay and John Dory a side-hug.
Ari: “Wow.”
Wani: “Respect.”
Tresillo: “Respect.” (Branch struggles to get untied) “Why don't we split him?”
“Huh? No!” John said, not wanting Branch to be handed over to Barb.
Branch: “Huh?”
Gomdori: “Yeah!”
Kim-Petit: “Good idea!”
Branch: “Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait. Why does Barb get to decide which music gets to be saved? All music should be saved.”
Tresillo: (Tresillo and Wani glance at each other) “All right, okay. I'm listening, Pop Troll.”
“Woo-hoo! Go Branch!" The brothers cheered, proud of his words and glad that he was finally being heard by someone.
(Branch looks relieved that someone’s finally listening to him, then the screen changes to show Poppy kneeling down by some water, holding the Pop Troll music string sadly in her hands. Hearing footsteps approaching, Poppy gasps then quickly tucks the string away in her hair and turns to see Hickory)
“She should be more careful with that and not just have it out in the open,” Clay said, talking about the Pop string.
“At least she hid it from Hickory,” Bruce said.
Hickory: “Poppy, there you are.”
Poppy: “Hickory!” (Runs up and hugs him) “Oh, it's so good to see you.”
Hickory: “Where's Branch?”
Poppy: “We had a fight. He's gone. He's heading back to Pop Village.”
At this reminder the brothers once again felt ashamed of themselves, as they too left and were gone from each other’s lives because of a fight. But knowing Branch, they knew he would return to Poppy, and they wished they could say the same thing about themselves returning to Branch…well, sooner anyway as that was the first thing they were going to do once leaving this place.
Hickory: “That's a shame.”
Poppy: “I was so desperate to be a good queen that I stopped listening to anyone but myself. Including my best friend.”
“Well, I’m glad she finally realized that,” Clay said.
Poppy: “And it's all because of this stupid string.” (Takes the Pop Troll music string out of her hair to show Hickory, who looks worried)
“She shouldn’t have done that…” Bruce gasped, worried.
“Why? I think Hickory has proven himself,” Viva said, not convincing the brothers.
Hickory: “Poppy, take the string and run as fast as you can, you hear me?”
“What?” John Dory said in confusion, sending nervous looks at his brothers.
Poppy: “What? What are you talking about?”
Hickory: (The back legs of Hickory begin moving him backwards and jerks Hickory around) “Trust me, just go. Now! Please! Just go!”
“What’s going on!” Viva gasped in fear.
“This does not seem good…” Clay said, worried about what will happen.
Poppy: “Hickory, are you all right?”
“What is she doing?! Run!” John shouted, not understanding why Poppy wasn’t listening to Hickory.
Hickory: “I'm fine. Hey. Hey, now! Stop that!” (Continues to struggle with his ‘back legs.’ Then two fists make their way through the back of Hickory’s pants, causing Poppy to gasp in shock then scream as Hickory seems to split to two)
“AHH!” Viva and the brothers screamed.
“What the heck!” Bruce shouted.
“What’s going on!” Clay screamed, not liking this one bit.
Dickory: (Turns around, showing that Hickory was never a Country Troll but was in fact two separate trolls) “Nein! What are you doing, Hickory?!” (Runs toward Poppy to get the string but Hickory stops him)
“Who. Is. That.” Viva slowly said, staring at Dickory with wide eyes.
Hickory: “Quiet, Dickory!”
Poppy: “What's going on? Hickory?” (Backs up in fear)
Hickory: “I am so sorry.”
Dickory: “Yeah. Show her who you really are, Hickory!” (Rips off Hickory’s Country outfit to reveal his yodeling outfit underneath then begins to yodel in victory. Hickory looks guilty, then removes his country hat to show his wild hair and yodel hat underneath, then vocalizes, singing a high-pitched note)
“Wait, they’re the Yodelers!” John Dory gasped in realization.
“He was a Bounty Hunter this whole time!” Bruce snapped.
“Ugh, I can’t believe this! Branch was right. Remind me to always believe Branch’s judgment on things,” Clay said, talking more to himself than anyone else.
“This is bad…” Floyd said.
“And with Branch gone, no one’s there to protect Poppy,” Viva said, scared about what will happen.
Poppy: “Wait. You're the Yodelers?”
Dickory: “Yeah. Ya darn skippy, playa-play.” (Hickory continues to look down in shame and guilt)
Poppy: “And you were gonna give our string to Barb?” (Clutches the string closer to her chest)
Dickory: “Ding, ding. Give this person a strudel for the correct answer.”
Poppy: “And you've been in back the whole time?”
“Oh, good point…” Bruce said, scrunching his face in confusion and slight disgust.
Dickory: (Removes his country outfit as well to show his yodeling outfit and hat, then frowns at her words) “Next subject, please.” (Turns away from embarrassment and crosses his arms)
Poppy: “Why would you do this?”
Hickory: (Talks in a German accent now, his actual accent, rather than the Country accent he was pretending to have): “So sorry. It was the only way to save our beautiful yodelin'.”
“Seriously, he was faking the Country accent too?!” Clay said in disbelief.
“You gotta admit though, he is a good actor,” Bruce said, earning exasperated eye rolls from his brothers.
Dickory: “Hickory…”
Hickory: (Whispers to Poppy) “But trust me, you need to get out of here right away.”
“Wait, he’s actually trying to help her,” Viva gasped, glad that was the case.
“Seems Poppy was able to give him a change of heart without knowing it,” Floyd commented.
Dickory: “What are you doin', Hickory? Nein!” (Runs over and tries to grab the Pop string from Poppy, but Poppy doesn’t let go)
“Oh no!” Viva said, not wanting Dickory to get the string.
Hickory: “Dickory!” (Runs between the two and tries to wrestle the string out of Dickory’s grasp)
Dickory: “Shut your mouth-hole, please!”
Poppy: “Let go!” (Dickory and Poppy continue to fight over the string)
Dickory: “We must save yodelin'!”
Poppy: “Stop it!”
Rock Trolls: “Got you!” (Rock Trolls enter the scene and two grab Poppy, causing her to release the string and letting Dickory have it who smiles in triumph)
“NO!” Viva and the brothers shouted, Viva covering her mouth with her hands in fear. The Rock Trolls now had Poppy and the Pop string…
Barb: “I thought I heard a yodel.”
Poppy: (Gasps) “Queen Barb.”
Barb: (Grabs the string out of Dickory’s hands and plays the note, causing Poppy to gasp) “The final notes of Pop. It will never invade anyone's brain again.”
“Oh this is really really bad…” Bruce said, not liking how Barb had the Pop music string and Poppy.
Poppy: “I'm not gonna let you do this!”
Barb: (At Poppy’s shout, Barb turns slowly around to analyze Poppy and scoffs) “This is who I've been worried about? This little pipsqueak?”
“Stay away from my sister! And she isn’t a pipsqueak!” Viva shouted at Barb.
Poppy: “I'll never stop fighting until I make things right. And I'm not a pipsqueak!”
Barb: “Uh, yeah, you are, 'cause I'm, like, a whole centimeter taller than you.”
“Uh…they’re literally the same height,” Bruce said, noticing how Barb was on her tiptoes while Poppy struggled to free herself.
Poppy: “No!” (Tries to escape the hold of the two Rock Trolls who still have her by the arms and kicks out to hit Barb who backs off) “Leave me alone!”
Barb: “Leave you alone? Uh, I'm sorry. You were the one who was all desperate to be best friends.” (Shows Poppy her letter that Barb burnt and throws it to the ground)
Poppy: “Get your hands off me!”
Barb: “Oh, okay. All right. You're feisty. I respect that. Strong woman to strong woman, am I right? But you know who else was feisty?...Pop Village.”
“NO!” Viva and the brothers gasped in horror.
Poppy: (Gasps) “Oh, no. No!”
(Scene changes to show Biggie running toward Pop Village)
Biggie: “Everyone! Everyone! We're back!” (Gasps as he sees his home looking as destroyed as Symphonyville) “Oh, no.”
“No…” Viva said, tears forming in her eyes. “They got everyone, including dad…”
As Viva began to cry Clay pulled her into a hug, doing his best to comfort her.
(Just then, Guy Diamond, Legsly, Smidge, Satin and Chenille come out of their hiding places, showing they are the only Trolls who avoided capture by the Rock Trolls)
Guy Diamond: “Biggie!”
Legsly: “Hello, Biggie.”
“Wait, how’re they still there?” John asked, shocked that they were able to avoid capture while also glad they were safe.
Guy Diamond: “You won't believe it! We were attacked by Barb and her barbarians!”
Tiny Diamond: (Goes out of his dads hair) “She took everybody to Volcano Rock City. It was scary. Rock me, Daddy.” (Tiny jumps in his dads hands as he begins to rock Tiny) “Mmm, that's nice.”
“Oh no…they’re at Volcano Rock City,” Bruce softly said, hating the truth in those words.
“Barb has everyone now and all the strings. She can now play the ultimate power cord,” Floyd said, looking at his brothers fearfully.
“No, she doesn’t have everyone. Branch hasn’t been caught yet and it seems like he just formed an alliance with the Reggaeton Trolls and K-Pop gang. They might be able to stop this,” John pointed out, bringing hope to Viva and his brothers.
“And there’s still Biggie and his friends,” Clay added.
Biggie: (Walks past his friends to look more closely at the destruction of his home) “I shouldn't have left her. She wouldn't have left me. Never, no matter how scared she was.” (Turns to face his friends) “I've gotta go back.”
Legsly: “We're coming with you, Biggie. We gotta go save our best friend.”
“Yes!” The brothers cheered while Viva sighed in relief, glad to see they were willing to go after Poppy and their tribe.
Smidge: “But how? We'll never make it past security.”
Tiny Diamond: “We'll overpower them with muscles!”
Chenille: “Or…we could overpower them”
Satin & Chenille: “With fashion!”
“Huh?” the brothers asked in confusion.
(Twins begin getting work and make disguises for everyone)
“Oh, they’re making disguises!” Viva gasped in realization.
Satin: “Ouch.” (Accidentally pokes herself with a needle, causing her finger to bleed. At the sight of blood, Biggie and Tiny Diamond faint)
“Really?” John Dory said in exasperation, rolling his eyes at Biggie and Tiny.
Chapter 28: Volcano Rock City
Chapter Text
(Rock Trolls are seen traveling back to Volcano Rock City, Poppy being carried as prisoner in one of the back cages)
Thrash: “Rock and roll!”
(Inside the Volcano is a large stadium where all the Trolls in Troll Kingdom are. Rock Trolls are cheering and celebrating while the five other Troll tribes are watching on in fear)
“Oh, this is bad…” Viva quietly said.
“It looks like every troll in Troll Kingdom is there,” John gasped.
“That’s because every troll is there,” Bruce said.
“Not Branch,” Clay reminded his brothers, glad that was the case.
“Not yet anyway. He’s probably going to try and save Poppy,” Floyd added, worried for Branch and hoping he would remain safe.
(Behind the stage Rock Trolls are setting up for Barb’s performance and world domination. Biggie, Smidge, Guy Diamond, Legsly, Satin and Chenille are seen sneaking around trying to rescue Poppy)
Rock Troll: “All right, where do we put these things?”
Rock Troll: “I need a circuit hookup.”
Biggie: (Whispers) “Okay, come on. Let's go, let's go, let's go.”
(The small group of Pop Trolls hides in the shadows as they pass some Rock Trolls, but Legsly gives them away by wearing her anklet which has bells)
“Why is she wearing that?! She’s going to get them caught!” Clay exclaimed, referring to Legsly’s anklet.
Rock Troll: “Hey. Stop right there.”
(Pop Trolls halt, only their outlines visible to the Rock Trolls from the shadows)
“And there is it,” Clay muttered in annoyance, as they were now caught.
Biggie: (Whispers) “Legsly, I told you not to wear your anklet!”
Rock Troll: “Only Rock Trolls are allowed back here.”
Biggie: “Well, it's funny you should mention that, because we are genuine Hard Rockers.”
(Pop Trolls jump out from the shadows and make a poor impersonation of being Rock Trolls, causing the Rock Trolls to just stare at them)
“Uh…” Bruce said in confusion.
“Those are cute outfits though,” Viva pointed out, complementing Satin and Chenille's work.
“Yeah, but they don’t look like Rock trolls,” Clay said, worried that they (Biggie and his friends) would get caught.
Mr. Dinkles: (In a deep voice) “ One, two, three, four! ”
(The small group of Pop Trolls begin rocking out as heavy metal music plays in the background)
Mr. Dinkles: (In a deep voice) “ Rainbows, unicorns, everything nice, yeah. Sugarplums, fairy dust, everything nice, yeah. Brush your teeth! ”
As the Pop trolls’ short performance ended, the brothers and Viva burst out laughing.
“Okay, that was too good,” John chuckled.
“And it seems like they know how to act,” Bruce said, amused and impressed by their performance.
Rock Troll: “Cool.” (Fooled by their performance, the Rock Trolls believe them to be fellow Rock Trolls, so they hand them guitars and drums and send them onstage) “Hurry up. The show's about to start, man. Queen Barb's about to go onstage.”
Smidge: “We're screwed.”
“Dang, can’t believe they weren’t caught,” Floyd said, impressed.
“Yeah, but now they’re supposed to be on stage, meaning they can’t rescue Poppy,” Viva said, upset that their plan got interrupted.
(Above the stage is a small room where two Rock Trolls lead Poppy into with Barb following behind)
Barb: “So, Popcorn, is being my best friend everything you could have ever dreamed of?”
(The two Rock Trolls holding Poppy throw her into a cage, which Barb locks, laughing. The two Rock Trolls leave to get Barb’s guitar, so only Barb and Poppy are in the room)
“No! Poppy!” Viva gasped, hating to see her sister behind bars and in danger.
Poppy: “I am not your best friend.”
Barb: “You don't have to be embarrassed. I get it. Being queen can be kind of lonely.” (Looks out at the crowd where all the Rock Trolls stand and chant her name, a sad and lonely expression appearing on her face)
Crowd: “Barb! Barb! Barb! Barb! Barb!”
Barb: (Sadly) “There's all this pressure to be a great queen. And instead of real friends, you're just surrounded by people who just tell you what you want to hear.”
At her words Viva and the brothers exchanged surprised looks.
“What was that about?” John questioned, confused to see Barb being…sensitive?
Barb: (Turns away from the crowd and looks at Poppy) “You know, other than your terrible taste in music and clothing and general lifestyle, you and me are the same, Popsqueak.”
“What, no you’re not!” Viva said, not liking Poppy being compared to Barb.
Poppy: “Uh…” (Scoffs) “No, we're not.”
Barb: “We're both queens who just want to unite the world.”
At this the brothers scoffed, not understanding how she could view her actions as ‘uniting the world.’
Poppy: “You don't want to unite the world. You want to destroy it!”
Barb: “Nuh-uh. No way. No. I don't know who told you that.” (Two Rock Trolls open Barb’s guitar case, revealing her guitar which holds all the Troll music strings except for Pop’s) “Music has done nothing but divide us. Now that I have the final string, I can make us all one nation of Trolls under rock.” (Takes out the Pop Troll music string and attaches it to the guitar, turning it into a Rock Troll music string and making the guitar complete and ready to play. Barb then picks up the guitar and runs her hand over the strings, causing it to glow red which makes Barb laugh)
“Oh no…” the trolls gasped, looking at the guitar fearfully.
“She’s won…” Viva quietly said.
“No she hasn’t. Not yet,” Clay said in response to Viva.
Poppy: “What are you gonna do?”
Barb: “Play the ultimate power chord, and then…” (Chuckles) “You'll see!”
(The floor Barb is standing on lowers onto the stage and the song ‘Barracuda’ begins to play as the Rock Trolls cheer and grunt in unison to the rhythm of the song. One Rock Troll is seen jumping into the pool of lava)
Barb: “ So this ain't the end, I saw you again today, I had to turn my heart away. ” (Thrash shoots columns of lava out of the ground by pressing buttons on his chair; Riff plays the drums; and Biggie, Guy Diamond, Tiny Diamond, Legsly, Satin, Chenille, and Simidge stand on stage and pretend to play the instruments they were given by the Rock Trolls) “ Smile like the sun, kisses for everyone! And tales, it never fails. You're lyin' so low in the weeds. I bet you gonna ambush me…You'd have me down, down, down, down down on my knees. Now, won't ya? ” (Looks over expectedly at the small group of Pop Trolls onstage, believing them to be her encore. When they don’t sing, she narrows her eyes at them suspiciously)
“Oh crap…” John said, not wanting to see Biggie or his friends caught.
Biggie: (Yells) “Barracuda!” (Smashes his guitar to the ground, causing Barb to laugh and the Rock Trolls to cheer)
“Dang, good thinking Biggie,” Bruce said, glad he was able to fool Barb.
Barb: “Bam!” (Cooper, Prince D, and King Peppy are seen being led toward the front of the stage by two Rock trolls)
“Dad!” Viva shouted, worried for her father.
“What’re they doing?” Clay asked, wondering why the Rock trolls were leading those three trolls out.
“Because they’re all part of the royal family of their tribe,” Floyd gasped in realization. “Barb must be starting with the leaders before moving on to everyone else.”
At Floyd’s words the brothers and Viva looked at each other fearfully. That meant Poppy would be one of the first trolls affected by the ultimate power cord…
Tiny Diamond: (Plays the tiny keyboard he was given) “Hey! Look, Daddy! I'm a rockstar!”
Rock Troll in Lava: “Uh, this is a little hot.”
(Rock Trolls scream and cheer as Barb holds the guitar containing the former music strings of the other tribes of Trolls)
Barb: “Give it up for your former leaders.” (Spotlight falls on each of the leaders of the troll tribes as their type of music is called by Barb) “Funk, Country, Techno, Classical...and worst of all, Pop.” (At the mention of the leaders, the Rock Trolls boo and as Pop is called, Poppy’s cage turns around to face the crowd. At the sight of Poppy, King Peppy gasps and looks up toward his daughter in fear) “Who wants to see what the ultimate power chord can do?” (Rock Trolls cheer as Barb aims the guitar at Poppy)
“NO!” Viva shouted.
Poppy: “No. No!”
(Barb plays a few notes on the guitar but before she can play the ultimate power chord a book gets thrown at her face)
“Wait, isn’t that…” Floyd said, recognizing the book.
(Throwing the book down in anger, Barb looks around for who threw it and sees Sheila B flying over the Volcano with Branch, the K-Pop Gang, and the Reggaeton Trolls inside)
Branch: “Ha! I guess a giant comprehensive manual does come in handy.”
“It’s Branch!” Bruce exclaimed.
“YES! Go Branch!” John Dory shouted in joy.
“I knew he’d turn up!” Clay said, proud of his brother.
“What an entrance too,” Floyd said, loving his brother.
“It’s good to see that the Reggaeton Trolls and K-Pop gang joined him too,” Viva said, thankful that Branch turned up to save her sister.
Tiny Diamond: “Bla-dow! Just in time!”
Poppy: “Branch!”
“Notice how everyone immediately gained hope when Branch arrived,” Floyd pointed out, smiling widely at Branch.
“Well, he has proven himself time and time again,” Bruce said, proud of his youngest brother.
Barb: “Well, isn't that puke. Poppy's little boyfriend came to crash the concert. Too late, Branch.” (Aims the guitar at Poppy again)
“Oh no…” Viva gasped.
Branch: “Wait!” (Barb plays the ultimate power chord, but before it hits Poppy, Branch jumps in front of the blast and takes the full blow, protecting Poppy)
“NO!” the brothers yelled, standing up in shock.
“Not Branch, please…Oh no, no no,” Bruce said, falling to his knees, devastated, as he began to silently cry.
“No…” Clay said, staring at Branch with wide eyes as he got hit with the ultimate power cord.
John and Floyd didn’t even know what to say. John staggered backward and fell back into his seat in shock, his eyes becoming unfocused as he tried to process what just happened, while Floyd felt himself sink to the ground as he too began to cry.
Poppy: “Branch!”
(When the chord ends Branch gets encased in a large black rock which falls heavily on the stage. Cooper, Prince D, King Peppy, and Poppy stare in horror at where the rock fell)
“What’d she do to him…” Floyd whispered through his tears, not really wanting to know.
Poppy: “No.”
(All the trolls watch in silence to see what happens. As the rock begins to crack open, Barb cautiously approaches it with a smile on her face. When the rock splits in two, Branch is seen to have transformed into a Rock Zombie)
“He’s a Rock Zombie…She turned him into a Rock Zombie!” Clay yelled, a surge of hate toward Barb coursing through him.
John, Bruce and Floyd didn’t know what to say at first; they could only stare horrified at their baby brother, who was now unrecognizable to them.
“No…that didn’t happen,” John finally said, his voice cracking as he said it, trying to convince himself even though he knew it had already happened.
Poppy: “Branch…”
Branch: “Rock on!”
(Rock Trolls cheer to see the guitar works)
Barb: “Oh, sick! It totally works!”
Branch: “Who's ready to get rippin' tattoos everywhere but our faces in case we still need office jobs? Rah!”
At Branch’s words the brothers stared at him in shock and horror.
“Is Branch…still like this? Is that why we’re here?! To see that Branch, our baby brother, is going to be a Rock Zombie for the rest of his life!” Clay shouted, still feeling hate and anger toward Barb.
“No, no. There’s no way our Branch is stuck like this…” John said, not convincing himself, while Bruce and Floyd could only stare at the screen in horror through their tears, still kneeling on the floor.
Poppy: “You're turning everyone into rock zombies?!”
Barb: “Yep. I can't wait to party with you, Poppy!”
(Rock Troll attaches Barb to some wire that’s connected to a vessel, which carries her over the audience as she plays the guitar. She strikes the ultimate power chord again, this time aiming at the Queen and King of Funk. Cooper and Prince D gasp as their parents are turned into rock zombies. One by one, Barb turns the rest of the leaders into rock zombies until only Poppy is left)
Clampers: “Rock and roll!”
“Oh no!” Viva gasped, covering her mouth with her hands in horror.
Riff: “Dude…”
(Poppy picks the lock open to her cage and opens the door, which squeaks and alerts Barb of her escape)
Barb: “Not so fast, Popsqueak.” (Turns to Branch) “Hey, boy toy, it's mullet time.”
(Branch faces Poppy and growls then uses his hair to hold Poppy in place for Barb, who plays the ultimate power chord which hits Poppy, causing her and her cage to fall onto the stage as a dust cloud conceals them)
“No!” Viva yelled as she watched Poppy get hit.
“How dare she use Branch like that!” Clay shouted in rage, clenching his fists in anger.
Poppy: (As the dust settles Poppy is seen dressed as a rock troll. Biggie, Cooper, Prince D, and King Peppy all gasp in shock and horror) “Who wants to party?! Without smiling.”
“No no no…” Viva said, not believing this had happened to Poppy.
Watching Poppy turn into a Rock Zombie the brothers all looked at each other in shock, sadness, and defeat. With Branch and all the leaders turned into Rock Zombies, there was no one to stop Barb now…
(Rock Trolls cheer)
Barb: (Nods toward Cooper, Prince D, and King Peppy) “Finish them off.” (Throws the guitar to Poppy, who catches it)
“What! That’s sick! She’s having her turn her family and friends into Rock Zombies!” John gasped, horrified at Barb for ordering Poppy to do such a thing.
(Poppy approaches Cooper, Prince D, and King Peppy while playing the guitar. As she’s in front of them and points the end of the guitar at them, she winks then turns the guitar on Barb, who backs up in confusion at seeing Poppy’s eyes and noticing they’re not red as they should be, but their normal color/appearance)
“Wait, what?!” Viva gasped, her and the brothers widening their eyes in surprise.
“But, she got hit…we saw it…” Floyd said, confused as to how Poppy wasn’t a Rock Zombie.
“She was faking it,” Clay said in realization. “Poppy wasn’t encased in a rock when she got hit, remember. The leaders and…and Branch…they were encased in a rock before turning into Rock Zombies. Poppy wasn’t though,” he explained, his voice cracking in regret as he mentioned his brother.
“Maybe they have a chance after all,” John said, hope slowly returning.
Barb: “What are you doing? You're supposed to be a rock zombie!”
Poppy: (Pops two gumdrops out of her ears) “Gumdrops. Soundproof and delicious.” (Pops them in her mouth)
“Wow, good thinking Poppy,” Viva said, laughing in relief.
Hickory: (Out in the audience by the Country Trolls) “She learned that from watching me.”
Barb: “Give me that!” (Points to the guitar)
Poppy: “I'm not gonna let you do this to anyone else! A world where everyone looks the same and sounds the same? That's not harmony.”
Riff: “Hey, Barb? Hi. Maybe Queen Poppy has a point. If we all look the same, act the same, dress the same, how will anyone know we're cool or somethin'?”
“Woah, I didn’t know a fellow Rock troll would stand up against Barb,” Viva said, surprised.
Rock Troll: (Out in the audience) “Yeah. He's got a point.”
Poppy: “A good queen listens.” (Looks over at Biggie who smiles at her) “Real harmony takes lots of voices.” (Barb tries to grab the guitar from Poppy) “Different voices!” (Smashes the guitar to the ground, breaking the strings which causes all the trolls to lose their color as their music gets sucked out of them)
Seeing all the trolls lose their color, Viva and the brothers gasped in shock.
“What just happened?” John asked, quietly.
“The strings are broken…they lost their music,” Clay whispered, staring at the screen with wide eyes.
(The leaders are back to normal and Branch stands up behind Poppy, grunting as the rest of the zombie affects leave him. Looking down, he looks at his arms and realizes he’s turned gray once again)
“Branch!” the brothers shouted in joy, smiling as they realized he was no longer a Rock Zombie.
“Oh thank goodness, oh gosh…” Bruce said, he and Clay laughing in relief.
“He’s okay!” Floyd exclaimed, smiling at John.
“But…he’s lost his color again,” Viva pointed out sadly, regretting to interrupt the brothers' celebration. At her words the smiles on the brothers slowly faded as they realized she was right. They didn’t want Branch to be gray again, not after he had finally regained his colors after twenty years…
Poppy: “Branch!” (Drops the broken guitar and runs over to Branch, supporting some of his weight)
Barb: “No.” (Kneels beside the guitar and gently picks the strings up in her hands and watches as they disappear) “My strings…” (Breathing heavily, she faces Poppy) “What have you done? You've destroyed music!” (Turns to the crowd) “Give it up, everybody. Thanks to the Queen of Pop, we've all lost our music. History repeats itself. Pop has ruined everything.”
“What! It’s Barb’s fault they’re all even in this mess to begin with!” Viva shouted, mad at Barb for placing all the blame on Poppy.
“But music doesn’t come from the strings. It comes from within,” Floyd said, looking knowingly at his brothers as they all smiled at one another. They knew Branch and the other trolls would be okay, they didn’t have to rely on the strings to make music. Music came from their lives, experiences, cultures, and those they loved; a lesson the brothers have learned through their time together and apart.
(All the trolls look down in sadness and defeat, silence settling all over the once lively City)
Chapter 29: TrollsTopia
Chapter Text
(Cooper’s heartbeat begins to thump and glow pink, representing his music, causing the trolls nearby to look at him in confusion. Cooper picks up the microphone Barb dropped and holds it to his chest so everyone can hear it, the sound of his heartbeat filling the stadium. Queen Essence and King Quincy watch in amazement at their sons as Prince D walks over to Cooper and begins to beatbox in rhythm to his brother’s heartbeat)
Queen Essence: “Those are my sons. Making music.”
(Heartbeat and beatboxing continues. Delta Dawn feels the music, making her heart glow yellow and causing her to get into rhythm and begins to clap and tap on beat. Soon, all the Country Trolls follow her lead and copy her, their hearts glowing yellow and orange in the darkness. Queen Essence and King Quincy’s hearts glow purple and soon all the trolls are clapping and stomping to the rhythm. One by one, each tribe feels the music, causing their hearts to glow and represent their respective music)
“Woah,” Viva and the brothers gasped, looking at each other in amazement.
Queen Essence: “Queen Barb can't take away something that is inside us. Because that's where music really comes from.”
“I’m glad Queen Essence said Queen Barb and not Queen Poppy,” Viva said, grateful to the Funk troll Queen.
King Quincy: “It started with the strings, but now it comes from us.”
(Techno Trolls begin vocalizing melodically)
King Trollex: “Yeah, it comes from our experiences!”
Delta Dawn: “Our lives!”
Queen Essence: “Our culture.”
(Branch’s happily looks at his glowing heart)
Seeing Branch back to his normal self brought a smile to the brothers as they watched Branch proudly.
Trollzart: “Beautiful!”
Poppy: “Listen to that. Barb can't take that away.” (Looks happily at the sea of color in the stadium)
“That’s amazing,” Floyd breathed in awe as he looked at the sea of color from all the trolls.
Poppy: (Queen Essence nods in encouragement to Poppy, who closes her eyes to feel the music) “ Let me hear you sing. ” (At her voice, the sun rises and all the trolls smile in happiness and hope) “ Sing it together. Louder than ever. Forget everything… ”
Poppy & Branch: (Branch walks up and stands next to Poppy, joining her in song) “ Just sing, like it's what we've been missing. And they're gonna listen, listen. Forget everything, just sing… ” (Branch and Poppy regain their colors)
“Yeah!” Clay and Bruce shouted in joy, doing their handshake in celebration.
“Go Branch!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Yes! They got their colors back!” Floyd said, looking excitedly at Viva.
Barb: “Dad?” (Looks questioningly at her dad, who’s calmly playing his keyboard with Debbie sitting next to him)
Thrash: “It's all right, Barbara. Just let everyone be what they want to be. Including you.” (Thrash and Debbie regain their colors)
“Wait, that guy can talk in full sentences?” John Dory asked, as he remembered how forgetful Thrash seemed earlier, earning him exasperated eye rolls from his brothers.
Poppy: “ You think you've gotta hide it. Don't keep it on the shelf. ” (Queen Essence, King Quincy, Prince D, and Cooper go behind Poppy and begin swaying to the beat) “ Let your waist start moving, watch the way I do it, do it. See me do it like nobody else… ”
Queen Essence: “ If we sing it all together. ” (Funk Trolls regain their colors)
Prince D & Branch: “ If we sing it all as one. ”
Queen Essence: “ It's louder than yourself. ”
Prince D & Branch: “ All together, everyone. ”
“I love Branch!” Bruce said, he and his brothers smiling proudly up at Branch.
Queen Essence: “ Everybody's lookin'... ”
Prince D: (Raps) “ Sing it loud now. ”
Queen Essence: “ Watch the way we do it… ”
Prince D: (Raps) “ Hold up, watch out how I do it. ”
Queen Essence: “ Do it. ”
Delta Dawn, Poppy & Queen Essence: “ 'Cause we do it like nobody else! ” (At this point, all the leaders have their colors back)
King Trollex: “ Let me hear you sing! ”
All girls onstage: “ Don't you stop it, don't you fight it. ”
King Trollex: “ Let me hear you sing! ”
“Okay, I really want to meet King Trollex. He seems awesome,” John Dory commented, enjoying the scene.
All girls onstage: “ If you got it, can't deny it. ”
King Trollex: “ Let me hear you… ”
All Trolls onstage: “ It's waitin' for you, already you know, that you do it like nobody else! Just sing! ” (As all the leaders, except for Barb, sing together, color sweeps through the audience as every troll regains their color, except Barb) “ Sing it together! Louder than ever, ever. Forget everything, just sing. Like it's what we've been missin’. And they're gonna listen, listen. Forget everything… ”
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers exclaimed, glad that all the trolls had regained their colors.
Tiny Diamond: “Come on, Daddy! Just sing!”
Guy Diamond: “ Let me hear you! ”
Delta Dawn: (Playing the ukulele) “ Hey, I've been right here where you're standing! ”
Branch: “ I've been standing on the ground. ”
“Gotta love Branch,” Clay said, still smiling happily at his youngest brother.
Delta Dawn: “ And the walls are caving in. ”
Prince D & Branch: “ All the walls are fallen. ”
Delta Dawn: “ When my lips start moving with the soul I put into it. And you never heard it done like this. ” (Hickory and Dickory yodel)
Trolls: “ Let me hear you sing! ”
K-Pop Gang: (Singing in Korean) “ 멈추지 마세요, 싸우지 마세요, 당신이 노래하는 걸 들려주세요. ”
Female Reggaeton Trolls: (Singing in Spanish) “ Si lo tienes, no lo puedo negar, ¡déjame oírte cantar! ”
Trolls: “ It's waitin' for you, already you know, that you do it like nobody else! Just sing! Sing it together, louder than ever, ever. Forget everything, just sing, like it's what we've been missin'... ”
Trollzart: “Play. Play!” (Conducts the Classical Musical Trolls as they play instruments, one of them being Pennywhistle) “Beautiful!”
“Hey, it’s Pennywhistle!” Viva said, glad to see the tiny woodwind was okay.
Trolls: “ And they're gonna listen, listen. Forget everything…Let me hear you sing! ”
Tiny Diamond: (Raps while riding on Debbie) “
I said a-one, two, three and four! Let's go, everybody get on the floor!
”
Trolls: “ Let me hear you! ”
Queen Essence: “ Oh, let me hear you sing, yeah. ”
Trolls: “ Let me hear you sing! ”
Prince D: (Raps) “ I want you to sing from your soul, I want you to reach with your elbow! ”
Trolls: “ Let me hear you! ”
Tiny Diamond: “Can't hear you way in the back!” (Cloud Guy starts dancing)
“Yeah, Cloud Guy!” John Dory said, cheering Cloud Guy on and causing his brothers to laugh in amusement.
Branch: “ All right, all right, all right. ”
Trolls: “ Let me hear you sing! It's waitin' for you, already you know, that you do it like nobody else! ” (Barb’s heart finally begins to glow red and Poppy passes Barb a guitar)
Trolls & Barb: (Barb plays the guitar and begins to sing, regaining her colors and turning her hair rainbow) “ Just sing! Sing it together, louder than ever, ever. Forget everything, just sing. ”
“Woah, she does end up having a change of heart,” Floyd said, impressed with Barb.
“Hmph, yeah well, I’m not just going to forget what she did to Branch and all the other trolls,” Clay muttered, crossing his arms in annoyance at Barb who he still hadn’t forgiven for turning his brother into a Rock Zombie.
Trolls: (Light surrounds Poppy as she floats in midair, and when the light leaves, she’s weaning a new outfit) “ Like it's what we've been missin', and they're gonna listen, listen… ”
“Woah, Poppy!” John exclaimed in surprise.
“Oh, she looks so good!” Viva said, proud of her sister.
Barb: “ And rock! ” (Poppy holds her hand out to Barb, which she takes, then together they raise their hands in the air)
“How does she just forgive others that easily?” Clay questioned, confused by how Poppy was so willing to befriend Barb after all she had done.
“Because she’s able to move on from the past and accept the mistakes of others,” Floyd responded, looking gently at Clay who didn’t meet his gaze but instead looked at the floor.
Clay knew Poppy was in the right for forgiving Barb, but she had hurt his brother, which was something he would not easily let slide. He had always had a problem with forgiving others and letting go of the past, especially when it came to John Dory. Sure, since coming here they had made up and Clay had forgiven him, but for the past twenty years, Clay had been so hurt by John’s actions that it left him heartbroken. He and John used to be very close as kids, but when John walked out on him that night without a second thought, it had torn a hole in Clay’s heart that was only now finally being repaired.
Trolls: “ Forget everything, just sing. Sing it together, louder than ever, ever. Forget everything, just sing… ” (A rainbow shoots out of the volcano) “ Like it's what we've been missin'. And they're gonna listen, listen. Forget everything, just… ”
Poppy: “ Sing! ”
(All the Trolls cheer)
As the song ended Viva and the brothers also cheered, overjoyed that everything had turned out okay and that their siblings were no longer Rock Zombies.
Rock Troll: (Hugs a Pop and Funk Troll on both sides of him) “I love you guys.”
Poppy: (Helps her dad onto the stage) “Dad, I should've listened to what you had to say and not run off like that.”
King Peppy: “I'm so glad you didn't listen to me. You weren't naive about this world. You were brave enough to believe things can change. Braver than me.” (Turns toward the crowd and tosses his walking stick to the side) “I raised Poppy to be strong and self-confident! I was a genius!” (Throws himself into the crowd and begins crowd-surfing) “Ha! Ha! Yeah!”
At King Peppy’s words and actions, the brothers and Viva all chuckled in amusement.
“Viva, your dad is awesome!” John said.
“Yeah, I can’t wait to meet him,” Clay added, smiling at Viva.
“He is awesome,” Viva said, agreeing with John and smiling up at her father.
Poppy: (Approaches Barb) “Well, now that you're not forcing me, I hope we can be friends.”
Barb: “Yes! Did you hear that, Carol? We have a girl group now!” (Hugs Poppy)
“Ooh, fun!” Viva squealed. She loved girl groups…
Carol: “A girl group? Nice!” (Throws her can of ‘Easy Cheese’ which lands in Chaz’s instrument that he was just playing to hypnotize a Rock Troll. As it enters his instrument, the music stops and cheese goes out of Chaz’s nose and ears)
“Hahaa!” John Dory said, laughing at Chaz.
“Yeah, that’s what you get for messing with Branch!” Clay added, smiling in amusement as he said those words.
Barb: “Yeah! Carol! She's psyched.” (Walks happily off)
Poppy: (Branch approaches Poppy) “Branch, I love that we're different!”
Branch: “And I love you, Queen Poppy.”
“YES!” The brothers and Viva cheered.
“Go Branch!” Bruce shouted in joy.
Poppy: (Smiles) “I love you, too, Branch.”
“Ahh! It’s happening!” Vive squealed.
Branch: (Smiles back and holds out his hand for a high-five) “Shall we?”
Poppy: (Runs back, holds her hand out, then runs toward Branch and high-fives him) “Yes!”
Branch: “Yeah! Whoo!”
Poppy: “Now, that's a good connection!” (Branch laughs and Poppy hugs him)
“Yes! Haha,” the brothers cheered, laughing in joy that Branch and Poppy were able to make up with each other and express their feelings to one another.
Poppy: (Scrapbook shows pictures of the Trolls ancestors, first gray then colorful) “In the beginning, we were divided. Our ancestors thought we were just too different to get along. It turns out they were wrong. Very, very wrong.” (Ancestor Troll: ‘We're sorry.’) “You have to be able to listen to other voices, even when they don't agree with you.” (Scrapbook shows Poppy, Branch, and all the other trolls from all the tribes) “They make us stronger, more creative, more inspired. So whether your song is sad and heartfelt, loud and defiant, or warm and funky, or even if you're a little bit of each…” (Poppy closes her scrapbook and is seen telling their story to a young troll from each tribe) “It's all these sounds and all our differences that make the world a richer place. Because…you can't harmonize alone.” (Takes Branch’s hand)
“Aww…” Viva said as she watched Poppy and Branch hold hands lovingly.
“So…are they dating?!” Bruce asked hopefully.
“You know what, I think so,” Floyd said, smiling at his brothers.
“Woo-hoo! Finally,” John Dory exclaimed, pumping his fists in the air in celebration, causing his brothers and Viva to laugh.
Clampers: “Haha!” (Starts chewing on the scrapbook)
Poppy: “Clampers!” (Rips the book from out of her mouth) “Let's not eat our history.”
Clampers: “Sorry, Miss Poppy.”
“I love how the other trolls are there,” Clay said, his brothers and Viva nodding in agreement.
Tiny Diamond: (Backs up into the room riding a toy truck) “Yeah, oh, yeah, oh, yeah, oh, yeah. Excuse me. I'm done with my nap and I'm ready to party! Glitter!” (Opens up the back of the truck which releases a pile of glitter)
“I really want to meet that dude,” John Dory said, repeating what he said earlier about Tiny.
(Scene changes to outside where a Branch and Prince D are seen singing and dancing in Pop Troll Village)
Branch: “ Hmmmm… ”
Prince D: “ Not anyone can move you this way. ”
Branch: “ No way. ”
Prince D: “ Finally got you loose from the cage. ”
Branch: “ Okay. ”
Prince D: “ I ain't tryin' to schmooze you with flowers, baby. ”
Branch: “ Don't play no games. ”
Prince D: “ I'd rather make a power play. ”
Branch: “ Ooh…Imagine all the lives that we could change. You don't even know the power you got in them legs. ” (Poppy and Barb are riding around on a flying insect)
“I love Branch!” Bruce said, happily watching his brother dance and sing.
“And I’m so glad we have our Branch back,” Floyd added, smiling widely.
Prince D: “ Pick up your face and be proud for once. ”
Branch: “ Proud for once. ”
Prince D: “ Take off your Cooper, keep stylin' on 'em. ”
Branch: “ Keep stylin' on 'em. ”
(Worm bus pulls up and King Quincy, Queen Essence, King Trollex, Delta Dawn, Trollzart, and Thrash get off and start dancing)
“Oh that’s so fun they’re all friends now!” Viva said, glad that the trolls were all living in harmony once more.
Prince D: “ Okay, now don't slack! ”
Branch: “ Don't slack. ”
Prince D: “ I need all my rags! ”
Branch: “ All my rags. ”
Prince D: “ No, we don't hold back! ”
Branch: “ Hold back. ”
Prince D: “ Act like you know that! ”
Branch: “ Act like you know that. ”
Prince D: “Go tell your old man! Go get your whole fam. Fly like the ghost, man! Takin' all I can!”
Branch: “ I just came to feel all that is made for me, I was made to be the change we really, really need! ”
Prince D: “ I'm up before the rooster, you dig? ”
Branch: “ Ooh, you dig? ”
Prince D: “ I had to jump the moon to get big. ”
Branch: “ Ooh, to get big. ”
Prince D: “ How many stone grooves will it take? ”
Branch: “ Okay. ”
Prince D: “ 'Fore you skip on my phone play, okay. ”
Branch: “ Ooh, imagine all the lives that we could save. You don't even know the power you got in them legs. ”
Prince D: “ Pick up your face and be proud for once. ”
Branch: “ Proud for once. ”
Prince D: “ Go, won't you g-g-get down with us? ”
Branch: “ Keep stylin' on 'em. ”
Prince D: “ Okay, now don't slack. ”
Branch: “ Don't slack. ”
Prince D: “ I need all my rags. ”
Branch: “ All my rags. ”
Prince D: “ No, we don't hold back. ”
Branch: “ Hold back. ”
Prince D: “ Act like you know that. Go tell your old man. Go get your whole fam. Fly like the ghost, man. Takin' all I can! ”
Branch: “ I just came to feel all that is made for me, I was made to be the change we really, really need! ”
Prince D: “ Yeah. Now I fill up the whole tank. ”
Branch: “ Whole tank. ”
Thrash: “Rock and roll!”
Prince D: “ And I drive in the cold rain. ”
Branch: “ Cold rain. ”
Prince D: “ And I run like a nosebleed. ”
Branch: “ Nosebleed. ”
Prince D: “ And can't nobody hold me. ”
Branch: “ You can't hold me. ”
Prince D: “ Hold me, hold me, hold me… ”
Branch: “ You can't hold me. ”
Prince D: “ Hold me, hold me, hold me… ”
Branch: “ You can't hold me…You can’t hold .”
Prince D: “ Okay, now don't slack. ”
Branch: “ Don't slack. ”
Prince D: “ I need all my rags. ”
Branch: “ All my rags. ”
Prince D: “ No, we don't hold back. Act like you know that. Go tell your old man. Go get your whole fam. Fly like the ghost, man. Takin' all I can! Yeah! I feel different now, you know. ”
Branch: “ Come on! ”
Prince D: “ I was made to love! ”
Branch: “ I was made to love, say. I just came to get the love that was made for me. ”
Prince D: “ I just came to get the love that was made for me. ”
Branch: “ I was made to be the change that we really need. So get up, 'cause there ain't no use in lyin'. So get out, ‘cause you got too much to be tired. ”
Prince D: “ Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, say! ”
Branch: “ I just came to feel all that is made for me, I was made to be the change we really, really need! ”
Prince D: “ Now make the change, yeah! ”
Branch: “ I just came to feel- ”
Prince D: “ Now make the change, yeah! ”
Branch: “ All that is made for me- ”
Prince D: “ Come on! ”
Branch: “ I was made to be the change we really, really need! ” (Branch and Poppy fly off together)
“Okay, that was a lot of fun to see,” John said, leaning back in his chair as the scene ended.
“And Poppy and Branch are together now!” Viva added in excitement, smiling widely at the brothers.
Bridget: (Bridget and King Gristle appear on screen) “Aw, Grissy, I guess we're late to the party.”
King Gristle: “Aw, balls!” (Throws his crown down)
Bridget: (Slaps his arm) “Grissy!”
King Gristle: “But who's gonna eat my cheese balls, babe?”
“Oh yeah, you know, I kinda forgot about them,” Bruce admitted, earning amused eye rolls from the others.
(Screen turns black)
Chapter 30: Trolls Holiday in Harmony Part 1
Chapter Text
(Screen shows Branch getting dressed and ready for the day in his bunker and he puts on a fancy pink bow before exiting his bunker)
Branch: “'Tis the season.” (Puts earmuffs on and grabs a bouquet of flowers)
“Dang, someone’s all dressed up!” John Dory said, smiling at Branch.
“I’m guessing he did it for Poppy,” Bruce added.
Sheila B: (Flies toward Branch with Poppy waiting and ready to grab him as they pass) “Branch down here looking like a whole snack!”
Poppy: “And, got ya!” (Pulls Branch aboard Sheila B)
Sheila B: “Buckle up, kids!”
Poppy: “Hey, love the bow tie.”
“Yep, knew it,” Bruce said, smiling.
Branch: “Well, you know, it is the holiday season. Which is why I brought you these!” (Reveals the bouquet of flowers from behind his back and holds them out to Poppy)
“Oh, it’s Christmas!” Viva squealed. “Branch is so sweet to be giving Poppy flowers!”
Poppy: (Takes the bouquet gratefully) “Mitten-Settas! My favorite!” (Smells them then sneezes, blowing flower petals onto Branch’s face) “It's too bad I'm allergic.” (Continues to sneeze and blow petals on Branch)
“Oh, yeah, that is too bad,” Bruce said, Viva and the brothers chuckling in amusement.
Branch: “Yeah. Too bad.” (When Poppy is about to sneeze for a fourth time, Branch takes the bouquet from her hands, at least what’s left of it, and throws it overboard) “And we're done with that.”
Watching Branch throw the ruined bouquet overboard caused the brothers and Viva to laugh, enjoying this cute moment between their younger siblings.
“They’re so cute together,” Floyd said, glad to see Branch had found someone.
Branch: (Blows and wipes the petals off his face) “Yuck!” (Notices numerous baskets behind Poppy) “Poppy, I know we're going on a picnic, but do we really need this much food?”
“Dang, that’s a lot of food,” John commented, staring at all the baskets behind Poppy.
Poppy: “It's not food. They're invitations that we're going to deliver for the first annual Trolls Kingdom Secret Holiday Gift-Swap!” (Shows Branch one of the invitations excitedly while he looks at it in confusion)
“Oh okay, that makes more sense,” John said.
“I love Branch’s expression,” Clay said, chuckling in amusement toward Branch.
Branch: “First Annual what? What happened to the whole ‘balloon ride over Trolls Kingdom hang-out’ kinda thing?”
“Oh, poor Branch,” Clay said, feeling sorry that Branch’s picnic date with Poppy now entailed delivering invitations instead.
Poppy: “Branch, we're still doing that. We're just multitasking!”
Branch: “Multitasking, right.”
Poppy: “All right, here's the deal. I put a name inside each invitation.”
Branch: “Uh-huh.”
Poppy: “Whoever gets your name is your secret person.”
Branch: “Ooh!” (Tries to see the name but Poppy slaps his hands away)
Poppy: “Ah, ah! Secret. Then in three days, we all meet back in Pop Village and let the gift giving commence!” (Puts the invitation back in the basket) “You on board, Branchifer?”
“Ooh, that sounds so fun!” Viva exclaimed, excited at Poppy’s idea.
Branch: “No.”
“Haha, gotta love Branch,” Bruce said, loving Branch’s reaction to this whole idea.
Poppy: (Throws a basket at Branch) “That's what I like to hear! Now, help me dump these overboard! Like a fool, I went and stayed too long… ”
Branch: “ Mmmhmmm…Now I'm wondering if your love's still strong… ”
Poppy & Branch: “ Ooh, baby, here I am. Signed, sealed, delivered, I'm yours! ” (Together they dump one of the baskets overboard)
Branch: “ Mmm, then that time I went and said goodbye. ” (Classical Trolls get their invitations) “ Now I'm back and not ashamed to cry! ”
Poppy & Branch: “ Ooh, baby, here I am. Signed, sealed, delivered, I'm yours! ” (Branch ties an anchor to one of the baskets and throws it overboard into the ocean, but the rope accidently ties around his ankle bringing him into the water too, where he lands in the Techno Troll village)
“Oh, lucky! I want to see their village!” John Dory said, wishing he could also meet King Trollex and see the Techno Troll village; in person that is.
Branch: “ Ooh. ” (Opens up the basket, letting the invitations spread through the water and to the Techno Trolls)
King Trollex: “ Here I am, baby. Signed, sealed, delivered, I'm yours! ”
Delta Dawn: (Invitations then rain down over the Lonesome Flats and to the Country Trolls) “ All right, here I am, baby. Signed, sealed, delivered, I'm yours! ”
Branch: “ It's all right. ”
Barb: “ I've done a lot of foolish things that I really didn't mean! ” (Poses for a picture by her dad and younger sister. During the picture, invitations rain down over the Rock Trolls)
Branch: “ Oh, yeah, baby. I did not deny… ” (Branch and Poppy dump another basket of invitations underneath Vibe City, which goes into their aircraft and distributes to all the Funk Trolls)
Prince D: “ Here I am, baby. You got-gotta give it to me. Gotta give it to me all right, yeah! ” (Opens his invitation by his twin brother Cooper)
Poppy & Branch: “ Here I am, baby! ” (Dump the rest of the invitations over Pop Village)
“That looks so fun!” Viva said, excited to watch the gift-swap.
“And it’s good to see all the trolls living in harmony now,” Floyd added.
“You know, it’d be cool to meet these guys at some point after we leave this place,” John said.
“After we reunite with Branch,” Bruce added, giving John a look.
“Well of course after reuniting with Branch! I was just saying maybe Branch could introduce us to them,” John responded.
Cloud Guy: “Party time!”
Guy Diamond: (Holding Tiny Diamond in his hand) “Ooh! Invitations !”
Tiny Diamond: “Me next, me next! I want one! Give me one!” (Jumps down from his dad’s hands and runs around pushing other trolls out of the way to get an invitation)
“Wow, he really wants one,” Clay said, looking amusedly at Tiny Diamond.
Guy Diamond: “Don't push, son! Be polite!”
Tiny Diamond: (Approaches Legsly and shakes her anklet to get her attention) “Excuse me. Little bit of help, please?”
Legsly: (Brings her hand down which Tiny climbs up on, then holds him up) “Come on, Tiny! Going up!”
Tiny Diamond: (Grabs an invitation from the air) “Oh, yeah.” (Opens it up and sees that he got his dad’s name) “Oh, I got my daddy!”
“Oh, how sweet!” Viva said.
Tiny Diamond: “I know the perfect gift. A holiday rhyme! [raps] It's the holiday season! Okay! That special time of year! Poppy's rolling out the gifts and she's bringin' lots of cheer! My gift is for my daddy, none other than Guy Diamond. Gonna give him somethin' special that'll really blow his mimond! [rap ends] Mimond? Hold up. Is that even a word? I can't think of a rhyme! What's happenin' to me?”
“Oh, poor Tiny,” Viva said, feeling sorry for the baby troll.
Legsly: “Sounds like you lost your flow.”
Tiny Diamond: “I've lost my flow? What am I gonna do for my dad's holiday gift if I can't rhyme?”
Legsly: “You know, you should see my friend Rhyme-a-Saurus. He'll help you get your flow back.”
Tiny Diamond: “Of course! Good lookin' out, Legsly.” (Jumps down from Legsly’s hands)
Legsly: “And to you, Tiny Baby Sir.”
Poppy: (Branch gets off Sheila B and Poppy is about to follow him before she remembers their invitations) “Oh, wait. We almost forgot to grab our own invitations.” (Branch and Poppy pick up the last two invitations) “Oh, man. Gift-swaps are so my jam!”
“Ahh, mine too!” Viva squealed in excitement.
Branch: “Yeah, you do give the best gifts. It's super intimidating.”
(They both open their invitations; Poppy gasps in excitement as she realizes she got Branch while Branch gasps in horror as he sees he has Poppy)
Branch: “Oh, no.”
“What! No way!” John said, laughing in amusement.
“Coincidence? I think not,” Clay casually said, leaning back in his hair with his arms crossed and looking happily at Branch and Poppy.
“Aw, that’s so cute,” Viva said, happy they got each other.
“Branch looks horrified though,” Bruce noticed.
“Well he did just say Poppy’s gifts are pretty intimidating as she usually gives the best gifts. He’s probably just feeling really pressured,” Floyd responded.
Poppy: “Oh, interesting.”
Branch: “Cool.” (Laughs nervously)
Poppy: “Cool.”
Branch: “Yeah, totally. So cool.”
Poppy: “Well…”
Branch: (Quietly) “Totally cool.”
Poppy: “Better get to work on a present for whoever this is.”
Branch: “Yeah, yeah, same here. Gotta take care of this…This person's gift.”
(Branch and Poppy start walking off in the opposite direction)
Poppy: “Okay, catch up with you...later, Branch, bye.” (As she walks off, Branch looks back down at her name and is worried)
“They’re adorable,” Viva said, overjoyed that they were finally a couple.
(Screen changes to show Tiny Diamond entering Rhyme-a-Saurus swamp)
Tiny Diamond: (Reads a sign out loud) “‘Rhyme-a-Saurus swamp. No need to be nervous. Read sign out loud to fetch my service.’ Okay, well. I just did that... Oh! What the…”
“Haha, have I mentioned I want to meet this dude,” John said, smiling at Tiny.
“Yes John, you have,” Clay said, rolling his eyes in amusement at his oldest brother.
(The water’s smooth surface is disrupted as a large creature emerges from the water)
Rhyme-a-Saurus: “Hey, there, little friend. You seem like you're not okay. I hope that I can help you rhyme and have you on your way.”
“He seems cool,” Bruce commented, talking about Rhyme-a-Saurus.
Tiny Diamond: “I'm looking for a word that rhymes with ‘diamond’ so I can finish my rap and get my flow back. Got any suggestions?”
Rhyme-a-Saurus: “Uh, let me give that one a think. Consult the page, review the ink.” (Scratches his head then opens up the rhyming book that’s attached to him and scans for words that rhyme with ‘diamond’) “Hmm...diamond, diamond, diamond… ‘Almond... Science... Climate.’ Climate! Yes!” (Shuts his rhyming book) “Climate is the best I could find! Give that a shot, if you don't mind.”
“Climate?” Floyd asked, wondering how that would work in the rap Tiny was trying to make for his dad.
Tiny Diamond: “Uh... Okay. [raps] It's the holiday, holiday season. Gotta give my dad
somethin' that is pleasin'. He's a special man, a real, real special man. That's why I wanna give him everything that I can! He's my homie, his name is Guy Diamond! Wanna give him something special that'll really blow his climate! [rap ends] Climate? No, I'm not feelin' that!”
“That was a really good rap! His dad will love it!” Viva said, enjoying the scene.
“Yeah, well Tiny’s right. ‘Climate’ doesn’t really fit into the rap,” Bruce added.
Rhyme-a-Saurus: “Right. Well, then. Travel by land and sail the mighty seas. You need to consult with the great Wind-Breeze.”
Tiny Diamond: “Wind-Breeze? Okay, well, how do I find her?”
Rhyme-a-Saurus: “Uh, she's right there.” (Points his tail behind Tiny Diamond)
Wind-Breeze: “Hello!”
(Scene changes back to Pop Village where all kinds of Trolls are seen preparing their gifts for their secret someone)
Poppy: (Sees Riff debating between two sweaters, trying to choose which one to give as his gift) “Definitely go with that one.” (Points to one of the sweaters)
Riff: “Oh, yeah, duh. You're a life saver, Poppy.” (Wraps the sweater she pointed to, tossing the other one away)
King Trollex: (Tries to fit a large comb in a box vertically, which is not going in right) “It won't fit.”
Poppy: “Hmm... Oh!” (Turns the box around, allowing King Trollex to fit the comb inside horizontally instead)
King Trollex: “It's a holiday miracle!”
Poppy: “Peppermint Troll-caccino?” (Offers said drinks to Cloud Guy and a young Rock Troll, both of whom gratefully take the offered drinks)
Could Guy: “You just read my mind.”
“Poppy sure knows her stuff about the holiday’s,” Clay said, Viva smiling at her sister in pride.
(Poppy then begins decorating her gift)
Barb: “Wow, Poppy. That is one massive gift.” (Screen backs up to show how big the gift box is Poppy was just decorating)
Seeing how big Branch’s gift was caused Viva and the brothers to open their mouths in shock.
“What…” John said, shocked.
“What is she giving him?” Bruce asked curiously.
“That’s really big,” Clay added, pointing at the gift.
“Yeah, it is,” Floyd agreed, trying to think of what Poppy was giving Branch.
Val Thundershock: “Yeah, who's the lucky Troll?”
Poppy: “Whoa, whoa, whoa! It's a secret gift swap. This vault is locked.”
“Ha, please. I bet you anything Poppy can’t keep this a secret,” Clay said, as Viva was the exact same way.
Val Thundershock: “Oh yeah, that's cool. Whatevs.”
Barb: “I respect that.” (Barb and Val turn and walk away)
Poppy: (Can’t help herself so she jumps in front of them and tells them who she got) “It's Branch! I got Branch! Isn't it so exciting?” (Jumps and screams in joy)
“Knew it,” Clay said, chuckling in amusement.
Barb: “Wait, you got your boyfriend? That's a lot of pressure.”
Hearing Branch finally being referred to as Poppy’s boyfriend brought a smile to the brothers faces. Despite already knowing they were dating, it was nice to hear it finally confirmed on-screen.
Poppy: “Pressure? Come on. It's me we're talking about. The Gift Master, the Gift-inator. I've got it covered. Who did you get?”
Barb: “Mr. Dinkles…Whoever that is.”
Poppy: “Oh, that's Biggie's pet. He's a worm.”
Barb: “A worm? That's awesome. But, what do I get a worm?”
Poppy: “Get him a hat. He lost his old one.”
(Screen shows a flashback to when Mr. Dinkles lost his hat)
TV: “Contemplating his existence, Monsieur Dinkles clings to the solace of his trusty hat.” (His hat flies away) “Dang!”
At this the brothers all burst out laughing, not able to take the scene seriously.
Poppy: “See? I'm full of gift-spiration. And there's plenty to go around.”
(Screen pans down to Branch in his bunker with Cooper and Prince D)
Branch: (Pacing) “All right, guys, not gonna lie. I've been kinda freaking out over what to get the ultimate gift-giver. But I think I figured it out!” (Screen shows one of Branch’s walls covered in various papers and strings)
“Whoa, that’s a big vision board,” John Dory said, widening his eyes in surprise.
“He’s taking this seriously,” Clay added, equally surprised.
“I think it’s cute that Branch is going through all this just for Poppy,” Viva said, admiring how much Branch cared for and loved her sister.
Prince D: “Whoa, nice vision board, Branch.” (Looks at said vision board confused)
Cooper: (Sarcastically) “And not at all insane-looking.”
Branch: “Thank you.” (Goes to the wall and starts walking Cooper and Prince D through his notes and his plan) “Okay. As everybody knows, giving the wrong gift can be a real relationship death sentence. If I go too small, I'll disappoint her. If I go too big, I'll freak her out!” (One of his papers shows him proposing to her then Poppy leaving him ‘forever’)
“Wait, he wants to propose to her!” Clay gasped in shock.
“Aww, our Bitty B…all grown up…” Bruce said, pretending to get all choked up and emotional to annoy John, who responded by rolling his eyes at Bruce in exasperation.
“Poppy wouldn’t leave him though,” Viva said, confused as to how Branch could think that.
At Viva’s words the brother’s shock and excitement got replaced by a sad frown, as they knew they were the reason Branch feared Poppy would leave him as they had done.
Branch: “I can't let that happen. So I came up with an equation that led me to the perfect gift for Poppy. ‘A’ represents Queen Poppy. ‘B’ is all of her queenly responsibilities. ‘C’ is the amount of time spent doing her hair every morning. Therefore, ‘A plus B square, minus the cosine of square root of C…’ Well you both see where I'm going with this…” (Looks expectantly at the twins)
“Uhh…” Viva said, not understanding a word Branch said.
“No, not really, no…” John said, looking confused at Branch’s equation.
“Dang, he’s smart,” Clay pointed out, Bruce and Floyd nodding in shocked agreement.
Cooper & Prince D: “Yeah…” (Both look at each other confused)
Branch: (Continues showing the twins his plan by pointing to more papers tacked up to his wall) “Poppy never stops multi-tasking! So, I'm gonna build her something that will save her time. I give you the world's first Troll hair-doer. I just need to go to Poppy's place and get the exact measurements of her head without her noticing and I'm good to go!”
“Oh, that seems like a good gift,” Viva said, while the brothers just exchanged confused and unconvinced looks.
Cooper: “Well, that doesn't sound creepy at all.”
(Screen changes to show Guy Diamond outside looking for his son)
Guy Diamond: (Searches around desperately for his son) “Tiny? Are you playing some kind of holiday hide-and-seek? 'Cause if so, you win!”
“Aw, he’s worried about Tiny,” Viva said, feeling sorry for Guy Diamond.
“Dang, this gives me déjà vu. Remember when we would play hide-and-seek as kids and it would take us forever to find Branch,” John said, smiling at the memory.
“Haha, yeah. Except, sometimes it’d take us so long to find him, we’d start panicking,” Bruce added, chuckling at the memories he had of Baby Branch and his siblings as kids.
“I miss those times,” Floyd quietly said, giving his brothers a sad smile.
“Me too Floyd,” Clay said, giving his brother a side-hug.
(Tiny Diamond is seen in Wind-Breeze’s home, looking up at a magical crystal which shows Guy Diamond looking for him)
Crystal: Guy Diamond - “Tiny. Tiny, where are you?”
Tiny Diamond: “Sick cave, Wind-Breeze.”
Wind-Breeze: “Well, come in, sweet sparkle child. Your father is quite worried about you.”
Tiny Diamond: “Yeah, I know. I don't wanna worry him, but I can't go home until I get my flow back…”
Wind-Breeze: “Uh-uh, I already know why you're here.” (Holds out her hand for Tiny to lay on)
Tiny Diamond: “All right. Just gotta sit back and get mystical.” (As he lays on Wind-Breeze’s hand, she sprinkles some magic on him which causes Tiny to hallucinate) “Whoa!”
Guy Diamond in the hallucination: “Why don't you love me, Tiny? Why don't you love me?”
Tiny Diamond: (Wakes up from his hallucination) “Ahhh!”
“What just happened?” John asked, looking at his brothers questioningly to which they could only respond by shrugging in confusion.
Wind-Breeze: “And we're done. Your back should be completely healed.”
“His back!” Bruce exclaimed in exasperation and confusion.
Tiny Diamond: (Angrily) “My back? What? No, I came here to get my flow back. I really need to get rhyming, so I can give my daddy his holiday gift. What do I do now?”
Wind-Breeze: “Well, you go see the Cloud Monks at the temple on the top of that mountain.” (Waves her hand toward a mountain outside)
Tiny Diamond: “I gotta go all the way to the top of that mountain?”
Wind-Breeze: “No, not that mountain. That mountain.” (Points to an even larger mountain)
“Oh dang,” Clay quietly said, staring at the mountain with wide eyes.
“That’s a lotttt of stairs,” Bruce slowly said, glad he wasn’t the one climbing it.
Tiny Diamond: (Gasps) “Okay. This is for my daddy!” (Struggles getting up the stairs) “Come on, Tiny, you can do it.” (Gets up the first step and breathes heavily) “That’s one.” (Continues climbing up the mountain slowly)
“Aw man, that’ll take him forever,” John said, pitying the baby troll.
“I think it’s cute of him that he’s doing all this for his dad,” Viva said, admiring Tiny and his actions.
Chapter 31: Trolls Holiday in Harmony Part 2
Chapter Text
(Screen changes back to Pop Village, and Branch is seen behind a bush, spying on Poppy who’s wrapping a small gift and talking to Delta Dawn and another Country Troll)
Delta Dawn: “Wow, Poppy, you are so good at gift-giving.”
Poppy: “Hey, when you gots it, you gots it…”
Branch: (Whispers to himself) “‘Operation Measure Poppy's Head’ is a go.” (Leaves his hiding place and crawls behind Poppy and begins to measure her head without her noticing. The two Country Trolls on the other hand do notice Branch)
“Branch is too adorable,” Viva said, chuckling at Branch in amusement while the brothers smiled up at him.
Poppy: (Continues talking to the two Country Trolls, unaware of Branch behind her measuring her head) “...and then I realized, ‘Why am I not using double-sided tape?’ I mean, it's basically twice as good as single-sided tape. The clue's in the name, you know what I mean-”
Delta Dawn: “Uh, Branch? What you doing there, little bud?”
Branch: (Poppy stops talking in shock) “Oh. Hey. What's up?”
“Smooth brother,” John laughed.
Poppy: (Jumps in surprise and gets worried) “Branch! What a nice surprise.”
Branch: “Yeah. Surprise! Just came by to borrow some wrapping paper for my gift.” (Notices the small gift Poppy had just been wrapping and goes and picks it up) “Whoa, Poppy, is this your gift swap present? It looks great!”
“Uh oh…” the brothers said, looking at each other nervously.
“What?” Viva asked, not understanding their reaction.
“Well…it’s clear that Branch prefers the smaller and maybe more meaningful gifts. Poppy’s present to him might be too overwhelming…” Floyd clarified.
Holly Darlin: “Nope, that one's mine. But it was Poppy that did it up so pretty.”
Poppy: “Sure was, totally.” (Whispers, panicked, to the two Country Trolls) “Guys, my gift box for Branch is out in the open. He's gonna know I got him!”
Delta Dawn: “Oh, my pumpkin pie. We're on it, Poppy.” (Screen shows Poppy’s gift to Branch sitting behind said troll, his name on it)
“Yeah, it wouldn’t be good if Branch saw that before the gift-exchange. It’ll only stress him out more,” Clay said, hoping Branch didn’t see his gift yet.
“And it’ll ruin the surprise,” Viva added.
Holly Darlin: (Takes her gift from Branch) “Well, look at the time. We'd better be hitting the road.”
Delta Dawn: “We gotta go...um…go take care of our cats!”
Branch: (Confused) “What? When did you get cats?”
“You can’t fool Branch,” Bruce said, shaking his head in amusement.
Delta Dawn: “Uh…”
Holly Darlin: (Jumps into Delta Dawn’s arms and pretends to be a cat) “Meow, meow, meow.” (Delta Dawn carries Holly Darlin away)
“Real smooth,” Clay said, he and his brothers laughing at the Country Trolls excuse.
Poppy: “Okay, see you around, bye!”
(Delta Dawn and Holly Darlin are seen using a step ladder to reach the name tag on Poppy’s present, which has Branch’s name on it. Hurriedly, they try to cover it up with bundles of leaves so Branch doesn’t see it)
Branch: (His back facing the two Country Trolls, he faces Poppy) “Uh, anyway, like I was saying, I just need to borrow some wrapping paper, and then I'll be on my way.”
Poppy: (Throws a pile of wrapping paper into Branch’s arms) “Okay, here you go, now let's get you outta here!” (Pushes Branch away)
Branch: “Wait! Wait! Wait! I wanna remember this.” (Stops Poppy and pulls out a camera from his hair)
Poppy: “What? Why?”
Branch: “Because…picture!” (With each flash he takes of his camera, he quickly gets the measurements of Poppy’s head)
“Oh, that was actually pretty smart,” Floyd commented.
Poppy: “Ah! Branch, what’re you…ah!” (Rubs her eyes from the cameras flashes)
Branch: (Holds the picture his camera just printed out) “Perfect. I'll cherish this moment forever.” (Looks down at it and sees that he took a picture of Delta Dawn and Holly Darlin covering up a huge gift, and sees his name on it) “Poppy got me…” (Looks behind Poppy and sees the gift, panicking) “And the gift is so big!” (Yells and runs off)
“Oh no,” Bruce said, worried about Branch’s reaction.
“Yeah, he didn’t take that too well,” Clay said, agreeing with Bruce.
“Note to self, give Branch smaller and less intimidating gifts,” John told himself.
“I think Branch really just prefers spending time with people. I mean, he seemed really excited about that picnic with Poppy…until she decided to multitask…” Floyd said, trailing off in thought.
Poppy: “Wait, you forgot the wrapping paper!”
Branch: “I'll probably just use grocery bags. You know…reuse, renew, recycle!” (Runs out of sight)
Delta Dawn: (The two Country Trolls go to stand by Poppy) “Now that boy is odd.”
“Hey! Don’t call our brother odd!” Bruce shouted, defending his brother, while John, Clay and Floyd all narrowed their eyes at Delta Dawn.
(Screen pans back down to Branch in his bunker, building his gift for Poppy, while Cooper and Prince D watch him work from behind)
Branch: (Steps back to look at his invention) “Hmm…”
“Wow, that looks awesome, Branch!” Clay exclaimed, proud of Branch’s work.
“Ooh, Poppy will love that!” Viva said, loving Branch’s invention.
“You know, the more we see of Branch the more I’m learning about him, and it’s clear he’s very talented in a lot of ways. More than me that’s for sure,” John said, causing his brothers to look at him surprised as they weren’t used to John being humble.
Cooper: “Wow, looks good!”
Prince D: “Mmm-hmm. Poppy's gonna love that.”
Branch: “Yeah, you're right. It's not big enough!” (Cooper and Prince D look at each other in fright as Branch goes to add more to his invention) “Her gift was ginormous! I'm gonna build a scrapbooking machine and attach it to the hair styler.” (Steps back to look once again at it)
At this the brothers looked at one another nervously.
“Why did he add more? It was fine before,” Viva said, confused by Branch’s actions.
“Now that he’s seen how big Poppy’s gift is for him, he feels like he has to match it, otherwise she’d be disappointed,” Bruce explained.
“And leave him,” John added guiltily, looking at his brothers sadly.
“Why would she leave him because of that?” Viva asked, not understanding what Bruce and John were saying.
“Let’s just say…Branch has a hard time believing others will accept him and stay with him…” Clay sadly said, hating the truth in those words and knowing he was partly to blame.
Cooper: “Sweet. Now it's definitely done!”
Branch: “Agreed. Still got to go bigger!” (Adds more to his invention, frightening the twins) “I'll attach a smoothie maker so Poppy can get her hair done, make scrapbooks, and drink her favorite Troll berry banana smoothies! Great idea!” (When Branch finally finishes, his invention is three times bigger than it was to begin with)
As Branch finished his invention the brothers and Viva all stared at it in shock.
“That’s a lot…” John pointed out, the others not knowing what else to say.
Branch: “It's perfect! Prince D, you wanna take her for a spin?”
Prince D: “Uh, yeah, no.”
Branch: (Buckles himself to his invention, ready to test it) “All right, here I am.” (Turns the hair machine on) “My hair's getting done, and then I'm like, ‘Oh, rats, I forgot to make a scrapbook for Biggie's half birthday!’” (Presses another button to get the scrapbooking part running) “It's working! It's working!” (Holds the card the machine made up to the twins, who barricaded themselves in a metal box for protection)
“Oh wow, it’s actually working,” Floyd said, impressed.
Cooper: “Yep! Sure is!” (Cooper and Prince D barricade themselves in a metal box to protect themselves if the machine explodes)
Branch: “And now, for the final touch. The smoothie maker!” (Turns the smoothie maker on, which causes the machine to malfunction) “Ahhh!” (Machine explodes, flying Branch up and out of the Bunker, then he falls heavily on the ground) “Ooh! I think I broke my butt.”
“Ooh,” the brothers said, wincing as they watched what happened.
“Ouch, that looked like that hurt,” Clay commented, looking worriedly at the place Branch had fallen.
(Scene changes to show Tiny Diamond, who made it to the top of the mountain, meditating with the clouds in the room)
“Oh hey! Tiny made it to the top!” John said in excitement.
Tiny Diamond: “Guys, how am I supposed to get my flow back if you're all doing this vow of silence thing?”
“Vow of silence? That sounds awful!” Viva exclaimed, not liking the sound of that at all while the brothers laughed at her words in amusement.
(A cloud gives him a cup, which he takes gratefully and drinks out of it. At the bottom of the cup, he sees tea leaves that spell ‘You Already Have The Gift’)
Tiny Diamond: “‘You already have the Gift.’ Pff! That's nonsense, tea!”
(Tiny Diamond throws the cup, which spills the tea leaves out on the floor which now spells ‘Look Through The Clutter.’ When Tiny Diamond doesn’t notice this, a cloud next to him clears his throat and nods his head toward the tea leaves, getting Tiny’s attention)
Tiny Diamond: “‘Look through the clutter.’ What clutter?!”
Tea Leaves: “Come on, Tiny. What makes him so special?”
Tiny Diamond: “What do you mean, what makes him so special? He's just my…” (A cloud hits a gong at Tiny’s realization and gives him a thumbs up) “Daddy!”
“Aww,” Viva said, finding how much Tiny loved his dad adorable.
Tiny Diamond: (Raps) “ Yeah! Okay. I think I got it now. Been around the world trying to get my flow back. Couldn't find a single rhyme, everything I said was whack. But then a Cloud Monk gave me tea and hit a gong and I finally realized that I had it all along. So, Imma flip this verse like I flip a burger patty. Thought I had to rhyme with Diamond when I could've rhymed with Daddy! ”
“Wow, that was good!” Bruce said, enjoying Tiny’s rap.
Guy Diamond Tattoo: “You did it, son!”
Tiny Diamond: “Yes! I got my flow back!” (Jumps down the mountain, ready to return home)
Female Cloud: “Dude, did that guy's tattoo just talk?”
Male Cloud: “Hey, you just broke your vow of silence!”
Female Cloud: “You just broke your vow of silence!”
Male Cloud: “Wait, does that mean…” (Both of them disappear)
“Okay…” John said, the trolls looking at the screen confused.
(Tiny Diamond is seen walking back to Pop Village)
Tiny Diamond: (Raps) “ I got my flow back! I got my flow back, yeah! ” (Finds Branch lying on the ground)
Branch: “Ow.”
“Poor Branch,” Floyd said, feeling sorry for his younger brother.
“Dang, he looks rough,” Clay pointed out, looking worriedly at Branch.
Tiny Diamond: “What's up, Branch? You look... You look bad, man. No other way to say it. What happened?”
Branch: “I failed, Tiny. I tried to make Poppy a gift, and it blew up in my face. Literally.”
“Don’t say that Branch, you didn’t fail,” Bruce said, trying to comfort his brother even though Branch couldn’t see or hear him.
Tiny Diamond: “Say no more, bro. Let Tiny help you out.”
“Thanks Tiny,” John said, grateful that he was willing to help Branch out.
Branch: “Yeah? Okay.”
Tiny Diamond: “You just need to look through the clutter and focus on what's important. You already have the gift, dude. You already have it.”
(Branch closes his eyes at Tiny’s words, and a magical light falls over Branch while a breeze sweeps over them)
“Woah…” the brothers and Viva gasped, staring at the scene in amazement.
Tiny Diamond: (Whispers in Branch’s ear) “Bla-dow.” (Branch opens his eyes) “You see it now, don't you?”
Branch: “Nope, not even a little bit.” (The magic light and breeze goes away)
“Oh, come one, man,” Clay said, amused and exasperated with Branch.
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, come on. The winds even blew in a magical way.”
(Branch is seen back in his bunker, cleaning up his mess)
“Dang, his bunker’s a mess,” Bruce pointed out, looking at the big mess Branch was cleaning up with wide eyes.
Branch: “Look through the clutter.” (Picks up two pieces of paper from the floor, one with a picture of Branch the other of Poppy, and looks at them sadly)
“Aww,” Floyd said, looking sadly at Branch. It was sweet of Branch to go through all this trouble to make Poppy’s gift, but he wished Branch knew that Poppy would never leave him. At least, he (Floyd) hoped she never would…
(Poppy stands by her present to Branch and looks up at it smiling)
Delta Dawn: “You always know just what to get to make someone feel special. Don't you, Poppy? I'm sure Branch is gonna love his gift.”
Poppy: “Yeah.” (Turns back to look at her gift sadly) “I hope you're right.”
“I’m sure he’ll love it,” Viva said.
(Scene changes to show Poppy and Branch in front of all the other trolls as it’s time for the gift swapping to begin)
Poppy: “Hello, everyone! Who's ready for the holiday gift swap?” (A glitter firework goes off and everyone runs off to find their secret someone)
“Woo-hoo!” Viva cheered in excitement.
Barb: “Come on, Dad. Let's go!”
Prince D: (Opens his gift to find Fuzzbert dressed as a Christmas tree) “Oh, it's lit!”
Holly Darlin: (Whoops in delight at her gift, which is a cactus) “I love it!”
Val Thundershock: (Unwraps her gift to find a guitar) “Oh, cool!” (Smashes it to the ground, breaking it. Within seconds the guitar repairs itself) “A Never-Break guitar? I've always wanted one of these!”
“Oh, that’s sick,” Clay said, liking the guitar.
Holly Darlin: “I know.” (The two trolls hug)
Barb: (Puts Mr. Dinkles new hat on him) “Here you go, little dude.”
Mr. Dinkles: “Merci.”
Poppy: “So…”
Poppy & Branch: “Who did you get?” (The two laugh while all the other trolls gather around to watch their gift exchange)
Branch: “I'll tell you if you tell me…”
Poppy: “Both of us at the same time?”
Poppy & Branch: “One, two, three. You!” (Each holds out their slip of paper with the other’s name on it, causing them to both laugh somewhat nervously)
“They’re such a cute couple!!” Viva said while the brothers smiled happily at Branch, the trolls loving the moment between Poppy and Branch.
Poppy: “Okay. Um…Do you wanna go first?”
Branch: “Well, I made you this really really cool thing.”
Poppy: (Excited) “I'm sure it's great!”
Branch: “But it exploded and blew me into a tree.”
Poppy: “Oh that's not…not so great.”
Branch: (Sadly) “Yeah, I may have overdone it a bit. Anyway, this is all I could scrape together. Here…” (Takes a book out of his hair and gives it to Poppy) “I know it's kinda lame.”
(Poppy looks through the book titled ‘Branch and Poppy’s Great Adventures’ and sees Branch’s cute attempts at scrapbooking, as there were various pictures of the two of them and drawings done by Branch, all telling the adventures they’ve had together. The last page Poppy looks at has her and Branch hugging with the words ‘You Make Me Happy’ written above them)
“Awww,” Viva sighed.
“He scrapbooked…for her,” Bruce said in awe, as he knew how much Branch hated scrapbooking.
“That’s the best gift ever,” Floyd said in all sincerity, tears of joy forming in his eyes.
“He really loves her, doesn’t he,” John whispered, proud of his brother.
“Branch is the best!” Clay said, smiling proudly at his youngest brother.
Poppy: (Looks up at him, touched) “Branch, you scrapbooked? For me?”
“Well boys, Branch is the perfect example of what it means to be a perfect boyfriend,” John said, he and his brothers chuckling in amusement while knowing John was right.
Branch: “Yeah. And I think I permanently glued two of my fingers together doing it.” (Shows her his hand, causing Poppy to laugh)
At this the brothers and Viva laughed along with Poppy, finding Branch adorable.
Poppy: “I love it. It's a gift only you could give me.” (Hugs the book and Branch smiles warmly at her)
“Oh, please marry her Branch,” Bruce said, hoping his brother would propose soon.
Poppy: “Okay…um…now it's my turn.”
“Ooh, I can’t wait to see what she got him!” Viva gasped in excitement, her and the brothers anticipating the revel.
(Trolls in the audience gasp in anticipation and excitement to see what’s in the big box Poppy had wrapped. Poppy then pulls a rope which opens the box and reveals that nothing’s in there, and looks down guilty)
“Wait, what!” Clay exclaimed, confused.
“She didn’t get him anything…?” Viva whispered in shock.
“But…why?” Bruce asked, looking sadly at John and Floyd. Branch deserved so much…
Cooper: “Well, that sucks.”
Branch: (Pretends not to be hurt) “H-h-hey, cool. An invisible mountain bike?”
“That’s sweet of him that he’s covering up for Poppy,” Viva quietly said, still shocked that Poppy hadn’t given Branch anything.
Legsly: “No way. I got the same thing .” (Rides her invisible mountain bike through the audience)
Poppy: (Sadly) “I...I didn't get you anything. Because when I tried to think about what to get the coolest troll in the whole world, I totally drew a blank. I mean, what do you even get someone who is sooo sweet, and soo funny, and kind, and cute, and, like, weirdly over-prepared for everything?”
At her words the brother’s confused expressions got replaced by a warm smile.
“That’s our brother all right,” Bruce softly said, loving how Poppy described Branch.
“There’s no better way to describe him,” John agreed, giving Bruce and Floyd a side-hug while Bruce gave Clay a side-hug, all of them smiling lovingly up at their youngest brother.
Branch: “You know, the thing I like most about the holidays is just…being together…with you.” (Takes Poppy’s hands in his and they hug)
“And once we leave here, we’ll make sure that we’re there for him as well,” Floyd said, still being hugged by John. It was time for him to keep the promise he made to Branch years ago.
All Trolls: “Aw!”
Poppy: “Somebody uke me!” (Pulls away from Branch as someone tosses her a ukulele, which she begins to play) “ You always wanted to be hidin’, like no one wants you around. ” (Branch bashfully puts his head down at these words)
At those words the brothers smile sadly up at Branch. It was, after all, their fault why Branch felt like no one wanted him around, and they would give anything to change that and show their brother just how much they care about him and regret their decision on leaving.
Poppy: “ Hold your head a little higher. It's pretty simple: I'm in luck, I'm in luck, I'm in luck 'cause we're together now. Never stop lookin' up if it's love, don't even mess around. Together now! ”
Branch: “ I said I didn't wanna light up. ” (Branch and Poppy start dancing together)
Prince D & Cooper: “ Light up! ”
Branch: “ So, turn the radio down, maybe I was in denial. But I've changed a little- ”
“No, you’ve changed more than a little,” Clay said, proud of the troll Branch had become. He only wished he could have seen Branch grow up and been there with/for him.
“Ahh, I can’t get over his voice and how cute they are together!” Viva squealed, loving the scene.
Branch & Poppy: “ I'm in luck, I'm in luck, I'm in luck 'cause we're together now. ”
Val Thundershock: “ Together now! ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Lookin' up, lookin' up, lookin' up don't need to look around, 'cause I know! I'm in luck, I'm in luck, I'm in luck 'cause we're together now…I'm in luck, I'm in luck, I'm in luck 'cause we're together now. ”
King Trollex: “ Oh, 'cause we're together now! 'Cause we're together now! ”
Tiny Diamond: (Raps) “ We go together better than a snowflake on a sweater. Or a Tiny Diamond verse on my daddy's favorite record. Now my journey's finally over, wow I just wanna say ‘bla-dow!’ Through rain and stormy weather, how we'll always be together now! ” (Hugs his dad) “I love you, Daddy.”
Guy Diamond: “I love you too, son.”
“Aww,” Viva said as she watched the cute father/son moment.
Prince D: “It feels so good to see you again, you know?”
Cooper: “Yeah!”
Prince D: “Come here.” (Hugs his brother)
“I’m glad they found each other,” Bruce said, referring to how Cooper had finally found his family and is now happily reunited with them. And soon, the same thing could be said about Bruce being reunited with Branch…
Poppy: “ Together now! The bad days are over, 'cause we come together! ” (Holds hands with Branch)
Branch & Poppy: “ The bad days are over, 'cause we don't stop…lookin' up, lookin' up lookin' up don't need to look around, 'cause I know: I'm in luck, I'm in luck, I'm in luck 'cause we're together now. Together now! ”
“I’m really happy for you Branch,” John Dory said, smiling up in pride at Branch. He couldn’t wait to meet him again after all these years!
Trolls: “ Now, now. Together now. Now, now. Together now. ” (Fireworks shoot up in the air)
Branch: “ I'm in luck, I'm in luck… ”
Poppy: “ The bad days are over… ”
Branch: “ I'm in luck, I'm in luck… ”
Poppy: “ 'Cause we come together… ”
Branch: “ I'm in luck, I'm in luck… ”
Poppy & Branch: “ The bad days are over, 'cause we come together now! ”
As their song came to an end Viva and the brothers cheered in happiness, overjoyed that their siblings were happy and together.
(Trolls all cheer)
Branch: “Wow, Poppy, maybe next year we exchange songs instead of gifts.”
“Oh, I love that idea,” Viva said, the brothers nodding in agreement.
Poppy: “I love that idea.” (It begins snowing)
Cloud Guy: “I hope you guys don't mind. I brought a few of my buddies.” (Mentions to all the clouds around him, which explains where the snow is coming from)
“Oh, I love snow!” Viva exclaimed in joy.
“Yeah, but where’s it coming from,” Clay pointed out, narrowing his eyes suspiciously at the falling snow.
Branch: “Everyone, everyone keep your mouths closed. We don't know where that's coming from.”
Riff: “Wait, what?” (Snow coats his tongue that was sticking out)
Branch: “Guys, wait, no…”
Poppy: “Hey, Branch…How about another balloon ride over Troll Kingdom?”
Branch: “No multitasking?”
Poppy: “Nope. Just you and me.” (Kisses Branch on the cheek, causing him to laugh)
“YES!” Viva and the brothers cheered, laughing in joy as Poppy kissed Branch on the cheek.
“Their first kiss! In a way,” Bruce said happily.
“I love Branch’s laugh,” Floyd said, still smiling in joy at the scene between his brother and Poppy.
“Yeah!” Viva cheered, laughing with Clay who was looking at Viva lovingly. Feeling Clay’s eyes on her, Viva turned to smile warmly at him and took his hands in hers, squeezing them gently. Giving her a mischievous smile, Clay dipped Viva and kissed her, causing his brothers to once again wolf-whistle and cheer.
Sheila B: “Oh, yeah!” (Picks Branch and Poppy up) “Team Broppy all the way! Whoo-hoo!” (Flies out of sight with Branch and Poppy holding each other’s hands lovingly)
“You got that right!” John Dory exclaimed.
“Yeah! Team Broppy!” Bruce added, throwing his fists in the air in celebration.
(Screen goes black)
As soon as the screen turned black, the lights in the room turned back on as Cloud Guy once again appeared.
“Hey guys, how’s it going?” Cloud Guy asked, approaching the trolls who were by now all standing up and stretching.
“We’re doing great!” Bruce said, smiling at Cloud Guy in greeting.
“Yeah, are we finished now?! I’m dying to see Branch!” John Dory said, itching to get out of there.
“Not yet. There’s still one more movie for you guys to watch before your reunion. The future!” Cloud Guy said, emphasizing his last sentence.
“Oh, cool!” Clay exclaimed in excitement.
“Now, before continuing, I have to warn you guys that in the movie you are about to watch, you will see your reunion with Branch,” Cloud Guy explained, causing the brothers to look at one another excitedly.
“We’ll reunite in the future?!” Floyd asked, excited at the thought.
“Yes, but mostly because you’re being…forced to shall we say,” Cloud Guy continued.
At these words the brothers' smiles left their faces as they looked at each other sadly and confused.
“You mean…we don’t reunite because we want to?” Bruce asked, shocked by those words.
“Yep, at first that is. Anyway, I won’t say too much, you’ll see it all for yourselves. Oh, one other thing. Before watching the future, you will first see four flashbacks into the past of Branch before he lost his colors. So, without further ado, let’s continue!” Cloud Guy said, disappearing before any more questions could be asked and leaving Viva and the brothers to look at one another confused.
Chapter 32: Back in the Day
Chapter Text
(The words ‘Back in the Day…’ appear on screen as memory/flashback one begins)
(It’s night and Grandma Rosiepuff’s pod is shown. Inside the pod, the brothers are seen sleeping soundly in their room; John Dory and Clay sharing a bunk bed with John on top, and Spruce and Floyd sharing a bunk bed with Spruce on the top bed. The bunk beds are each against opposite walls, and in between them is a crib where Baby Branch, only a couple months old, is seen sleeping)
“Oh, our old bedroom!” John Dory exclaimed, missing his old bed and room.
“It’s just how I remember it,” Bruce said, looking at the room longingly.
“This must be before we separated,” Floyd pointed out, missing those days of when they were together.
A few moments later, Baby Branch wakes up and begins to cry, causing his older brothers to wake in annoyance.
“Aww, it’s baby Branch!” Clay said, wishing he could go back in time to relive those days of being with his brothers.
“Ughh, not again…” Spruce complained, burying his head under his pillow.
“Why can’t he just sleep in Grandma’s room?” John Dory muttered, irritated at being woken up and rolling over so his back was to Branch as he tried to block out his cries.
“Go. Back. To. Sleep.” Clay whined, hitting his head against his pillow as he spoke each word.
“Well, I definitely don’t miss being woken up in the middle of the night,” John said, his brothers nodding in agreement.
“Aww, but he’s just a baby,” Viva said, finding the brothers' reaction on-screen humorous.
At his brother’s complaining and refusal to get up to take care of Branch, Floyd rolled his eyes in annoyance and got out of bed, stretching, before walking over to Branch and picking him up, who continued to cry.
“Come on, guys. He’s just a baby,” Floyd told his brothers as he tried to calm Branch down.
“Yeah, and that’s why we’re up!” John snapped, throwing his pillow over his head as he tried to block out Branch’s crying.
“Sorry for snapping at you Floyd,” John said, apologizing to his younger brother who nodded in thanks at the apology.
“Please get him out of here,” Spruce asked Floyd, sitting up in bed and glaring tiredly down at Branch.
“I should’ve been willing to take care of him,” Bruce said, feeling guilty for not taking care of Branch as he should have.
“Yeah, me too,” Clay said, he and John sharing ashamed looks.
Giving his brothers a glare, Floyd left the room carrying Baby Branch and headed toward the living room, where he could walk around while trying to calm down his baby brother.
“Hey, shh, shh. Don’t cry Branch, I’m here. Come on, shh, you’re all right,” Floyd whispered gently to his baby brother, patting him gently on the back.
When Branch continued to cry, Floyd moved Branch in a cradle position and began to gently stroke his hair, rocking his brother slowly in his arms. “ Come stop your crying, it will be alright. Just take my hand, hold it tight. ”
“Aww,” Viva softly said, loving the moment between the two brothers.
As Floyd began to sing, Branch started to calm down and opened his eyes to look at Floyd, who was smiling down gently at him. Taking Branch’s little hand in his own, Floyd began to rub the back of Branch’s hand while continuing to rock him in his arms. “ I will protect you from all around you. I will be here, don't you cry. ”
By now, Branch’s crying had completely stopped as he stared up at Floyd in wonder as his older brother continued to sing to him, the loving smile on his face never leaving. “ For one so small, you seem so strong. My arms will hold you, keep you safe and warm. This bond between us can't be broken. I will be here, don't you cry. 'Cause you'll be in my heart. Yes, you'll be in my heart. From this day on, now and forever more. You'll be in my heart, no matter what they say. You'll be here in my heart, always. ” Slowly, Branch’s eyes began to close and soon he was back asleep, sleeping soundly in Floyd’s arms.
“You’re a really good brother, Floyd,” Bruce said, smiling proudly at Floyd.
“Thanks. I only wish I could have been a better brother,” he responded sadly.
“We all do Floyd,” John said, putting a hand on Floyd’s shoulder in comfort.
“ Always, ” Floyd whispered, bending his head down to kiss his little brother on the forehead and taking a few more minutes to rock Branch before heading back to their room. Before Branch had joined the family, Floyd had been the youngest. While he didn’t mind it, he had always wanted a little brother more than anything else in the world, so when Branch came along, Floyd immediately attached to him and soon the two shared a strong bond. Floyd was the brother who could easily calm Branch, and even though he was only a couple months old, Branch knew how much he was loved.
Heading back to their room, Floyd entered to find his older brothers all fast asleep once more; John Dory snoring loudly and Clay sleeping with his feet up against the wall as his head was where his feet should have been, his arms spread out and his mouth hanging open.
“Clay, is that how you always sleep?” Viva asked, bursting out in laughter while Clay smiled in amusement at himself.
“Maybe…” he responded, blushing slightly in embarrassment.
“What! I don’t snore!” John said, folding his arms and looking grumpily at the screen.
“Dude, you’re literally snoring right now,” Bruce said, rolling his eyes at John. “Besides, Clay and I would tell you all the time that you snore as it would keep us up some nights.”
At Bruce’s words John huffed in annoyance and glared at his snoring form on-screen.
Walking up to the crib, Floyd gave Branch one more kiss on the forehead before gently laying him down and smiling warmly at him, grateful to have him in his life.
Seeing their baby brother so young and little brought a smile to all the brothers, as they all began thinking about their favorite memories and moments spent with Branch when they lived together.
“That was a nice memory,” Floyd softly said, enjoying the scene.
(End of memory one)
(Scene change. BroZone song plays in the background, various BroZone albums are shown, and the BroZone brothers are seen getting ready for their concert. Floyd stretches, Spruce does sit ups, Clay looks at himself in the mirror, and John Dory works on a music sheet)
Stage Director: “One minute to showtime.” (Runs out of the room)
“Showtime?’ Oh, this must be one of our concerts!” John Dory exclaimed, he and his brothers looking at each other in excitement.
“Ooh, I finally get to see you during your boy band days, Clay!” Viva said, excited for the scene.
(Baby Branch is seen nervously looking out of the room through the curtains at the cheering and chanting crowd)
“Aww, look at Branch!” Bruce said, missing his youngest brother.
“Wait a minute…is this the concert that…caused our division?” Clay asked, worried about that being the case. He really didn’t want to relive this…
At his words the excited smiles on the brothers quickly turned to frowns as they realized Clay was right. They would recognize that stage anywhere…
Crowd: “BroZone! BroZone! BroZone! BroZone! BroZone, yeah!”
Audience Member: “We love you, BroZone!”
John Dory: “All right, guys. We’re gonna open with ‘Girl, Baby, Baby’ and close with ‘Baby, Baby, Girl.’ Wait, no. That doesn’t sound right. Ooh! I got it. Open with ‘Baby, Baby, Girl,’ close with ‘Baby, Baby, Girl, Woman.’ Yes! [laughs] We are gonna make boy band history tonight.”
“Oh, I love your songs!” Viva squealed, not seeing the brother’s nervous expressions as the scene continued.
“Well, we made boy band history all right…” John sourly said, crossing his arms in annoyance at his behavior on-screen.
Spruce: (Continues doing sit ups) “510. 511. 512.”
“Wow Bruce, I forgot how much you’d changed,” Clay said, as he looked at all his brothers on-screen and was surprised to see how much they all had grown over the past twenty years.
“We’ve all changed a lot,” Floyd added.
“Well, except for John Dory,” Bruce said.
“Hey!” John Dory said, offended.
“Physically I mean, not personality wise,” Bruce said, backtracking what he said.
“What, I’ve changed!” John Dory said, still slightly offended.
John Dory: “Love it, Brother. I wanna see a hundred more of those by showtime, Spruce. Those abs need to be poppin’, baby!”
Spruce: “Oh! Come on.”
John Dory: “Gosh, I wanna boil an egg on those abs.”
“Really John,” Bruce said, rolling his eyes at his older brother.
“What? It was impressive,” John said, unaffected by the look Bruce gave him.
Clay: “John Dory, do I really have to keep wearing these things?” (Gestures to his costume)
“Wait, Clay, why is your hair yellow?” Viva asked, looking confused at the on-screen Clay.
“Well…” Clay said, rubbing the back of his neck awkwardly while refusing to look at John Dory, as Bruce, Floyd and John avoided each other’s gazes.
“I had him…dye his hair yellow,” John finally admitted, ashamed.
“Why?” Viva asked, causing John to sigh in regret.
“Because I thought yellow hair would match Clay’s ‘Fun Boy’ title he had for the band more than his green hair would. And that’s also why I had Spruce, sorry Bruce, doing sit-ups because I wanted him to live up to his ‘Heartthrob’ name. And for that I’m sorry guys,” John said, apologizing to Clay and Bruce who were both looking at John surprised as they hadn’t expected him to admit it.
“It’s alright John. We’ve already forgiven you,” Bruce said, putting a comforting hand on John’s shoulder while smiling at him.
John Dory: “Yes, you do, Clay. They’re funderdrawers! It’s underwear but 76% more fun! Let’s see those dance moves, Brother!”
“I really hated those things,” Clay commented while Viva chuckled at on-screen Clay.
Clay: “Fine.” (Begins dancing) “Rusty Robot, into Wiggle Worm, end on Caliente Puppet. Yeah.”
“Nice moves Clay!” Viva said, while Clay leaned back in his chair and smiled at himself on-screen. These past twenty years, he’s tried so hard to push this ‘fun’ side of him away, but the truth was, he missed it. He really did use to be the ‘Fun Boy,’ and not just for BroZone but at home too. He would pull pranks on his brothers, get into mischief, and would always try to find something fun and active to be doing. But once John started to only view Clay as the ‘fun’ one and stopped taking him seriously, Clay had slowly begun to change as he wanted to prove there was more to him than just being fun. He even joined a sad book club to try and become more serious so John could see him as something more than just the ‘Fun Boy.’ But really, he missed this side of him, and now that he made up with John, maybe he could start relaxing more and start having more fun.
Floyd: “Bro, you look stressed. Breathe.”
John Dory: (Stressed and worried) “Well, of course I’m stressed, Floyd. It’s the first show of the tour! We have to hit the perfect family harmony! We promised the fans!”
Floyd: “Okay, calm down. You’re making Baby Branch nervous.”
(Baby Branch is seen still staring nervously out at the chanting crowd)
John Dory: “What? Nervous? No, no, no. He’s not allowed to be nervous. He’s gotta be perfect!”
“Seriously,” Bruce and Clay said, giving John exasperated looks while John gave them apologetic looks.
Floyd: “Cut him some slack, John Dory. It’s his first show.” (Walks toward Baby Branch)
Spruce: (Still doing sit ups) “Come on, abs!”
Floyd: “Hey, Branch. How you feeling?”
Baby Branch: (Turns away from the crowd to look at his brother) “I feel like I’m gonna barf and pass out and-”
“Aww, baby Branch is so cute!” Viva exclaimed as the brothers all smiled warmly at their youngest brother.
Floyd: “Pee your pants all at once?”
Baby Branch: “How’d you know?”
Floyd: (Kneels down next to Branch) “Ah, you got the pre-show jitters. Completely normal. Everyone gets ’em. You wanna know what I do when I get ’em?”
Baby Branch: “Barf, pass out and pee your pants?”
At his words the brothers and Viva all laughed in amusement.
“I love Branch,” Bruce chuckled.
Floyd: (Chuckles) “I remember that I’m with my brothers, and that when we come together, there is nothing that we can’t do.”
At Floyd’s words John, Bruce, and Clay all looked at him surprised.
“When you got nervous…you would think of us?” Clay asked, surprised, to which Floyd responded by nodding.
“You guys are my brothers. Of course I would think of you,” Floyd said, smiling at his brothers.
“Aw come here you,” John said, pulling Floyd into a hug which Bruce and Clay were quick to join in on.
Baby Branch: “But no one’s ever hit the perfect family harmony before. [excitedly] Is it true it can shatter diamonds?”
“Branch is adorable,” Viva squealed.
Floyd: “Yeah. It’s that powerful.”
John Dory: (Walks in between Floyd and Baby Branch, interrupting their moment. Spruce and Clay join them as well) “All right, boys, just remember, no matter what you do, follow my lead.”
Floyd: “Or maybe, let’s just go out there and have fun together.”
“Sorry Floyd. I should have listened to you and not been so controlling,” John apologized.
“John, you don’t need to keep apologizing. We’ve all already forgiven you. Yes, this is going to be hard to watch, but it’s in the past and we can’t change that; even though we want to. We know you’re sorry, and we’re sorry too,” Floyd said, smiling at his oldest brother in comfort.
Clay: “It’s just…so much pressure.” (Gulps)
“Aw, Clay…” Viva said, loving Clay on-screen.
Stage Director: “Ten seconds!”
Spruce: (Rubs lotion on his abs) “A-And what happens if we can’t hit it?”
John Dory: “Oh, that’s not an option. If we can’t hit the perfect family harmony, we aren’t perfect. And if we aren’t perfect, we’re nothing. Just follow my lead and the harmony will happen.” (At his words, Floyd and Clay exchange nervous looks, Spruce carelessly throws the now empty lotion bottle, and Branch excitedly puts his glasses on) “Let’s bro!”
At John’s words the brothers flinched in remembrance, not wanting to watch what they knew would happen.
“I know now that that’s not true, and I really regret saying that in the first place. You guys are perfect just the way you are,” John said, throwing his arms around Bruce and Clay who were smiling at him.
Announcer: “Ladies and gentlemen, here they are! The heartthrob!” (Spruce swings onto the stage gracefully, posing as his stage name is called) “The fun boy!” (Clay jumps onto the stage and makes a silly pose) “The sensitive one!” (Floyd turns around at his stage name) “The leader!” (John Dory rises onto the stage, posing) “And the baby!” (Baby Branch poses) “Give it up for BroZone!” (Crowd cheers)
“Woo! Wow, you guys look awesome!” Vive cheered in excitement.
“Yeah, I definitely miss singing together,” Clay said, smiling fondly at the memories he had of performing with his brothers.
BroZone: “ Well, there she goes! ”
Spruce: “ On the floor, let’s do this no more talkin.’ ” (Shows off his abs, causing girls in the audience to scream and faint)
“Yep, I still got that effect on girls,” Bruce said proudly, causing his brothers to chuckle in amusement.
BroZone: “ Did anybody notice. ”
Floyd: “ The energy just shifted when we dropped in. Ooh, let it drop in, hmm… ”
Clay: “ I don’t flex, but I might! Groove about to take flight! ”
“Wow Clay, your voice is really good!” Viva complemented while John, Bruce and Floyd looked questioningly at Clay.
“Viva’s never heard you sing?” Bruce asked. “But, I thought you’ve known her for years.”
“Well, I have known her for years. But…when I did sing, I preferred to be alone,” Clay admitted, his brothers looking at him sadly.
John Dory: “ ‘Cause the night is young and the music’s on and we got love on sight! ”
Baby Branch: “ The sky was the limit, now the stars where we livin’. It’s the vibe when we’re in it, it’ll blow your mind. ” (Briefly takes off his glasses and winks at the audience)
Audience Member: “Bitty B!”
“Yeah Branch!” The brothers cheered, proud of their youngest brother.
BroZone: “ It’s so perfect, perfect, perfect! A hundred percent! ” (BroZone begins to glow, showing they’re close to hitting the perfect family harmony) “ Put us together… ”
“Hey, you guys are about to hit the perfect family harmony!” Viva gasped in excitement, while the brothers exchanged nervous looks, knowing what was about to happen.
John Dory: (Whispers as his brothers continue singing) “Okay, great. It’s working. Yes! Come on, guys!” (Runs off, causing his brothers to look at each other confused)
BroZone: “ …perfect, perfect, perfect. Harmony so cold… ”
Clay: (Whispers to Spruce) “What’s he doing? This isn’t my choreo!” (Runs to join John Dory)
“Yeah, I got a little carried away…” John admitted, ashamed of himself.
BroZone: “ You’ll never ever wanna let it… ”
John Dory: “ Go… ” (Gestures for his brothers to get on him, much to their confusion)
Floyd: (Gets on the left side of John Dory) “ Go… ”
Spruce: (Gets on the right side of John Dory) “ Go… ”
Clay: (Spruce holds him up) “ Go… ”
Baby Branch: (Clay holds him up) “ Go… ”
“Yeah, we were really confused about what was going on,” Bruce said, not looking forward to what was coming up.
“Who wrote your guys' dances?” Viva asked.
“That was Clay’s area of expertise, so he would come up with our choreography,” John said proudly.
“Wow,” Viva said, looking in awe at Clay.
“What can I say; when in a band, you gotta know how to flex the drip!” Clay said, popping the ‘p’ in the word ‘drip’ and causing his brothers to chuckle in amusement.
(Brothers begin to become unharmonized and lose their balance, causing them to fall on one other, stopping their performance)
“Oh no!” Viva gasped in shock, while the brothers all exchanged worried looks.
(Floyd trips to the edge of the stage and grabs on to a nearby vine, accidentally swinging on it)
Floyd: “Whoa!”
(As Spruce helps John Dory up, Floyd swings into John, knocking him into the air. Seconds later, the vine ties around Spruce’s ankle, swinging him around on the vine. John Dory bounces off a mushroom and hits the ceiling, getting tangled in vines strewn across it. As Floyd and Spruce swing around on the vine, Clay gets tied up as well by it. Soon, the vine wraps around John Dory, who’s stuck to the ceiling, and all the brothers get wrapped up together, Spruce hanging upside down by his ankle. Baby Branch on the other hand watches his brothers in concern from the stage)
“That’s worse than I remember it being…” Bruce said, he and his brothers wincing at the scene while Viva stared at the screen with wide eyes, shocked at what just happened.
“At least Branch wasn’t tied up there,” Floyd said, glad that was the case.
Stage Director: “Ladies and gentlemen, please stand by. Uh, we’re experiencing, uh, some stuff.”
John Dory: “Hey. At least we didn’t fall.” (The vines snap, causing them to fall) “We fell.”
(Scene changes to show the brothers in their home. John Dory and Spruce enter, both clearly upset, and jump into an argument)
“Oh no…I don’t want to watch this too…” John said, burying his head in his hands.
John Dory: “See what happens when you don’t follow my lead?”
Spruce: “Dude, that is exactly what happens when we follow your lead!”
(Baby Branch looks scared toward his brothers and looks as if he’s about to cry)
“Oh, Branch…” Bruce said, feeling guilty that he made his youngest brother feel that way.
John Dory: “Oh, so it’s my fault. Is that what you’re saying?” (Spruce rolls his eyes at John) “I know we can reach the perfect family harmony!”
Spruce: “What if we don’t want to?”
Clay: (Joins in the argument) “Yeah, dude. This used to be fun. Now it’s all about being perfect.”
Spruce: “You know what? I’m done playing the heartthrob. My exquisitely chiseled, rock hard abs and I quit!” (Rips off his vest and throws it to the ground)
At his own words Bruce winced as if physically struck. While he wasn’t the first to leave, he was the first to quit, which encouraged John and Clay to do the same.
Clay: “I quit too, and you can keep these.” (Takes off his funderdrawers and throws them at John Dory’s face) “I’m more than just the fun one. I’m in a sad book club. Did you know that? A sad book club! I’m gonna find trolls who take me seriously.”
“Oh Clay…” Viva said, looking sadly at Clay who was watching the screen with sadness and regret.
John Dory: “Fine. I don’t need this. I’m out. I’m done. I’m sorry.” (Walks toward their open window and puts on his bag. Baby Branch is seen looking sadly at his oldest brother) “I’m gonna go hike the Neverglade Trail by myself. Brolone.” (Shoots a grappling hook out of the window) “Yeah, that’s right. Brobro going solo. Yolo. Goodbye forever.”
“Oh man…” John whispered, hating himself for what he had said and done.
(As John Dory disappears from sight, Sprue glares after him, Clay looks unaffected, and baby Branch is shocked)
Clay: “Fine. I’m out of here.” (Walks toward the door)
John Dory: “Later, losers!”
Spruce: “Same here.” (Spruce and Clay exit their home, each going a separate way, leaving Floyd and Baby Branch behind)
“We didn’t even say goodbye to Branch,” Clay whispered as tears formed in his eyes, causing Bruce and John to feel even more guilty as those words were said.
Floyd: “Guys, please. Come on.” (Sighs)
Baby Branch: “It’s my fault. I ruined everything.”
Hearing Branch’s words caused the brothers to feel more ashamed of themselves than ever.
“What! No, no, why did he think that?” Bruce asked, startled that Branch blamed himself.
“He thinks we left because of him?” John gasped in horror and shock.
Floyd: “N-no, no. Branch, this is not your fault. [sighs] We’re not in sync. We’ve gone from boys to men, and now there’s only one direction for us to go: the backstreets.”
Baby Branch: “But not you, Floyd? You’re not leaving too?”
“I’m so sorry, Branch,” Floyd said as tears fell down his face.
Floyd: “Not forever. I’ll be back. I promise. But right now, I-I have to follow my heart. It’s telling me that it’s time to start a solo career.”
Baby Branch: “But what am I gonna do?”
Floyd: “Branch, you are gonna do the most important thing of all. You’re gonna…take care of Grandma!” (Gestures toward their Grandma who’s shuffling a pile of cards at their table)
Grandma Rosiepuff: “Oh, come on, Branch. Let’s play some rummy. But I won’t let you win, because I play for the money!”
Seeing their Grandma caused the brothers to feel a fresh wave of guilt wash over them, as they knew them leaving was part of the reason she had died. If they’d never left, they could have protected her and Branch from that Bergen…
Floyd: “You might have to let her win. Occasionally.” (Branch nods in understanding) “When you miss me, you can wear this.” (Takes off his green vest and puts it on Branch) “It’ll be like I’m right here with you.”
“And he wears it every day…” Clay said, smiling sadly at Floyd who still had tears running down his face.
Baby Branch: “And when you come back, we’ll make our hideout!” (Takes out a piece of paper and holds it out to Floyd)
Floyd: “Definitely.” (Takes the paper from Branch and unfolds it, revealing Branch’s drawing of his ‘future’ bunker. On the paper has each of his brother’s names written on it, and each has their own room in the hideout)
“Wait a second, isn’t that Branch’s bunker!” Clay gasped in recognition.
“Oh man you’re right!” John Dory gasped, his heart hammering with guilt.
“How did I not recognize his bunker when I first saw it?” Floyd said, staring at Branch’s drawing in shock.
“He built his bunker…for us?” Bruce slowly said, letting the information sink in.
At his words the brothers looked at each other in shocked surprise, feeling more ashamed of themselves by the second.
“I didn’t know…” John sadly said, lowering his head in shame.
Floyd: “Wow! Is that a ten story water slide?”
Branch: “Yeah. That’s how we shower!” (Giggles)
Floyd: “Well, we better keep this in a safe place.” (Folds the paper back up and gives it back to Branch, then holds his arms out to Branch and hugs him, sighing) “I’ll see you soon, Baby Branch.” (Smiles sadly and nods farwell at Branch then walks out the door with his guitar)
Baby Branch: “Bye. See you later.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all began to cry.
“How could we have done that?” Bruce asked, hating himself for walking out that night.
(End of memory two)
(Scene change. The words ‘A few nights later…’ appear on screen as memory/flashback three begins)
“A few nights later?” John questioned worriedly, his face still wet from his tears.
“I don’t think I want to see this,” Clay said, afraid of what he would see.
(It’s night and once again Grandma Rosiepuff’s pod is shown. Inside the pod, Branch is seen lying awake in his Grandma’s bed as his Grandma sleeps next to him)
Sighing, Branch rolls over and faces the door of his Grandma’s room and stares at it for a few seconds before making up his mind. Sitting up, he rubs his eyes tiredly and looks over at his sleeping Grandma before quietly slipping out of bed with his teddy bear in hand, and tip-toes to the door, opening it slowly so it doesn’t creak and wake up Grandma. Once outside the room, Branch softly closes the door and walks along the hall as he heads to his bedroom.
“ They’ll be there calling me baby… ” Branch sang, pausing to look happily at a picture of him and his brothers hanging on the wall where they were all seen laughing in joy. “ Maybe… ” Approaching his room, he opened the door hopefully, expecting to see his brothers sleeping in their beds. Instead, his face falls sadly as he scans the room to see it deserted; the bunk beds empty except for a few books on Clay’s bed, a pair of goggles on John Dorys, fan mail on Spruce's, and Floyd’s green leaf vest on his bed that had been given to Branch not so long ago. There were still only four beds in the room, as Branch had begun sharing a bed with Floyd as soon as he moved out of his crib, not wanting his own bed.
“I didn’t know he would lay awake hoping we’d return,” John whispered sadly, the brothers staring at the screen with wide and guilty eyes.
Walking sadly in the room, Branch headed over to Floyd’s bed and crawled inside it, hugging his leaf vest and teddy bear close as tears formed in his eyes. “ Maybe far away, or maybe real nearby, John may be pouring his coffee, Spruce may be straightening his tie. Maybe in a house, all hidden by a hill, Clay’s sitting playing piano, Floyd’s sitting writing a song. Betcha they're good, why shouldn't they be? Their one mistake was giving up me. So maybe now it's time, and maybe when I wake, they'll be there calling me ‘baby.’ Maybe… Maybe they'll argue, or cause a big fight. Don't really care, as long as they're mine. So maybe now this prayer’s, the last one of its kind. Won’t you please come get your baby…maybe… ” Crying, Branch buried his head in his blanket, wishing his brothers were there and had never left him.
Hearing Branch’s song the brothers continued to cry in grief and regret, and even Viva now had tears in her eyes.
“I’m so sorry Branch,” Floyd sobbed, as John pulled him into a hug with both of them crying softly.
“We should have gone back for him,” Bruce said through his tears.
Branch missed them. He missed John Dory giving him voice lessons, missed Spruce teaching him new dance moves, missed Clay playing with him and having Branch assist him in some of his pranks, and most of all, he missed Floyd’s presence and the comfort he always gave.
“Why’d you guys go…” Branch whispered through his tears, as he slowly cried himself to sleep in Floyd’s bed.
Unable to answer his question, the brother’s continued to cry in sorrow, hating themselves more and more.
(End of memory three)
(Scene change. The words ‘A year later…’ appear on screen as memory/flashback four begins)
“I don’t think I can watch any more,” Clay said, already done with watching these flashbacks.
(It’s midday and inside Grandma Rosiepuff’s pod, Branch and Grandma are seen eating lunch together in silence, with Branch poking at his food with his silverware rather than eating it)
“Branch, sweetie, you need to eat,” Grandma gently told her grandson, worried for him as he’s been feeling down more often since his brother’s left. While his behavior was understandable, it didn’t make it any less worrisome for Grandma.
“I’m not hungry,” Branch said, pushing his plate away and holding his head in his hands, not making eye contact with Grandma.
“Well, is there something else you want to eat?” Grandma asked, trying to get him to eat something, to which he responded by shaking his head. “Branch, what’s wrong?” she asked, even though she already knew what was wrong.
“Grandma…are they going to come back?” Branch sadly asked, finally meeting her gaze with tears in his eyes.
At his question the brothers looked at each other in shock, their faces still wet with tears.
“It’s been a year, and he’s still thinking of us,” Bruce quietly and sadly said.
“I don’t know, Branch,” Grandma responded, smiling sadly at her youngest grandson. “I know them leaving has been hard, but it’s been a year now.”
“I know, but every day I just hope that they’ll come back. Floyd promised he would,” Branch said as he began to cry.
The brothers hated seeing Branch cry, and what hurt them the most was that Branch hadn’t given up on them, even though they had clearly given up on each other.
“Oh gosh…” Floyd sobbed, unable to control himself as he was consumed with regret and guilt.
Closing her eyes, she knew what she had to say, and even though it would be hard for Branch to hear, he needed to hear it. “Branch listen to me,” she said, reaching across their small table to hold his hand. “It’s time to move on. Your brothers, they love you and they always have, but it was time for them to leave to start their own lives.”
“That’s not why we left,” Clay said through his tears.
“Which Grandma knows. She lied to keep Branch from the truth,” Bruce responded sadly.
“But…why couldn’t they bring me with them? John, Bruce and Clay…they didn’t even say goodbye,” Branch quietly sobbed.
At his words John, Bruce and Clay all winced as if physically struck. They hadn’t said goodbye, and even a year later Branch knew and remembered that, which scared the brothers.
“They couldn’t bring you because you were too young. But one day, when you’re older, it’ll be time for you to start your own life too,” Grandma said. She knew she was sugarcoating what had happened. While his brothers did love him, they also did leave without saying goodbye. What they did was wrong, but Grandma did all she could to help Branch try to understand, even if some of what she said was a lie.
Branch looked away and wiped his eyes with the back of his hand. “May I be excused,” he softly asked.
“Of course,” Grandma replied, sadly watching as Branch got down from his chair and walked to his bedroom.
Closing the door to his room, Branch leaned against the wall and stared sadly at the two bunk beds. Even though it had been a year, nothing had changed or moved in the room.
“Our room still looks the same,” Bruce said in shock. He had expected it to be rearranged or changed by now, but it looked the same as it had the night they left.
Grandma had asked if he wanted to rearrange it, but he had refused in case they did come back. Each night he slept in here, he would rotate which bed he slept on. Last night he slept in Spruce’s bed, and tonight would be Clay’s. Other night’s, the pain in his heart would be too much for him that he would sleep with his Grandma. But now…Branch had to accept that they wouldn’t be coming back. They had left, and it was time for Branch to move on.
Taking a shaky breath, Branch walked over to his dresser and picked up a picture of him and his brothers, running his hand over the happy image frozen in time. “ Even if I have the strength. Even if I could be brave…I don’t know how to let you go. Oh how I’ve tried, ” Branch sang, taking the picture with him as he walked toward the beds, running his hand along Floyd’s bedsheets. “ ‘Cause living without you is like living a lie. A world without color, a lost lullaby. And living without you, is like gasping for air. A day without sunlight, a night without prayer, so hurry, before I change my mind. I give my heart, I give my life, so take my heart, take my goodbye. I close my eyes and let you fly. Take my goodbye… Goodbye… ” Branch sang, sitting sadly down on the floor, heartbroken, and hugging his knees to his chest as he ended his farewell song to his brothers. Looking once more at the picture in his hand, he placed it on the ground next to him face-down as he cried in silence, finally accepting the fact that his brothers were gone and weren’t returning.
If they had found the other songs and scenes hard to watch, this one by far had the worst effect on them. Watching Branch give up on them returning and sing his last goodbye to them tore their hearts in two.
“I didn’t know us leaving hurt him this bad. I-I mean I knew that he was hurt, but I didn’t know how much until now,” Bruce sobbed, hating himself for leaving.
Just then the screen turned black while the words ‘Break’ appeared in white.
Though they were thankful to be given a short break to calm down and gather their thoughts, the brothers were too devastated to speak. The next few minutes were spent trying to comfort one another and think about what they had just seen and heard; John still hugging Floyd while Clay laid his head on Bruce’s shoulder, crying silently as Viva rubbed his back in comfort.
Chapter 33: The Royal Wedding
Chapter Text
(Screen goes back to the present where Branch is seen sadly listening to the BroZone song ‘Perfect’)
Clay Recording: “ …about to take flight. ”
John Dory Recording: “ ‘Cause the night is young and the music’s on and we got love on sight. ”
Baby Branch Recording: “ Sky was the limit, now the stars where we livin’. It’s the vibe when we’re in it, it’ll blow your mind… ”
(Branch holds a BroZone music album cover and gently runs his hands over it)
“I didn’t know he kept our albums,” John Dory said, surprised.
“Branch looks a lot more gray in this movie,” Bruce noticed, looking sadly at his youngest brother. This time, the brother’s didn’t need to ask why that was the case, as they knew for sure they were to blame. It was clear that Branch was still suffering from his brothers walking out on him and was dealing with unresolved sadness tied to their separation.
“He has too many bad memories of loneliness and abandonment that he’s still struggling with his past, which is keeping him desaturated,” Floyd sadly explained.
“Maybe we can change that? When we reunite?” Bruce asked his brothers hopefully.
“I don’t know. Maybe we’ll see soon. After all, Cloud Guy did say we would reunite in this movie,” Clay responded.
“Yeah, but he also said we’d reunite by ‘force’ or whatever that means,” John Dory said, causing the brothers to exchange concerned looks.
(Poppy enters the room and happily fixes her dress, then looks worriedly at the back of Branch)
“Wow, Poppy’s all dressed up,” Viva noticed, wondering what the occasion was.
BroZone Recording: “ It’s so perfect, perfect, perfect. A hundred percent… ”
Poppy: (Clears throat) “Branch?”
Branch: “What?” (Startled, he quickly turns the music off, puts the music album down, and turns to face Poppy) “Oh. Hey.”
Poppy: “Are you all right? You’re smiling and crying at the same time. It kinda looks like it’s hurting your face.”
Branch: “It does hurt my face. I guess I’m just missing my, um… [clears throat] …grandma. I was just listening to some of her old records.” (Puts the BroZone disk away in its album cover)
“He still hasn’t told Poppy about us?” John Dory asked, hurt.
“Well can you blame him?” Clay asked softly.
“It’s good to see that he misses us though. Maybe he’ll be excited to see us,” Bruce said hopefully while still feeling guilty that he made his brother feel this way all these years.
Poppy: (Sees the BroZone cover and gasps, taking it out of Branch’s hands) “BroZone? No way! I love BroZone!”
Branch: (Surprised) “Really?” (Quickly changes his tone of voice to neutral) “I mean, really?”
Poppy: “I didn’t know you liked them too.” (Tosses the album back to Branch, who catches it)
Branch: “I don’t! I’m actually hate listening. It’s a new thing. My grandma had very questionable taste. I mean, just look at how she decorated this place! I’m sorry, but there are some things that shouldn’t be macraméd. Am I right?” (Turns sadly away from Poppy and places the BroZone album down)
At his words the brothers all gasped in shock.
“Hate-listening?” John sadly repeated, hurt by Branch’s words.
Poppy: “Um, kinda seems like there’s something you’re not telling me.”
Branch: “What? Pfft. Don’t be silly. No.”
“He’s still not open about his feelings,” Floyd sadly realized.
Poppy: “Hey.” (Takes Branch’s hands in hers) “I need you to be real with me. It seems like more than a macramé issue. If you’re having feelings, you can talk about them with me.”
“Thank you Poppy,” Bruce whispered, smiling warmly up at the pink troll on-screen in gratitude. Branch deserved her.
Branch: “Okay. [sighs] You’re right.” (Looks into Poppy’s expectant eyes and decides not to) “Oh, hey. Look at the time. We’re gonna be late to the royal wedding. Let’s go get married!” (Pulls Poppy toward the door)
“Wait, what!” Viva and the brothers gasped in shocked surprise.
“He proposed?!” Clay asked in excitement.
“They’re getting married?!” Bruce exclaimed at the same time.
“And we’re not even there to see it,” Floyd added sadly, him and his brothers exchanging sad looks. They should have been there for their brother on his best day…
Poppy: “Branch!”
Branch: “What? I mean, let’s get Bridget and Gristle married.”
“Oh phew,” Viva sighed in relief. Now that Viva knew her sister was alive, reuniting with her was the first thing she was going to do once leaving here, and she wanted to be there for Poppy when she got married!
The brothers also breathed out a sigh of relief as they too wanted to be part of Branch’s life once more. That is…if he’ll let them…
Poppy: “Yeah…[chuckles] Oh, ‘cause it would be weird if we got married.”
Branch: “Yeah. So weird. Duh.”
Poppy: “Wow. The weirdest. Ha. It’s, like, weird that we’re still talking about how weird it was. It’s, like, 15 seconds later.”
Branch: “Blech.”
Poppy: “Blech.”
Branch: “Duh.”
“Oh, they’re adorable,” Viva said, happy for her sister to have found someone like Branch.
“And it seems to me that Branch does in fact want to marry her,” Bruce added, happy for Branch.
(Poppy chuckles and together they exit Grandma Roseipuff’s pod and jump onto fuzzy bug-like creatures, who fly them into Bergen Town)
Branch: “ Ooh, yeah. ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Keep it coming, love, keep it coming, love. Don’t stop it now, don’t stop it, no, don’t stop it now, don’t stop. ” (As Branch and Poppy fly through Bergen Town, Trolls and Bergens are seen decorating for the wedding) “ Keep it coming, love, keep it coming, love… ”
“Oh my gosh, the decorations are so fantastamazing!” Viva said, loving the scene while the brothers also felt their spirits lighten slightly. They were glad to take a break from the more emotional scenes, and what better way to do that than watching a wedding?
Trolls: “ We are family! ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Don’t stop it now don’t stop it, no, don’t stop it now, don’t stop. ”
Branch: “ Everyone can see we’re together. As we walk on by… ”
“Even after hearing his voice so many times, I literally can’t get over how good it is,” Clay said, proud of his brother and how much he had grown while Viva and his brothers nodded in agreement.
Poppy: “ And we fly just like birds of a feather, I won’t tell no lie… ”
Trolls: “ We are family! ”
Branch: “ All of the people about us they say… ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Can they be that close? ”
Trolls: “ We are family! ”
Branch: “ Just let me state for the record… ”
Branch & Poppy: “ We’re giving love in a family dose! ”
(A large balloon of King Gristle crashes into the castle. Inside, King Gristle is seen laying down on his floor covered in makeup and party items)
Prince D: “ Push it real good. ” (Prince D, Cooper, and King Peppy fly into the room, each riding a fuzzy bug-like creature, and they help clean up King Gristle for the wedding)
King Gristle: “Oh, boy. That was a crazy bachelor party.”
“Dang, looks like it,” John Dory said, the brothers chuckling in amusement.
“Ah, bachelor parties are the best,” Bruce said, happily remembering his own the night before he married Brandy.
Cloud Guy: (Laying down inside a pizza box) “Cloud Guy don’t feel so good.”
Prince D: “ Brush it. ”
Cooper: “ Brush it. ”
Prince D: “ Wax it. ”
Cooper: “ Wax it. ”
Prince D: “ Shave it. ”
Cooper: “ Shave it. ”
Prince D: “ Push it real good .” (King Gristle looks at himself in the mirror after the Trolls cleaned and dressed him up for his wedding) “Yo, looking sick, King G!”
“Yeah he is!” Clay said, agreeing with Prince D.
Cloud Guy: “You could say that again.” (Throws up a rainbow)
“Oh, poor Cloud Guy,” Floyd chuckled.
(Scene changes to Bridget in her room, Poppy with her ready to help her get ready)
Bridget: “ I do my hair toss, check my nails. ”
Poppy: “ Baby, how you feelin’? ”
Bridget: “ do my hair toss, check my nails. ”
Poppy: “ Baby, how you feelin’? ”
Bridget: “ Feelin’ good as hell…llo! It’s me he’s looking for! ”
Poppy: “Yeah, it is!”
Bridget: “ I can see it in his eyes! ”
“Oh, I’m so happy for Bridget!” Viva squealed in excitement.
Poppy: “Now let’s get this dress right.”
(Satin and Chenille dress Bridget up and do her hair, putting bows all over her outfit)
“Mmm, mhmm,” Viva said, shaking her head ‘no’ to the dress.
Poppy: “Uh, no.”
(Satin and Chenille change the outfit up)
“Nah,” Viva said, shaking her head again as the brothers chuckled in amusement.
Poppy: “Uh-uh. No, next.” (Behind Bridget, Poppy sees a Bergen carrying balloons and gets an idea) “Satin, Chenille!”
Satin: “Fashion…”
Chenille: “…emergency!”
“Ooh…what’s her dress going to look like…” Viva said, anticipating the bride’s reveal.
(Scene changes to show Guy Diamond and Tiny Diamond outside)
Guy Diamond: “Look at you, Tiny Diamond. You make the cutest little flower boy !”
Tiny Diamond: (Dressed as a flower boy) “Come on, Daddy. I’m not a baby anymore. I’m the cutest little flower man!” (Gets out of his flower boy outfit)
“Oh, adorable,” Bruce chuckled, finding Tiny’s attitude amusing. He had personal experience with children who acted like that too, as he had thirteen kids of his own.
Guy Diamond: “But, Tiny, you’re only a month old.”
Tiny Diamond: (Raps) “ Everybody treats me like I’m just a little baby. But I’m walking and I’m talking on the daily! I’m rolling dice, drinking coffee gettin’ wild! Daddy, I’m a man now, not a little child! ”
Poppy: “Come on, guys. It’s time!”
“Yay!” Viva cheered, throwing her hands up in excitement and causing the brothers to laugh in amusement.
Tiny Diamond: “Ooh! Balloons!”
Branch & Poppy: (Dancing together) “ We are family! ”
Everyone: “ Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah! ”
Poppy: “ I got all my sisters with me! ”
Everyone: “ We are family! ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Get up everybody and sing! ”
Prince D: “ Get up, get up, get up! ”
(Everyone takes their seats in the audience to watch the wedding while King Gristle stands in front of everyone, waiting for Bridget)
“Ooh, looking good King Gristle,” John Dory said.
Everyone: “ We are family! ”
Poppy: “ Hey, yeah! I got all my sisters with me! ”
(Bridget is seen flying toward Gristle wearing a white balloon dress)
Seeing Bridget flying through the air because of her balloon dress caused Viva to gasp loudly in shock and awe. “Ahh! I love it!” she squealed.
Everyone: “ We are family! ”
Branch & Poppy: “ Get up everybody and sing! ”
Bridget: “ Sing it to me, sing it to me, sing it to me! ” (Lands on the carpet leading up to King Gristle)
“Oh, she’s beautiful!” Viva said, loving Bridget’s look.
King Gristle: (Gasps in awe) “Oh.”
Poppy: (Bounces up Bridget’s balloon dress) “Bridget!”
Bridget: (Gasps) “Poppy!”
Poppy: “You look so beautiful!”
Bridget: (Emotional) “Thank you so much for being my maid of honor. I couldn’t have done this without you.”
“She’d be the best maid of honor!” Viva cheered, proud that her sister was the maid of honor for the wedding.
Poppy: “Oh, of course, Bridget. I love you like a sister. Probably. I don’t have a sister, so I wouldn’t know. Which is fine. It’s something I’m coming to terms with. Slowly.”
“Ooh,” Viva said, her excited smile being replaced by a happy-sad smile as she brought her hand over her heart.
“Viva, you okay?” Clay asked her.
“Hm? Oh yeah. It’s just…nice to know that she wishes she had a sister,” Viva said, smiling warmly up at Poppy and then gasping loudly, startling the brothers. “Oh my gosh, how did I not think of this before! Do you think I’ll reunite with Poppy in this movie?! Oh I hope so! I mean, if you guys are reuniting with Branch then Poppy will probably join and since I’m living Clay I’ll also meet Poppy-” Viva said, talking without pause as she rambled on, the brother’s startled looks turning into amusement.
“Viva,” Clay said, interrupting her before she continued. “We’ll just have to wait and see.”
“Yeah, no, of course. You’re right,” Viva said, directing her attention back to the screen.
Bridget: “Uh, Poppy? Can we maybe unpack the sister thing after the vows?”
Poppy: “Aah! Yeah. No. Of course. You go get him, girl. Before I do!” (Grabs a needle and pops Bridget’s balloon dress, which bursts open and sprays the crowd with glitter. When the glitter dies down, Bridget is seen wearing an elegant white jumpsuit underneath along with her roller skates from her first date with King Gristle)
“Ahh! That was amazing! I have an amazing sister!” Viva shouted in excitement, the brothers once again chuckling in amusement.
King Gristle: “Like a beautiful angel sent from heaven.”
“Oh, he’s so in love with her,” Floyd said, finding King Gristle’s reaction to Bridget adorable and romantic.
(Bridget gracefully skates to the bottom of the stairs, and Poppy is seen holding onto Branch’s arm in happiness, snuggling close to him)
“Aww,” Viva and the brothers said at the sight of Branch and Poppy.
“They were made for each other,” Bruce happily said, everyone in the room agreeing with him.
“Yeah! Team Broppy!” Viva cheered, the brothers laughing in amusement.
(Bridget then awkwardly climbs the stairs sideways so she doesn’t slip because of her skates. Once she reaches the top, King Gristle takes her by the hand and twirls her to face him)
Aunt Smead: “Hey, Bridget, you still have time to run for it.” (Laughs)
King Gristle: (Sarcastically) “Very funny, Aunt Smead. I’m so glad you could make it.”
Miss Maxine: “Dearly beloved, we are gathered here today to celebrate the sweet, sweet love of Bridget, hey, girl, and Mr. YummyTummy himself, King Gristle! Now, falling in love is easy. We’ve all done it. [chuckles] I’ve done it a hundred times. Thousands, even, if you count that semester I spent abroad…”
John Dory: “Stop the wedding!”
(Crowd gasps and everyone looks up to see where the voice came from and they see a shadow of a troll on top a building)
At John Dory’s entrance the brothers burst out laughing.
“Wow John, way to make an entrance,” Bruce said through his laughter.
“Guys, guys! John’s going to reunite with Branch!” Floyd pointed out, the brothers being both excited and super nervous at the same time.
“Oh, I hope it goes well…” John said, crossing his fingers.
“Why is John the only one there though?” Clay asked in confusion, Bruce and Floyd responding with shrugs as they were equally confused as they had thought they would also be there for this moment.
King Gristle: “Uh, Bridget, do you know this guy?”
Bridget: “I can’t remember all my suitors, Grissy.”
(As John Dory jumps off the roof, slides down a laundry wire, and uses his hair to swing from a sign pedestal, Branch squints his eyes up at the approaching Troll in brief recognition)
“Oh I look so cool!” John Dory exclaimed, proud of his entrance.
“Do you think Branch recognizes you?” Floyd asked, noticing Branch’s expression as John Dory approached.
“Well as I said, John Dory hasn’t changed all that much. Physically,” Bruce added, after seeing the glare John sent him.
“I did too change…” John muttered, crossing his arms in slight annoyance once again.
(John Dory then grabs onto a heart-shaped balloon to bring him down to the ground. Once close enough to the ground, he flipped and landed on his feet, using one hand to support his landing)
“Amazing entrance, if I do say so myself,” John Dory said, his brothers sending him exasperated and amused eye rolls.
John Dory: “Sorry, is this bad timing?” (Puts his goggles up and brushes himself off)
“Uh, yeah!” Viva said, the brothers chuckling in amusement at both her reaction and John’s words.
(Recognizing his oldest brother, Branch gasps in fear)
“Uhh, is it just me or does Branch look…scared to be seeing John,” Floyd pointed out, the brother’s smiles turning to looks of worry.
John Dory: “I’m just trying to find a troll named…” (Spots Branch, screams in excitement, and runs up to him) “Baby Branch!”
Branch: “Uh, you’re making a mistake, stranger that looks similar to me. There’s no Branch here.”
“Wait, he denies knowing you?” Bruce asked in shock, as it was clear Branch knew exactly who John was.
“Something tells me this reunion isn’t going to go well…” Floyd sadly said, looking over at John to see him looking shocked at Branch’s refusal of knowing him.
“He called me a stranger…” John slowly said in disbelief, Bruce, Clay and Floyd exchanging sad looks with one another.
John Dory: (Ignores his brother's words and approaches him) “Look at you. You got so big. You’re not a branch anymore, you’re more like a trunk! Junk in the trunk!” (Spanks Branch and laughs)
Branch: “Ow!”
“John!” Bruce, Clay and Floyd shouted in annoyance.
“I haven’t done it yet!” John said, trying to defend himself.
“You didn’t even acknowledge Branch’s words!” Clay added.
(The crowd gasps and Poppy covers her mouth with her hands)
John Dory: “I bet you I can still pick you up. Come on!” (Tosses Branch in the air) “Ooh, you got heavy!” (Branch tries to get out of his brother's grasp, but John Dory, afraid to drop his brother, holds him up) “Aah! There goes my back. Oh! Charley horse. Oh, gosh. Two charley horses!”
“Ugh,” Bruce, Clay and Floyd groaned, all of them slapping their faces with their hands.
“John, Branch isn’t a baby anymore,” Floyd told his oldest brother.
“I know that! I don’t know why I’m acting like this,” John said, as he was indeed puzzled at his reaction and behavior toward Branch.
“Yeah, Branch is not going to like that,” Clay said, worried about what his youngest brother’s reaction would be.
Poppy: (Glares at John Dory) “Hey. Stop right there. You put my boyfriend down! Tell us who you are and what you want!”
“At least Poppy’s a protective girlfriend,” Bruce said, glad that Poppy cared so much for Branch.
(John Dory puts Branch down, who walks away from him in pain)
Branch: “Ooh, ow.”
“Sorry Branch,” John said quietly, embarrassed by the way he was treating Branch on-screen.
John Dory: (Fixes his goggles) “Hey, haha, what up? [sighing] You’re right. Totally rude of me. Didn’t introduce myself…I’m Branch’s brother.” (Holds out his hand for Poppy to shake)
Poppy: “What?!” (Bergens and Trolls gasps in surprise and shock)
“Wait, so no one knows about us?” John Dory said, feeling hurt. While he already knew Branch had kept it a secret, he expected at least one person to know, but Branch having a brother seemed to come as a shock to everyone.
“If Branch didn’t tell Poppy, then he probably didn’t tell anyone else,” Clay sadly said, him, Bruce and Floyd also feeling hurt.
Tiny Diamond: “Ooh, drama! Corn me, Dinkles.” (Mr. Dinkles squeaks and pops out a bag of popcorn for Tiny)
Branch: “Correction: Used to be my brother. Not anymore.” (Turns away from John Dory, folding his arms)
At Branch’s words the brothers flinched and widened their eyes in shock at his words.
“Did he…disown us?” Bruce gasped, hurt, as it was clear to see that Branch was refusing to have anything to do with John, which probably meant he felt the same way with the rest of them.
“This is worse than I thought…” Clay said, as he had imagined their reunion many times before and none of them turned out like this.
“You know, we kinda-basically disowned him first,” Floyd quietly said, saddened by that thought but knowing it was true.
“Well…we always considered each other as family,” John said in defense.
“Guys, we literally broke all contact and communication with each other the day we left. It wouldn’t surprise me if our reunion in this movie turns out to be very rocky at first,” Floyd continued.
Poppy: “Hey, um, remember earlier when I said you should open up to me and be real?”
Branch: “Well…”
Poppy: “You could’ve started by telling me you had a secret brother!”
Branch: “Former brother.”
“He’s acting like we’re no longer related,” John Dory said, hurt by Branch’s words and wondering why he (John) was acting like he didn’t care on-screen.
“Probably because to him, that’s the case,” Clay said, hating the truth in those words and exchanging hurt and saddened looks with his brothers.
Poppy: “That’s not how DNA works! Dad, did you know about this?”
King Peppy: “Huh? What would I know about secret family members?” (Chuckles nervously)
“Dad!” Viva shouted in exasperation. “Why is he still acting like I don’t even exist?” she asked, slightly hurt that her dad refused to talk about her.
Poppy: (Turns back to John Dory while Branch keeps his back facing John) “Oh, my gosh, I was being so rude. I’ve never met anyone from Branch’s family before. I’m Poppy, Branch’s girlfriend. Should we hug, fistbump, smile and wave for now and see where the night takes us?”
“At least she likes me,” John said, glad that Branch’s girlfriend seemed to accept him.
John Dory: “All of the above.” (Chuckles)
Poppy: “Wait, I know you. You’re the guy from BroZone! We were just listening to them!”
Cooper: “Yeah, BroZone!” (Trolls gasp in excitement)
“Seems we’re still popular,” Bruce said, glad that BroZone hadn’t died out as he still missed his band with his brothers.
Poppy: “Wait. Wait, wait, wait. Don’t tell me, um…Okay, well, you’re not the heartthrob…”
At this Bruce snorted in amusement, covering his mouth with his hand as John glared at him.
John Dory: “Well, that’s your opinion. I-”
Poppy: “The fun one? No, you’re kind of uptight…”
At these words it was Clay’s turn to laugh out loud, though unlike Bruce, he didn’t try covering up his amusement at Poppy’s words. “Hear that John? You’re uptight,” Clay said, doubling over in laughter while John now directed his glare at him.
John Dory: (Offended) “Uptight?”
Poppy: “Hmm. Not the sensitive one either…”
Now it was Floyd’s turn to chuckle in amusement, while Bruce and Clay both burst out laughing, causing John to glare at all three of them.
“You know what-” John began, before being interrupted by himself on screen.
John Dory: (Getting more offended) “Okay, a lot of assumptions for someone you just met 30 seconds ago.”
“Thank you!” John Dory said, which only made his brothers laugh harder as he was agreeing with himself.
Poppy: “Oh, oh! I’ve got it. You’re John Dory!”
John Dory: “The leader.”
Poppy: “The old one!” (John Dory sighs at her words)
“Seriously!” John Dory gasped in exasperation, while Clay fell out of his seat in laughter and Bruce and Floyd continued to laugh hard.
King Gristle: “Uh, sorry to interrupt, but we lose the venue at 11:00, so…”
Bridget: “Shh, I’m trying to listen. Very hot gossip.”
“Oh, I love Bridget,” Viva said.
Poppy: “So, if-if you’re Branch’s bro, then that means that all the other BroZone bros are Branch’s bros too!” (Gasps in excitement and turns to Branch, who still has his back facing his brother) “Branch, how come you never told me?!”
Branch: (Upset) “Because it’s complicated.”
At Branch’s words the laughter from the brothers quickly died down as they were reminded of Branch’s feelings toward them.
Poppy: “Oh, sweetie. ‘Cause you weren’t in the band.” (Pats his shoulder in comfort while Branch continues to be annoyed)
“Oh he was in the band alright,” John said.
“Yeah. It wasn’t BroZone without him,” Bruce added.
John Dory: “Oh, Branch was in the band all right.”
Poppy: “What? No way. Which one was he?”
John Dory: “Bitty B.”
Hearing Branch being called Bitty B after twenty years brought a smile to the brothers as they were reminded of their boy band days together.
Poppy: “Bitty B? No, that’s impossible. Bitty B had glasses.”
John Dory: “Oh, and a diaper.”
Branch: “ Aaaaaand a falsetto made of gold.” (John Dory nods his head, impressed, at Branch’s singing voice) “Not that anyone cared. But that’s all in the past.” (Turns to face John Dory) “Because they stopped being my brothers the day they walked out on me and never came back.” (Turns away again and folds his arms)
Once again the brothers found themselves wincing as if physically struck, hurt at their brother’s words and as they were reminded that he had disowned them.
“We’re so sorry Branch,” Clay said in regret while sadly knowing his words had no effect whatsoever.
John Dory: “Whoa, whoa, whoa. That’s not fair, Branch. I did come back, but no one was there. It wasn’t until I heard about you saving the world from the Rock Apocalypse that I realized you were even still alive.”
“Oh, so that’s how I found him,” John muttered to himself, as he remembered he believed Branch to be dead before coming here. Although the Rock Apocalypse had already happened, John hadn’t heard about that either until coming here. He must have been informed later on…
Branch: “Oh, that’s-that’s so sweet he realized I was still alive. Twenty years too late!”
“I’m sorry Branch,” John whispered, flinching at Branch’s words and knowing he was right.
Poppy: (Jumps between the two brothers) “Hi. Sorry. He gets hangry if he skips breakfast.” (Pulls Branch away from his brother)
Branch: (Mad) “I had breakfast. It was avocado toast with two poached eggs, some cayenne for a little kick, and you know what? It was delightful!”
“Branch is really mad…” Bruce said sadly. Did he really want nothing to do with them anymore? Looking at his brothers, he noticed that they were all thinking the same thing.
Poppy: (Finally manages to bring Branch away from his brother) “Branch, what’s going on with you?”
Branch: (Angrily) “The question we should be asking is what’s going on with him? I bet you he’s only here because he needs something.”
“What, that’s not true!” John Dory said, sad that Branch thought that was the only reason he’d turn up.
Poppy: “That’s not true. He’s your brother.”
John Dory: “Branch, I’m gonna be straight with you. I need something.”
“Wait, what?” John gasped, shocked that Branch was right in that the only reason he turned up was because he needed something.
Branch: “And there it is.”
Poppy: (To John Dory) “Come on, man. I’m trying here.” (Branch starts to walk away)
John Dory: “Wait wait wait, hold up, Branch. It’s about Floyd.”
At these words John, Bruce, and Clay immediately sat up straight in worry, giving the conversation on-screen their full attention.
Branch: (At Floyd’s name, Branch stops and looks concerned) “What do you mean?”
Seeing Branch’s concern for him caused Floyd to smile. He was glad to see that Branch still cared about them, even if he refused to admit it to himself.
John Dory: “He’s in danger, man.”
“No!” John, Bruce and Clay gasped, with John embracing Floyd in a protective hug.
“John! I’m fine!” Floyd said, trying to escape his brother’s grasp.
(Flashback starts, showing John Dory living alone in the middle of the woods in Rhonda. He’s seen getting ready for bed)
“Wait, you’ve been living in the woods for the past twenty years? By yourself?” Bruce asked his older brother in shock.
“Eh, something like that,” John replied, his three younger brothers giving him looks of sad concern.
John Dory Narrating: “I hadn’t heard from him since the band broke up. Until…” (Hearing a knock on the door, he opens the bathroom door and quietly sneaks out, hiding behind the wall in case something would come out and attack him. Feeling like it was safe, he jumped out, looking very intimidating, and pointed his toothbrush out threateningly to face whoever or whatever was out there)
“Smooth John,” Clay said, chuckling in amusement that John was prepared to use his toothbrush as a weapon.
John Dory Narrating: (But to his surprise, no one was at the door; all that he did see was a letter that was mysteriously delivered to him) “I got a letter from him.” (Reads the letter) “‘Dear John Dory, I’m being held against my will by superstars Velvet and Veneer. Come to Mount Rageous at once and bring our brothers. Love, Floyd.’” (Lowers the letter after reading it, concern showing on his face for his little brother)
“NO!” John, Bruce and Clay yelled, enraged at the idea of Floyd being held captive.
“No one does that to my brothers! No one!” John Dory shouted, standing up in anger.
“John! John, stop! I’m okay, this hasn’t happened,” Floyd reminded his brothers, though he was a little shaken at the thought of being held captive. Then, looking closely at the letter in John’s hands on-screen, he noticed something off. “Wait a second, that’s not my handwriting,” Floyd said, which caused his brothers to pause their angry rants.
“What’re you saying?” John asked Floyd, also looking closely at the handwriting on the letter.
“My handwriting is not that neat. Besides, if I’m really being held captive, I would never put my brothers in danger like that in asking for help,” Floyd said, then gasped in realization. “Oh no, it’s a trap!”
“What? How is that a trap? You’re literally being held as a prisoner by someone,” Clay said, still frightened for his little brother.
“I-I don’t know, but I do know that’s not my handwriting and that I would never put you guys in danger like that. Besides, if I was being held captive, how would I have been able to write a letter for help and then send it out? I don’t even know where John lives!” Floyd explained, looking at his brothers worriedly as they all realized that it was indeed a trap. But…why?
John Dory Narrating: “I didn’t know where any of you were, so I went to Mount Rageous alone.” (John Dory drives Rhonda to Mount Rageous)
“Oh no! John, you’re putting yourself in danger,” Floyd said, worried for his older brother.
“If it means rescuing you, then of course I would,” John responded, giving Floyd a sad smile.
John Dory Narrating: “I found where this Velvet and Veneer were performing that night.” (Enters Velvet and Veneer’s concert)
Velvet: “ Sweet dreams are made of this. Who am I to disagree? ”
Veneer: “ I traveled the world and the seven seas. Everybody’s looking for something. ”
“So they’re the ones who have Floyd,” Clay growled, glaring at the twins with a fierce hate.
“What are they though?” Viva asked, as she’s never seen creatures like them before.
“Oh, they’re Mount Rageons,” Floyd explained, his brothers looking at him in shock.
“You know them?!” Bruce asked.
“Well, not Velvet and Veneer specifically, but I work with Mount Rageons daily. I do work at Mount Rageous,” Floyd said, his brothers now looking at him in horror.
“Yeah, there’s no way you’re going back,” John said, worried for his brother’s safety.
“I’m sure I’ll be fine. This hasn’t happened yet,” Floyd responded, trying to ease his brothers.
“Exactly! Yet! This could happen at any time! No way! When we leave here, you’re coming with me or I’m going with you,” John said, putting a hand on Floyd’s shoulder in assurance.
Velvet: “ Hold your head up! ”
Veneer: “ Movin’ on. ”
Velvet: “ Keep your head up! ”
Veneer: “ Movin’ on. ”
Velvet: “ Hold your head up! ”
Veneer: “ Movin’ on. ”
Velvet: “ Keep your head up! ”
Veneer: “ Movin’ on. ”
Velvet: “ Traveled the world and the seven seas! ”
(During the song, John Dory looks around and spots an air vent above him. Putting his goggles on, he uses his hair to grab onto a pipe across the vent and swings himself inside the vent)
“Oh yeah, who’s the troll!” John Dory exclaimed, finding his moves cool and awesome.
Velvet: “ Yeah! ” (Crowd cheers as the performance ends)
John Dory Narrating: (Walks along the vent until he comes across a room. Looking down, he sees Floyd in a Diamond container) “And there was Floyd.”
“Oh no!” John, Bruce and Clay gasped in horror.
“What’ve they done to you!” Clay whispered in shock, his heart hammering in fear.
(Looking at Floyd concerned, John Dory jumps down from the vent and lands on his face in front of Floyd)
Despite the fact that John falling on his face was humorous, the brothers' nerves and worries were too high for them to find the scene amusing.
John Dory: “Yo, Floyd!” (Approaches his brothers cage and eyes it in fear, concerned for his brother)
Floyd: “John Dory? I can’t believe it! I never thought I’d see any of my brothers again.”
“Oh Floyd…” Bruce said, feeling guilty that Floyd had thought that. Though in all honesty, that was a thought all the brothers had before coming here.
John Dory: “I’m gonna get you out of here, bro.”
Floyd: (Scared for John’s safety) “No, you’ve gotta get out of here! You don’t understand. Velvet and Veneer are giant, pop-obsessed succubi with no talent, and they’ve been stealing mine! And they’ll be back any minute for more!”
“What!” John, Bruce and Clay roared in anger, while Floyd paled a little at the thought of what was happening to him on-screen.
“How dare they!” Bruce shouted. No one messed with his brothers…
“Not our brother you don’t!” John spat, furious that someone would do that to his brother.
John Dory: “What? That’s even worse than lip-synching! Not my brother. Not today!” (Tries various techniques to break open Floyd’s diamond prison, while Floyd just crosses his arms and watches his brothers futile attempts with slight annoyance at his oldest brother’s stubbornness)
“Ugh, why isn’t anything working!” John asked in annoyance, upset that he wasn’t able to free Floyd.
Floyd: “John! John! Stop! The bottle is made of diamond. And there’s only one thing that’s powerful enough to shatter diamond.”
“You gotta be kidding me!” John, Bruce and Clay groaned in annoyance.
“Of course, that's what it’ll take to free him. But, whatever. We’ll do it!” Bruce said, determined to save his brother.
“Guys, I’m fine,” Floyd reminded his brothers once again, who didn’t seem to be listening.
“So this is why we reunite. To save Floyd,” John said, remembering Cloud Guy’s words.
“And sing the perfect family harmony,” Clay added, looking at his brothers with concern. Would they be able to do it to save Floyd before it was too late?
John Dory: (Thinks for a moment) “Right! A diamond-shattering diamond hammer! Where can we get one of those?”
“Huh?” Bruce and Clay asked John, looking at him in confusion.
“How did you not think of the perfect family harmony?” Clay asked John, completely confused as John had been so obsessed with it when they were younger.
John could only shrug in response, as he too didn’t know how he didn’t think of it.
Floyd: “No, John. It’s the perfect family harmony.”
John Dory: (Gasps) “Of course. The perfect family harmony!” (Floyd nods sadly at him)
Velvet: (Her and her brother make their way to the room where Floyd is being held captive) “Our voices sound like garbage! We are dying out there! [groans] What we need is more troll!”
“No! Floyd!” John, Bruce and Clay gasped, concerned for their brother.
“John, you have to get him out!” Bruce said, getting stressed at the situation his brother was in.
“I can’t!” John responded, panicking.
“No John, you have to get out of there before they get you too!” Floyd said, not wanting to see John caught as well.
(At her words, John Dory puts his hands on the Diamond bottle holding Floyd, pressing his hands where Floyd’s are on the inside, and looks at his younger brother worried)
Floyd: “Run, John Dory. Save yourself.”
John Dory: (Uses his grappling hook to carry him back up to the vent and calls down to his brother before leaving) “Don’t worry, Floyd. I’ll be back with the bros. You have my word!”
(Flashback ends)
As the flashback ended the brothers all looked at one another in horror at what they had just seen.
“I can’t believe this is going to happen…” Clay said, staring at the screen in shock.
“It won’t. I won’t let it happen,” John Dory said, putting his hand back on Floyd’s shoulder.
“Hey John, can you switch seats with Floyd? I-I want to sit next to him. It’ll help calm me down,” Bruce said shakily, as Floyd was currently sitting on an end seat next to John. Nodding in response, John and Floyd both got up and switched seats, so Floyd was now sitting between Bruce and John while John now had the end seat.
Branch: (Worried) “Floyd…”
Seeing that Branch did indeed care about them, well Floyd at least, brought a sad smile to the brothers.
Poppy: “So, you came here to get the band back together and sing the perfect family harmony.”
John Dory: “Yeah.”
Branch: “Oh, yeah. So we can attempt to sing something we’ve only tried once and failed so miserably at that we broke up and never talked to each other again.”
At those words the brothers all flinched at the reminder, knowing what he said was true. It pained them to see how vividly Branch had remembered the moment, as he was only a baby at the time, and it hurt them to see how much pain they had caused Branch over the years.
Poppy: “We are so in!”
Branch: “What?! Uh…Could you give us a second?” (John Dory nods as Branch pulls Poppy away to talk to her privately)
“Wait, does he not want to rescue Floyd?” John gasped in shock.
“I don’t think that’s the case. Branch didn’t see what we saw in Mount Rageous, he only knows what he heard from you,” Clay told John. “And also, it’s Floyd! Of course Branch will want to save him! He’s just…still in shock at seeing you after all these years,” Clay finished sadly, looking at John.
King Gristle: “Huh?”
Branch: “Okay, what are you doing?”
Poppy: “This is your second chance with your brothers, Branch!”
Branch: (Sighs) “It’s not that easy, okay? You don’t get it. You don’t have any siblings.”
“Think again!” Viva said, excited to reunite with Poppy and knowing she needed to have a big long talk with her dad.
Poppy: “That’s my point. Branch, you are so lucky to have a brother to fight for! I mean, if I had a sister… [gasps] …it would be so perfect!” (King Peppy looks guilty and nervous at Poppy’s words) “We’d be best friends and we’d teach each other things we’d never fight-” (Branch: “Poppy”) “-we’d have each other’s backs we wouldn’t talk ’cause we’d think the same thoughts-” (Branch: “Poppy”) “-everyone would ask us if we’re twins and we’d be like, ‘Well, not technically…’”
“Yes! My thoughts exactly! And of course we’d be best friends!” Viva exclaimed, smiling at Poppy and loving what she was saying.
“And you guys do look a lot alike,” Clay added, causing Viva to smile wider.
Branch: “Poppy!” (Finally gets her to stop her ranting)
Poppy: “But…if she were ever in trouble, I would do everything I could to help her. I would show up.”
“Aww,” Viva said, smiling warmly up at Poppy as she said this, touched by her words.
Branch: (Sighs) “Okay, listen. If there was a brother that I might do this for, and I’m not saying there is…it-it would be Floyd.”
At these words Floyd smiled warmly at Branch. He was glad that Branch did still care about him, even though he (Floyd) felt like he didn’t deserve it.
“Yes! I knew he’d help!” John said, glad he managed to recruit Branch on their mission to save Floyd.
Poppy: “I’m not hearing ‘no!’”
John Dory: “Yes! Works for me!” (Branch sighs while watching his oldest brother)
“Branch doesn’t seem very happy about this though,” Bruce noticed, still feeling very guilty at how he made Branch feel these past twenty years.
Poppy: “Yeah! BroZone 2.0. BroZone reunion. BroZone, here we bro again. BroZone, where’d they bro? I don’t know. We’re gonna find them!”
“I’m loving Poppy’s enthusiasm!” John said, glad she would be joining them.
(The ground begins to shake and tremble underneath everyone)
“Huh, now what?!” Clay asked in exasperation.
“Oh, it’s probably just Rhonda,” John said, earning confused looks from his brothers.
“Rhonda? Oh wait, your armadillo home or something like that…” Bruce said, John nodding in response.
Branch: “Whoa!” (Poppy gasps and holds onto Branch for support)
John Dory: “Hey, looks like our ride’s here!” (Rhonda bursts out of the ground and tears a giant hole in the carpet where John Dory was standing) “Here she is!”
“Yeah Rhonda!” John shouted in excitement. “Gosh I love her,” he said, earning amused eye rolls and confused looks from the others.
King Gristle: “Ooh. That’s coming out of the deposit.”
John Dory: “Meet Rhonda, y’all. Ain’t she a beaut?” (Rhonda bellows a greeting in Branch and Poppy’s face)
“She’s, uh, really something,” Floyd said, looking at Rhonda with wide eyes.
Branch: “She’s, uh, really something.” (Rhonda licks Poppy)
Poppy: “Oh! Um, I guess she likes me?”
“Yeah she does! Or she’s marking you as prey…” John said, earning more exasperated looks from his brothers.
John Dory: “Yeah she does! Or she’s marking you as prey. Can never quite tell with Rhonda.” (Laughs in amusement as Poppy chuckles, nervous, while Branch just glares at Rhonda)
King Gristle: “Uh, guys? If you don’t mind, I really cannot wait another minute to marry this gorgeous specimen.” (Kisses Bridget’s hand)
“Oh yeah! The wedding!” Viva exclaimed, as she and the brothers had completely forgotten about that amidst all the drama that had just occurred.
Miss Maxine: (Clears throat) “I now pronounce you husband and wife!” (Crowd cheers as Bridget jumps on Gristle excited and they begin kissing)
“Yay!” Viva shouted in joy, happy for the new couple.
John Dory: “Okay, all aboard who’s going aboard!” (Opens the door to Rhonda and goes inside, Branch following hesitantly and Poppy following energetically)
Poppy: “Bye, everybody. We’re getting the band back together!”
“Woo-hoo!” The brothers and Viva cheered in excitement. Even though the older three brothers were immensely worried about Floyd, they were still excited to see their reunion with each other after twenty long years.
Guy Diamond: “Bye, Poppy!”
Prince D: “Have fun!”
Cooper: “Bye, Poppy!”
Biggie: “See you later Poppy!”
Aunt Smead: “Have fun, you crazy kids!”
Poppy: (Yells to Bridget) “Have an awesome honeymoon!”
Bridget: “Thanks, Poppy!”
Poppy: “I love you guys!” (Shuts Rhonda’s door and Rhonda takes off)
Chapter 34: The Mission Begins
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to play a ‘Bop On Top’ episode)
TV Host: “Today on a very special episode of The Bop on Top, we’re talking about overnight superstars, Velvet and Veneer!”
At the mention of the twin siblings, the brothers and Viva glared at them hatefully.
“More like overnight frauds and thieves!” John growled, clenching his fists in anger.
Velvet: “ Never gets old no matter how much I’m told I’m amazing! ”
Veneer: “ You’re amazing! ”
Velvet & Veneer: “ You gotta work hard, to make it look easy! You gotta live fast, to keep making that money! If you want to be as famous as me, you gotta work, gotta work, gotta work! Watch me work! ” (Velvet & Veneer sit down for an interview with the TV Host)
Velvet: “So, what do you wanna know? I’m an open book.”
“I want to know why you have my brother!” Bruce spat, his glare never leaving the twins' faces.
Veneer: “Wideopen! We’re gaping novels!”
TV Host: “Okay, well, who are some of your biggest influences?”
Veneer: “Honestly, Vel’s always been my inspiration.”
Velvet: “My biggest inspiration? Mmm, I’d have to go with also me!”
“What a narcissist!” Clay shouted, referring to Velvet and hating the siblings on screen.
TV Host: “Well, one thing’s for sure, after two months on the scene, the superstar duo will receive the prestigious Lifer Award! That’s celebrating a lifetime of achievements.”
“Two months!” John, Bruce and Clay yelled in anger while Floyd paled at the thought.
“You’ve been captive by them for TWO MONTHS!” John shouted in rage while Bruce and Clay fumed in their seats.
TV Host: “Be sure to catch their performance this weekend at the Rage Dome! Last question. How do you guys stay the biggest superstars Mount Rageous has ever known? What’s your secret?”
“More like the biggest phonies, frauds, and thieves Mount Rageous has ever known,” Bruce growled.
Veneer: (Panics) “Secret? We don’t have a secret. [breathes rapidly] Who said we have a secret?”
At Veneer’s behavior to this question the brothers narrowed their eyes even more at the siblings. It was clear they knew what they were doing was wrong, well at least Veneer did, and they only hoped they could get their brother out of there soon.
Velvet: “What my calm, casual sounding brother means is it’s simple, really. It just takes lots of hard work and loads of natural talent!”
“Yeah right,” Clay snorted in mock amusement.
(Bop On Top episode ends and Velvet and Veneer are seen alone trying to sing naturally in front of a microphone, but they are both very offkey and can’t even hit a good note)
As the twins attempted to sing naturally, Viva and the brother’s eyes widened in shock.
“They don’t have any natural talent!” Clay spat in anger.
“And that’s why they have Floyd. To help them become famous,” John Dory growled in rage, glaring at the twins hatefully.
Velvet: (Groans in frustration) “If we’re gonna make it through the Rage Dome show, we’re gonna need more troll!”
“Don’t you touch him!” Bruce yelled in anger and fear.
Velvet: (Her and Veneer both enter their room, Velvet kicking aside a chair in her way and walking over to their assistant) “Crimp, what are you doing? Why are you always hovering?”
Crimp: “Uh, I’m standing.” (Floyd is seen next to Crimp in his diamond prison)
Seeing Floyd in his diamond prison caused fear and worry to course through the three oldest brothers, while Floyd tried to remain calm in an effort to comfort his brothers that he was alright.
Veneer: “Well, be a good, little assistant and go stand in the corner!”
“They’re so mean…” Viva whispered, disgusted by their behavior and how they treated others.
Crimp: “Oh, yes.” (Jumps down and goes to find a corner to stand in) “Um, oh, dear. I think this is kind of a c-corner.”
Velvet: “Okay, I cannot with her!”
Veneer: “It’s really too much.”
Velvet: “Whoo.” (Turns to Floyd) “Well, time for a spritz!”
“No!” John, Bruce, and Clay yelled, not wanting Floyd to get hurt.
Floyd: “No, please! I barely have any talent left to give. I mean, maybe like a desperate Christmas album or a one off national anthem performance, but that is it!” (Turns his back to the siblings and crosses his arms)
Hearing Floyd’s pleas for them to stop caused the brothers heart rates to quicken even more. What exactly were they doing to Floyd?
Velvet: “Oh, really? You don’t wanna? Okay, that’s fine. We’ll just kiss our careers goodbye and focus our efforts on charity!”
Veneer: (Chuckles) “Good one.”
Velvet: (Picks up Floyd’s diamond prison, which turns out to be a perfume bottle, and sprays some of his talent on her neck, causing Floyd to groan in pain as his essence and musical ability got sucked/drained out of him, making him momentarily levitate right off the bottom of the floor of his prison. As his talent settled on Velvet’s throat, her eyes glimmered and with musical energy radiating around her, she sang out a beautiful riff that sounded angelic and melodic as amazing as any professional singer would sound. She then sighs, satisfied) “That’s more like it!”
As the brothers watched what Velvet was doing to Floyd, John, Bruce, and Clay all stood up in rage and fear while Floyd leaned back in his chair and paled in fright.
“Stop it!” Bruce pleaded, tears forming in his eyes. It hurt him to watch Floyd getting…tortured like that!
“They’re torturing you…they’re torturing you! And all for their own stupid wants…” John shouted, kicking his chair in anger while his heart pounded in his chest in fear.
Looking over at Floyd, Clay saw how frightened he seemed and sat down next to him, pulling him into a hug.
“We won’t let this happen Floyd,” Clay told his younger brother, trying to be strong for him even though he (Clay) was panicking on the inside.
Velvet: “We’re so close to having everything we always knew we believed we deserved to have!”
Seeing how Velvet didn’t care that she was hurting Floyd and in fact seemed happy with what she was doing caused the three oldest brothers to feel a hate for her stronger than anything they had felt before.
Velvet: (Holds Floyd out to Veneer who’s looking at the troll concerned) “Veneer, what’s with your vibe and your face? Why do you have a resting moody vibe face?”
Veneer: “No, I know we’ve deserve to be famous just ’cause we want to. But honestly, that dude looks rough.” (Floyd is seen kneeling down weekly on his diamond prison’s floor)
“Floyd…” Bruce gasped in shock as he saw how weak his brother looked, tears falling down his face in fear and despair.
“Bruce, I’m fine,” Floyd gently told Bruce, even though he too was frightened at what was happening to him on-screen.
Looking away from the screen to look at Floyd sitting next to him, Bruce pulled Floyd in a hug and buried his head in his brother’s shoulder as he cried, not even trying to hide how scared and worried he was, while Floyd hugged Bruce back as he rested his head on Bruce’s shoulder.
Velvet: “He’s fine.”
Veneer: “And he’s getting pale. And not in like a stunning, Victorian way.”
Floyd: (Stands up and yelps as his legs go transparent) “Don’t you see what you’re doing? You’re literally sucking the life out of me!”
“They’re killing you…” John whispered fearfully, his heart pounding in his chest as he tried to process everything that was happening.
As Bruce continued to cry into Floyd’s shoulder as they continued embracing each other, Clay looked up at the screen and narrowed his eyes at Velvet, and if looks could kill, Velvet would be dead a hundred times over.
Velvet: (Groans) “That’s what I tell Crimp every day.” (Throws a look over at Crimp who sobs)
Veneer: (Panics) “What are we gonna do? We obviously can’t rely on this troll to get us through this dress rehearsal. Let alone the Rage Dome show!”
Velvet: “It’s all going to change as soon as we have BroZone.” (Tosses the diamond perfume bottle in the air and catches it, causing Floyd to hit against the sides of his prison)
“How dare she toss you around like that!” Clay shouted, hating Velvet for treating Floyd like an object.
Floyd: “BroZone?”
Velvet: “Yep! I forged a letter begging for them to come and save you. [sighs] I love me.”
“It is a trap,” Viva said in worry, even though the trolls already knew this. Hearing it confirmed however just made it so much worse.
“Doesn’t matter. We’re still going to come and save you,” John said, refusing to leave his brother there.
Floyd: (Bangs his fist against his wall) “No! You leave my brothers alone!”
At Floyd’s obvious worry for his brothers on-screen, John, Bruce and Clay all smiled sadly, Bruce finally pulling away from the hug with his face still wet from his tears.
“Floyd, we’re not going to leave you there,” Clay assured, determined to free him.
“I know. I just don’t want you guys going through that too,” Floyd quietly said.
“Floyd, if I could I would take your place without hesitation. As the oldest it’s my responsibility to protect you guys,” John Dory said, looking sadly at Floyd who was touched by his words. “Besides, I should have been the one they got, not you. I deserve it anyway.”
“Don’t say that John. They shouldn’t have done this to anyone! So don’t you go blaming yourself, because this isn’t your fault,” Bruce told John, looking at his oldest brother sternly while trying to wipe his face dry.
Velvet: “Ugh. I’m exhausted by this drama.” (Sets Floyd down) “Hey, do you wanna go buy a yacht?”
Veneer: “Oh, good idea! Let’s buy matching yachts!”
(The two siblings leave the room)
“WHAT! She just sucked some of my brother’s life away to sing, and they’re not even going out to sing! IS THIS JUST A GAME TO HER?! THAT’S MY BROTHER AND SHE’S KILLING HIM!” John Dory yelled, shaking in rage and not caring that he was raising his voice.
Floyd: (Looks down at his fading legs and sighs sadly) “ This is for all the lonely people. ” (Ukulele plays in the background and Floyd imagines himself in a blank room, all alone, free from the bottle, where he floats around watching the old posters that advertised BroZone, with pictures of his brothers) “ Thinking that life has passed us by. ” (Longingly reaches for one poster that had a photo highlighting Baby Branch) “ We won’t give up until we, drink from the silver cup, and ride that highway in the sky. ”
“Oh Floyd,” Clay sadly said, hating to see how lonely and sad his brother was on-screen.
“If we never left this wouldn’t be happening. So much of what we’ve seen during these movies could have been prevented if we’d just stayed together and quit arguing. Grandma would still be alive, Branch wouldn’t have lost his colors from depression and grown up completely alone, Branch wouldn’t have been turned into a Rock Zombie, Floyd would never have been captured,” Bruce listed with regret, hating himself for leaving and knowing that he was the reason they all left in the first place, as he was the first to quit.
At Bruce’s words, John, Clay and Floyd all looked at one another sadly, not knowing what to say as they knew what Bruce said was right.
Floyd: (As the song ends, Crimp is seen to be the one playing the ukulele) “Your ukulele skills are improving.”
Crimp: “Thank you.”
(Scene changes back to John Dory, Branch and Poppy riding in Rhonda who’s running along a road)
At the scene change the brothers all sighed in relief. They didn’t know how much more they could take of watching Floyd being trapped and tortured.
Branch: “Operation Family Harmony is on and popping! What?” (Sees Poppy leaning over his shoulder)
Poppy: “What? Oh, nothing! I just, well if I didn’t know any better, I’d-I’d almost say you were excited.”
Branch: “Uh, it has nothing to do with my brothers.”
Seeing that Branch was in fact excited to see his brothers finally brought a happy smile to the trolls. Even though Branch was trying to hide this excitement, it was still good to know that Branch did still care about them and love them.
Tiny Diamond: (Talks through an intercom while driving Rhonda) “All right all right!”
“Is that Tiny! Yes, I get to meet him!” John Dory said in excitement, glad to see that he would in fact get to meet Tiny in the future.
“Yes, but this is kind-of a dangerous mission. Should a baby really be joining you guys?” Bruce asked, feeling slightly concerned for Tiny’s safety.
“Also, did he sneak aboard? I mean, I doubt his father let him go,” Clay added.
Tiny Diamond: “Tiny, Branch, Poppy, this random dude…”
“What?” John asked, offended, while Bruce, Clay and Floyd snorted in amusement.
John Dory: (Offended) “What?”
Tiny Diamond: “…on another musical adventure filled with heart, hilarity and happiness!” (Puts the intercom microphone away)
Poppy: (Approaches the steering wheel to see Tiny driving) “Tiny! What are you doing here?”
“That’s what I want to know,” Bruce said, not liking the fact that he had joined them on this dangerous mission. “Also, should he really be driving that thing?”
Tiny Diamond: “Well, Aunt Poppy, for your information, I am no longer a baby. I am a big boy now! And I’m on a man sized rite of passage to learn lessons of life, courage and maybe love.” (Branch and John Dory join Poppy and Tiny)
“Aw,” Viva said, finding Tiny adorable.
Poppy: “Aw.”
John Dory: “Should we be letting a baby drive?”
“Thank you John!” Bruce said, glad he and his brother were on the same page.
Tiny Diamond: “Not to worry, fellow grownup. I have procured my learner’s permit!” (Pulls out his learner’s permit, which has a false picture and name of him, and shows Poppy and Branch)
“Seriously,” Bruce said, he and his brothers chuckling in amusement.
Poppy: (Reads the name on Tiny’s permit) “Who is Adulty McManface?”
Tiny Diamond: (Puts the permit away) “The better question is, are you a narc?” (Looks accusingly at Poppy)
“What’s a narc?” Clay asked the others, confused, to which they all shrugged in response.
Poppy: “What? No. No. Why? Are you?”
John Dory: “Enough chit chat, Adulty McManface. Step on it!”
“And he’s letting him drive anyway,” Bruce said, taking back what he said about him and John being on the same page.
“He seems to be driving fine. Besides, Rhonda can basically steer herself anyway,” John said, enjoying the scene with Tiny.
(Rhonda takes off faster)
Branch: “Okay, guys, where was I? We gotta find our brothers and fast. But don’t worry. Old Branch’s got it handled. All we have to do is follow the clues.” (Runs back to the clue board he put together which he shows to Poppy and John. The clue board consists of a map and various BroZone posters and pictures)
“Wow, impressive,” Clay said, proud of his brother.
“Glad to see he’s taking this seriously,” Bruce added, equally impressed and proud of Branch.
Poppy: “Wow. Check out your old outfits! Puffy jackets. Puka shell necklaces! Denim tuxedos?!”
As Poppy pointed to all their past BroZone outfits and styles, the brothers smiled in remembrance.
“Ah, those were the good old days,” John Dory said, smiling at their BroZone pictures and posters.
Poppy: “Branch, did you have frosted tips?” (Picture is seen of baby Branch with frosted tips with Spruce and Clay pointing excitedly at Branch)
“Oh that was a good time,” Bruce said, chuckling at the memory.
“Remember his perm?” Clay added, laughing in remembrance.
Branch: “Yeah. It was an era.” (Looks happily at the picture Poppy was mentioning)
John Dory: “Don’t forget his perm.”
Poppy: “No way! Pictures or it didn’t happen!” (John Dory shows Poppy a picture of Baby Branch with a perm and she screams, taking the picture from him) “Look at you! You were so cute. I love it.” (Begins to ‘sob’ and shakes Branch’s shoulder)
“Aw, he’s adorable!” Viva squealed, the brothers smiling and chuckling at the picture.
“Wow, his colors were super vibrant back then,” Floyd pointed out, comparing the picture of baby Branch to Branch on-screen and sadly realizing just how much his color has faded over the years.
John Dory: “But we had to pull the plug when he tried to frost his perm.” (John Dory makes a face, Poppy laughs, and Branch gets mad/defensive)
“Oh yeah!” Clay said, he, his brothers, and Viva laughing in amusement.
“Tragic,” John commented, smiling.
Branch: (Frustrated) “It was an era!”
“He doesn’t seem to be enjoying this conversation,” Bruce noticed.
“Well can you blame him? I mean, he’s spent the last twenty years trying to block us out of his life, and then all of a sudden he gets pulled into this rescue mission which includes reuniting with everyone. He’s just…going through a lot of emotions right now, ” Floyd said, looking sadly at his brothers.
John Dory: “Tragic.”
Branch: “While you two are strolling down memory lane, I’ll work on finding Spruce.” (Turns angrily to his clue board)
“Oh, I guess I’m next!” Bruce said in excitement, while also nervous to see his reunion with Branch, and even John Dory for that matter.
Poppy: (To John Dory) “I’m gonna need copies of that pic. [whispers] Wallet size.”
John Dory: “Listen, baby brother, we don’t need your little board to find Spruce…” (Tries to put his hand on Branch’s shoulder but Branch pulls away from him)
“John, I don’t think calling him ‘baby brother’ was the best thing to do,” Floyd said, noticing how Branch was upset and that he pulled away from John at his contact.
Nodding in agreement, John sighed and continued to watch the scene sadly, upset at himself for treating Branch like this and wishing that Branch wouldn’t push him away.
Branch: (Offended and defensive) “It’s not little.”
John Dory: “…because I got this! Ha! Booyah!” (Takes a postcard out of his jacket and shows Branch, who takes it)
“You actually got that postcard?” Bruce asked John, looking at him surprised while John nodded. “But, if you knew where I was, how come you never came to visit?”
At Bruce’s words John looked down in shame. “I-I didn’t know if you wanted me back in your life, and I guess I was too ashamed and embarrassed to face you again. Besides, you didn’t even sign the postcard. Even though I knew it was from you, you not signing it made me think that you didn’t want me to know it was from you,” John replied, not meeting eye contact with Bruce.
“John, I sent that to you because I missed you and wanted to see you again. That’s also why the postcard says ‘Wish You Were Here.’ But, I guess you’re right about why I didn’t sign it or anything. While I did miss you, I wasn’t sure myself if I was ready to have you back in my life. But now, I’d be more than happy and willing to let you back in,” Bruce said, smiling at John as they finally made eye contact.
Branch: “A postcard that says, ‘Wish you were here’? That’s it? It’s not even signed!”
John Dory: “It’s definitely Spruce. I mean, he’s the only one I know who talks that way.”
“What’d you mean I talk that way? What way?” Bruce asked his brothers, who were all chuckling in amusement as they agreed with John.
Branch: (Exasperated) “There’s no return address! It’s blank! This could be from anywhere! We can’t find Spruce with this!” (Turns back to his clue board and Poppy takes the postcard from him)
Poppy: “Yeah, we can! All we have to do is find this sunset!”
“Yeah, that’s pretty much all you need to do to find the place,” Bruce said.
John Dory: “Liking that optimism, Poppy seed.”
“Oh hey! It’s my nickname for Poppy!” John said, as he had called her that earlier in one of the previous movies. He was also glad to see that he would get along well with Poppy in the future. She seemed like such an awesome troll to be friends with!
John Dory: (Branch takes the postcard back from Poppy and marches angrily to stand next to Tiny at the steering wheel) “Branch, one word. Keeper!”
(Branch groans at his brothers teasing words and puts the postcard in his pocket)
“Really John!” Floyd asked his older brother, him, Bruce and Clay giving John an annoyed look.
“What?” John Dory asked in confusion.
“You’re teasing Branch and still treating him like a baby, which is only going to make him push you away more,” Floyd explained, John’s face falling as he realized his younger brother was right.
Tiny Diamond: “Hey, man. I know about being treated like a baby. But while it’s just the two of us, you want some of this?” (Offers a ring-pop to Branch)
Branch: “Nah. Thanks, man. I-I can’t get back on that train.”
Tiny Diamond: “Suit yourself.” (Pops the ring-pop in his mouth and begins sucking on it)
Branch: (Takes the postcard out again and looks at it) “I mean, hey, look at this! We’re never gonna find Spruce with this. I bet this sunset doesn’t even exist!” (As soon as he says those words, Rhonda turns a corner and the exact same sunset on the postcard is in front of them, along with the same island and words in the sky saying ‘Wish You Were Here’)
At this the brother’s chuckled in amusement.
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, hot dog!”
Branch: “Oh, man. Of course.” (Holds the postcard up, annoyed, to the window to confirm it’s the same thing)
“It looks like a nice island,” Floyd said, as Bruce smiled when he saw his home on-screen.
“Oh it’s the best! I can’t wait for you guys to meet everyone!” Bruce said, excited that he would finally appear on-screen.
Branch: “Hey, guys, you’re gonna want to see this…”
Poppy: (Her and John Dory join Branch and Tiny at the window) “I knew we’d find it!” (John Dory laughs and high fives Poppy)
“It looks like you become close friends with Poppy, John,” Clay commented, noticing their fast formed friendship on-screen.
Poppy: “Spruce must be on that island!” (Branch tosses the postcard away)
Tiny Diamond: (John Dory spins the driver's seat, causing Tiny to fly out, who Branch catches, and allowing John to take the wheel) “Whoa, easy there, goggles!”
John Dory: “All right, y’all. Let’s mobilize!” (Puts his goggles over his eyes)
Poppy: “Yeah, pedal to the metal, JD!”
(John Dory steers Rhonda toward a cliff)
“Uh, John. Why are you steering them toward a cliff?” Clay asked in confusion.
“To get to Spruce, sorry Bruce, of course. Don’t worry though, Rhonda is completely waterproof,” John said, his brothers giving each other unconvinced looks.
Branch: “What are you doing?”
John Dory: “Worry not, friends. Rhonda here’s completely waterproof.” (Rhonda jumps off the cliff, causing Branch to scream, then dives in the water)
“I love Branch,” Bruce said, laughing at Branch’s scream as they jumped from the cliff.
(Scene changes to show Bridget driving a motorcycle, Gristle behind her)
Bridget: “Oh, Grissy, this is the most romantic honeymoon I’ve ever been on. Ever.”
Gristle: “Whoo! It is a night of surprises!” (Bridget revs the engine, propelling them forward) “To the water park! Woo-hoo!”
“Oh, what a fun honeymoon!” Viva said, happy for the newly-weds.
Chapter 35: Vacay Island
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to show Ronda swimming to shore and opens her door, which lets out a stream of water carrying Branch, Poppy, Tiny and John out and onto the sand)
“Rhonda doesn’t seem waterproof, John,” Floyd said in amusement.
Branch: (Sarcastically) “Good old Rhonda. Completely waterproof, huh?” (Poppy spits water out of her mouth)
“I love Rhonda,” John sighed, causing his brothers to send him amused eye rolls.
(The group is seen walking through the forest)
Poppy: “So, um, John Dory, who wrote that song ‘Girl, I Love Your Love, Girl’?”
John Dory: “I did.”
Poppy: “Cool. Who wrote, ‘Girl, You Break My Heart, Girl’?”
John Dory: “I did.”
“Dang, she wasn’t lying when she said she loved BroZone,” Bruce said, enjoying Poppy’s love and enthusiasm for their band.
“And someone seems to really be enjoying the attention,” Floyd added, giving John an amused look while John just shrugged, smiling at the scene.
Poppy: “So cool. Who wrote, ‘Girl, I Love Your Love, Girl, You Break My Heart, Girl, I Still Love You, But I Seriously Think We Should Have A Talk About Our Relationship, Girl’?”
John Dory: “Oh that was Branch.”
“Really John? More teasing?” Clay asked his oldest brother in exasperation, as all the brothers knew that was not true.
Poppy: “Shut up! That was my favorite BroZone song, like, ever!”
John Dory: “JK! Also me. [laughs] Branch has never written a song.”
“You’re just upsetting him…” Floyd said, noticing Branch’s bothered expression.
Branch: “I was a baby. What did you want me to write about, diaper rash?”
John Dory: “Okay, take it easy, Bitty B.” (Puts his goggles over his eyes, gets on a leaf, and slides down some vegetation)
“Why am I acting like this?” John Dory asked himself, rubbing his forehead in annoyance at his behavior on-screen.
“And why’re you still calling him Bitty B?” Bruce asked, also a little annoyed by how John was acting on-screen.
“Because that’s all John knows him by. We didn’t watch Branch grow up to become the troll he is today. And honestly, the only reason why we don’t think of Branch as a baby anymore is because we’ve seen what he’s capable of and all that he’s done and gone through during these movies. I wouldn’t be surprised if everyone else's reunion with Branch is similar,” Floyd said, the brothers once again feeling ashamed for leaving.
Poppy: (Her and Branch grab a leaf and slide down after John Dory) “Hey, what’s wrong?”
Branch: (Sarcastically) “Nothing. Super happy. This is our most fun mission yet. Yay.”
“He really hates this doesn’t he,” John said sadly, wishing he had a good relationship with his youngest brother.
Poppy: “Branch, do you know how lucky you are? A brother is a friend who can never leave you! It’s the strongest bond in the world! I would kill to have a sibling to sing with, Branch!”
At Poppy’s words the brothers flinched, knowing what she said was far from the truth.
“Only, we did leave him…” Bruce sadly said, feeling guilty.
“If only what she said was true,” John quietly said at the same time.
“Well she’s right. As brothers, we’re supposed to be there for one another and be best friends. But we weren’t,” Clay added, feeling ashamed.
“But she was right about one thing. Being brothers is the strongest bond in the world. When we’re together, anything is possible,” Floyd said, smiling warmly at his brothers.
Branch: “Ha! Yeah, well, you can have mine.”
At Branch’s words the smiles vanished off the brother’s faces and they all looked down in sadness. Branch really wanted nothing to do with them…
Poppy: “Okay. Fine.” (Gets off her leaf as they reach the bottom and walks off)
Branch: “Poppy, wait.”
Tiny Diamond: (Slides down and joins Branch) “Grownup stuff. Am I right? [chuckles] You know, I’ve still got that thang, if you want it.” (Offers him another ring-pop)
Branch: “Whoa, whoa. Don’t be waving that thing around!” (Shoves it in Tiny’s mouth and tries to look casual)
“Is he really that afraid of being treated as a baby again?” Bruce questioned.
“He just wants to be taken seriously,” Clay responded, understanding Branch.
“The way he thought they were sneaky with it though, ” John added, chuckling in amusement as Branch tried to hide the ring pop from Poppy and himself (John) on-screen.
John Dory: “All right, y’all. We’re getting close to something. I can feel it.” (Runs into the back of a head, which turns around, scaring the Trolls)
“Whoa, that’s a head!” Clay said, startled, which caused Bruce to laugh in amusement.
Vacaytioner: “Whoa. What do we got here? Hey, guys. Looks like I found some fellow rock climbers.” (Screen shows vacaytioners rock climbing)
“Who are they?” Viva asked, as she’s never seen creatures like them before.
“Those are vacaytioners! They all live on Vacay Island with me,” Bruce said, happy to see his home after being away for a while.
Poppy: “Hi!” (Waves down in greeting to the rock climbers)
Vacaytioner: “Welcome to Vacay Island, where every day is a vacay.”
“I like the sound of that!” John commented.
“Oh it’s awesome,” Bruce sighed.
Vacaytioners: (Screen shows Vacay Island and various vacaytioners playing drums, playing volleyball, swimming, throwing frisbees, and doing other activities) “ When you’re on a holiday, you can’t find the words to say. On an island in the sun, we’ll be playin’ and havin’ fun. And it makes me feel so fine I can’t control my brain. ”
“That’s your home!” Floyd gasped, John, Clay and Viva staring at the island with wide eyes.
“Yeah,” Bruce said, looking fondly at his home.
“Dang, that place looks insane!” Clay commented. “When we leave here, I can’t wait to visit!”
“Oh you guys would love it! Hey, maybe we could all live there together!” Bruce exclaimed.
“I’d be down for that!” John said, as he’s been traveling around anyway. It’d be nice to finally settle down somewhere, and Vacay Island seemed like a perfect spot for that.
“Wait, but what about Branch? I mean, he’s dating the Queen of the Pop Trolls. It’s not like he can just…leave,” Floyd said, causing John and Bruce to sadly frown.
“And when we leave here, I want to live back home with my dad and sister. The PuttPutt trolls and I belong in Pop Village,” Viva added.
“And I’m going with you,” Clay said, smiling at Viva who smiled back in gratitude.
“Yeah, I guess that makes sense,” Bruce sadly said, wishing all the brothers could live together.
“Hey, how about we discuss this later. Who knows, maybe we’ll figure out what to do during the movie?” Floyd said, trying to comfort his older brothers who nodded in silent agreement.
(John, Tiny, Branch, and Poppy walk around Vacay Island, trying to find Spruce)
Beachball: “ She call me Mr. Boombastic, tells me fantastic, touch me on me back she says I’m Mr. Ro… ” (Gives Poppy a drink, which she takes gratefully) “ Smooth. ” (The group of trolls then see Spruce gracefully surfing the waves, Branch being the first to see him, while John Dory stares at Spruce in shock and Poppy’s mouth falls open)
Bruce: “ Sailing, takes me away to where I’ve always heard it could be… ”
“You surf?!” John asked Bruce in shock, Clay and Floyd staring at Bruce surprised.
“Oh yeah. It’s the greatest feeling in the world,” Bruce sighed, now wanting to go surfing.
Poppy: “Heartthrob?” (Looks at a picture of Spruce from his boyband days then back up at the Spruce surfing)
Bruce: “ Just a dream and the wind to carry me, and soon I will be free… ” (Surfs to shore and gets off, then walks inside Bruce and Sons, not noticing the Trolls)
“I’m glad to see that you’re happy, Bruce,” Clay said, giving his brother a side-hug while Bruce smiled at his younger brother.
“And your voice is so fantastamazing!” Viva said, loving the scene.
Poppy: “Oh, yeah. I totally see it.” (The four trolls run after him, going inside Bruce and Sons)
“Guess my ‘Heartthrob’ side hasn’t really left,” Bruce said, chuckling as he realized Poppy was right.
Vacaytioner: “Cannonball!” (Jumps into the indoor pool)
Bruce: “Running drinks to the back two-top. Lenny! Seaweed floats are almost out.”
Lenny: “Thanks, boss.”
“Wait, boss?” John questioned.
“Well yeah. I’ve already told you guys that I started my own business there. My wife helps me run it, and sometimes the kids, but they’re mostly off doing their own thing,” Bruce replied, smiling at his home.
“Oh, so this is your restaurant,” Clay said, more to himself than Bruce.
“Mhmm,” Bruce proudly said.
“What’s it called?” Floyd asked.
“‘Bruce and Sons,’” Bruce replied, his brothers nodding in acknowledgement.
John Dory: “Hey, yo, Spruce! Spruce! Hey!” (John, Branch and Poppy chase after Bruce, who doesn’t turn around but instead throws a menu behind him at them)
Bruce: “Specials are on the back. Don’t order the clams. Don’t ask why. Fricassee squid and one jellyfish slider.” (Takes a customer’s order)
“Wow, great reunion so far,” John sarcastically said, his brothers chuckling in amusement.
“Well you guys did come unexpectedly. Besides, you guys were also the last two trolls I would expect to see there,” Bruce replied.
Branch: “Spruce, wait!”
Bruce: “Huh?” (At his old name, Bruce stops but still does not turn around and talks to them over his shoulder) “Oh, no. I knew this would happen one day. Listen, I know you recognize me from BroZone, and I’m happy to give you an autograph or whatever, but can you please be discreet about it?”
“So that’s why you changed your name?” John asked Bruce, though he knew he already knew the answer.
“Yeah,” Bruce sadly replied. “I don’t really regret changing my name though, since I like the name Bruce. It was hard at first but it allowed me to settle down and live a normal life where I wasn’t being chased after by fan-girls.”
John Dory: “Spruce, it’s us. It’s your brothers.”
Bruce: (Throws his notepad and pen aside and runs over to Branch, passing John Dory who had his arms open for a welcome hug) “Whoa. Bitty B?”
“Wow, thanks Bruce,” John muttered, a little hurt by Bruce’s actions.
“Sorry,” Bruce apologized.
John Dory: (Hurt at being ignored) “What?”
Branch: (As Bruce reaches Branch, he tosses him up in the air, frustrating Branch) “Whoa! No tossing, okay? Too big to be tossed!”
At Bruce’s behavior toward Branch, as he too was treating Branch as a baby, Floyd gave his older brother an annoyed look who was looking sadly at the screen.
“Branch doesn’t even seem excited to see me,” Bruce quietly said, though deep down he had been expecting this reaction. He was just hoping their reunion would have been different than John’s with Branch had been.
“Well as soon as you see him you do start treating him as a baby. Of course he’s not going to like that. Guys, Branch is no longer Bitty B. He’s grown up. When we reunite with him after this, we have to show him that we know this and treat him as such,” Floyd told his brothers, looking at them seriously.
“You’re right Floyd,” John sadly said. “Besides, it’s our fault anyway we didn’t see Branch grow up.” At those words the brothers all slowly nodded, agreeing with John and feeling guilty for their past actions.
Bruce: “The last time I saw you, you were in diapers!” (Laughs)
Branch: “Diapers. Right.” (Rolls his eyes)
“He’s literally so tired of us,” Bruce said, hating that that was the case and hoping their reunion after this would be different.
Bruce: “Wet willy!” (Licks his finger and gives Branch a wet willy)
Branch: (Pushes Bruce away) “Ugh, stop it. That’s disgusting. I am a grownup!”
“Sorry Branch,” Bruce quietly said, sad to see how annoyed Branch was at him on-screen while knowing he (Bruce) deserved it.
Bruce: “Oh, sorry. A wet William.”
“Ugh…” Bruce groaned, putting his head in his hands in embarrassment for his actions on-screen. “I’m not even taking him seriously,” he muttered into his hands, ashamed.
Poppy: “Hi, Spruce, I’m Poppy! Wow. It's like-it’s so cool to meet you or whatever. This is Tiny Diamond.” (Gestures to the spot beside her, expecting to see Tiny who’s not there)
“Well, Poppy’s definitely one of your fan-girls,” John said, chuckling at Poppy’s excitement to meet Bruce.
“I think she’s all of our fan-girls,” Floyd said, also amused by Poppy’s obsession with BroZone.
Tiny Diamond: (Sits on a Vacaytioner who’s holding a bowl of nachos) “Hey, what’s up? Killer nachos you got here, by the way. Yeah!” (Jumps into the bowl of food)
“I love that dude!” John said, talking about Tiny and glad the little troll joined them on the journey.
Vacaytioner: “All right!”
John Dory: “Okay, Spruce, we’re here because Floyd-”
Bruce: (Interrupts John Dory) “Well actually no one’s called me Spruce in years. I go by Bruce now.”
John Dory: “I’m sorry, did you say Bruce?”
“Do you not like the name?” Bruce asked John, as he noticed his older brother’s dislike for the name change on-screen.
“Hm? Oh no, I do! It definitely was a surprise though when you first told us, so of course I’d be surprised on-screen too,” John replied.
Bruce: “Yeah. I wanted to put the whole boy band thing behind me now that I’m a dad.” (Walks toward his wife at the counter, his brothers and Poppy following)
John Dory: (Surprised) “Wait a minute, you’re a father?!” (Branch smiles happily at Bruce)
Seeing Branch’s happy smile toward the information that Bruce was a dad brought said troll a lot of joy. “I’m glad Branch is happy for me,” Bruce said. At least he knew Branch would take that information well.
Bruce: “Yeah! I can’t wait for you to meet everyone! Hi, honey! These are my brothers, unexpectedly.” (Says the last word dryly)
Brandy: “Oh. Oh! Oh, hello there. So nice to finally meet you.” (Puts down the cup and plate of cookies she was holding)
“That’s your wife!” John, Clay and Floyd said in surprise.
“Yep. She’s my soulmate. My very tall soulmate,” Bruce said, staring lovingly at his wife as his brothers continued to stare at Brandy and Bruce on-screen with wide and surprised eyes.
Poppy: “Hi!”
Branch: “Hey.”
John Dory: “Hello.”
Bruce: “This is my wife and business partner, Brandy. She is my soulmate. My very tall soulmate. But we make it work.”
“How?” John asked, still confused, while Clay’s and Floyd’s expressions turned to joy.
“I’m happy for you bro,” Clay said, giving Bruce a side-hug.
“Yeah, I mean look at you! You settled down, got a wife, had children, and started a business,” Floyd said, happy for his older brother.
“Thanks guys. Your support means a lot to me,” Bruce said, smiling warmly and thankfully at his brothers.
John Dory: (He and Branch look up at Brandy in confusion while Poppy just smiles happily) “How?”
Brandy: “We don’t even really know how it works. [chuckles] I’m kidding. I’m-I’m not. I’m-I don’t know…”
“Gosh I love her,” Bruce said, while his brothers continued to smile at the scene.
“She seems awesome! Can’t wait to meet her!” Clay said, excited to meet Bruce’s family in-person.
Son #1: “Daddy, Daddy, can I have a cookie?”
“Aww, is that one of your sons?” Viva asked, finding the child adorable.
“Yep!” Bruce said in pride.
“We’re uncles!” John Dory exclaimed in excitement, while his younger brothers sent him amused eye rolls.
“John, we already knew that,” Clay said, amused.
“Well yeah, but seeing our nephews just makes it more real,” John responded.
“And our niece,” Floyd added, remembering how Bruce said that he had one daughter.
Bruce: (Gives his son a cookie) “Becoming a dad was like a-like a seismic shift in my brain.”
“Best thing that’s ever happened to me,” Bruce said, agreeing with himself on-screen.
Son #2: “Daddy, Bruce Jr. bit me.”
Bruce: “No biting.”
Daughter #1: “Daddy, I don’t see how any government stands a chance.”
Bruce: “You’re not wrong, kid.” (Daughter walks off crying)
“Nice response Bruce,” Floyd said, chuckling in amusement at Bruce's response to his daughter.
Son #3: “I’m stuck in this ketchup bottle.”
“How did that happen?” Clay asked, bursting out in laughter at his nephew on-screen.
“Oh, he’s always getting stuck in things,” Bruce said, smiling warmly at his children.
Bruce: “Okay. Gonna handle all of that. Just give Daddy two seconds, okay? Love you.” (Pushes his son stuck in a ketchup bottle gently away)
At Bruce’s reaction to his stuck son, Viva and the trolls burst out in laughter, finding the scene between Bruce and his children adorable.
Bruce: “As a dad…”
Son #4: “Daddy, Daddy, Daddy! Guess what? I have pink eye.” (Reveals pink eye, causing all the Trolls to groan in disgust)
At the sight of the pink eye the trolls all groaned in disgust along with the trolls on-screen.
Branch: “Oh, my Pink eye.”
“Haha, I love Branch’s response,” Clay said in amusement.
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, [bleep].”
John Dory: “Look, Spruce, gotta cut to the chase. We’re not here to catch up. We’re here because we need to hit the perfect family harmony.”
“We should have been there to catch up though,” John said, sad that the only reason he was reuniting with his brothers on-screen was because of a life-or-death situation.
“John, that was the wrong thing to say,” Bruce groaned toward what John had said on-screen, knowing that he would not like John’s words.
Bruce: “Oh, no. You’re still going on about that? Hey, get these guys their meals to go.” (Walks off upset and dismisses his brothers)
“Wait, you're dismissing us?” John said, feeling surprised and hurt.
“From what you just said, it sounded to me like you’re only there because of your obsession and to get the band back together to hit the Perfect Family Harmony, which is why I left in the first place. To get away from that stuff,” Bruce responded.
“Well, that is kind of the only reason why John’s there. To get everyone together to hit the harmony,” Viva said.
“Yeah, to save Floyd!” John said, hurt that everyone was too focused on his obsession, which he got over by the way.
“John, we know that,” Floyd quickly said, trying to stop an argument from breaking out as there haven’t been many arguments between the brothers so far.
John Dory: “No, no, no. You don’t understand. It’s for Floyd. He’s being held captive.”
At the reminder of the danger Floyd was in, John, Bruce and Clay all exchange sad and worried looks.
Bruce: (Turns around shocked) “What?! Well, then, what are we waiting for? We need to-”
(At the same time) Bruce: “-call the authorities!” John Dory: “-hit the perfect family harmony!”
“I wish it were as easy as calling the authorities,” Bruce said, wishing Floyd were safe on-screen.
John Dory: “Spruce, it-it-it has to be us. Floyd’s being held captive in a diamond prison.”
At these words the three oldest brothers growled hatefully at Velvet and Veneer.
Bruce: “Oh. Well, yeah, you need the perfect family harmony for that.”
John Dory: “Exactly.”
Bruce: “Wait. But how? We’ve never even come close to pulling it off. You do remember our last show, don’t you?”
“Sadly,” John said, the brothers all looking down in shame.
John Dory: “If we practice, I know we’ll be able to nail it. We have to.” (Jumps onto a stage and gestures for Bruce to join him)
Bruce: (Scoffs) “At my age? [laughing] I really don’t think that…”
Son: “See, guys. I told you Dad wasn’t in a band.”
“Oh I was in a band all right! I was in the band!” Bruce said toward his son.
“You don’t perform anymore?” John asked Bruce.
“Well no. If I did, that wouldn’t be me putting my ‘boy-band days behind me.’ But now, I can’t wait to perform with you guys again,” Bruce said, his brothers smiling at him at his words.
Bruce: “Oh, I was in a band. I was in the band. You ask your mother if I was in a band.”
Brandy: “Oh, he was in a band.”
Poppy: “Prove it!”
Poppy & Sons: “Prove it! Prove it! Prove it!” (Brandy nods her head toward John Dory, encouraging Bruce to join him)
“Thanks Poppy!” John said, smiling at the pink troll as she got Bruce to perform with him.
“Kids!” Bruce said, amused that they joined in on Poppy’s chanting.
Bruce: “All right. I’ll-I’ll prove it. I’ll prove it right now!” (Jumps onto the stage beside John Dory, causing Poppy and his sons to cheer)
“Yes!” Viva and the brothers cheered, excited to see John, Bruce and Branch perform together after twenty years.
“Oh this’ll be fun to watch!” Floyd said, happy to see his brothers performing together again after all these years spent apart.
John Dory: “Yes! Bring it in, Brother!” (Bruce laughs)
Sons: “Go, Dad!”
Poppy: (Sees Branch folding his arms and shaking his head, looking angrily at his brothers) “Branch, get up there. Go sing with your brothers.”
Branch: “I’ll do it to save Floyd when I have to. But I’m not doing it right now just for ‘funsies.’”
At Branch’s words John and Bruce winced, hurt by what their younger brother had said.
“He really doesn’t want anything to do with us, does he?” John sadly asked, receiving no response as all the brothers were saddened by the fact that John was right.
Poppy: “Oh, yeah. Okay. You’re probably right.”
Branch: “No, no, no. You’re the one who-Wait. What did you say?”
Poppy: “You’re afraid that singing with your brothers again after all these years will overwhelm you with emotions too powerful for you to handle.”
At this the brothers all winced once again, the truth in Poppy’s words hurting them like knives to the heart.
“We caused Branch so much pain,” Clay sadly said, his brothers nodding in regret.
Poppy: “I-I agree with you. I don’t think you can handle it, so I think you shouldn’t do it.”
“Wait, why’d she say that?” Viva asked, confused by Poppy’s next words.
“She’s trying to convince him to sing with us,” Bruce responded, still sad by the fact that Branch didn’t want to but grateful that Poppy was helping to encourage him to join them on-stage.
Branch: “I think I can handle singing a song.”
Poppy & Sons: “Prove it! Prove it! Prove it! Prove it!”
“She’s very convincing, isn’t she,” Floyd commented.
Branch: (Sighs) “All right fine. But this is more than likely beneath me.” (Walks angrily toward the stage)
“Yes, he’ll sing with us!” John said in excitement.
“Yeah, but he doesn’t seem happy about it,” Bruce added sadly.
Poppy: (Bruce’s kids and Poppy cheer, and Poppy puts a BroZone music disk in the radio) “Yeah! Whoo!” (Bruce and John Dory start singing and dancing, putting on a show for the Vacaytioners, while Branch stalls in joining them by standing to the side of the stage)
“Whoo!” Viva cheered, excited for the scene.
Bruce: “ My girl’s like candy, a candy treat. She knocks me right up off my feet! ”
John Dory: “ She’s so fine as can be- ”
John Dory & Bruce: “ It’s like a perfect harmony. ” (John and Bruce fistbump)
“Yeah! Go John and Bruce!” Clay and Floyd cheered, glad to see their two oldest brothers getting along and singing/dancing together.
“Oh I love this song!” Viva squealed.
John Dory & Bruce: “ Candy girl, you are my world. ” (Vacaytioners and Bruce’s children cheer) “ You look so sweet, come back to me. ” (Branch stretches to the side, a bored and unexcited look on his face) “ All I know, when I’m with you… ” (Bruce and John Dory pull Branch on the stage with them)
“Yay!” Viva and the brothers cheered as Branch got pulled on-stage.
Poppy: “Yay!”
John Dory & Bruce: “ You got the right stuff, baby. Love the way you turn me on. ” (Branch dances unenthusiastically but still remembers all the right steps to the song)
“Branch is really not enjoying this,” Floyd noticed, smiling sadly at the scene.
“But he joined us!” John said, giving Bruce a side-hug in excitement.
“And he remembers all the right steps to the song. I’m impressed,” Clay added, enjoying the scene.
Poppy: “ Oh, oh, oh! ”
John Dory & Bruce: “ You got the right stuff, baby. ” (A small smile starts spreading on Branch’s face as he gets more into the song, dancing alongside his brothers) “ You’re the reason why I sing this song. ”
“Wait, Branch is smiling!” Bruce exclaimed, cheering for joy.
“Yes! He does miss it!” John added, equally glad at Branch’s change in attitude.
“He misses us,” Floyd corrected, smiling widely at Branch.
“Oh, this is awesome…” Clay said in excitement and joy.
Branch: (Smiling) “ You’re all I ever wanted! ”
“YEAH!” The brothers cheered, standing up and jumping for joy.
“Go Branch!” Clay shouted, proud of his little brother.
“His voice!!” Viva squealed, awed by Branch’s singing ability.
“Yes! I knew he’d come around!” John exclaimed, smiling widely at his brothers. Maybe they had a second chance with Branch after all…
John Dory & Bruce: “ Baby. ”
Branch: “ You’re all I ever needed, yeah. ”
“I can’t believe this is really happening!” Floyd said, overjoyed as he watched his brothers perform together.
Poppy: “I can’t believe this is really happening!” (Takes a picture of the brothers)
“Us too Poppy!” John said, loving the moment on-screen.
Branch: “ So tell me what to do now… ” (John Dory & Bruce: “ Do now. ”)
Branch: “ When I want. ” (John Dory & Bruce: “ I want. ”)
Branch: “ You. ” (John Dory & Bruce: “ You. ”)
Brothers: “ Back! Doom-doom-da-daa, doom-doom-da-daa. Ah-ah-ahh-ahdap. Da-dap. ”
“We look so good!!” John shouted for joy, thumping Bruce on the back in excitement.
“Yeah we do!” Bruce agreed.
Brothers: (Branch holds his hand out to Poppy to join them, which she does so readily) “ BroZone’s back- ”
“BroZone’s back alright!” Clay said, throwing his arms over Floyd’s and Bruce’s shoulders, pulling them in for a hug which John joined in on, the brothers celebrating in excitement that they were indeed back together again.
Brothers & Poppy: “ All right! Whether you’re a mother or whether you’re a brother, you’re stayin’ alive, stayin’ alive. Feel the city breaking and everybody shakin’ people stayin’ alive, stayin’ alive! ”
Brothers: “ BroZone’s really back again! ”
Brothers & Poppy: “ Doom-doom-da-daa, doom-doom-da-daa. I want you back! ”
“Whoo!” The brothers and Viva cheered as the performance ended.
“Oh man, that was amazing!” Bruce said, adrenaline coursing through him from all the excitement and joy he was feeling.
“And Poppy was crushing it too once she joined! You know, maybe we could have her join the band?” John said, the brothers looking at each other excited as they knew Poppy would love that.
(Audience cheers and applauds as their performance ends)
John Dory: “Ah, yes! We still got it!”
Bruce: “Oh, tell me that didn’t feel good!” (John Dory walks over to Bruce and the two hug side-ways, walking away together)
In seeing Bruce and John’s bonding moment on-screen, the two said brothers smiled at each other happily, glad that their reunion went well.
Branch: (To Poppy) “I can’t believe I remembered every word and every step!”
“Yeah you did!” Clay said, proudly.
“I love Branch!” Floyd said, smiling at his younger brother.
Poppy: “Looks like your band days aren’t behind you.” (Purrs at Branch)
“You bet his band days aren’t behind him!” John said, agreeing happily with Poppy.
“Oh, please marry her Branch!” Bruce said, loving the moment between them.
Bruce: (Walks up to his wife who’s cleaning up the counter) “Um, Brandy, my love. So, I know we have kind of a lot going on here, but do you think it would be crazy if I were to-” (Son stuck in the ketchup bottle jumps along the counter)
Brandy: “Uh, leave me here to manage the restaurant and all these kids so you can go on a musically charged rescue mission with your brothers?”
Bruce: “Yeah. That.”
Brandy: (Turns around to face Bruce, wearing sunglasses) “It’d be crazy if you didn’t. You’ll never forgive yourself if you don’t help your brother.” (Pulls her son unstuck from the ketchup bottle, who walks away laughing)
“Thanks Brandy!” Bruce said, loving his wife.
“You two are perfect together,” John told Bruce, smiling at him.
“Thanks John. You have no idea how much that means to me,” Bruce responded in gratitude.
Brandy: “And you can cover when I go on my girls yoga retreat next month. All month.” (Bruce widens his eyes)
“A month!” Bruce said, then sighed. “All right, I accept.” At his words his brothers chuckled in amusement.
Brandy: “But you should leave now before you get pink eye. Save yourself!” (Takes off her sunglasses to show she got pink eye)
Kids: (All have pink eye) “Daddy! Daddy! Daddy! Daddy! Daddy!”
“Gross,” John said, while also laughing in amusement.
“Oh, that’s a lot of pink eye!” Bruce said, glad he didn’t have to take care of that.
Bruce: “Gross! Love you.” (Blows a kiss to Brandy as John Dory grabs him by the hand and runs him away)
Tiny Diamond: (From inside Rhonda) “Quick.”
Bruce: (Calls back to Brandy as he reaches Rhonda) “You got this!” (As the door closes after Bruce, he blows Brandy one last kiss)
“Love you Brandy!” Bruce told his wife on-screen, blowing her a kiss.
(Rhonda takes off)
“And now, to get Clay!” John exclaimed, the brothers excited to see the reunion between John, Bruce, Branch and Clay on-screen.
(Scene changes to Crimp waking up to an alarm clock and begins work for the day)
Crimp: “ Tumble out of bed and I stumble to the kitchen, pour myself a cup of ambition, and yawn and stretch and try to come to life. Jump in the shower and the blood starts pumping, out on the street the traffic starts jumping… ” (Helps Velvet and Veneer get ready for the day) “ and folks like me on the job from 9:00 to 5:00. Working 9:00 to 5:00- ”
“Crimp doesn’t seem bad,” Floyd said, while his brother's happy moods vanished quickly, their smiles turning to sad and worried frowns in the change of scene.
Veneer: “Ow! You just burned me!”
“Go Crimp!” John shouted, his hate returning toward the twin siblings.
Crimp: “Oh, my gosh! I’m sorry! Um, maybe it would be easier if you took your shirt off?”
Veneer: “Ugh, don’t be lazy.”
“You’re the lazy one!” Clay spat at Veneer.
Crimp: (Turns to Velvet) “Oh, by the way, you know that thing you asked me for?”
Velvet: “Space from you.”
“She’s so mean,” Viva said, glaring at Velvet.
Crimp: (Laughs) “Oh, no. Yeah, no… Uh, what? Anyways, you said you needed a way to make your smoothies even fruitier on stage.”
“Huh?” The brothers asked, sending each other confused looks.
Veneer: “You did?”
Velvet: “Shh. Yes. That is what I want. Go on.”
Crimp: “Well, I had an idea. [chuckles] Tada!” (Shows the siblings a pair of shoulder pads)
Veneer: “Crimp, honey, that’s not an idea. Those are shoulder pads.”
Crimp: “I beg to differ. It’s a high powered vacuum. I finally put that master’s degree in engineering to good use.” (Opens up one of the shoulder pads and places fruit inside) “See? You just pop the grape or strawberry or blueberry or guava slice, right in here, and it releases the fruit’s essence through here.” (Closes the shoulder pad and points toward a button in between the shoulder pads) “Once you’re on stage, lightly tap this button, just delicately, you know, like, once.” (Crimp presses the button as a demonstration and the fruit’s essence gets released)
“A high powered vacuum? Wait a second…oh no,” Bruce gasped in horror, realizing why Velvet wanted that device. “That’s not for smoothies!” he shouted in rage, John, Clay and Floyd staring at the device fearfully.
(Grabbing the shoulder pads, Velvet puts the diamond container Floyd is in into the shoulder pads and rapidly presses the button)
“NO!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted in rage and fear, standing up in fright.
Crimp: “Oh! Oh, my gosh. Wait! Wait!”
(Floyd groans in pain as Velvet sucks more talent from him)
“Floyd!” John gasped, his heart once again hammering in his chest.
“You leave our brother alone!” Bruce roared, hating Velvet.
“Stop it!” Clay pleaded, panicking for Floyd’s safety.
Velvet: (In using the shoulder pads, Velvet discovers that more of Floyd’s talent is given to her than she was previously receiving in using the perfume bottle) “ Hey, yeah! ”
Crimp: “You said that it was for smoothies.”
Velvet: “It’s called lying, Primp. Deal with me.”
“What a monster!” John shouted, glaring hatefully at Velvet.
“I can’t believe she used Crimp like that,” Floyd whispered, paleing as he watched what was happening to himself on-screen.
Crimp: “If you use too much, you’ll kill him. The plum that I tested turned into a prune!” (Holds out said prune for emphasis)
“NO!” The brothers once again shouted.
“Oh crap. Oh man oh man oh man…she’s going to kill him,” Bruce said as he began to pace, panicking and breathing heavily.
“She’s actually willing to kill Floyd just to become famous?” John whispered to himself in shock, shaking in fear and worry.
“We have to get him out of there!” Clay shouted.
Veneer: “I don’t wanna kill the little guy. They’re kinda cute when they’re up and about, banging on the walls…” (Taps the diamond prison Floyd is in, making Floyd wince at the noise) “...yelling to go home.”
“How DARE he!” John roared in anger, furious that Veneer would so openly mock his brother’s freedom that they took away from him.
“I’m so sorry I wasn’t there for you Floyd,” Clay told his younger brother, pulling him in for a comforting and protective hug as Floyd was shaking in fear.
Velvet: “Do you wanna lose all this and go back to the dark place where we had nothing?”
(False flashback to Velvet and Veneer as children, begging for food) Author’s Note: This flashback isn’t actually true, it’s just Velvet being dramatic. Veneer corrects her after this and reminds her that they lived in the suburbs with their parents.
Little Veneer: “Please, sir, I want some more.” (Siblings hold out empty bowls in hunger)
(False flashback ends)
Veneer: “Girl, we grew up in the suburbs. Our parents were dentists.”
(Actual flashback, showing Velvet and Veneer as children eating at the table with their parents)
Parent: “So, how was school today?”
Little Velvet: “Stop attacking me!” (Throws the table of food)
“Oh my gosh,” Bruce said, disgusted by Velvet’s behavior toward her parents.
(Actual flashback ends)
Velvet: (Takes Floyd out of the shoulder pads and hooks his diamond prison to the perfume attachment) “Our parents were nobodies, and we were nobodies. And when I met you, you were literally sucking your thumb and pooping all over the place!”
Veneer: “You met me when I was a baby, so-”
Velvet: “All over the place. It was nuts!” (Picks up Floyd and turns on Veneer) “You don’t wanna give up all the yachts and the bling and your illegal pet monkey, do you?”
Veneer: “Okay. I’ve made my peace with it.” (Turns to Crimp) “Great job, Cringe.”
Velvet: “You’re smarter than I thought. Now I don’t trust you.”
Crimp: “That’s maybe not a rational response. I don’t-” (Velvet picks her up and throws her in a closet) “Please don’t put me in the closet!”
“What the-!” Viva gasped, horrified by how Velvet treated others.
Velvet: “Now come on.” (Hands Floyd to Veneer) “We’re about to go from stars to megastars!” (Leaves the room)
“Thank goodness she’s gone,” John spat, glaring hatefully at Velvet’s departing figure.
Floyd: “Please, Veneer.” (The effects of Velvet using the shoulder pads on Floyd show, as some of his hair is now white and his hands are transparent along with his legs)
“Your hair!” Bruce gasped in horror, noticing how Floyd’s hair was turning white.
“And his hands…” Viva whispered, pointing out how Floyd’s hands were now transparent along with his legs.
“That device Crimp made…it’s already affected you a lot,” Clay added, staring at Floyd on-screen in worry and fear.
Veneer: “It’s nothing personal. I just love my sister. And all my fame. And money. And things I bought.”
“You little…” John began, cracking his knuckles threateningly and glaring at Veneer.
Floyd: (Sarcastically) “Yeah, sure, dying sucks, but at least it’s for some sweet ‘blingading’ and some boho chic home furnishings.”
Veneer: (Chuckles) “You get it.” (Sprays some of Floyd’s talent on his neck, causing Floyd to groan in pain again, then carelessly tosses Floyd over his shoulder as he exits the room)
Floyd: (Rams into the walls of his diamond prison as it hits the floor) “Ow! Ooh!” (Sits up and looks at his fading hands)
“HEY!” Bruce and John shouted in anger as they watched Floyd get hurt.
“Floyd!” Clay shouted at the same time, worried for his younger brother.
“DON’T YOU DARE THROW MY BROTHER AROUND LIKE THAT!” John roared, hate coursing through him toward the siblings.
Crimp: “My WiFi doesn’t work great in the closet.”
Chapter 36: The Abandoned Golf Course
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to Rhonda running along a road as it’s dusk. Inside, Tiny is driving while sitting on Bruce’s lap and a Velvet and Veneer song is playing on the radio)
Velvet on Radio: “ Never gets old no matter how much I’m told, I’m amazing. ”
Veneer on Radio: “ You’re amazing. ”
“Why on earth are you listening to them?!” Clay asked John and Bruce in confusion, while they just shrugged as they were surprised by their radio choice.
Bruce: “Oh, my kids love these guys. We’re a total Veneer household.” (Branch looks at Bruce exasperated)
At Bruce’s words John, Clay, Viva, and Floyd all looked at Bruce in exasperation, while Bruce stared at the screen in shock.
John Dory: “They’re the ones who have Floyd!”
Bruce: “Ah, it’s gonna be hard to separate the art from the artist.” (John Dory rolls his eyes while Branch continues giving Bruce an ‘are you kidding me’ look)
“Really dude?” John asked Bruce, the brothers giving Bruce the same ‘are you kidding me’ look Branch was giving him on-screen.
Announcer on Radio: (Song ends) “That’s Velvet and Veneer’s spicy hot new single ‘Watch Me Work.’ Catch them tomorrow night at the Rage Dome,” (Branch and Bruce exchange worried looks) “where they’ll be receiving the Lifer Award. Lifer Award!” (Bruce turns off the radio)
“Tomorrow night!” John said, shocked.
“John, remember. This is the future. I’m right here,” Floyd said, trying to comfort his oldest brother.
Branch: (Runs over to John Dory and Poppy) “Guys, will Floyd even make it through that show?”
Seeing how concerned Branch was for him, Floyd smiled at his youngest brother. It was nice to see how much Branch cared, even though he had left him.
Poppy: “Don’t worry. We’re gonna make it. We’ve been looking for clues to find Clay.” (Poppy and John Dory examine Branch’s clue board)
Branch: “Oh, I’m sorry, the clue board? You mean my clue board?” (Poppy and John ignore Branch) “That I made?” (They continue to ignore him) “We like the clue board now?!”
“Sorry Branch,” John Dory apologized toward his youngest brother, while his other brothers sent him annoyed looks toward his behavior on-screen.
Poppy: (Points to one of the pictures with Clay) “What is he wearing?”
“Ugh, I hated those,” Clay complained, causing John to now send an apologetic look to Clay.
Branch: “Oh. Those are just his…” (Flashback to Clay singing Perfect: “Perfect, perfect, perfect!”) “…funderdrawers!”
“He remembers them?” Clay said, surprised. Branch was only a baby after all.
(Goes over to a glass case holding Clay’s funderdrawers and breaks it open, releasing a gross smell)
“Bro, why’d you keep those!” Clay asked John in shock, wrinkling his nose in disgust.
“Because they’re memorabilia,” John said, as if it were an obvious answer.
John Dory: (Disgusted by the smell) “Oh, gosh.”
Branch: (Holds Clay’s funderdrawers) “John Dory, I have no idea why you saved these. It’s incredibly disgusting, but I’m glad you did.”
“It’s absolutely disgusting,” Bruce said, agreeing with Branch.
“Why does he need them?” Floyd asked, wondering why Branch was glad John had saved them.
John Dory: “What? They’re memorabilia. But I will be good gosh darned if I know how they’re gonna help us find Clay.”
(Poppy holds Branch by his vest as he leans outside a window, holding a stick with Clay’s funderdrawers at the end down to Rhonda, who sniffs the funderdrawers)
Branch: “Help us, Rhonda. She’s got the scent.” (Poppy pulls Branch inside)
“I would not have thought of doing that,” John said in surprise.
“Dang, Branch is really smart,” Bruce said, impressed with his brother.
“Wow. Great. It’s good to know that in the future I'll be found by my brothers tracking me with my old underwear!” Clay sarcastically said, while his brothers and Viva chuckled in amusement.
John Dory: “Hey, Tiny. You see that button?” (Points to a button by the steering wheel titled ‘Hustle’)
Tiny Diamond: “Uh, yeah.”
John Dory: “That beautiful, shiny button?”
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, you mean the button that is taking every fiber of my being not to press? Yeah, I see it.”
John Dory: “Press it.”
“Nice John,” Clay said, snorting in amusement.
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, heck yeah!” (Presses the button and Rhonda lights up then runs forward three times faster than before) “Ooh! Let’s hustle, daddy!”
(Rhonda enters the Hustle dimension, causing the Trolls to hallucinate. When they exit the Hustle dimension, the Trolls are all lying on the ground)
“Uh, what just happened?” Bruce asked, Clay, Viva and Floyd staring at the screen confused.
“We hustled!” John exclaimed in excitement. “Which basically means we’re now almost to the place where Clay lives,” he clarified as the others still sent him confused looks.
Poppy: (Stands up, surprised) “Wow. Too much hustle is a thing.”
Branch: (Stands up and moves his hand, which has not fully recovered from the Hustle dimension) “Huh. Look at that.”
At Branch’s reaction to the Hustle dimension the brothers and Viva all chuckled in amusement
“I love him,” John said, loving his little brother.
(Rhonda approaches an abandoned golf course and the Trolls go outside)
“That’s where you guys live?” Bruce asked Clay and Viva in shock. The golf course compared to his home on Vacay Island shocked him and he began to be slightly concerned in how Clay has been living his life the past twenty years.
“It’s better with the lights on, trust me,” Viva said, still not really convincing the brothers.
“Well yeah, but you’re so far away from…everything!” John said, not liking the thought of Clay living so isolated.
“It’s not bad though. There’s the PuttPutt trolls and plenty to do there,” Clay assured his brothers.
“Besides, remember, before coming here we believed Bergens to still be feeding on trolls, and we didn’t even know the others made it out of the Troll Tree for us to rejoin them. When we found that place, we made it our home because it was away and safe from any possible outside threats and dangers,” Viva explained.
Branch: “Are we sure this is where Clay lives?”
Tiny Diamond: (Tiny is seen being carried by Bruce in a baby carrier) “Are we sure? Our GPS is an armadillo bus sniffing used undies. [sarcastically] So, no, we’re not sure.”
“Gosh I love that troll,” John said, finding Tiny amusing.
“And Bruce, I love how you’re carrying him!” Viva added, finding the moment between Bruce and Tiny adorable.
“What can I say? Kids are kinda my thing,” Bruce said, smiling at Tiny and himself on-screen.
(The small group of Trolls enter the abandoned golf course, Rhonda staying behind)
Bruce: “I think this is the place from every true crime podcast I’ve ever listened to.”
“You listen to podcasts?” John asked his brother, raising an eyebrow questioningly at him.
“Yeah, so what?” Bruce responded, shrugging his shoulders.
(As they enter further inside the golf course, various colorful balls are seen rolling around, staying out of view from the small group of trolls)
“Uh, what are those?” Floyd asked, worried for his brothers.
“Oh those are just the PuttPutt trolls. We trained ourselves on what to do when outsiders arrive. Don’t worry, we won’t do anything since you’re trolls!” Viva added as the brothers gave her startled and worried looks.
Clown Head: “Halt! Who goes there?” (Startled by a sudden clown head lighting up in the dark in front of them, the group of Trolls scream and Tiny climbs into Bruce’s hair)
“Ahhh!” John, Bruce, and Floyd yelled, startled by the Clown Head, while Clay and Viva laughed at their reaction.
Clown Head: “Who dares trespass on these sacred grounds?”
(Branch walks forward confidently to confront the Clown Head)
“What is Branch doing?!” John asked, startled by Branch’s behavior.
“Woah,” Clay and Viva said, looking at each other in surprise and awe.
John Dory: “Branch, what are you doing?”
Branch: “Listen, we don’t want any clown related trouble, okay? We’re just here looking for our brother, Clay.”
“Why are you guys looking at Branch like that?” Bruce asked Clay and Viva as he noticed them staring at Branch in surprise and awe.
“No outsider has ever approached the Clown Head. We set that defense up to scare others away so no harm is done. But Branch is actually talking to it, unafraid,” Clay said, admiring his younger brother’s courage.
Clown Head: “Wait a second. You’re…trolls?”
Branch: “So what? You’re a clown.”
At Branch’s words Viva and Clay burst out in laughter, the others still too confused and trying to process what’s going on.
(Just then, the Clown Head opens his mouth and shoots out a yellow ball)
Branch: “Whoa!” (Backs up, startled)
Viva: (Reaching the small group of trolls, a pink female troll emerges from the ball) “Oh, my gosh, hello!”
“Yes! I’m in!” Viva said, glad to finally see herself on screen. “And I finally get to reunite with Poppy!!” she shouted in excitement
Viva: “My name is Viva! It is so ‘fantastamazing’ to see other Trolls!” (Runs around and hugs John Dory, Bruce, Branch and hugs Poppy last) “Hi! Ha! So, ‘fantastamazing’ is my own personal word. It means, um, fantastic and amazing. I used to say ‘amastic,’ but then I was like, ‘Hmm, that’s not as good.’”
“Way to introduce yourself Viva,” Clay said, the two trolls laughing in amusement.
Poppy: “‘Fantastamawesome!’”
“Aw, she made it her own!” Viva said, overjoyed to finally, finally, reunite with her sister.
Viva: “That’s different, but that works too! Way to make it your own.”
Poppy: (Whispers to Branch) “Is this how people feel when they meet me?”
Branch: (Whispers) “Yes.”
At Poppy’s and Branch’s brief interaction with each other, the trolls all burst out in laughter.
“You and Poppy are a lot alike,” Clay said, causing Viva to smile in pride at the compliment.
Viva: “Am I being a lot? Sometimes I can be a lot.”
Branch: “I’m not sure we’re in the right place.”
“Why’d he think that?” Clay asked, his brothers shrugging in response.
Viva: “Course you’re in the right place. Any troll is welcome here with us. Okay, PuttPutt trolls.” (Claps her hands and PuttPutt trolls roll over to her and their guests) “Lights on for our new friends!”
(The golf course lights up, showing how the PuttPutt trolls have made it their home)
“Woah,” John, Bruce, and Floyd said in awe, looking at their brother’s home on-screen.
Poppy: (Looks around in awe) “Wow.”
Viva: “Oh, my gosh. Are you guys hungry? Are you thirsty?”
Tiny Diamond: (Sitting back in the baby carrier strapped to Bruce) “Yes!”
Viva: “Fries? Fries! You guys want fries. I am seeing fries! Bring out the works! Milkshakes to celebrate!”
PuttPutt Troll: “Coming in hot!”
(John Dory, Bruce, Branch, Poppy and Tiny are served with large amounts of party food. They watch as Viva drinks a large milkshake within seconds)
“Oh, that looks so good!” Bruce said, eyeing the fries.
“Dang Viva,” John chuckled as he watched Viva down her milkshake in seconds.
Viva: “Whoo-hoo! That’s better. Now I finally have some energy!” (Braids Poppy’s hair in seconds)
“When do you not have energy?” Clay asked Viva in amusement, while she smiled at him.
Poppy: “Did you just braid my hair?”
“Oh, she looks so good!” Viva said, proud of her work.
Viva: “You’re welcome. It looks so good.”
Poppy: “I love it!” (Hugs her braided hair)
“Yay!” Viva said in excitement and joy, glad to see her and Poppy were already getting along so well.
Bruce: “Wow, these fries are amazing. They’d really go great with a burger.”
(PuttPutt Trolls scream and run for cover, blending in to their surroundings)
“What is happening?” Bruce asked, confused.
“Yeah, we don’t say ‘burger’ there. It just sounds too similar to Bergen,” Viva explained.
Bruce: (Confused) “What is happening?”
Viva: “Yeah, we try not to use that word around here. It’s just that ‘burger’ sounds a little too much like, uh… [whispers] ‘Bergens.’”
(PuttPutt troll screams)
“Clay, do you think we’ll be able to convince the PuttPutt trolls that the Bergens are no longer a danger to us and that the others managed to escape the Troll Tree?” Viva asked Clay nervously.
“I hope so, Viva,” Clay responded, putting a comforting hand on her shoulder. “Let’s talk about this later though. Right now, let’s focus on the movie and our reunions with our siblings.”
Clay: “We call burgers…‘meat circles.’” (Walks out of the shadows and is seen to have crazy hair similar to the PuttPutt trolls)
“Great entrance Clay,” John Dory said, excited that Clay had finally arrived on-screen.
“Wait, I just realized something. Clay, did you change your hair to match the PuttPutt trolls?” Floyd asked his brother.
“Yep! As you guys might have seen when Bruce said ‘burger,’ the PuttPutt trolls ran to hide and used their hair to camouflage themselves to their surroundings. At the golf-course, you have to be ready for anything,” Clay said, answering Floyd’s question.
Branch: “Clay?”
Bruce: (Laughs for joy in seeing his favorite brother) “Clay! Hey, what’s up, man?” (Bruce happily walks up to Clay and the two brothers happily reunite by doing their old handshake)
Clay: (Excited to see Bruce) “Hey! How you been, man?”
“Oh yeah, we still got it!” Clay said, him and Bruce happily doing their handshake, glad to see their excitement at seeing each other again on-screen.
“Aw, you guys are so close!” Viva said, happy to see Clay’s reunion with Bruce went so well.
“Yeah, they’ve always been each other’s favorites,” Floyd said knowingly, Clay and Bruce smiling at each other at those words.
“And you and Branch are the closest,” Bruce said, smiling at Floyd.
“We used to be…I’m not sure if that’s still the case,” Floyd sadly responded.
“Sure it is! You heard Branch at the beginning. He’s literally on this mission for you!” Clay said, bringing a small smile to Floyd.
“Wow, it’s nice to see where I stand in the family,” John muttered, annoyed.
“John, you know we love you,” Bruce said, pulling his oldest brother into a bear hug, which Clay and Floyd joined in on, causing the brothers to laugh happily.
John Dory: “Clay!”
Clay: (Gives his oldest brother a cold look) “Hmm. John.”
“What?” John said, hurt by Clay’s reaction toward him.
“Sorry John. Before coming here, let’s just say I had a hard time forgiving you,” Clay sadly admitted, causing John to frown. “But hey, I forgive you now,” he added, walking over to John to give him another hug, bringing a happy-sad smile on John’s face.
John Dory: (Hurt) “Wha…”
Clay: (Goes back to happily catching up with Bruce) “Spruce! What do you know?”
Bruce: “Actually, I go by Bruce now.”
Clay: “Bruce. Oh. Someone got fancy. I like it!”
“Thanks Clay!” Bruce said, glad his brother was so accepting.
Bruce: (Chuckles) “Look who’s talking. Is that a sweater romper?”
Clay: “What can I say? When you co-run a place, gotta flex the drip.”
“I love you Clay,” Bruce said, chuckling happily at Clay’s and his interaction on-screen.
“Love you too, bro,” Clay responded, giving Bruce a side-hug as they fist-bumped.
Viva: (Jumps up beside Clay) “Yeah, I’m the fun side of the operation, and Mr. Clay takes care of the boring stuff!”
Clay: “Guilty!” (Viva and Clay laugh together)
“You guys are super cute together,” Floyd said, causing Clay and Viva to both blush.
Clay: (Spots Branch, the only brother who didn’t go up to greet him) “Whoa! Baby Branch? No way!” (Runs up and hugs Branch then squeezes his face)
Branch: “Actually, it’s Big Branch now. Or just Branch. Branch is fine.”
Clay: (Baby talks to Branch) “Come here. Come here.”
“Really? You’re baby talking to him,” Floyd asked Clay in exasperation. “Did all of you seriously have to reunite with Branch in this way; acting like he’s still a baby?”
At Floyd’s words, John cleared his throat and looked away, Bruce whistled and started fidgeting with his fingers, while Clay squeezed his lips together and began tapping his legs with his hands, as they were too embarrassed with themselves to respond or meet their younger brother’s stern gaze.
Branch: (Gets out of his brother's grasp and introduces him to Poppy) “So, Clay, this is Poppy.”
Poppy: “Hi, Clay! So great to finally meet you!” (Hugs Clay) “Can you do the Rusty Robot for me?” (As Poppy talks to Clay, Branch looks at her lovingly)
“Oh…um…” Clay said, feeling kind of awkward at Poppy’s question.
Clay: (Awkwardly) “Yeah, no, I don’t do that anymore, okay?”
“Really?” John asked Clay.
“Yeah. Since moving in with the PuttPutt trolls, I stopped doing dances like that,” Clay said.
Poppy: (Embarrassed) “Right. Kidding. Ha! Can you imagine? I wouldn’t ask you to do that after meeting you two seconds ago. Who would do that?” (Branch continues to look at her with admiration)
“Look at how Branch is looking at Poppy! He’s so in love with her!” Bruce said, happy for his youngest brother.
Clay: “Yeah, it’s just that Fun Boy Clay is dead. Serious Boy Clay only does the Well-Oiled-Robot…” (Does a Well-Oiled-Robot dance move) “...and it is no… [imitates DJ scratching] …fun.”
“You know, you can be fun and serious at the same time,” Viva told Clay, taking his hands in hers and looking into his eyes.
“Yeah, you’re right. And I wished I had listened to you about that earlier,” Clay responded, squeezing her hand lightly and smiling at her, thankful to have her in his life.
(Branch gives Clay a weird and confused look)
“Bro, look at the look Branch is giving you!” John said to Clay, laughing in amusement.
Poppy: “I mean, that’s still pretty fun.”
John Dory: “Ha yeah, same old Clay.”
“No, that’s not true!” Clay said, feeling slightly defensive.
“I know Clay, and I’m sorry I said that. You’ve grown and changed a lot,” John Dory said, apologizing and smiling at Clay, who sighed softly.
“You haven’t said it yet. And it’s fine. Thanks John,” Clay said, touched by his oldest brother's words.
Clay: “No. That’s not true. If I was still fun, would I have chosen the admin building as my bedroom?” (Screen quickly pans to show the admin building and a crow caws)
“Uh…you sleep in there?” Floyd asked his brother, eyes widening in surprise and shock.
“How?” Bruce asked, hating how small it looked.
“Let’s just say I may have gone a bit overboard in trying to get rid of my fun side,” Clay said, beginning to regret his room decision.
Clay: “Huh? Huh? Asking the tough questions, guys. Asking the tough questions.”
Poppy: “Oh, right.”
Clay: “Anyway, I can’t believe you all are here. Wait, where’s Floyd?”
Branch: “That’s why we’re here. Floyd’s been taken prisoner in Mount Rageous by superstar singers Velvet and Veneer…”
John Dory, Bruce, Branch & Poppy: “And the only thing powerful enough to free him is the perfect family harmony!”
“Wow, you guys really got that down,” Floyd quietly said, his older brothers all looking over at him to reassure themselves that Floyd was there with them and safe.
Tiny Diamond: “Okay, either they just made that up, or I have not been paying attention.”
Clay: “Well, why haven’t you just called the authorities? [sarcastically] Oh, unless Floyd is being held in an impenetrable diamond prison!”
“How’d you guess that?” Bruce asked Clay, looking surprised while Clay could only respond with a shrug.
John Dory: “Yeah. That.”
Clay: “I’m in.”
“Yes!” John and Bruce said.
“What? You guys doubted I would?” Clay asked his older brothers in a teasing way.
“Nah, I knew you’d join. That just took very little convincing and explaining,” John said.
“I would never say no if it meant putting or keeping you guys in danger. Brothers look out for each other,” Clay responded, the brothers all smiling at each other.
Clay: “I’d also like to volunteer to keep track of our expenses. Just ’cause I think you’re gonna need somebody to be on top of that.”
“Be our guest,” Bruce said, readily agreeing to Clay’s offer.
Bruce: “Yeah, I don’t think you’ll get any pushback on that front.”
“I hate dealing with expenses,” Bruce muttered.
Branch: “Great, but we need to leave for Mount Rageous, like, now.”
Viva: “You can’t leave now, you just got here! Come on, let me show you around!” (Grabs Poppy and pulls her away from the guys. Poppy’s hug time bracelet then goes off) “Hug time!” (Viva hugs Poppy)
“Oh, I wish Poppy were here!” Viva said, wanting to give her sister a hug in-person and not just see it on-screen.
(As Viva and Poppy hug, John holds his arms open to his brothers)
Spruce: “Uh…”
Clay: “Yeah, no.” (Crosses his arms, shakes his head ‘no,’ and turns away from John)
(Branch doesn’t say anything but gives John a weird look and leans away from him. At his brother’s rejection, John frowns and lowers his arms)
“Sorry John,” Clay and Bruce said, sending apologetic looks at John and wishing their reunion with their older brother went better.
“It’s fine. Besides, I don’t blame you guys. I would act the same way if I was in your place. I know how controlling I was back then,” John said, looking at his younger brothers apologetically.
Viva: (Looks at Poppy’s hug time bracelet) “Aw, so cute. Where’d you get that hug time bracelet?”
“Hey, that looks like my old hug time bracelet,” Viva said in recognition.
Poppy: “My dad gave it to me.” (The brothers approach Poppy and Viva curiously)
Viva: “Okay, this is so totally random, but I used to have one just like it. Can I see that?”
Poppy: (Takes off her hug time bracelet and puts it on Viva’s wrist) “Wow. It fits you perfectly.”
Viva: “Yeah.” (Curiously and hesitantly she runs her finger over the flower on the bracelet, causing it to shimmer)
At this Viva gasped. “That is my old bracelet! And-and I’m about to figure out Poppy’s my sister! Oh, I hope she accepts and likes me…” Viva said, excitement coursing through her while the brothers looked expectantly up at the screen, all of them anticipating the sisters reunion.
Poppy: “Whoa.”
Viva: (Looks up at Poppy) “I’m sorry. What did you say your name was again?”
Poppy: “I’m Poppy.” (Holds her hand out to Viva)
Viva: “Poppy?” (Gets closer to Poppy and looks closely at her, moving some of Poppy’s hair out of her face. Branch, Bruce and John Dory exchange puzzled looks at Viva’s behavior) “Okay, um, another totally random, weird question, but is your dad King Peppy?”
Poppy: (Nervously) “Uh, yeah?”
Viva: “You’re…Oh, you’re-you’re alive!” (Picks Poppy up in a hug and spins her around)
Poppy: (Confused) “I’m alive!”
Viva: (Puts Poppy down) “This is unbelievable! I never thought I’d see you again!”
Poppy: “Again?”
Viva: “Poppy, it’s me, Viva!”
Poppy: “Uh…”
“I wish dad had told her about me,” Viva said, still hurt by her father keeping her a secret from Poppy.
Viva: “I’m your sister!” (The BroZone brothers gasp in shock)
Poppy: (Shocked) “My-My what?!”
Viva: “Your sister. Your hermana!”
Branch: “Whoa.” (Looks over at John Dory and the give each other the same surprised look)
Tiny Diamond: “Hey, man. Am I the only one without a long lost sibling?”
“He’s got a point, haha. I mean, in the past two movies Cooper found out he had a long lost twin brother, Branch reveals he has four older brothers, and Poppy discovers she has an older sister,” John chuckled, finding the conscience cool.
“Family’s awesome,” Bruce said, giving Clay and Floyd another side-hug while Floyd pulled John in one as well.
Poppy: (Grabs Viva’s face) “What do you mean we’re sisters? H-How could I have not known about you? I can’t believe Dad didn’t tell me I have a sister!”
“Oh, I’m literally so happy right now!” Viva squealed, overjoyed that she was finally seeing her reunion with Poppy on-screen and that it was going well.
Poppy: “That is-”
Poppy & Viva: “-so Dad!” (Both laugh)
“Ahh! We even think alike and finish each other’s sentences!” Viva said, giving the scene her full attention.
Poppy: (Excited) “Oh! I ca-I can’t believe this! I’ve always dreamt of having a sister! I was just saying this! Wasn’t I just saying this? This means we can plan each other’s birthday parties!”
Viva: “Yeah yeah yeah! And weddings!”
“Ooh! I can help plan Poppy’s and Branch’s wedding!” Viva squealed, the brothers looking happily at each other at those words. They might be a part of Branch’s wedding after all…
Poppy: “Yes! My best friend had her wedding, and it went off without a hitch. I was the best maid of honor.”
Viva: “You’d be the best maid of honor!”
Poppy: (Gasps) “You and Bridget are gonna love each other!”
Viva: “Oh my gosh, I’m gonna love her! I love what you love!”
Poppy: “Yes!”
“Ahhh! I love Poppy!” Viva said, too excited to hold still.
“Your reunion with her was awesome!” Clay said, happy for Viva.
“I know right! It was so fantastamazing!” Viva responded.
Viva: “Yes! Kaleidoscopic. I’m seeing different when I look at you! ”
Viva & Poppy: “ Everything’s looking bright! ” (The sisters start dancing together around the golf course)
“Oh, I’ve dreamt of this moment for years! Of me singing and dancing with Poppy,” Viva said, smiling widely at the scene while tears of joy formed in her eyes.
Viva: “ No, I can’t stop it now. I’m getting swept up in a feel-good mood! ”
Viva & Poppy: “ Feeling I can’t deny! ”
Poppy: “ Now that you’re with me I can finally see colors that were up in my mind, didn’t know I was blind. ”
Viva: “ Now that I’m with you, sparks are flying loose, fireworks go off in my brain! ”
Viva & Poppy: “ And I’ll never be the same! ” (Poppy shows Viva her scrapbook in Viva’s room) “ I didn’t know until I found you, having the time of our lives it takes two! When I look up the stars are brighter, now I know everything’s better with you! Ooh! ”
“You guys are already so close,” Clay said, happy for Viva and Poppy.
“Yeah, we really are,” Viva said, loving the bonding moment she was having with her sister.
Brothers: (Clay dances to the beat with Branch copying his dance moves until John and Bruce pull them both in for a group hug) “Now. Now that, now that we got it all together, now we’re together, we got it all!”
“Did you guys see that Branch was copying your dance moves?” Floyd pointed out to Clay and John, smiling at his brother's reunion and as they bonded.
“Yeah! Huh, I guess he still looks up to us,” Clay said, glad to see him singing and getting along with his brothers on-screen.
“Branch is adorable,” Viva commented, loving the brother’s moment together.
Brothers: (Branch shows his brothers a plan he made for rescuing Floyd, but John pushes Branch aside to look over it. Clay then pulls the brothers away from the paper) “ Now. Now that, now that we got it all together, now we’re together, we got it all! ” (Clay fistbumps John and high-fives Branch as the brothers dance together)
“It’s so nice to see us all there together!” John said, loving the moment with his brothers.
“Now, we just need to save Floyd,” Bruce added, John and Clay nodding in agreement, determined to save their younger brother.
Viva & Poppy: (As Viva and Poppy dance, the brothers dance behind them with each other to the beat) “ You’ve got me feeling right, feeling right, feeling like good vibes are at my door. Every day, every night, ooh! I didn’t know until I found you, having the time of our lives it takes two. ” (The sisters take silly pictures of each other with Poppy’s camera, then laugh) “ It takes me…and you! ” (Viva and Poppy sit together and look out at the stars)
“Oh! I loved that!” Viva squealed, loving the song she sang on-screen with her little sister.
“Yeah, that was great!” Clay added, also enjoying the scene.
(Scene changes to show Poppy and Viva laughing together in Viva’s room, sitting on her couch)
Poppy: “So I was thinking about getting more into, like, reading short stories and essays instead of full novels.”
“Ooh, I love that for her,” Viva said in agreement with Poppy.
Viva: “Ooh, I love that for you.”
Poppy: “Yeah. But, um just to circle back real quick…” (Viva gets off the couch and climbs up a ladder to reach a shelf full of candy) “I still have a million questions about what happened.”
At this Viva’s smile slowly faded as she was reminded of her past and how she got separated from her family in the first place.
“Viva, you okay?” Bruce asked, noticing Viva’s change in attitude.
“It’s-it’s just a hard topic for me,” Viva said, Clay putting a comforting hand on her shoulder.
Viva: “I used to live at the Troll Tree. I was there when you were born. And you were so cute. Kinda like you are now, only teensier and weensier and [gasps] Do you wanna make candy necklaces that we never finish because we eat all the candy?”
“Changing the topic won’t prevent Poppy from asking you these questions,” Clay told Viva.
“I know…” Viva said, knowing that she didn’t want to talk about it, even if it was to Poppy. It was hard enough telling Clay when she did.
Poppy: (Jumps off the couch in excitement) “Obviously! But, Veev, I’m just gonna need you to focus here and-and tell me everything. Why am I only learning about you now? What happened?”
Viva: (In robot voice) “We got accidentally separated. [normal voice] And I’ve lived here ever since. The end. Wanna do candy toe rings next?”
Bowing her head in sadness, Viva tried to push out the memories of her past but it seemed as if they kept popping into her mind, not allowing her to escape.
Poppy: “Uh, accidentally separated?”
(Scene momentarily changes to show Clay outside talking to his brothers)
Clay: “Viva doesn’t like to talk about it. It’s too painful for her. But she’s been here ever since the night of the great Bergen attack.”
“I hope you don’t mind me telling my brother’s Viva,” Clay said, worried that she would get mad as he was telling others about her past without her permission.
“It’s fine,” Viva said, still looking down in sadness. “It’s probably better for you to explain it anyway.”
(Scene goes back to Poppy and Viva, the latter who’s humming and stringing candy together to make a necklace)
Poppy: “Viva, are you talking about the night the trolls escaped Bergen Town?”
Viva: (Stops humming) “Oh, yeah. Yeah, I guess it was that night.” (Starts humming again)
(Scene goes back to Clay and his brothers)
Clay: “Not everyone made it out of that tree.” (Flashback starts to the night the trolls escaped) “Some of them got trapped by Bergens. They were this close to getting eaten, until Viva and some of the other trolls fought them off. But by then…” (Flashback ends) “the tunnels had collapsed, and they were cut off from the rest.”
“Oh no,” Floyd gasped, covering his mouth in horror.
“Viva, I’m so sorry,” Bruce said, looking sadly at Viva who had her eyes tightly shut, refusing to look at the screen.
“You have nothing to apologize for…” she softly said, still not looking up.
“That was really brave of you Viva. You should be proud of yourself for saving all those trolls,” John said, trying to comfort her.
“I’m not so sure,” Viva quietly said, still not convinced.
“Viva, look at me,” Clay said, and at his words Viva lifted her head to meet his gaze with sad and regretful eyes. “I know you blame yourself for being separated from the others, but don’t. It’s the Bergens to blame as they made the tunnels collapse. You did what was right and saved your people.” At his words Viva gave him a small and grateful smile before he pulled her in for a hug.
(Scene changes to show King Peppy outside in Bergen Town, talking to someone)
King Peppy: “I kept screaming, ‘No troll left behind!’ But when I went back in, the tunnels had collapsed. That’s when I found Viva’s hug time bracelet.”
“Oh, dad…” Viva said, pulling away from Clay and putting a hand over her heart at her father’s words.
(Scene goes back to Clay and his brothers)
Clay: “Viva found this old, abandoned Bergen golf course and transformed it into this troll utopia. We formed this little sanctuary of survivors. I added fire exits. She added her heart and soul.”
“You guys did a great job at protecting the PuttPutt trolls,” John told Clay and Viva, smiling at them.
(Scene goes back to Viva and Poppy)
Viva: (Continues making the candy necklace) “I’ve thought so many times about leaving, you know, to look for you and Dad, but it’s not safe out there.”
“I should have though. If I had just gone out there to look for them I would have learned that it’s not as dangerous as I feared,” Viva said, ashamed of herself for not going out to search for her family.
(Scene shows King Peppy again)
King Peppy: “I know I should’ve told Poppy, but my heart was broken. I felt like a failure. Not just as a king, but as a father. I feel so guilty.”
“No, don’t say that dad,” Viva said, tears falling down her face at her father’s words. She had no idea he felt that way. He didn’t even know she was still alive…that’s why he hadn’t told Poppy. What good would it do to tell your only living daughter that she used to have an older sister who’s now dead. Viva knew that by him telling Poppy it would have broken her heart as well, so by not saying anything at all, her dad was keeping Poppy from mourning someone she never knew.
“It’s probably a good thing your dad didn’t tell Poppy, because if he did, Poppy probably would have gone out to look for you,” Floyd added to Viva’s thoughts.
“My dad doesn’t think I’m still alive,” Viva sadly responded, looking at Floyd.
“Would that have stopped Poppy? If she had been told she had a sister, I would bet anything that she would have searched for you until she found you,” Clay told Viva, who once again looked away in guilt.
“That’s another thing, I knew they were out there still. Well, at least I guessed I didn’t know if they were alive or not but I hoped they were. The point is, I could have gone out to look for them, and I would have found them,” Viva said, ashamed of herself.
“You were the leader of the PuttPutt trolls. As heir to King Peppy, you were basically the Queen to those trolls. Don’t feel bad for not going out, because you also had a purpose there,” Bruce told her.
King Peppy: “What do you think I should do?” (Looks to Mr. Dinkles for advice)
“Huh? He’s telling this to a worm?” John Dory asked, confused.
Mr. Dinkles: “I’m afraid that’s our time for today.”
King Peppy: “But I just revealed a major trauma.”
(Mr. Dinkles squeaks, causing King Peppy to look at the worm in shock)
(Scene goes back to Viva and Poppy)
Poppy: “Okay. Obviously this is a lot, and you should be able to open up about this on your own time.”
“Thanks Poppy,” Viva said, grateful her sister wasn’t pushing the topic.
Poppy: “But we’ll have plenty of time to work through this on the way to Mount Rageous.”
Viva: (Finishes the candy necklace and puts it on Poppy) “Whoa! I am not going to Mount Rageous. And neither are you, silly. You’re never gonna leave again.” (Puts her cape on and walks out of her room)
“Wait, I’m not joining you guys!” Viva gasped, shocked at her words on-screen.
“I don’t think Poppy’s going to like what you said about her ‘never leaving,’” Bruce said, knowing there was no way Poppy would leave Branch alone on this mission.
Poppy: (Calls after her but receives no response) “Wait, what was the-What was that last thing?”
(Clay is seen making a plan with his brothers, a bag of provisions at his feet)
Clay: “Okay, guys, if we’re gonna save Floyd, we need to get going.”
“Yes, about time!” Clay said, glad they were finally back on track and focusing on the mission.
Branch: “I’ll go get Poppy.” (Walks off in the direction toward Poppy but is then stopped by Clay)
Clay: “No, no, no, wait. Hold on. There’s no way Viva’s gonna let her go.”
“Wait, you knew I wouldn’t let her leave?” Viva asked Clay, a little surprised.
“I can understand why you’d want her to stay. I mean, you just found and reunited with her after all these years. You’re just…being protective,” Clay said.
Branch: “What? W-What are you talking about?”
Clay: “Like I said, she’s got some stuff going on, man. If we don’t wanna get trapped, we should sneak out now.”
(Suddenly, lights fall on the brothers and a PuttPutt troll closes the door, blocking the brothers escape. Viva then approaches them, followed by PuttPutt trolls behind her)
“Wait, why am I trapping you guys in?” Viva said, shocked by her actions on-screen.
“No! We have to leave to save Floyd!” John exclaimed, worried for his younger brother.
Clay: “Oh, hey… [chuckles] …Viva. What’s up, girl?”
Poppy: (Joins Branch and his brothers) “Viva! What are you doing?”
Viva: “You’re not leaving here. No matter what, because-because it’s just not safe out there. You’re welcome.” (Folds her arms)
“What am I doing?” Viva asked in confusion and shock.
“You’re just trying to protect your sister,” Clay told her.
“But I shouldn’t trap her or you guys. And for that I’m sorry,” Viva said, apologizing to the brothers.
“Don’t apologize for something you haven’t done yet,” Bruce responded, smiling at her while also hoping they’d be able to leave to save Floyd.
Poppy: “Wait, is this about the Bergens? Because they stopped trying to eat us, that’s all in the past!”
Viva: (Rolls her eyes and speaks sarcastically) “Yeah, right. That’s hilarious, Poppy. I’m laughing really hard.”
“I’m not even listening to her. I mean, why would Poppy just make that up?” Viva said to herself, still trying to process what she was doing on-screen.
Poppy: “I’m serious, Viva. Bridget, my best friend I was telling you about, she’s a Bergen! Look.” (Takes out her scrapbook and shows it to Viva, opening it up to where it shows her and Bridget) “Bridget and I do a million fun things together. We talk and we play games and we sing songs and make up these really bad dances. It’s a lot like, well, actually, it’s a lot like what you and I have been doing. The world’s a lot different than it used to be.” (Gives Viva her scrapbook to look at)
“The world is a lot different than it used to be, and all thanks to Branch and Poppy,” Floyd said, agreeing with Poppy and proud of his brother.
Branch: “Viva, look, I used to be just like you. I built a bunker, and I lived in it for years because I knew it was safe. And, sure, i-it kept me alive.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all shared sad and ashamed looks with each other, once again feeling guilty for walking out on Branch and leaving him to grow up alone and isolated from others.
Branch: “And I never had to wear pants.” (John and Bruce look at each other) “But I was living…without pants. Does that make sense?”
At these words the brother’s sad and guilty expressions got quickly replaced with confused looks, John Dory even snorting in amusement.
Tiny Diamond: “Well, I feel judged.”
Viva: (Closes Poppy’s scrapbook) “You don’t understand. I just got my sister back. I’m not gonna lose you. For anything.” (The gate then opens and Viva looks up to see that Clay is the one who opened it) “Clay?”
“Sorry for going behind your back, Viva. But I can’t lose my brother,” Clay told her, who nodded her head in acknowledgement and acceptance toward his actions on-screen.
Clay: “I’m sorry, Viva, but we have to leave. I don’t wanna lose my brother either.” (John and Bruce smile up at him)
At Clay’s words John, Bruce, and Floyd all smiled warmly at him.
“I’m really grateful to have you guys as my brothers,” Floyd said, touched that they were so willing and ready to save him.
“I wouldn’t have it any other way,” Clay responded, the brothers forming another group hug.
Clay: “Let’s move!” (The brothers run outside, Branch brushing Poppy’s arm and nodding his head for her to come with them, which she does)
Viva: “No. No, Poppy, wait!” (Chases after Poppy but once she realizes she left the boundaries of the golf course she gasps in fear and goes back to the entrance of the golf course) “Poppy, please! I want you to stay!”
Poppy: (Stopping at her sister's words, Poppy turns to face Viva) “Viva, I can’t do that.” (John, Bruce and Clay enter Rhonda while Branch waits for Poppy at the bottom of the stairs leading up to the door to Rhonda) “But you can come with us. And I know you think it’s risky, and maybe it is, but it’ll be worth it. Family’s always worth it.” (Holds her hand out for Viva to take)
“I’m glad Poppy’s not leaving Branch,” Floyd said, grateful to see how loyal Poppy was to him that she was willing to separate with Viva just to stay with him.
“Oh, I hope I go with her,” Viva said, fearing she wouldn’t.
Viva: “No, no, no, I…I can’t.” (Gives Poppy back her scrapbook and the gate closes in between the two sisters)
At this Viva gasped in shock. “I can’t believe I did that. I-I refused to go with her after finally reuniting with her. I’m an awful sister,” Viva said, tears forming in her eyes once more.
“No, you’re not. You’re only trying to do what you think is best for Poppy. And this hasn’t happened yet. You can change this,” Clay told her, wiping away her tears.
(Sadly, Poppy places her scrapbook leaning against the gate. Branch then comes up behind her and places a comforting hand on her shoulder, Poppy smiling at him in thanks. Poppy looks once more at the closed gate, then she and Branch turn and head toward Rhonda)
“I’m so sorry Poppy,” Viva whispered, ashamed of herself and her actions on-screen.
‘I’m really glad Poppy and Branch have each other,’ Bruce thought to himself, glad to see how supportive they were of one another.
Chapter 37: Brother’s Divided
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to show Floyd, who’s hair is now mostly white with his arms and legs now both transparent, sitting weakly in his diamond prison, Veneer lying lazily across the couch, and Velvet getting herself ready in the mirror)
At the sight of Velvet and Veneer the brothers' looks of hatred returned, while also worried about Floyd.
“Floyd…your hair is so white…” Bruce gasped, his heart beginning to hammer with worry.
Crew Member: (Knocks on the door to Velvet and Veneer’s room) “Knock, knock. Almost showtime.”
Velvet: “Ugh. No sign of BroZone?”
Veneer: “No. But I have an idea.” (Sits up) “We could…practice!”
“That shouldn’t be an idea! You should have been practicing to start with if you wanted to be famous, not kidnapping and torturing our brother!” John shouted in anger.
Velvet: (Scoffs) “I wanna be famous, but I’m not gonna work for it. Ew!”
At her words the brothers and Viva looked at her in disgust and hatred.
Veneer: “Come on! We used to make up little dances together all the time, remember?” (Stands up and starts dancing some of the dances they made together) “Hip, hip. Twist. Flip.”
Velvet: “Our dances sucked!” (Veneer looks hurt at her words) “How many fans do you think we can get making up sucky dances?” (Picks up Floyd and starts violently shaking the diamond container around, Floyd flopping around lifelessly inside) “Hey, hello? Hello in there. Wake up. Wakey-wakey. Oh.” (Getting no response, Velvet believes Floyd to be dead)
“NO! Floyd!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted in horror and fear, covering their mouths in shock while tears began to form in their eyes.
“No…no no no you can’t be…” Bruce said through his sobs, unable to say the word ‘dead.’
“But…you were just awake. I could have sworn you were awake just a second ago,” Clay said, breathing heavily at what he was seeing and denying the idea that Floyd was dead.
Clenching his fists in anger and shaking with rage, John Dory let his whirlwind of emotions consume him as he tried to process what he was seeing while also planning revenge on the siblings for doing that to his younger brother.
Floyd, still sitting in-between Bruce and John, paled as he watched his lifeless form on-screen, the idea that he could very well be dead terrifying him.
Looking over at Floyd, Bruce noticed how scared he looked and immediately pulled his younger brother in for a hug, trying to calm his own racing heart and remind himself that Floyd was there and safe while also trying to comfort Floyd. “We’re not going to let this happen, Floyd,” Bruce promised, still shaking in denial at Floyd being dead on-screen.
“No one does this to my brothers,” John growled, too furious with the twins, mostly Velvet, to even acknowledge the fact that this hadn’t happened yet and that his brother was next to him and safe.
Veneer: “He’s dead? Oh, man. [gasps] What have we done? [gasps] What do we do?”
Velvet: “You remember the goldfish you had as a kid?”
Veneer: “You mean Sparkles?”
(Velvet gives Floyd to Veneer and opens a toilet, gesturing for Veneer to flush the supposedly dead troll)
“Don’t you DARE!” John roared, the brothers hating the thought of Floyd being flushed away.
“No! Just give him back,” Bruce sobbed, wanting to have his younger brother’s body rather than having it flushed away.
“They don’t want to leave any evidence of what they’ve been doing,” Clay growled, disgusted by the twins.
Veneer: “Mkay. Goodbye, little guy.”
Velvet: “Please, hurry up and flush. Being this close to you next to a toilet makes me uncomfortable.” (As she speaks, Floyd opens his eyes and notices that the siblings are momentarily distracted. Taking the opportunity, he knocks himself out of Veneer’s grasp and rolls out into the hallway, grunting in pain)
“Floyd!” John, Bruce and Clay gasped in shocked surprise.
“You’re alive!” Bruce sobbed, hugging Floyd more tightly in joy.
Seeing that Floyd was still in fact alive caused John and Clay to breathe a heavy sigh of relief, putting their hands over their racing hearts as they tried to calm down, while Floyd himself couldn’t do much while in Bruce’s grip other than be thankful he wasn’t dead.
“Don’t. Do. That. Again.” John slowly said, relieved that Floyd wasn’t dead but now a little frustrated with Floyd for faking his death and giving him a heart attack in the process.
Veneer: “Wow. I thought ghosts just floated away.”
Velvet: (Grabs her brother) “Well, don’t just stand there. Go get him!”
“No! Please just let him go!” Clay shouted, wanting the two siblings to leave his brother alone.
Veneer: “Why does it have to be me?”
Velvet: “Because Crimp’s locked in the closet. Now, go!” (Throws her brother after the escaping Troll)
Floyd: (Runs through the hallway in the diamond container and sees people ahead, all who are cleaning and wearing headphones) “Help! Help! Help me, please.”
“Get out of there!” John exclaimed, tense as he watched his brother’s escape.
“Somebody help him!” Bruce said, wrapping his arm around Floyd in a side-hug to comfort both of them during the scene.
“Ugh! Take off your headphones!” Clay shouted, frustrated that no one was paying attention to Floyd to help him.
(While chasing Floyd, Veneer slips on soap that was being used to clean the floor and slides along after Floyd)
Floyd: “Help!” (Pants heavily as he tries to escape)
Veneer: (Reaches out and grabs hold of Floyd) “Gotcha!”
“NO!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted, scared that Floyd wasn’t able to escape and furious at the twins for keeping him prisoner.
Floyd: “Please, Veneer, just let me run past you. You can pretend you never saw me. It-It’ll be our little secret.”
“Please let him go…” Bruce pleaded with Veneer, the brothers staring at the screen with wide eyes, hoping Floyd would be able to convince Veneer to let him go.
Veneer: “I can’t.”
At Veneer’s words the brothers all heavily sighed in defeat and despair, John rubbing his eyes with one hand, struggling to control his emotions.
Floyd: “I know. Velvet would kill you. But just because she’s your sister doesn’t mean you should let her treat you like garbage.”
Veneer: “Doesn’t it?”
Floyd: “No.” (Velvet is seen running through the hall toward her brother)
“Crap, Velvet’s coming!” Clay said, knowing that once Velvet arrived there would be no hope for Floyd escaping again.
“Come on Veneer! Please!” Bruce pleaded, hoping Veneer would help Floyd in his escape.
Floyd: “Sibling or not, you deserve to be treated with kindness and to be around people who would never try to change the you that you are.”
Despite the situation Floyd was in on-screen, his words took the brothers by surprise and they all exchanged startled looks.
“How do you do that?” Clay asked Floyd, who was still being side-hugged by Bruce.
“What do you mean?” Floyd asked.
“How are you able to connect with and understand people even when they’re…well…torturing you?” Clay asked, saying the last part quietly and hating those words.
“Veneer’s only doing this because of Velvet. If it weren’t for her, Veneer wouldn’t be this way,” Floyd said, feeling…empathy/compassion?...toward Venner.
“That doesn’t make what he’s doing right,” Bruce said in anger and frustration.
“I know,” Floyd softly said, looking down.
Meanwhile, John took Floyd’s words to heart and reflected on how he had been treating his brothers before being separated from them twenty years ago. He hadn’t treated his brothers with the kindness they deserved, and he knew he was trying to change them just for the sake of their band, which was so wrong of him and he knew that now. That’s why they left, and they had every right to do so. (Well, apart from leaving Branch) As Floyd had put it, his younger brothers deserved to be around those who would never try to change the person that they are, which was exactly what John had been doing to them. And so they left, so they wouldn’t have to be around him or change for him, they could instead be themselves. It was all his fault why they left. If it weren’t for his controlling and unaccepting behavior, they would never have divided and they would still be together, with Grandma alive, Floyd safe, and Branch having never lost his colors or grown up alone. As these thoughts consumed John, he bowed his head in shame and regret, wishing he had been a better older brother.
Velvet: “You got him!” (Approaches her brother and offers him a hand to help him up, which he takes) “Hey, I know I probably don’t say this enough, but good job.” (Holds her hand out for Floyd, but Veneer hesitates)
“Don’t give him to her…” Bruce quietly said, although deep down he knew Veneer wouldn’t release Floyd.
Velvet: “We really make a great team. Don’t we, bro?” (Veneer hands Floyd to Velvet, who moves the diamond container around carelessly, causing Floyd to hit the walls)
“No,” the brothers groaned in sadness and despair, hating to see how close Floyd was to freedom only for it to be snatched from him once again by the twins.
“Can’t she be careful with him at least!” Bruce exclaimed, eyes narrowing in anger at the sight of Velvet being so careless with Floyd, causing his brother on-screen to continuously hit the walls of his prison.
“She doesn’t care about him,” Clay spat, glaring at Velvet with a look that could kill.
Velvet: “Now, come on. We should also probably hire a new assistant, which feels like a you job.” (Puts her arm around her brother’s shoulder and leads him back toward their room)
Veneer: “Crimp! Hire us a new assistant!”
Crimp: (From the closet) “I’m on it!”
(Scene changes to show John Dory, Bruce, Clay, and Branch putting on their old BroZone outfits as they practice the Perfect Family Harmony by dancing and singing together)
“Oh, thank goodness. A scene change…” Bruce sighed in relief, not sure he would be able to handle watching anymore Velvet/Veneer/Floyd scenes at the moment.
Branch: (Wearing a diaper and his old glasses) “ There ain’t no stoppin’ us stoppin’ us we ain’t pressin’ rewind. ”
“Uhh…why on earth is Branch wearing a diaper and his old glasses?” Floyd asked in confusion.
“And what are we wearing?” Bruce asked, referring to his, Clay’s and John’s new outfits.
“We’re wearing our old BroZone outfits,” Clay said, a little sourly.
“So…we’re practicing to save Floyd?” John clarified.
“John…are you trying to change us and boss us around again?” Bruce asked his older brother, narrowing his eyes at him. “Because there’s no way Branch would willing wear a diaper and his old glasses.”
“Yeah, and why are we singing the same song that divided us in the first place?” Clay added, folding his arms and sending John an annoyed look.
“I don’t know! This is the future!” John said, trying to defend himself.
“Guys, let’s not fight,” Floyd pleaded. They’ve gone so long without fighting that he really didn’t want another argument to break out.
Bruce: (Wearing purple sunglasses) “ Rewind. ”
Clay: (Wearing green sunglasses and has frosted tips) “ Rewind. ”
Poppy: “ Rewind. ”
Branch: “ The sky was the limit, now the stars where we’re livin’. It’s the vibe when we’re in it it’ll blow your mind. ”
“I’m not liking Branch in that diaper,” Floyd said, not enjoying the scene very much as his brothers weren’t being themselves.
“Agreed. Plus, this song and our outfits are bringing back too many bad memories,” Clay added, his arms still crossed in annoyance.
Brothers & Poppy: “ It’s so perfect, perfect, perfect. Harmony so cold. Perfect, perfect, perfect. Let it go… ”
"Ah! Branch tossed Poppy so cute and gentle," Viva squealed, loving their relationship.
John Dory: “Stop. Stop. Timeout.” (Singing stops and Clay and Branch take off their glasses) “Let’s do it again from the top. Spruce, I want some smolder in those eyes.” (Spruce frowns and shakes his head) “Clay, you’re being too stiff. We need some sillier robot.” (Clay folds his arms and shakes his head, also frowning, while Branch glares at his oldest brother as he criticizes everyone) “Bitty B, maybe a smaller diaper.”
At John’s words Clay and Bruce send a glare at their oldest brother.
“Wow John. Glad to see nothing’s changed,” Clay muttered angrily, upset at John’s criticism.
“And why do you want Branch in a smaller diaper?! Why put him in one in the first place?!” Bruce added, not liking how John was treating them on-stage.
“I thought it was pretty obvious. John’s wanting us to be exactly how we were before we broke up; you as the Heartthrob, me as the Fun Boy, and Branch as Bitty B. He’s not even trying to accept the fact we changed!” Clay said, frustrated.
“Hey! This is the future!” John repeated, emphasizing the word ‘future.’ “I haven’t done or said any of this!”
“And who’s to say you won’t? Because from what I can see, all you’ve said to us so far since we got here has been nothing but words. Once we leave, how do we know you won’t try to change or boss us around again?” Bruce snapped at John.
“Listen-” John began through clenched teeth, but before he could continue, he was interrupted by Floyd.
“Guys, enough!” Floyd shouted, causing his brothers to immediately stop their arguing as Floyd never raised his voice. “Fighting isn’t going to solve anything! The only thing you’ll accomplish is ruining your relationships with each other! Again! You need to listen and try to understand each other. John’s right, this is the future and he hasn’t done this yet. Since coming here, we’ve all forgiven each other and made apologies. And sure, there’s still hurt feelings that’ll take time to fully heal, but arguing isn’t going to help. John has already told us he’s going to try and change, and what we’re seeing on screen is happening under different circumstances and a point in time where we haven’t apologized. So…let’s just calm down and watch the movie,” Floyd said, his older brothers looking at each other guiltily at his words and looking down in shame.
“Sorry John,” Clay quietly said.
“Me too,” Bruce said.
“It’s fine. And I’m sorry for saying those things,” John said, nodding his head toward the screen to emphasize his point.
Branch: (Glares at John while clenching his fists in anger) “If this diaper was any smaller, I could taste it.”
“He’s really mad,” Viva pointed out, John looking down in guilt.
Tiny Diamond: (From the driver's seat) “That’s why I don’t wear one of those. It’s a hard fit to pull off.”
Clay: “Really great note, John Dory. Super helpful. Thanks, thanks. Now I have a creative note for you. [shouts at John] Stop being bossy!” (Branch changes out of his diaper and puts his clothes back on)
John Dory: “What? I’m not being bossy. I’m helping us be better.” (Bruce scratches his head, unsure if he should jump in or not)
“No, I was being bossy,” John admitted, surprising his brothers at his admission.
Clay: “No. No, dude. You’re forcing us to be perfect, just like you always have, so we can hit the perfect family harmony.”
John Dory: “Yeah. For Floyd!”
Bruce: (Takes off his sunglasses) “Is it? Or is this all just so you can tell people what to do again?”
John Dory: “Wha-What?”
“And…once again we’re fighting,” Bruce sadly said, getting flashbacks of how they would argue all the time as kids.
Poppy: “Guys, guys. This isn’t helpful right now. Let’s all maybe take five, huh?” (Branch looks sadly around at his brothers)
“Thanks Poppy,” Floyd sadly said, glad she was there when he wasn’t to help end his brother's bickering.
Bruce: (Ignores Poppy) “This isn’t gonna work if you keep on being the same old John Dory.”
(Branch stands between his arguing brothers, looking sadly between each of them)
“Oh Branch…” Clay whispered in guilt.
“I’m so sorry,” Bruce said, ashamed of himself for arguing in front of Branch. Well, also for arguing in general.
“You can tell that we’re hurting him,” John added sadly.
“Of course your arguing is hurting him. You're showing him that you guys haven’t changed and he’s basically reliving his last moments with you before we walked out on him,” Floyd said, the brothers wincing at his words, knowing Floyd was right.
Clay: “Yeah. We’ve all changed. Bruce settled down. Branch is slightly taller, with zero glasses. And I’m a licensed CPA! [shouts] Put some respect on my name, fool!”
“You could’ve just said Branch is a grown up…” Floyd muttered to Clay, who looked down in guilt.
“Wait, you’re a licensed CPA?” John asked Clay.
“Not the time John,” Bruce whispered.
John Dory: “Well, I’m not allowed to change. I’m the oldest. I had to be the leader!”
At these words Bruce, Clay and Floyd all looked at John in surprise and confusion.
“What do you mean?” Clay asked, causing John to sigh.
“As the oldest, I’ve always felt responsible in maintaining the leadership role in our family. It was expected of me to take care of you guys and guide you, so it’s not like I could change because if I did I wouldn’t be a good big brother,” John said.
“John Dory, just because you’re the oldest doesn’t mean you can’t change,” Bruce responded.
“I know that now. I just wish I knew that before…it was too late,” John finished sadly.
Bruce: (Scoffs) “You love bossing us around. Just admit it.”
John Dory: (Turns to face Bruce) “Why do you think I moved to the middle of nowhere? So I didn’t have to be in charge of anyone. Four little brothers is a lot of responsibility!”
“Why didn’t you just ask for help? I could’ve helped you when you were feeling stressed,” Bruce said, looking over at John.
“Because I didn’t want that responsibility put on you. Besides, I also thought that if I did ask for help, you guys would think of me as being incapable of taking care of you all,” John said, causing his younger brothers to look at one another sadly.
Bruce: “Well why do you think I left? So no one would treat me like you did!”
“I’m sorry Bruce,” John apologized, feeling guilty once again.
“I forgive you,” Bruce responded, smiling sadly at John.
John Dory: “You know what, Spruce.”
Clay: “It’s Bruce!”
Bruce: “Thank you, Clay!”
Branch: (Steps between his fighting brothers) “Guys, we can’t forget about Floyd.”
John Dory: (Takes a breath) “Look, Branch is right. We’re here for Floyd. Let’s just get this done and we can go our separate ways.”
Clay: “Fine!”
“Wait, what?!” the brothers gasped in shock.
“We’re not staying together?” Clay whispered, hurt by the idea since they had only just reunited with one another and already wanted to walk out of each other’s lives again.
“We’re just going to leave Branch…again?” John added, ashamed at what he had said on-screen, especially in front of Branch.
Branch: “Wait. What?”
John Dory: “What? The mission’s the mission. You didn’t think we’d all live together when this was all over, did you?” (Branch stares at his brothers, hurt)
“Oh my gosh…Branch did think that,” Bruce said in hurt realization.
John Dory: “Singing songs and roasting marshmallows?” (Clay silently laughs as John says this, amused at the thought)
Branch: (Scoffs) “Oh, I’m sorry. Is that funny to you? That I might want us to actually be a family again?” (Takes out the paper of his hideout he drew as a kid from under his vest and looks down at it) “Tiny Diamond, pull over. Now!”
“He…wants us to be a family again…” John whispered, the brothers looking at each other in guilt and sadness as them leaving had left Branch without a family for twenty years.
(Tiny pulls back on the steering wheel, breaking Rhonda and causing Poppy and Branch’s brothers to stumble a bit as they come to a rapid stop. Branch then sadly turns away from his brothers and takes a few steps away from them)
Bruce: (Scoffs) “Don’t be a baby, Branch.”
“Why would I say that?!” Bruce gasped, shocked at his words.
Branch: (Turns around and angrily faces his brothers) “You’re mad at him, but you guys do the exact same thing to me! You all still treat me like the baby of the family, but guess what? I stopped being a baby the day you guys walked out on me, ’cause I had to. Then Grandma got eaten, and there was no one else to take care of me.” (John, Bruce, and Clay widen their eyes in shock) “This time, I’m walking out on you.” (Crumbles up the paper of his hideout and throws it to the ground, then exits Rhonda)
As Branch spoke the brothers widened their eyes in shock and sadness, tears forming in their eyes.
“We shouldn’t have left him like that. Because of us, he grew up faster than he needed to and didn’t even have a good or happy childhood,” John said, crying for the first time in years as he finally gave in to his whirlwind of emotions.
“We shouldn’t have left him at all…” Bruce added, crying silently.
“We owe him an apology,” Clay whispered, staring at the ground while Viva placed a comforting hand on his shoulder.
“We owe him more than an apology,” Floyd added, tears falling down his face as he too cried.
Poppy: (Kneels down and picks up the crumbled piece of paper Branch threw and opens it up, Branch’s brothers looking over her shoulder to see it) “This is Branch’s bunker. He built this…for you guys.” (Widens her eyes in surprise while John, Bruce, and Clay look at each other, guilty for what they’ve done)
At her words the brothers all bowed their heads in shame. While they already knew Branch’s bunker had been built for them, it still hurt to know that Branch had missed them so much he had built it in hopes that one day they would return to him.
John Dory: “I didn’t know.”
Poppy: “I guess you never asked.” (Stands up and leaves, going after Branch)
Clay: “Wait. Grandma got eaten?”
At this the brothers felt grief wash over them as they all mourned their Grandma, knowing that if they had stayed she might still be alive today.
(Scene changes to show Branch walking away, Poppy running after him)
Poppy: “Branch, wait! Branch! Where are you going?” (Catches up to him)
Branch: (Upset) “To save Floyd. Alone. I didn’t need them growing up, and I don’t need them now.”
As Branch said these words the brothers all winced as if physically struck. Branch had walked out on them just as they did to him twenty years ago, which broke their hearts even if they knew they deserved it. They also felt fresh waves of guilt and sorrow crash over them as they heard their youngest brother saying he didn’t need them and that he never needed them, which caused them more pain than they thought their hearts could handle.
Branch: (Sees Poppy following him, but continues walking ahead) “What-What are you doing?”
Poppy: “What do you mean? I’m coming with you.”
Branch: “Why bother? Aren’t you gonna leave me eventually anyway? Everyone else does.”
“Oh gosh…” Bruce said, throwing his head into his hands as he cried in shame.
“We’re so so sorry Branch,” Clay whispered, guilt coursing through him.
“And that’s why Branch doesn’t open up to others. He believes everyone he gets close to…will leave him,” Floyd quietly sobbed, tears still falling down his face.
Poppy: (Takes Branch’s hand in hers, causing him to stop walking away) “I have been by your side from the moment we met. And you’ve been by mine. Let’s give each other some credit here.”
“Thank you Poppy,” John whispered, forever grateful that Branch had Poppy in his life to be there for him.
“Thank you for not leaving him,” Bruce added through his tears, looking thankfully up at Poppy.
Branch: (Sighs and turns to face Poppy) “Right. Uh-I’m sorry. Thank you.”
Poppy: “You’re welcome. And I’m not going anywhere. Unless it’s with you. To save Floyd.” (Poppy and Branch hug)
Seeing Poppy’s and Branch’s moment together brought a small-sad smile to the brother’s faces, overcome with relief that Poppy would never leave Branch.
“Well,” Clay said, wiping some of his tears away while he chuckled sadly. “Now we know for sure Floyd is Branch’s favorite brother if he’s still going after him.” At those words Floyd smiled sadly up at Branch through his tears, glad to have him as his younger brother.
(At the sounds of a bicycle bell, the two pull apart and see Tiny Diamond riding a bike toward them)
Poppy: “Tiny! You’re coming too?”
Tiny Diamond: “Hey, what can I say? I was moved by Branch’s speech and his sad, sad drawing. Now, let’s roll!” (Branch and Poppy get on the bike behind Tiny and they head toward Mount Rageous)
“Wait a second! Now that we’ve split up, Branch could get caught by Velvet and Veneer! He doesn’t know it’s a trap!” John pointed out in horror, scared for Branch.
“You’re right!” Bruce gasped, exchanging worried looks with Clay and Floyd, the brothers hoping Branch would remain safe and away from the twins.
(Scene changes to show Bridget driving her motorcycle again, Gristle behind her)
Bridget: “Wow, Grissy. I’ve never seen anyone get kicked out of a water park like that.” (Throws herself into Gristle’s arms, causing him to quickly steer the motorcycle)
Gristle: “All right, for the record, it was the water slide that ripped off my trunks.”
Bridget: “Ooh, so hot. [sniffs the air] Wait.” (Steers the motorcycle again and continues to sniff the air) “Do you smell…” (Stops the motorcycle outside an abandoned golf course)
Gristle: “French fries!”
Bridget: “French fries.”
“Uh oh!” Viva and Clay gasped, looking at each other in fear.
“What?” John asked, not understanding their expressions.
“We still think the Bergens are our enemies! We’re going to attack them!” Viva said, her and the brothers watching the screen worriedly.
(The two Bergens enter the golf course and two PuttPutt trolls are seen whispering together, pointing at the Bergens and staying out of sight)
Bridget: (Steps on a french fry) “Ew.”
Clown Head: “Who goes there?”
(As the Clown Head lights up and speaks to them, the two Bergens scream. PuttPutt trolls then roll out of the Clown Head’s mouth and surround the Bergens)
PuttPutt Trolls: “PuttPutt. PuttPutt. PuttPutt.”
Bridget: “Are those golf balls?”
PuttPutt Trolls: “PuttPutt!” (The Trolls emerge from their ball forms and advance on the two Bergens threateningly)
Bridget: “Oh, good. They’re just trolls. Look how cute.”
(PuttPutt trolls pick up the Bergens from under their feet, causing Bridget and Gristle to scream)
Gristle: “What’s happening?”
Bridget & Gristle: (PuttPutt trolls trip the Bergens, having them fall down on the floor) “Ow!”
Bridget: “Grissy, I didn’t think we’d both find ourselves tied up on this honeymoon.”
(PuttPutt trolls tie the Bergens up and cover them with rubber sticky hands)
“Oh, Poppy will be so mad…” Viva said, worried about what her sister’s reaction would be if she knew her best friend had been attacked by her (Viva’s) people.
“Viva, don’t worry. I’m sure it’ll turn out okay,” Clay said, trying to comfort Viva while also not believing his own words.
Chapter 38: Mount Rageous
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to show that Poppy, Branch and Tiny have reached Mount Rageous)
Branch: “All right, look. Security is really tight. So we’re not gonna be able to just walk right in.”
“Please be careful Branch,” Floyd said, not wanting Branch to be caught and suffer the same fate as he was on-screen.
“Don’t worry, Floyd. If anyone can save you, it’ll be Branch,” John Dory said, trying to convince his brothers as well as himself, as he was also worried for Branch.
Poppy: (Looks down at security using Branch’s binoculars) “You know what that means. We’re scaling the walls!”
“Wait, what?” Viva and the brothers said, surprised at these words as they were not expecting their younger siblings to get inside by scaling the walls
Tiny Diamond: “We’re huh? Doing what? When?”
“Mee too, Tiny,” Bruce said, not wanting Branch to get hurt.
(The three trolls are seen scaling a very tall wall using gummy gloves)
Branch: “We should plan to make our ascent about 200 meters east of the entrance.”
Poppy: “Good thing I brought extra gummy gloves.”
“Our siblings are awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, Viva and the brothers watching Branch and Poppy with wide eyes.
Tiny Diamond: (Falls behind Poppy and Branch) “I’m tired. Carry me.”
Poppy: “You have to walk on your own, Tiny. You have to be a big boy.”
Tiny Diamond: “But my feet hurt. I don’t wanna!”
“Isn’t he using his hands to climb?” Clay asked, amused at Tiny’s words and complaint.
(The three trolls reach the top of the wall)
Branch: “The quickest way in will be at the roof.”
Poppy: “The HVAC system.”
Branch: “Ooh. I love how you say HVAC.”
Poppy: “Thank you.”
“What a flirt,” Bruce said, the brothers and Viva smiling up at Branch and Poppy, once again glad they’re a couple.
(Looking down from the wall, they see a large chute with a fast moving fan blade below them, blocking their path)
Branch: “But we’ll have to bypass the fan blade, so that our cupcakes don’t get sliced in two.”
“Wait, they’re not thinking about jumping, are they?!” Floyd asked, sending his brothers worried looks.
Tiny Diamond: “Ooh! We brought cupcakes?”
“Yeah, not what he meant,” Bruce said, the brothers chuckling at Tiny’s innocence.
Poppy: “Mmm, no.”
Branch: “No, not what I meant. It doesn’t matter.” (Jumps down into the chute and throws a ball of cotton candy at the fan. As he approaches the fan blades, he narrows his eyes in determination as the cotton candy slowly starts wrapping around the blades. Just at Branch reaches them, the blades stop, allowing him, Poppy and Tiny to safely fall between the unmoving blades)
“What the-!” John exclaimed, the brothers mouths gaping open in shock at what Branch had just done.
“Dude, our bro is crazy!” Clay said, amazed by what Branch had done on-screen.
“That’s definitely one way to describe him,” Bruce added, shocked at how brave and daring Branch was. Or, crazy, as Clay had put it.
Branch: “After that, we need to cut the power, so we can move freely through the interior air ducts.” (The three trolls are seen inside the air ducts right by the power source, Poppy using a laser rod to cut through the cords) “How do you know which wires to cut?”
Poppy: “I don’t. I’m just blasting everything until something turns off.” (Power then turns off and Branch gives Poppy a ‘bruh’ look)
At this scene Viva and the brothers all laughed in amusement, especially loving Branch’s facial expression he gave Poppy at the power going out.
Veneer: (Veneer is seen in a bathroom stall, where the lights had just gone out) “Hello?”
Branch: “From there, we’ll have to do some exploring, but we’ll find Floyd in one of those rooms.” (The three trolls explore through the air ducts, Branch using a flashlight)
Poppy: (Looks down into the room below them and sees Floyd sitting in a diamond container) “Look. There he is.” (As Branch looks down at his brother in deep concern, he notices how weak and pale he looks and how white his hair has become)
“Floyd…” John, Bruce and Clay gasped, looking fearfully at Floyd on-screen and hating how pale and weak he looked.
“At least Branch is there. He’ll get you out,” John said, trying to assure himself that Floyd will be alright.
“We’re all needed though to free him,” Bruce sadly reminded John.
“Bruce is right. We have to be there too. Right now, Branch is just easy prey for Velvet,” Clay added, exchanging worried looks with his brothers.
Poppy: “Come on.” (Using a sticky hand, Poppy, Branch, and Tiny slide down it and land on the desk holding Floyd)
Branch: (Runs over to his brother, concerned) “Floyd…”
“He really cares about you,” Viva said, the trolls excited for Branch and Floyd’s reunion on-screen, while still worried of course about Branch’s safety.
Floyd: “Branch? Is it really you?” (Puts his hand against the wall to his prison, and Branch puts his hand over Floyd’s from the outside)
Branch: “Yeah. It’s really me.”
Floyd: (Stands up and looks over Branch, amazed at how much he’s grown) “Wow. You’ve really grown into that vest. You’re a man now.”
At Floyd’s words to Branch, John, Bruce and Clay all smiled sadly, wishing they had treated Branch the same way and feeling guilty that Floyd was the only one out of all of them who saw Branch for the man he had become right after reuniting with him. They saw and knew it now though, and once they left here to find Branch, they would be sure to treat him as a man and not as their baby brother. They missed their chance of babying him by walking out, and they had to accept that and now respect their brother for the troll and man he had become.
Branch: (Hugs the diamond container as if he was hugging Floyd) “Oh! Finally, somebody gets me!” (Floyd hugs the wall to his prison as if he was hugging Branch back, Poppy watching the two brothers happily from the side)
Watching his reunion with Branch, Floyd began to tear up as emotions began raining down on him. He loved his little brother more than anything else in the world, and being away from him for twenty years had been the hardest decision of his life, and also the decision he regretted the most. But, seeing how concerned and caring Branch still was for him, even after all he had done, overwhelmed him with joy and sadness. He was so glad to have this brotherly bond with Branch, and hoped he could make it up to his brother when this was all over.
Floyd: (Floyd then pulls away, worried for his brother) “But you need to leave. Right now.” (Branch pulls away and looks at his brother)
Poppy: “No, Floyd. It’s okay. We’re here to rescue you.”
“No, they have to leave! If Velvet sees them there she’ll take both of them!” Floyd exclaimed, the trolls temporary happiness at the brother’s sweet reunion now being replaced with fear and worry.
Floyd: “No. This is a trap. Velvet and Veneer, they-they lured you here. You gotta leave before they come back. Hurry!”
Branch: “No. I’m not leaving here without you.”
“Oh, Branch. Please leave. For me,” Floyd said, touched by his younger brother's words and desire to save him but wanting him to be safe more than anything else. Even if it meant leaving him behind…
Floyd: “Branch, please. Do it for me.” (The two brothers and Poppy look up in alarm as the door to the room opens)
“No! Velvet!” the brothers gasped in horror, hoping that Branch would make it out in time.
“Get out of there!” Floyd shouted, even though he knew Branch couldn’t hear him.
Velvet: (Enters her room walking backward, carrying something large between her and her brother) “We’re so close. I told you BroZone would show up. My letter worked! I’m a genius!” (Turns the light on and Branch and Poppy are seen backing away from the siblings)
“Wait, what does Velvet mean by that…” Clay asked, looking fearfully at John and Bruce, finally registering what she was saying.
Veneer: “Are you sure you’re sure about this?” (Branch, Poppy, and Tiny quickly go back up to the air ducts using the sticky hand. Sensing movement, Velvet whips her head around, staring around where Floyd sits inside his diamond prison)
“Phew,” Viva and the brothers sighed in relief, Bruce putting his hand over his racing heart. Poppy and Branch made it out in time…they were safe…
(As Branch, Poppy and Tiny make it safely back into the air ducts, they look down through the air vents and see Velvet and Veneer carrying Rhonda. John Dory and Bruce are then seen being held in both of Veneer’s shoulder pads with Clay in one of Velvet’s, her other one open for Floyd, all the brothers now being held captive in their own diamond prison)
“NO!” Floyd and Viva shouted, as John, Bruce and Clay stared at themselves, trapped, on-screen with wide and scared eyes.
“Clay!” Viva said, worried for him.
“Oh man, this isn’t good…” Bruce quietly said, worried about what would happen.
“How’re we going to rescue Floyd now!” John said, upset at what he’s seeing.
“It’s up to Branch,” Clay softly said, looking at each of his brothers.
“Do you think he’ll even want to save us though?” John asked, his frustration leaving as he was filled with sadness. Branch did walk out on them after all…
“Don’t say that John! Of course he will. We’re his brothers,” Floyd said, knowing Branch wouldn’t let Velvet get away with this.
Branch: (Worried) “Oh, no!”
“See John. Branch does care,” Floyd said, the brothers smiling sadly up at Branch, touched that he cared about them.
“Branch shouldn’t have to see that though,” John said, sorrowed by the fact that his youngest brother had to see them fight and then be captured, the responsibility falling on him when it should have been his responsibility to save Floyd and keep his younger brothers safe in the first place.
(Rhonda begins struggling in the siblings arms)
Veneer: “Oh! Ow! It’s biting me. Put it in the closet. Put it in the closet!” (The siblings throw Rhonda in the closet next to Crimp and shut the door)
“Rhonda!” John said in worry, glaring up at the twins.
Crimp: “Hello.”
(Velvet puts Floyd in her other shoulder pad)
Bruce: “Floyd!”
John Dory: “Floyd!”
Clay: “Hey bro!”
Floyd: (Weakly) “Brothers…”
John Dory: “It’s so good to see you! We would have been here sooner, but these guys wouldn’t stop yelling at each other!” (Gestures angrily toward Bruce and Clay)
“Guys, really…” Floyd asked, exasperated with his brothers constantly arguing on-screen while his older brothers all exchanged guilty and sad looks.
Floyd: “Guys, please…”
“We’re so sorry Floyd,” Bruce said, John and Clay nodding in agreement. They had just reunited with Floyd, and the first thing they did was continue to argue. Knowing this made them feel even more guilty than they already were, as they had failed to save Floyd.
Clay: (Upset) “John Dory, you’re the one who parked in the spot marked ‘Reserved for BroZone.’ Didn’t that seem a little sus to you?!”
“What! It’s my fault…I put you guys in danger!” John gasped, horrified at what he had done. Instead of rescuing Floyd, as was the plan, he instead managed to put two of his other younger brothers in danger as well.
“John…” Bruce said, not knowing what to say to his older brother.
“I’m so sorry guys,” John said, looking tearfully up at his three younger brothers. “I’m not being the older brother you guys need and deserve, and I never have been. I put you all in danger,” at this he broke off and began to silently cry in shame.
“Hey, it hasn’t happened yet,” Clay softly said, going to kneel in front of his oldest brother and placing his hand on his brother’s knee in comfort. “Just…prove to us now that you can be a good big brother,” he added, sadly meeting John’s tear streaked gaze before hugging his oldest brother, burying his head in John’s shoulder and thankful that he had John in his life. He had really missed his oldest brother…
John Dory: “Oh, so it’s my fault?”
(The three oldest brothers continue arguing, causing Veneer to laugh)
Veneer: “Oh, look. They’re even cute when they fight. Boop, boop, boop. Boop, boop, boop.” (Taps loudly against John Dory and Bruce’s diamond prison in amusement)
Bruce: “Oh, ow! Bro!”
John Dory: “Hey! Ow! Stop!”
“Leave my brothers alone!” Floyd snapped at Veneer, getting upset as he watched Veneer treating his older brothers rudely.
Floyd: (To Veneer) “What are you doing? Come on, man. You’re better than this.”
Veneer: “Well, thank you.”
Velvet: (To Floyd) “I really don’t see why you’re so upset. At least we’re putting your talent to good use. I mean, you’re welcome!”
“You’re sick, that’s what you are!” Bruce shouted in rage, hating Velvet for doing this to his brothers.
John Dory: (Notices how white Floyd’s hair has gotten and how weak he looks) “What? You’re sick!”
Veneer: “You mispronounced, ‘Thanks for not letting our talents go to waste anymore, Velvet and Veneer.’”
“No, he didn’t mispronounce anything!” Bruce snapped, glaring hatefully up at the twins.
Velvet: “Come on! They’re waiting for us on the red carpet! Let’s go autograph some butts.” (Flings her arm around Veneer in excitement then walks out of the room, Veneer following behind)
Veneer: “Oh, that’s fun! I’ll grab my butt marker!”
(As the door closes behind the two siblings, Branch and Poppy look sadly at each other from up in the air vents)
“Oh Branch…” Floyd sadly said, the brothers hating that their youngest brother had to see that.
(Branch and Poppy then go back down to the ground and open up the closet, where they only see Rhonda before she spits Crimp out of her mouth, who gets up and whimpers sadly)
Poppy: “Oh, it looks like you need a hug.” (Branch nods his head in agreement)
(Sobbing, Crimp grabs Poppy and hugs her tightly, Poppy hugging Crimp back)
“Poppy’s so sweet,” Viva softly said, glad to see her sister being so caring toward others.
“They're there to get Rhonda! Branch is coming after us!” Bruce realized, looking hopefully at his brothers.
“I told you he wouldn’t leave us,” Floyd responded.
“Not like we did to him,” John added sadly.
“Never again though. Once we leave here, we’re reuniting with Branch and not leaving his side again,” Clay said, determined to stick with his brothers this time.
At Clay’s words however Bruce sadly looked down at the ground, knowing he wouldn’t be able to. His home was on Vacay Island, but yet his brothers were also his home, and they were all planning on staying at Pop Village…Sighing quietly, Bruce tried to push these thoughts aside, knowing he’ll focus on them later. For now, he had to put his attention on the screen and hope that they would make it out of Mount Rageous first.
Tiny Diamond: “Okay, now, whose sibling is this now?” (Sucks on another ring-pop)
(Scene changes back to the abandoned golf course, where Bridget and Gristle are tied up together and are being pulled up to the Clown Heads mouth, who’s about to eat them)
“Oh, not this scene again,” Viva said, guilty at what her and her people were doing to Poppy’s best friend and worried they might end up killing her.
“Wait, you’re feeding them to the Clown Head!” John exclaimed in shock, Bruce and Floyd looking questioningly at Clay and Viva who both avoided their gazes while Clay rubbed the back of his neck in embarrassment.
“Hey, this is before we realized they stopped eating us,” Clay said, trying to defend himself and Viva.
PuttPutt Trolls: (Holding torches and shout/chant angrily at the two Bergens) “Bergens! Bergens! Bergens! Bergens! Bergens!”
Gristle: “Bridgey, loving you is the best thing that ever happened to me.”
“Aww,” Viva said, finding their romance adorable and hoping she would listen to what Poppy had said about the Bergens, and stop this before it was too late.
Bridget: “Um, would it be weird if we made out?”
Gristle: “Babe, it would be weird if we didn’t.”
(As Gristle and Bridget make out, the PuttPutt trolls stop chanting and stare at the two Bergens in confusion and shock)
“Well, they’re definitely confusing the PuttPutt trolls, that’s for sure,” Viva commented.
“Huh. Who knew kissing could save you from a terrible fate?” Bruce said in slight amusement.
“Hopefully,” Clay added.
(As they near the Clown Head’s mouth, Gristle and Bridget scream)
Viva: “Wait!” (Presses down on a lever, turning off the Clown Head)
“Oh, phew…” Viva and the brothers sighed, glad that Viva had stopped the Clown Head just in time.
Viva: (She then jumps onto Bridget and opens Poppy’s scrapbook, looking at the page with Poppy and Bridget) “Is this you?” (Shows Bridget Poppy’s scrapbook)
“I went back for her scrapbook,” Viva quietly said, still ashamed she had let Poppy go to Mount Rageous without her but glad to see she was now listening to Poppy.
Bridget: “Hey, that’s me and my best friend.”
Viva: (Sighs) “Yeah. Poppy. She-She’s my sister.”
Bridget: “You’re Poppy’s sister? [gasps] That makes us best friends too!”
“Heh, I guess so,” Viva said, glad to see she was talking to Bridget and getting along with her, despite the fact Bridget was still tied up.
Viva: “Yeah. She told me about your wedding. Congratulations.”
Bridget: “Thanks, girl.”
Viva: (Sighs) “I think I made a huge mistake.”
“I definitely did,” Viva said, looking down guiltily. By now Clay had gone back to his seat from hugging John, and at Viva’s words he placed a hand on her shoulder, getting her to look at him..
“You may have made a mistake, but you recognize what you did. I know you’ll do what’s right,” he told her, looking at John as he said this as well to communicate that his words were also meant for his oldest brother, the two brothers smiling at each other in understanding.
Gristle: “It’s fine. We’re not gonna press charges.”
Bridget: “I don’t think that’s what she means.”
Viva: “Yeah, no. That’s not what I’m talking about.” (Puts the scrapbook down and takes out a pair of scissors, about to cut the Bergens loose) “So, you’re really not gonna eat us?”
Bridget: “No. But I understand the fear. If you want,” (Opens her mouth) “I can open my mouth and you can take tiny steps toward it, letting yourself feel and breathe your way through the anxiety. It’s called systematic desensitization.”
“Or…how about I not,” Viva said, not wanting to go anywhere near a Bergen’s mouth, even though they have stopped eating trolls.
Viva: “Or I let you go, and you promise not to eat us.”
Bridget: “Oh, that’s fine too.” (Smiling, Viva cuts the Bergens loose)
“Yes!” Viva said, glad to see she made peace with the Bergen’s after living in fear of them for her entire life. “And now, to join Branch and Poppy at Mount Rageous to save you guys,” she added, putting her hands on her hips and looking at the brothers, determined to save them, while the brothers smiled proudly at her.
Chapter 39: The Perfect Family Harmony
Chapter Text
(Scene changes back to Mount Rageous, where the Rage Dome is seen)
Rage Dome Host: (Talks through a microphone to the waiting and excited crowd for the show to begin) “All right, Rageons! Now is the moment we’ve all been waiting for. Everyone, put your hands up for Lifer Award recipients, that tantalizing twosome, Velvet and Veneer!”
(Siblings arrive in an expensive car, one of their songs playing in the background, and they begin posing to the cameras and waving to their fans, causing the audience to cheer)
At the appearance of Velvet and Veneer, Viva and the brothers all narrowed their eyes and glared hatefully up at them.
Fan: “I love you!”
Velvet: “Thank you!” (Veneer laughs) “We love you too!”
At her words Bruce snorted in mock amusement, crossing his arms and still glaring up at Velvet.
“Yeah right,” John muttered bitterly.
Velvet: (Turns briefly away from the crowd to talk to Veneer) “Okay, how’s my aura?”
Veneer: “Confident yet grateful to your teachers and everyone who got you here tonight?”
“What teachers! You weren’t coached by anyone, you thieves!” Clay shouted in anger.
Velvet: “That’s what I’m going for!”
(The siblings exit the car and walk over to their fans, taking pictures with them and signing autographs for them. They then gasp in fear and shock as they see Rhonda and Crimp standing in front of them on the stairs. Growling, Rhonda jumps down the stairs and lands in front of the siblings, causing them to jump back startled)
“Yes!” the trolls shouted, relieved that Branch and Poppy had turned up.
“They're going to expose the twins for the frauds that they are!” Viva said, she and the brothers delighted to see the twins about to be exposed in front of their fans.
Branch: (Gets out of Rhonda and confronts the siblings) “Velvet and Veneer! Give me back my brothers!”
“Yeah Branch!” John said, laughing in excitement and joy.
“You tell them!” Bruce said at the same time as John, anticipating the twins' exposure.
“Thanks Branch,” Floyd softly said, touched to see how much Branch cared about him and their brothers.
Poppy: (Exits Rhonda to also confront the siblings) “Yeah! What he said!”
Velvet: “You don’t know what you’re talking about, troll.”
“Lying isn’t going to get you out of this,” Clay growled, glaring up at Velvet.
“Yeah! Your days of kidnapping and torturing trolls are over!” Viva exclaimed, feeling furious at the twins but also energized as they were about to be caught and given the punishment they deserved.
Poppy: (Furious) “You’re stealing BroZone’s talent because you have none of your own, you big…Oh, you big…phonies!”
“Yeah Poppy!” The brothers and Viva cheered.
John, Bruce, Clay and Floyd also felt touched by her words, as Poppy has only known them for a short amount of time but was still so willing to stick by Branch’s side to save them.
(At Poppy’s words the fans gasp in shock and begin whispering to each other, looking at the siblings in disgust and confusion as Velvet and Veneer cover the diamonds holding the brothers in their shoulder pads with their hands)
“Yes! They’ve been exposed!” Clay shouted in joy, high fiving his brothers and Viva in triumph.
Velvet: (Her and Veneer chuckle nervously while slowly backing away toward their car)
“Okay, we need to leave. Right now.” (Her and Veneer jump in their car and drive off)
“What! No!” Bruce said, Viva and the brothers groaning in frustration and heavy disappointment. The twins had just been exposed but before any action could be taken they ran off.
“Cowards,” John growled in anger.
(As soon as the twins leave, Rhonda runs after them)
Poppy: (Her and Branch are seen back inside Rhonda standing at the steering wheel, Tiny Diamond driving and chasing after the siblings) “Follow that luxury vehicle!”
Tiny Diamond: “On it, Poppy!”
Seeing Branch’s and Poppy’s determination to save them and stop the twins brought a smile to the brothers. They were so grateful to have Branch as their brother and that he had found someone as supportive and caring as Poppy.
(Looking behind, Velvet notices that they are being followed. Taking brief control of the steering wheel from Veneer, she drives them off their current road and down onto a road below them, Rhonda following right behind them trying to keep up)
“Don’t lose them!” Viva said, worried that the twins would manage to shake Rhonda, Branch and Poppy off their trail.
Velvet: (Addresses the Mount Rageons on the road) “What’s up, Mount Rageous? You didn’t think we were just gonna give you a boring, old stage show, did you?”
Mount Rageon: “That’s what we explicitly bought tickets for.”
Velvet: “We’re taking this show on the road!”
(At her words the Mount Rageons on the road cheer in excitement and begin paying more attention to the star siblings who are about to perform than the road, causing the road to become too crowded for Tiny to pass vehicles to reach the siblings)
“Oh come one!” John shouted in annoyance.
“She sure knows how to play dirty,” Bruce muttered in anger, his arms still crossed in frustration.
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, man. I’m trying to get through, but they got no respect for the blinker. Beep-beep!” (Tries to pass vehicles but is unable to)
(Noticing they were able to momentarily lose Rhonda, Velvet and Veneer both press the buttons on their shoulder pads, causing John, Bruce, Clay and Floyd to groan in pain as they glowed and levitated off the bottom of the diamond prison, Velvet and Veneer extracting some of their talent for the show they were about to perform)
“No!” Viva shouted in worry, clenching her fists in anger as she watched what was happening to her friends; especially Clay who she was now seeing as someone more than just her friend.
As for the brothers, they all exchanged sorrowful and hopeless looks as they watched what was happening to them on-screen.
“I’m so sorry guys. I put us in that mess,” John said, looking down in shame as he still blamed himself for putting Bruce and Clay in danger.
“We’ve already forgiven you John Dory,” Bruce gently told his older brother, placing a comforting hand on his shoulder.
“Besides, they’re on the run now since they’ve been exposed. It won’t be long until Branch catches up and they get arrested,” Clay added.
“I’m just glad Branch wasn’t caught so he’s not experiencing that as well,” Floyd quietly said, indicating the shoulder pads on-screen to explain what he was talking about.
At his words the three oldest brothers nodded in agreement, thankful that Branch was safe and not being tortured as well.
Velvet & Veneer: (Car goes into auto-drive mode as the siblings begin to perform for the Mount Rageons on the road, star cameras circling them from above and projecting their live performance across Mount Rageous) “ Sweet dreams are made of this, who am I to disagree? I traveled the world and the seven seas, everybody’s looking for something… ” (Rhonda makes it through the crowds of vehicles and approaches the siblings. Seeing this, Velvet presses a button on their car causing them to shoot forward and away from Rhonda, leaving behind a cloud of purple exhaust and causing Tiny to temporarily lose sight of the siblings)
“Shoot!” Viva said, upset to see how much distance Velvet just put between them and Rhonda by activating the button on their car.
Tiny Diamond: (Stressed as he tries to keep up with the siblings) “Oh! This is too much! I only have my learner’s permit!”
“You don’t have any permit, you gave yourself that,” Clay said in a monotone voice, but also did take into account that Tiny has been driving pretty well this whole time despite him being self-taught.
Branch: (Grunts in annoyance and takes over the steering wheel) “Tiny, give me the thing.”
Tiny Diamond: “What thing?”
Branch: “You know, the thing thing.”
Tiny Diamond: (Shrugs) “Mmmmm.”
Branch: “Come on, Tiny, don’t do me like that!”
Tiny Diamond: (Laughs) “Yeah, I knew what you was talking about.” (Gives Branch a ring pop)
Branch: (Puts the ring pop in his mouth and begins sucking on it) “Oh. Oh, that’s good.”
“Uhhh…” the brothers said in confusion, looking questioningly at each other.
“Don’t bring this up to Branch,” Floyd told his brothers, giving them a serious look which caused the brothers to nod in understanding and agreement.
Poppy: “Branch, there they are!” (Points to a road beside them)
“How’d they get that far ahead!” Viva said in shock, worried that Branch and Poppy might not catch up.
Velvet & Veneer: “ Some of them want to use you. Some of them wanna get used by you… ”
(Branch steers Rhonda off their road and toward Velvet and Veneer)
“Whoa!” John, Bruce and Clay gasped in shock, as they watched Branch steer themselves off their road to catch up with the twins.
“Please be careful,” Floyd whispered, worried for Branch’s safety.
Branch: (As Rhonda flies through the air, Branch gives the steering wheel back to Tiny) “Hold her steady, Tiny.”
Velvet & Veneer: “ Some of them want to abuse you. Some of them want to be abused… ”
(Tying a sticky hand around his waist to connect him to Rhonda, who is still in the air, Branch opens Rhonda’s door and jumps down, landing on Velvet’s shoulder pad containing Floyd)
“What are you doing!” Bruce exclaimed in worried shock, not wanting Branch to be that close to Velvet.
Floyd: “Branch!”
Branch: “Hang tight, Floyd! We’ll get you guys out of here!”
Velvet: (Notices Branch clinging to her shoulder pad, trying to release Floyd, and slaps him away) “ Moving on! ”
Branch: “No!” (Because of the force Velvet used to knock him away, he crashes back into Rhonda, landing harshly on the stairs. As he lands, Poppy immediately checks him to see if he’s hurt)
“Branch!” the brothers shouted, John and Bruce even jumping out of their seats in rage toward Velvet.
“How dare she do that to Branch!” John yelled, anger coursing through him while Bruce balled his hands into fists, glaring hatefully up at Velvet. No one did that to Branch…
Clay, Floyd and Viva were also glaring at Velvet, furious for her hurting Branch like that.
“Did you guys see how Poppy immediately checked on Branch for any injuries though?” Floyd pointed out to his brothers, after taking a few seconds to calm down.
“Oh, yeah. You’re right,” Clay said, noticing Poppy’s worried expression toward Branch on-screen.
“I’m literally so so sooo happy and grateful that Branch has Poppy,” Bruce said, not able to fully express the gratitude he felt toward Viva’s younger sister for helping Branch and being there for him when he and the rest of their brothers weren’t.
Velvet & Veneer: “ Hold your head up, movin’ on. Keep your head up, movin’ on. Hold your head up, movin’ on… ”
(Rhonda finally lands on the road, chasing right behind Velvet and Veneer, who are driving toward the end of the road)
“Oh no! They’re going to drive off the road!” Bruce exclaimed, the trolls watching the scene in worry, not wanting their siblings to get hurt.
Tiny Diamond: “Uh, guys, what does ‘End of the Road’ mean?”
Velvet & Veneer: “ Keep your head up, movin’ on… ”
(Tiny Diamond, Branch and Poppy scream as they notice they’re about to drive off the end of the road)
Velvet: “ Yeah! ” (As Velvet and Veneer drive off the road, they jump gracefully from their car, which crashes into a building and destroys it, as they each grab onto a star camera and use them to glide gracefully down onto their yacht below on the water, where they continue their performance)
“They don’t even care about the property damage they just caused,” Clay commented, annoyed at how careless and destructive the twins were.
Velvet & Veneer: “ Fame! I’m gonna live forever! ” (Rhonda falls off the end of the road and crashes onto the ground below)
“Branch!” Bruce, Clay and Floyd shouted, fearing their brother’s safety.
“Poppy!” Viva shouted at the same time, not wanting Poppy to get hurt.
“Rhonda!” John Dory exclaimed, causing his brothers to send him exasperated looks. “Branch too,” he quickly added, which made Bruce slap his hand to his face in slight irritation.
Velvet & Veneer: “ I’m gonna learn how to fly! I feel it coming together- ” (Velvet and Veneer press the buttons on their shoulder pads, sucking more talent from John, Bruce, Clay and Floyd) “- people will see me and cry! ” (Floyd looks at his hands in shock as they are now more transparent; his hair is now also mostly white except for the small amount of pink still visible in his hair)
“Oh no, Floyd!” The oldest three brothers gasped in fear and despair, hating to see Floyd slowly being killed.
Seeing Floyd looking as he did on-screen caused John’s heart to race. He really hoped they managed to get Floyd out of there in time…
As for Viva, while she was worried about Floyd, her eyes were drawn to Clay on-screen. It pained her to see Clay looking in so much pain as Velvet tortured him, and she felt rage come over her aimed at Velvet. No one did that to her Clay…
Branch: (Opens the door to Rhonda as he and Poppy look down on the yacht below, unable to reach the siblings) “Oh, no.”
Poppy: “What do we do?”
Tiny: “Let’s hustle!” (Presses the hustle button on Rhonda, causing her to enter the Hustle Dimension)
Branch: (In Hustle Dimension) “Hey, it’s hustle man!”
Poppy: (In Hustle Dimension) “Can you please drop us off at that boat down there?”
Hustle Man: “Absohustley!” (Drops Rhonda, causing her to fall)
Branch: (In Hustle Dimension) “Not literally!” (They exit the Hustle Dimension, Rhonda still free-falling. Before Rhonda falls into the water below, two pairs of sticky hands shoot out and grab Rhonda, pulling her toward King Gristle who’s sitting behind Bridget as she drives her motorcycle, following Velvet and Veneer’s yacht from the road)
“Oh phew,” Viva and the brothers sighed in relief, relieved that Bridget and Gristle showed up in time to save them from landing in the water.
“I can’t believe it! Bridget and Gristle put a pause on their honeymoon…just to help Poppy,” Viva said in surprise, grateful toward the Bergens and excited for when she would get to meet them in-person, especially Bridget!
“Branch and Poppy can sure use the extra help,” Bruce said, also glad of the Bergens arrival.
“I hate when creatures bigger and taller than trolls take advantage of us just because we’re small,” Clay grumbled in annoyance, crossing his arms and putting on a disgusted face as he thought of Velvet and Veneer. The Bergens also crossed his mind as he thought this, but he now forgave them as they have changed their…disturbing ways.
Poppy: (Talking from Rhonda’s open door) “Bridget! Gristle! Perfect timing!”
Bridget: “We would’ve been here sooner, but we had to make a pickup first.” (Her and Poppy look up and Viva is seen standing on top of King Gristle’s crown)
“I-I showed up! Yes,” Viva said, tears of joy immediately forming in her eyes. She’s been so ashamed of herself for letting Poppy go without her, but now there she was! And traveling with Bergens too!
“See. I told you you were a good big sister,” Clay told her, the two trolls smiling warmly at each other.
“Do you think she’ll forgive me though?” Viva asked him sadly.
“Of course she will! Poppy isn’t one to hold onto grudges,” Clay responded, knowing that Poppy wouldn’t be mad at Viva.
Poppy: “Viva! You showed up!”
Viva: “Yeah, I know, right? I’m kinda freaking out a little bit.”
Bridget: “You’ve got a really brave sister.”
Poppy: “Actually, I’ve got two really brave sisters.” (Poppy and Bridget high five)
“Aww,” Viva said, touched by her words and loving Poppy’s sisterhood with Bridget.
Viva: (Jumps down from King Gristle’s crown, throws her cape to the side, and lands inside Rhonda, the door closing behind her. Once inside, she embraces Poppy) “Poppy, I’m really sorry…about before.”
At her own words on-screen Viva nodded sadly in agreement, as she did feel really bad about what happened with Poppy back at the Hole n’ Fun. She should have gone with her…
Poppy: “It’s okay. Our story’s complicated. Who cares if it’s not perfect? As long as we’re together.” (Takes Viva’s hands in hers, the two smiling at each other while Branch watches their reunion with a smile on his face as well)
At her younger sister’s words Viva smiled widely, so glad that they were finally reunited and that she had returned to help.
“Poppy’s right,” Floyd quietly said to himself before speaking up to address his brothers. “Poppy’s right guys. If we’re going to hit the Perfect Family Harmony, we need to just be as we are. We don’t have to be perfect because we’ll be together, and that’s all that matters.”
At Floyd’s words the oldest three brothers smiled proudly at Floyd before they all joined in on a group hug, Floyd being in the middle.
“You’re right bro,” John softly said, no other words needing to be said.
Viva: “I should’ve come with you. I was just…Did you just braid my hair?” (Looks up to see her hair braided)
Poppy: “Yeah. I learned from the best!”
“It is so fantastamazing!” Viva squealed, loving her new hair style.
Viva: “Oh, my gosh, it is so fantastamazing!” (Looks excitedly up at her braided hair)
Tiny Diamond: “Oh, no! Hold on to your cupcakes!”
(Bridget approaches the yacht)
Bridget: “Hang on tight, Grissy!”
King Gristle: “Bridgey, what are you doing?!”
(Bridget drives the motorcycle off the road and into the air, trying to reach the yacht)
Bridget: “Best honeymoon ever!”
Velvet: “ If the top is where you wanna stay! ”
(Realizing they weren’t going to make the jump, King Gristle quickly grabs Rhonda and throws her toward the yacht as he and Bridget fall into the water, still on their motorcycle)
“Good thinking Gristle!” Clay said, appreciative that the Bergen’s were helping the sisters and Branch reach the yacht.
Velvet & Veneer: “ You gotta work hard, to make it look easy. You gotta live fast… ”
(Rhonda grabs onto the side of the yacht, but as she’s unable to pull herself up, she spits Viva, Poppy, and Branch onto the deck, gaining Velvet’s attention, then falls into the water below and swims toward Bridet and Gristle)
Bridget: “Go get ’em awesome sisters!” (Begins making out with Gristle as the motorcycle begins to sink in the water)
“Aww, she considers me as a sister!” Viva said, touched by Bridget’s words.
Velvet: “ If you want to be as famous as me- ” (Velvet approaches Viva, Poppy and Branch and tries to stomp on them in an attempt to kill them, but they manage to get away in time)
“Stay away from Branch!” Bruce yelled, the brothers furious at Velvet for attempting to kill their youngest brother, as well as his girlfriend and Viva.
“I can’t believe how willing she is to kill us,” Floyd said, horrified by Velvet’s attempts at murder.
“I swear, if she kills you or Branch,” Bruce growled, shaking in anger and fear, terrified of the thought of losing Floyd or Branch. Well, any of his brothers for that matter but right now her focus seemed to be on his two youngest brothers, which wasn’t okay with him and angered him more than he thought was possible for a troll to feel.
Velvet: “- you gotta work, gotta work, gotta work! ” (Viva approaches Veneer and he swipes down to grab her)
“Viva!” Clay shouted in worry, grabbing onto her hand in comfort.
(Thinking he did grab her, Veneer opens up his hand but finds Viva placed a chinese finger trap in his hand instead. Confused, he’s taken by surprise when Viva jumps on top of the chinese finger trap and, using two sticky hands, grabs onto John’s and Bruce’s diamond prisons. Viva then jumps and kicks Veneer in the face, knocking him backward and causing him to fall on the ground. From the impact of his fall and because of Viva with her sticky hands, Bruce and John’s diamond prisons break free from Veneer’s shoulder pads and they land behind Viva as she brings them away from Veneer)
Viva: “Viva la Viva, baby!”
“Yeah Viva!” The brothers cheered in triumph.
“Take that Veneer!” John exclaimed, glad to see Veneer falling down from Viva’s impact.
“Thanks Viva,” Bruce told her, him and John smiling gratefully at her to which she nodded her head in response.
“Thank goodness you two are safe,” Clay sighed in relief, glad to see his two older brothers released from Veneer’s shoulder pads.
“Now, it’s time to free you two!” John said in determination while looking at Clay and Floyd.
“I wish Velvet didn’t have you guys though. It’s going to be a lot harder to release you from her and she’s a lot more willing to take your talents than Veneer was. She should have me instead, that way I would know you guys were safe,” Bruce sadly said, his protective older brother instincts kicking in.
“Don’t say that Bruce,” Clay told his older brother, placing a hand on his shoulder in comfort.
“They shouldn’t have any of you guys to begin with,” Viva growled, wanting nothing more than to free Clay and Floyd from Velvet’s grasp.
Branch: (Worried, he approaches John and Bruce, both of whom are still in their diamond prisons) “Are you guys all right?”
Seeing Branch’s concern for them, even though they had fought and Branch had walked out on them, John and Bruce smiled warmly at their youngest brother, touched to see that he still cared about them.
John Dory: “Yes, but we’re not done yet.”
Bruce: “Let’s bro!” (Bruce and John then run toward Velvet in their diamond prisons, causing her to trip over them and fall during her performance)
“Ha! Take that Velvet!” John said in triumph, him and Bruce high-fiving each other at their small victory.
Velvet: “ I’m gonna live forever, learn how to fly… ” (As she falls to the ground, Viva runs over to Clay while Branch and Poppy run over to Floyd, each trying to free them from Velvet’s shoulder pads)
“Thanks Viva,” Clay told her, happiness filling him as he saw how much Viva cared about him.
“Of course. I’m going to get you out of there,” Viva said to him, determination filling her. There was no way she was going to let Velvet keep ahold of Clay.
“Come on, Branch and Poppy…” Bruce whispered, holding his breath in hopes that they would manage to release Floyd before it was too late.
(Before they are able to free them however, Veneer rushes over and picks Velvet up, who then does a backflip causing Viva, Poppy, and Branch to lose their grips on Velvet’s shoulder pads, fly off and crash onto the edges of the yacht before falling off the side)
“No!” The brothers gasped in horror and fear, knowing that there was no way Branch, Poppy and Viva would be able to swim in the water and make it to shore before drowning.
“That’s the third time she’s tried to kill Branch!” John shouted, rage coursing through the brothers as they glared daggers at Velvet.
Velvet: “ If the top is where you wanna stay, yeah! ” (Goes over to the side of the yacht, expecting to see Viva, Branch and Poppy in the water. Instead, she is taken by surprise when she sees Branch and Poppy holding onto Viva who’s pulling them back onto the yacht with one of her sticky hands. Together, the three of them kick Velvet, who stumbles back from the force, causing Clay’s diamond prison to get knocked loose from her shoulder pads and land between John and Bruce)
“Yes!” The brothers cheered, overjoyed that Viva caught Branch and Poppy before they fell in the water and that they had managed to release Clay.
“Thank you, Viva, for saving our brother,” Floyd told her in gratitude.
“You're free!” Bruce shouted for joy, pulling Clay in for a side-hug.
“Now it’s time to get Floyd,” John said, sending his brothers looks of assurance and determination as they nodded in agreement.
(As Clay lands between his two older brothers, Bruce and John immediately check to make sure Clay is okay)
“Thanks guys,” Clay told his older brothers, touched to see how much they cared for him, despite all their bickering and arguments.
Clay: “Floyd!” (Quickly recovering from his fall, he stands up and looks at Velvet, worried for Floyd who is still trapped inside her shoulder pads)
Velvet: “ Gotta work, gotta work! Baby, remember my name…! ” (Together, Velvet and Veneer run toward the back of their yacht and get on a platform which takes them up in the air and out of reach of the trolls. To finish their performance off, Velvet does a backflip in the air while holding the last note of the song, during which Floyd is seen still stuck in her shoulder pads and looking like he’s about to pass out while Viva, Poppy and Floyd’s brothers look up worriedly from below. Velvet then lands on the platform next to Veneer, each of them posing as their song ends)
“Floyd!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted in fear, scared at how weak and pale Floyd now looked.
“What a coward!” Clay yelled, enraged at the fact that Velvet had run away from the trolls and got out of their reach, preventing them from saving Floyd.
“Out of any of us, why is Floyd the one still trapped! It should be me they still have, not him!” Bruce said, tears of worry forming in his eyes. It really broke his heart to see his younger brother so weak and in so much pain.
“No, it should be me,” John said, not wanting any of his brothers to go through that.
“Guys, this isn’t really something that should be up for debate,” Floyd quietly said, paleing at the scene. Seeing how nervous and scared Floyd was, John and Bruce exchanged guilty and sad looks before pulling Floyd in for a side-hug in comfort.
Mount Rageous Fans: “We want more! We want more!” (Velvet and Veneer are seen to be being broadcasted around Mount Rageous, and tons of Mount Rageons are gathered around screens and the siblings yacht, watching their performance and expecting more)
Velvet: “All right. You guys want an encore?”
“What, no!” Clay shouted, his heart beating in fear.
“Let Floyd go!” John yelled.
“Please, stop!” Bruce exclaimed, tears now falling down his face in worry and sadness.
(In response to her words the crowd cheers in excitement)
Veneer: (Worried) “Encore? Sis, come on. This one won’t even last you half a song, let’s just quit while we’re on top.”
Velvet: (Eyes narrow wickedly) “Just sing, you beautiful idiot.” (Presses the button on her shoulder pads and absorbs more of Floyd’s talent, causing said troll to groan in pain as more of his life/essence is drained away. By now, Floyd is mostly transparent and his hair is completely white except for a little bit of pink on the ends) “ Hey, yeah… ”
“STOP IT!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted at the same time, tears now forming in John’s and Clay’s eyes while tears continued to fall down on Bruce’s face. They couldn't lose Floyd…they just couldn’t…
Bruce: (Worried, he presses his hands against the walls of his diamond prison and looks fearfully up at Floyd) “Floyd will never make it. He’s got nothing left.”
Branch: (Turns to his brothers) “Guys. Poppy said something earlier, and she was right. We don’t have to be perfect to be in harmony. We just have to be as we are. Together.”
At Branch’s words the brothers all smiled sadly, their hearts still pounding in worry for Floyd while also comforted by Branch’s words. They still had a chance…they could still save Floyd.
(At his words Bruce, Clay and John nod at each other in silent agreement then smile at Branch)
John Dory: “We’ll follow your lead, Branch.”
“Thanks guys,” Floyd said to his older brothers, glad to see they had finally seen Branch as the man he had become and allowed him to take the lead.
“If anyone can do this, it’s Branch,” John said, proud of his youngest brother and confident in his decision in letting Branch lead.
Velvet: “Here we go!” (As Velvet and Veneer are about to sing, Crimp turns their microphones off, preventing their performance to continue)
“Go Crimp!” Viva and the brothers cheered. Now that the twins' performance was interrupted, they’d be able to sing to free Floyd…
Veneer: “What?”
Velvet: “Who did that?” (Looks around angrily)
(Surprised, Branch turns to see Crimp who smiles at him and gives him a thumbs up. Smiling thankfully at Crimp, Branch looks up at the siblings up on their platform and focuses his attention on Floyd, who is lying weakly down on his prison’s floor, eyes closed in exhaustion)
“Floyd…” Bruce said, eyes saddened by the sight of his younger brother on-screen.
Noticing his brother’s worry, Floyd leaned over and rested his head on Bruce’s shoulder, trying to comfort him and remind him that he was safe.
Velvet: (Hits her microphone, impatiently) “Ugh. Come on!”
Branch: (As Branch begins to sing Velvet gasps in shock at his angelic voice and as he steals the spotlight) “ It’s some kinda love. It’s some kinda fire. I’m already up… ”
At Branch’s voice the brothers all widened their eyes in awe, hope beginning to fill them.
“His voice is…” Viva began, trying to find the right word.
“Angelic,” Floyd finished in pride, proud of his younger brother.
John, Bruce & Clay: “ Ooh… ”
Branch: “ But you lift me higher. ” (As his brothers sing, Floyd opens his eyes to watch them) “ You know I’m not wrong, you know I’m not lying. We do it better… ”
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ We do it better, yeah. ” (John, Bruce and Clay move to stand behind Branch, following his lead as they begin to perform together)
As the brother’s sang on-screen, the room filled with comfort and peace, and the trolls felt themselves relax at Branch’s calming voice.
“You know, I never thought I’d live to see this day,” Bruce quietly said, his brothers nodding in agreement as they cherished the scene of them singing together in harmony and sync.
“I’m proud of you John. For accepting us as we are and letting someone other than yourself lead us in song,” Clay said with all sincerity, looking happily at his oldest brother. John had really changed and come a long way, which he now knew. And he would forever be grateful for his brother’s change of heart.
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ And I don’t mind if the world spins faster- ” (As they perform Velvet stares at them in shock and worry) “ the music’s louder- ” (Clay: “ Loud ”) “ the waves get stronger. ” (Clay: “ Ooh ”)
“Clay…” Viva gasped, awed by Clay’s voice.
“Yeah, he always adds the cherry on top to our songs,” John said in pride, smiling at Clay.
“Guys, we’re in sync! We might actually be able to hit the Perfect Family Harmony!” Bruce exclaimed, looking in shocked disbelief and excitement at his brothers, all of them smiling in joy.
“You guys sound amazing,” Floyd added in agreement, proud of his brothers as his heart filled with love for them.
As the scene continued, Bruce put his arms around Clay and Floyd’s shoulders as John wrapped an arm around Floyd, the brothers coming together in love and happiness as they continued to watch themselves sing on-screen.
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ I don’t mind if the world spins faster, faster, faster… Just let me take you to a better place- ” (Floyd smiles at his brothers, proud to see them finally performing together. John, Bruce, Clay and Branch are seen being broadcasted to the Mount Rageons as they perform, who all cheer and whistle in excitement and enjoyment, dancing along to their song. Velvet and Veneer are also seen watching the screens around them, each of them looking worried)
“We’re stealing the show from them! Haha!” John Dory laughed in joy and triumph. They were doing it!
“It’s so good to finally see you guys performing like this,” Floyd told his brothers, his smile never leaving his face.
“This brings me back to the good old days when we would perform together,” Bruce said, remembering some of his favorite concerts he had with his brothers.
“BroZone’s back!” Clay declared, him and his brothers laughing in joy.
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ I’m gonna make you kiss the sky tonight, yeah, if you let me show the way, okay. I’m so excited to see you excited. I’ll take you to a better place… ” (Crimp plays her ukulele to the brother’s song)
Viva: “ I’ll take you to a better place! ”
“Viva your voice is so good!” Bruce said, causing Viva to smile wide at the compliment.
“Hey, you could join the band too!” John Dory said, causing Clay and Viva to exchange excited looks.
“Ahh!” Viva squealed in excitement.
“Yes!” Clay said, high-fiving Viva.
“But first we have to reunite with Branch and have him join as well,” Floyd added, as it wasn’t BroZone without Branch, or without any of the brothers for that matter.
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ And, baby, you can love me on the way. ”
John, Bruce, Clay, Branch & Poppy: (Viva throws Poppy in the air, who is then catched by Branch who dips her before standing her back up) “ We’re flying up to outer space- ”
“Oh, I just can’t! They’re too cute together!” Viva squealed, her and the brothers smiling at their younger siblings and loving how good of a couple they made.
John, Bruce, Clay, Branch & Poppy: “ I’m so excited… ” (Branch, Poppy and Viva hold each other’s hands, spinning around in a circle)
Viva: “ I’m so excited! ” (As they sing, Poppy, Viva and Branch begin to light up as they reach the ‘Perfect Family Harmony’)
“We’re doing it! Guys, we’re hitting the Perfect Family Harmony!” John shouted, the brothers bursting with joy and excitement as they watched themselves begin to glow from their song.
John, Bruce, Clay, Branch & Poppy: “ To see you excited, yeah… ”
Viva: “ To see you excited! ”
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ I don’t mind- ” (Clay: “ I don’t mind ”) “ if the world spins faster, the music’s louder- ” (Clay, Bruce and John also light up as they too reach the ‘Perfect Family Harmony.’ Together, the brothers, Poppy and Viva fly in the air because of the magic/power in their song)
“Yeah!” The brothers cheered, loving the scene.
“I can’t believe it. It’s really happening!” Bruce said in shock.
“Because we’re together and being ourselves,” John said, smiling at his siblings. He’s waited his entire life for this moment and now it was finally happening!
John, Bruce, Clay & Branch: “ the waves get stronger. I don’t mind If the world spins faster, faster, faster, faster… ” (Floyd is seen being picked up from the floor of his prison as he levitates in the air, the power from the ‘Perfect Family Harmony’ reaching him. As it does, his diamond prison releases itself from Velvet’s shoulder pads as he’s brought in the air with his brothers. Velvet tries to grab him but Veneer pulls her back before she falls off their platform in the air)
“YES!” John, Bruce and Clay shouted, jumping up and hugging each other, overjoyed. Floyd was about to be freed! They did it! They saved him!
Floyd: “ Yeah! ” (As Floyd joins his brothers in song, his, John’s, Bruce’s, and Clay’s diamond prisons begin to crack)
“It’s working! The diamonds are breaking!” Clay exclaimed in joy and anticipation.
John, Bruce, Clay, Floyd & Branch: “ Just let me take you to a better place! ” (As they reach the last note, they hit the Perfect Family Harmony and all flour diamond prisons shatter, creating a powerful blast which knocks Velvet and Veneer off their platform)
“WE DID IT!” The brothers cheered, jumping up and down in excitement and celebration, laughing in joy and victory.
(Floyd is then seen to have lost all his color as he turns completely transparent, signifying his death, and begins to fall slowly to the ground)
At the sight of Floyd on-screen, the brothers' short-lived victory came to an abrupt stop. For a moment, no one knew what to say. They had just won…Floyd was free…but they were too late. Floyd had died, and there was nothing they could do other than stare in horror and disbelief at his lifeless form.
Viva gasped in shock and covered her mouth with her hand, eyes brimming with tears at the sight of her now-dead friend.
As for John, Bruce and Clay, they felt their hearts get torn in two at the sight of their brother.
“No…oh gosh please no…” Bruce sobbed, collapsing to his knees as he began to cry uncontrollably. There was a tightness in his chest unlike anything he had felt before. It was hard to breathe, and his sobs came out in great shuddering breaths while he began to feel cold and clammy in fear and disbelief. Not his brother…not Floyd…
“Oh no…” Clay quietly said, closing his eyes as silent tears began to flow down his face. He felt dizzy with the knowledge that Floyd had died, and it felt as if there was a gaping hole in his chest that would never be filled again. He had just lost a brother…and that fact alone seemed to suffocate him.
“Not Floyd…we need you…” John whispered in grief, feeling numb and frozen in the moment. They were too late. Floyd was gone and it was all his fault…They had already thought Floyd had died earlier, but that time Floyd had been faking his death to escape the twins. Now however, there was no hope, no pretending. This was real.
As for Floyd, he could only stare at the screen, frozen in shock and disbelief. It was one thing to see yourself being trapped and tortured…but seeing yourself die right as you gained your freedom back caused a pounding in his chest, fear settling over him. What if this still happened…what if after they left here he would be kidnapped right away and he would have to live through this…again? Paling at the thought, he slowly sank back into his chair, feeling shaky and dizzy.
(Below, John, Bruce, Clay, Branch, Poppy and Viva stare at the lifeless body of Floyd, heartbroken. Branch runs to catch the body of Floyd before it touches the ground, then lays Floyd gently down, staring sadly at him. John, Bruce, and Clay then join Branch, forming a brotherly circle around Floyd)
Branch: (Heartbroken) “Floyd…”
No one spoke. No one knew what to say. The only sound that could be heard was the sobbing of Bruce, while Clay and John cried quietly in their seats, all of them heartbroken and left feeling empty.
John, Bruce and Clay felt as if a relentless storm had come over them, memories of Floyd in their childhood tearing at their hearts rather than providing the comfort they usually brought. Their hearts ached in grief and despair, and it felt as if a void had come over them, swallowing the light and leaving only shadows of what once was. Each breath became a struggle as they felt their chests constrict in grief, but it seemed as if that didn’t matter because all they could focus on was life without Floyd’s laughter and presence, without his companionship and guidance. Without him, it seemed as if they had lost everything…
Bruce: (Shakes Floyd gently, desperate for him to wake up) “Come on, man, wake up. Wake up, Floyd.”
John Dory: (Places his hands on Floyd’s chest) “We need you, brother.”
Clay: (Shakes his head, devastated) “Oh, no…”
Branch: “I-I built the hideout, Floyd. [whispers sadly] Except the ten-story waterslide…” (Bruce puts a hand on Branch’s shoulder in comfort, the brothers bowing their heads as they mourn their brother)
Looking sadly at his brothers, Floyd slowly stood up and knelt down beside Bruce who was still sobbing, and pulled him in for a hug. “Hey, I’m right here…” he gently told him, trying to comfort his older brother. He still felt shocked and numb by what had happened, but he was fine right now.
Even though it hadn’t happened yet, it felt to the brothers as if it were real. The pain of losing a brother was too strong that even though deep down John, Bruce and Clay knew Floyd was here with them, just the thought and knowing it could’ve, and might still, happen in the future was heartbreaking and devastating to them. They didn’t think they’d be able to live with the grief and despair they were feeling…
Opening his tear filled eyes at Floyd’s voice to Bruce, John was reminded that Floyd was here and safe. Kneeling down next to his two brothers, John engulfed them both in a hug, which Clay soon joined in on. They were safe and together, and right now that was all it took to keep the brothers going.
Floyd: (Through their family bond, Floyd is revived and slowly regains his color) “But… how will we shower?”
Pulling briefly away from their hug to look questioningly at Floyd, John, Bruce and Clay were confused by what he had meant. Then understanding dawned on them as they realized it was the Floyd on-screen who had spoken, not the one they were just embracing. Gaping up at the screen in surprise and disbelief, the brothers stared in shock as they watched Floyd come back to life.
“Floyd!” Bruce and John shouted in joy, laughs and tears of relief escaping them.
“Floyd! No way, yeah!” Clay exclaimed in delight, the brothers embracing Floyd once again, relief, happiness and joy chasing away the darkness they had felt over them seconds earlier. They were too relieved to speak, but that was okay. For right now, all the brothers needed was the comforting knowledge that it was going to be okay, Floyd was alive, and they were together. As the brothers embraced, the room was filled with laughs of delight and sobs of relief from Bruce, who was still trying to calm himself down, while Clay and John still let tears fall down their faces in joy and happiness.
Branch: “Floyd!” (Embraces Floyd in a hug)
Clay: “Floyd?”
John Dory: “Yeah!”
Bruce: “Floyd!”
Clay: “Floyd! No way! Yeah!”
(Seeing Floyd alive, the brothers embrace in one big brotherly hug, Bruce laughing in relief and joy while Poppy and Viva join the group hug)
“But…how?” Bruce questioned, trying to wipe his face dry even though tears continued to fall. He didn’t understand…Floyd had died. How did he come back?
“It was our brotherly bond. You guys saved me,” Floyd responded, smiling warmly up at his brothers. At his words, the brothers all looked at each other in love, care for one another filling their hearts and they all smiled lovingly at each other, still embracing in their brotherly hug.
(Behind the trolls, Velvet and Velvet are seen slowly standing up from being knocked down from the ‘Perfect Family Harmony;’ Velvet looking at the trolls in confusion and disgust while Veneer takes a deep breath and straightens up, addressing the crowd of Mount Rageons)
Veneer: “Listen up, Mount Rageons! We are…frauds!”
At Veneer’s words the brothers and Viva looked up at the screen in shock and surprise.
“Did he just…” Clay slowly said in disbelief.
“He exposed themselves,” John realized, shocked at what he was seeing.
(At his words the Mount Rageons gasp in shock and confusion, and star cameras circle the siblings, broadcasting Veneer’s words across Mount Rageous)
Veneer: (Velvet slowly looks at Veneer wide wide eyes, shocked he was exposing them) “And we’ve been literally torturing little trolls.”
At his next words the brothers all pulled Floyd closer to them in a protective manner, glaring up dangerously at the twins. Even though Veneer was admitting to their crimes, what they did was still so very wrong and had almost cost them their brother, which wasn’t okay with them.
(At these words the Mount Rageons gasp in horror and disgust)
Veneer: “We just wanted to be famous. Honestly, my sister wanted to be famous, and, truly, I was too afraid to stand up to her.”
“That’s no excuse,” John growled hatefully. Even though it seemed as if Veneer was having a change of heart, he still tortured and basically aided in killing his younger brother, which was something the three oldest brothers were not going to forgive easily.
(Mount Rageons are seen talking quietly to each other and looking at the siblings in disgust and disbelief)
Velvet: “It’s like I don’t even know who you are!”
Veneer: (To Velvet) “Yeah, you do. And you asked me to change anyway. Which isn’t okay. Family or not.” (Looks over at the trolls, who are seen to have broken up their hug and are now watching Velvet and Veneer. At Veneer’s words, Floyd nods to him in approval, which Veneer responds to by nodding in thanks and apology to Floyd)
While these words seemed to have no effect on Bruce, Clay and Floyd, for John it felt like an awakening. Sure, he already knew that he had been way too bossy and controlling with his younger siblings when they still lived together, but hearing it phrased as Veneer put it brought a new realization. He wasn’t just controlling his brothers, he had been trying to change them. He knew who his brothers were, but over time he began to focus on the most advertisable aspects of their personality for the public, that he pushed all their other wonderful traits and interests away. What he did wasn’t okay, and he really hoped his brothers knew that he knew that now and deeply regretted his past actions.
(Crimp then handcuffs Velvet and Veneer)
Velvet: “Crimp, what are you doing?”
“Yes!” Bruce and Clay exclaimed in joy. John probably would have too, but their shout of triumph brought him out of his thoughts, returning his attention to the screen.
Veneer: “I was just saying that I had a change of heart.”
“Are you serious right now? ARE YOU SERIOUS?!” Clay shouted, anger pulsing through him at Veneer’s words.
“There’s no way you’re actually trying to get out of prison?” Bruce said in disbelief, narrowing his eyes at the twin.
“You were still involved in hurting and killing our brother! Not to mention all the other things you engaged in,” John Dory spat in anger.
Crimp: “You also engaged in troll-napping, troll torture, fraud.”
Clay: “And tax evasion. I’m gonna have to repossess your yacht.”
“Yes, that too!” Clay said, agreeing with himself on screen.
Veneer: “Fair enough. Prison it is!”
(Guards arrive and escort Velvet and Veneer away, Velvet furious toward her brother while Veneer accepts his punishment)
Crimp: “Wow, this is liberating!”
(Seeing the siblings being brought away, as they were still being broadcasted, the Mount Rageons cheer)
At the scene, the trolls in the room also cheered in triumph, delighted that the twins had been caught and are now going to jail, where they would be prevented from harming any creature again.
“Wait,” Floyd said in realization. “This is the future. That means Velvet and Veneer are still out there,” he told his brothers, putting a pause on their celebration.
“We won’t let this happen,” Bruce told Floyd, thinking Floyd was worried that he might get captured after this.
“No, that’s not what I mean. Now that we know what’s going to happen, we know that Velvet is willing to do anything to become famous. Even if we do prevent her from capturing me, who’s to say she won’t capture and torture another troll?” Floyd pointed out, worry crossing the brothers' faces.
“We could just tell the authorities,” Clay said, though he said it more as a question than a statement.
“No, they wouldn’t believe us. They haven’t done anything yet,” John said, wishing it were as easy as calling the authorities.
“Guys, how about we discuss this later. For right now, let’s enjoy the moment,” Viva said, pausing the brother’s train of thought and redirecting their attention to the screen.
Poppy: (To Branch) “So, how you feeling?”
Branch: “Happy. Grateful. And…really sorry that it’s taken me this long to open up to you.”
At Branch’s words the brothers smiled proudly up at him. Branch sure had come a long way since they last saw him as Bitty B, and they couldn’t be prouder to have him as a brother.
Poppy: “Whoa, TMI! Boundaries, my man. That is a lot of feelings.” (Poppy and Branch both laugh before Poppy pulls Branch in for a kiss, causing the crowd of Mount Rageons to cheer as that too was broadcasted)
“YEAH!” Viva and the brothers cheered, jumping up in excitement and celebration at their younger siblings' kiss, their first kiss! Bruce and Clay high-fived each other and did their hand-shake in excitement, while tears of joy and pride formed in Floyd’s eyes at the sight of his younger brother. Laughing in delight, John pulled Floyd in for a side hug, cherishing the moment with his brothers.
(Bruce and Clay are seen doing their hand-shake while looking proudly at their youngest brother, while Floyd cries in joy toward Branch as John gives Floyd a side-hug in celebration and excitement)
Branch: (As he and Poppy pull away, Branch looks questioningly up at his hair) “Um, what just happened?”
“He’s adorable,” Viva squealed, the smiles on her and the brothers never leaving their faces.
Poppy: “Oh, that. [chuckles] Viva just braided your hair.” (Screen shows Branch’s braided hair) “It means she likes you.”
At Branch’s braided hair the brothers all laughed in amusement and joy.
“It means I like him!” Viva exclaimed, definitely approving Poppy’s choice of boyfriend.
Viva: “It means I like you!”
Poppy: “We’re gonna have the best family reunion ever!”
“You bet we are!” John said, anticipating his reunion with Branch once they leave.
Viva: “And a big, long talk with Dad.”
“Yes, absolutely,” Viva said, nodding her head in earnest agreement.
Poppy: (Scoffs) “King of secrets, that guy.”
Viva: “Right? What is his deal?”
Poppy: “Oh, he’s gonna be so happy to see you!”
The thought of reuniting with her dad and sister after this filled Viva with joy and excitement. She couldn’t wait to see them again!
Chapter 40: BroZone’s Back
Chapter Text
(Scene changes to show Vacy Island, where the brothers, Viva, Poppy and King Peppy all are)
“Hey, we’re all on Vacay Island! You all get to meet my family!” Bruce exclaimed, happy to see his home while his brothers exchanged excited looks at the idea of meeting their sister-in-law, nephews, and niece.
King Peppy: (Walking with Viva) “Hey, Viva, do you wanna make candy necklaces that we never finish because we eat all the candy?”
“Dad!” Viva said, delighted to see her and her dad hanging out together. Plus, she loved making candy necklaces! Or at least, starting them :)
Viva: “Great minds think alike, Daddy!” (Pulls her father along, who laughs in excitement)
Branch: (Reads over one of Bruce’s songs he wrote) “Ooo, looking good, Bruce.”
Bruce: (Playing with two of his kids) “You bet. Hey, down. No pulling out Daddy’s chest hair! Ow!”
“It’s good to see Branch is no longer mad at us,” Bruce commented, enjoying the small interaction between him and his youngest brother.
“Your kids always play with you like that?” Clay asked Bruce, him, John and Floyd chuckling in amusement.
“Oh yeah! We have tons of fun!” Bruce replied with a wide smile.
Brandy: (Pulls the two kids away from Bruce so she can talk to him before the concert) “Kids, cover your ears. You look hot. Honey, break a leg.”
“I love Brandy,” Bruce sighed, causing his brothers to send him teasing looks and amused eye rolls.
Clay: “Branch, I’m sorry we didn’t get to see you grow up, but I’m excited to get to hang out with you now.”
Branch: “Yeah, same here, Clay.”
At these words the brothers exchanged sad smiles. They still felt really guilty in missing out on Branch’s entire childhood, well his whole life really, but they did receive some comfort to know that they would be able to fix their relationship with their youngest brother. And Clay on-screen was definitely right in saying that the brothers were really excited to hang out with Branch now to make up for lost time. They couldn’t wait to reunite with him!
(John is seen sitting behind Clay and Branch, reading one of Clay’s sad books)
“Hold up. John Dory? Are you reading one of my books?” Clay asked his older brother, as he noticed John on-screen was reading one of his sad books in the background.
“Oh, yeah I guess I am,” John said, slightly surprised. He never was much of a reader to begin with…
“Hey, you want to join my sad book club?” Clay asked John in excitement.
“Ummm…I’ll think about it,” John said in answer to Clay’s question. And when he said he’ll think about it he really meant it. Who knows, it might do him some good to get into reading. Besides, joining the club will allow him to spend more time with Clay and learn more about him.
Clay: “Hey, you wanna join my sad book club? It’s really cool. We just sit around and hug and stuff. And cry.”
“Bro, you good?” Floyd asked Clay, a little concerned about Clay.
“Yeah?” Clay answered, confused by Floyd’s question.
Noticing Clay’s confusion, Floyd quickly continued. “I guess I just don’t like seeing my brothers…sad.”
“Thanks bro, but I’m actually really happy. The book club is just something I enjoy being a part of. And, there’s a lot of really cool trolls there,” Clay said, touched by Floyd’s concern.
Branch: (Sarcastically) “Yeah, totally.”
At Branch’s clear refusal to not join the book club, Bruce and John snorted in amusement.
“He doesn’t want to join?” Clay said, slightly hurt.
“You know Branch. He’s not really open with his emotions. I mean, just look at how long it took him to open up to Poppy, who’s his girlfriend!” Floyd said.
“Hopefully he’ll open up to us too,” John added.
“That might take awhile,” Bruce sadly said.
“Well, we’ll be around until he’s ready,” Clay said, wanting to repair his relationship with Branch more than anything else. Since coming here, he’s been able to fix his relationship with his other brothers, so all that was left now was to return to Branch's life and be there for him as he should have been all along.
(Branch walks away from Clay to go stand by Floyd, who’s looking out from behind curtains at the crowd outside as the brothers were about to perform)
Crowd: “BroZone! BroZone! BroZone!”
Branch: “What’s up? You got the pre-show jitters?”
“Woah, déjà vu,” John said, the brothers smiling at the moment between Branch and Floyd.
“Pre-show? Does that mean we’re about to perform together?! Like, in a concert?!” Clay asked in excitement, him and his brothers looking at each other in delight and enthusiasm as they’ve missed performing together.
“Floyd, your hair is still a little white,” Bruce gasped, just realizing this about his brother. He must have been too relieved at Floyd not dying to not notice it before…
Seeing that his hair was indeed still while in some places caused Floyd to sigh sadly. “Well, I guess that’s kind of expected. I mean, I would assume being tortured for two months would have some lasting effect on me.”
Frowning, John, Bruce and Clay exchanged sad looks. They still hated to think about what they had seen earlier, and it hurt them to see that Floyd had to carry the scars of his past with him. However, looking at Floyd sitting there next to them, the brothers felt comforted to see that his hair was fully a dark magenta pink color, no white in sight. And they were determined to keep it that way.
Floyd: “I can’t believe that we almost missed out on all this.” (John, Bruce and Clay join Branch and Floyd at the curtains, all smiling, and Bruce is seen eating out of a bowl) “We may not be the new kids on the block anymore, but I’m loving this new edition of us.”
“Me too,” Bruce said in agreement, pulling Floyd and Clay in for another side hug, which John was pulled in to by Floyd.
Clay: “You know, I’m really glad those 98 degrees of separation are behind us.”
John Dory: “Just as long as we’re together.”
Looking lovingly up at their siblings on-screen, the brothers felt a warmth in their hearts that they haven't felt for the past twenty years. Being divided from each other has really impacted their lives, and not in the best way. They felt more lonely and empty inside. Even though some of them did find other forms of companionship, it just wasn’t the same without family. But seeing themselves on-screen with their brothers brought peace and joy, and their ongoing feeling of emptiness and regret the past twenty years finally seemed to fade away. Their separation was finally behind them and they were finally together again, and that was all that mattered.
Bruce: (Continues to eat out of his bowl) “Mmm. Hey, you guys gotta try this menudo.”
At Bruce’s words John, Clay and Floyd chucked in amusement while Bruce smiled bashfully.
“Hey, Brandy’s an excellent cook. You guys will love her food,” Bruce told his brothers, missing his wife’s cooking just by talking about it.
(Screen pans to outside where four trolls are seen entering Vacay Island, one of them holding a postcard of Vacay Island that says ‘Wish You Were Here’)
Boom: “Guys, are we sure this is the place?”
“Who’re they?” John asked in confusion, the other trolls in the room all shrugging in response.
Trickee: “Well, it does match the postcard.”
Hype: (Reads the postcard, which he’s holding) “‘Wish you were here’? Branch is the only one I know who talks like that.”
“Wait, they know Branch?” Floyd said, the brothers even more confused than they were before.
“Hey, Branch gets that from me!” Bruce said in pride, amused to see how Branch had reached out to these trolls the same way he had reached out to John, as they both sent out the same ‘Wish You Were Here’ postcard.
“Didn’t Branch make a big deal about you not adding a name or address to your postcard, and then he goes and does the same thing?” John said to Bruce, the brothers laughing in amusement at these words.
Ablaze: “Oh, here we go now!”
“Okay, you gotta admit that they got style,” Clay pointed out about the four trolls approaching Vacay Island.
As for Bruce, there was something familiar about these trolls, but he couldn’t quite tell where he knew them from. It’d be easier if he could see their faces…
(Screen pans back inside where the brothers are getting ready for their concert)
John Dory: (Approaches Branch while holding one of the songs Branch had written and gives him a side-hug) “That new song is sick, Branch! I knew you had it in you.”
“Branch writes songs?” Bruce asked in amazement, looking at his brothers to see surprise and pride on their faces.
“I knew he had it in him!” John said, echoing his own words on-screen.
“I want to hear his song!” Floyd exclaimed, Clay nodding in agreement.
Branch: “Oh, yeah, thanks. It’s, you know, just a little something me and a few of my buddies were working on.”
“What?” John asked, him and the brothers looking questioningly at Branch.
John Dory: “What?” (Looks at Bruce, Clay and Floyd questioningly, who are all looking at Branch surprised as they pause their stretching)
(Whistling is heard, causing the brothers to direct their attention to four trolls approaching them)
Branch: “Hey, here they are now.” (Goes over to join Ablaze, Boom, Trickee, and Hype, and Branch is seen to have frosted his tips and dressed in a blue vest) “What? You didn’t think BroZone was the only band I’ve ever been in, did you? Please.” (The five trolls cross their arms and pose for John, Bruce, Clay and Floyd, who look at them astonished, excited, and impressed)
“What!” John Dory exclaimed, eyes widening in surprise.
“Branch is part of another band!” Bruce said, proud of Branch.
“Now these guys know how to flex the drip,” Clay said, popping the ‘p’ in the word ‘drip.’
“They look so cool!” Floyd added, impressed to see how far Branch has come over the years.
“Especially Branch! He’s killing that look!” Viva pointed out, loving how Branch looked with his frosted tips and new stylish outfit.
“Dang, I feel like with each scene we’re learning something new about Branch,” John said.
“Well you’re not wrong. He’s a completely different troll now from the one we left years ago. And there’s plenty more to learn about him too,” Bruce said.
Clay: “Now these guys know how to flex the drip.” (Pops the ‘p’ in the word ‘drip’)
John Dory: “You are so in sync!”
(At John’s words Branch, Ablaze, Boom, Trickee, and Hype all laugh, causing the brothers to smile and look at each other confused)
At Branch and his band laughing at John’s words, the brothers shared the same confused looks they had on-screen.
“What did I say?” John asked, puzzled by their reaction to his words.
“Wait, I recognize them!” Bruce said, finally understanding where he had seen the four new trolls before. “Their band is called Kismet! My kids and I used to listen to them all the time and sometimes we’d see them on commercials!”
“So you’re telling me you’ve seen Branch on-screen and heard his voice before and you’re just telling us about this?” Clay said, the brothers sending Bruce looks of exasperation and amused eye rolls.
Branch: (To his band) “Did you hear what he said?”
Boom: “I don’t get it.”
Poppy: (Enters the room) “Hey, Branch, it’s almost showtime, and I was just thinking maybe we could-” (Spots Kismet and squeals in excitement and surprise) “What!”
“Haha, it seems as if Branch still hasn’t fully opened up with Poppy,” John said, the brothers chuckling at Poppy’s reaction.
(Scene changes to show Branch, Ablaze, Boom, Trickee, and Hype [aka. Kismet] performing on stage to trolls and the Vacaytioners, with Viva, Poppy, King Peppy, John, Bruce, Clay and Floyd in the audience)
Branch: (Leads Kismet in their performance) “ Just let me take you to- ”
Kismet: “- a better place. I’m gonna make you kiss the sky tonight. Yeah, if you let me show the way… ”
Branch: “ Show the way! ”
Kismet: “ I’m so excited, to see you excited… ”
“Yeah! Woo-hoo!” Viva and the brothers cheered, enjoying Branch’s performance with Kismet.
“Dang, they’re so good!” John said, impressed.
“Yeah they are!” Bruce exclaimed in agreement.
“Do you guys think Branch started that band since he’s the one leading it?” Clay asked his brothers, who shrugged in response.
“Don’t know. But we can definitely ask him when we see him!” Floyd said, excitement building up inside him at the thought of seeing Branch after all these years.
Viva & Poppy: (Cheering excitedly from the audience) “Yeah!”
Kismet: “ I’ll take you to a better place, yoohoo, and, baby, you can love me on the way. We’re flying up to outer space. I’m so excited to see you excited, yeah! ”
(Clay, John, Floyd, and Bruce are seen dancing along to Kismet in the audience)
“Aw…I thought we were going to be performing too though,” John said in disappointment at seeing himself in the audience rather than on-stage.
“I’m sure we’ll get our chance, John Dory. But right now, it looks as if we’re having fun just…being there for Branch and cheering him on,” Floyd said, placing a hand on his older brother's shoulder.
“Yeah, you’re right,” John said, smiling at Floyd and changing his attitude to be excited for and supportive of Branch once again.
Branch: “ I like to see you lose control. ”
Floyd: (In audience) “ Yeah, yeah! ”
Kismet: “ Ain’t nobody better, we do it better! ”
Branch: (Motions for his brothers to join him on stage, to which they excitedly agree) “ I know a place, say, that you’ll go with me… ”
“Yes!” John, Bruce and Clay cheered in excitement that they were being invited to join Branch on-stage, while Floyd chuckled at his brother's reactions and smiled up at the scene.
Kismet: “ Ain’t nobody better, we do it better! ” (Stage lights go off momentarily, and when they go back on, BroZone is seen to have joined Kismet on stage, to which the crowd cheers and whistles in excitement)
BroZone & Kismet: (Branch continues to lead BroZone & Kismet during the performance) “ Just let me take you to a better place… ”
Bruce: “ Better place! ”
“YEAH!” Viva and the brothers cheered, hollering in delight.
“We’re singing with Kismet! This is amazing!” Bruce shouted in enthusiasm.
“And BroZone’s back!” Clay added, pumping his fists in the air in celebration.
BroZone & Kismet: “ I’m gonna make you kiss the sky tonight. Yeah, if you let me show the way… ”
Hype: “ Show the way! ”
BroZone & Kismet: “ I’m so excited, to see you excited. I’ma take you to a better place, yoohoo, and baby you can love me on the way- ” (Clay: “ Ohh…” ) “ We’re flying up to outer space- ” (Clay: “ Oohh… ”) (Bridget, Gristle, and Tiny are seen in the audience, dancing along to BroZone’s and Kismet’s performance) “ I’m so excited, to see you excited, yeah! ”
Bruce: “ So excited, yeah! ”
“We sound awesome!” John Dory exclaimed, watching the scene in excitement and joy. He’d missed singing with his brothers so much and here they all were, performing together!
Branch: “ I like to see you lose control… ”
Floyd: “ Yeah, yeah! ”
BroZone & Kismet: “ Ain’t nobody better, we do it better! ”
Branch: “ I know a place, say, that you’ll go with me… ”
BroZone & Kismet: “ Ain’t nobody better, we do it better, yeah! ” (They pose for the audience as the song ends, and the crowd cheers and applauds in response)
As their performance on-screen ended Viva whistled in delight while the brothers cheered and applauded, overjoyed to see them close with each other once again.
King Peppy: (Applauding) “Yahoo!”
Viva & Poppy: “Yeah! Whoohoo!”
Branch: (Approaches Poppy while on the stage, bending down on one knee) “Poppy, I have a small proposal.” (At his words King Peppy widens his eyes, expecting Branch to propose, while Poppy looks at Branch excitedly as he holds his hand out to her)
At Branch’s words the brothers exchanged surprised and excited looks, widening their eyes in joy.
“He’s going to propose to her!” Viva squealed, not believing it was finally going to happen.
“Poppy’s going to officially join the family! Well, I guess she’s already part of the family but, you know what I mean,” Clay said, overjoyed that Branch was finally going to propose.
Branch: (Clears his throat) “Will you-”
Poppy: (Interrupts him) “Join the band? Of course I will. I thought you would never ask!”
“Wait, what?!” John said, Viva and the brothers sighing in disappointment at Poppy’s interruption.
“If she didn’t interrupt, do you think Branch would have proposed?” Floyd asked.
“I think so,” Bruce said, frowning in disappointment. He really wanted them to get married already. Well, at least, after they’ve reunited. He wanted to be there for Branch on his best day after all!
“Well, I guess she’s officially joining the band instead,” Clay said with a shrug, correcting what he said earlier.
Branch: “You know me too well. Now get up here and sing with us!”
Poppy: (Screams in excitement and joins Branch on-stage) “Viva! Viva, get up here! We’re in the band!”
Viva: (Also screams in excitement) “This is my dream life!” (Runs on-stage to join BroZone in their performance, as Kismet has left the stage)
“Ahh! I’m in the band! I’ve always dreamt of this moment!” Viva screamed in excitement, high-fiving Clay in celebration.
“Awesome!” Bruce exclaimed, excited that Viva and Poppy would join them.
“This is amazing!” John added.
Branch: “ The only rule is, get on your feet. I don’t wanna see nobody heating up their seat. ”
“Okay, I know I’ve said this like multiple times already but I’m going to say it again. Branch’s voice is so flippin’ fantastamazing!” Viva said, her and the brothers smiling widely at Branch and Poppy as they sang and led the band.
Poppy: “ And if you believe it. ”
Branch: “ If you ‘bout it. ”
Branch & Poppy: “ No matter where you’re from, the apple don’t fall far from it… ”
BroZone, Poppy & Viva: “ Now people wanna know when they see us dancing, wanna know how we got those moves, people wanna bottle it up, up, up, up but no can do. People wanna know how to find that feeling, wanna know how we got that groove. They’re thirsty for the juice… ”
Branch: “ But I’ma tell you the truth. ”
“That looks so fun!” Viva said, excited to see herself performing alongside Poppy, Clay, and the rest of the brothers.
“That’s because it is! And boy have I missed it,” Bruce said, once again pulling Clay and Floyd in for a side hug while John put his arm around Floyd as well, the smiles on the brother’s faces never leaving.
BroZone, Poppy & Viva: “ Ooh, it runs in the family, he-he-he-hee! Ooh, it runs in the family! It’s all about you and me! ”
“BroZone’s back!” John and Bruce shouted at the same time, high-fiving each other as the brothers and Viva laughed in joy.
Viva: “ Any color, it doesn’t matter. ”
Branch: “ The way you’re shining on the inside’s all I’m after. ”
Poppy: “ A different mama… ”
Viva: “ A different mister… ”
Branch: “ Talk your talk and walk your walk you know I’m right there with you and… ”
BroZone, Poppy & Viva: “ People wanna know when they see us dancing- ” (Branch: “ Ooo ”) “ wanna know how we got those moves, people wanna bottle it up, up, up, up but no can do- ” (Branch: “ But no can do… ”) “ People wanna know how to find that feeling- ” (Branch: “ Hey! ”) “ wanna know how we got that groove. They’re thirsty for the juice… ”
Branch: “ But I’ma tell you the truth. ”
BroZone, Poppy & Viva: “ Ooh, it runs in the family, he-he-he-hee! Ooh, it runs in the family! It’s all about you and me! Ooh, it runs in the family, he-he-he-hee! Ooh, it runs in the family! It’s all about you and me! ”
(Scene changes to show Tiny Diamond sitting outside on Vacay Island talking to Mr. Dinkles about his adventure)
Tiny Diamond: “So the nachos was good, that was a lot of fun. And then I got to drive the van, that was cool. So then we got locked in the mini golf course, and there was a giant clown head that started talking to us, man. [exhales sharply] Too crazy. But I’m enjoying the journey, I’m enjoying the journey. I’m growing, I’m developing. I feel strong…every day. But, you know, I thought I was ready to be a man, but I’m gonna keep it baby for a while! How much I owe you? This is covered by insurance, right?”
Mr. Dinkles: “No, I’m out of network.” (Tiny looks at Mr. Dinkles surprised and confused)
At this the brothers all laughed in amusement, loving Tiny’s recollection of their journey and finding Mr. Dinkles hilarious.
“I gotta meet that troll,” John said, pointing at Tiny.
(Screen goes black)
Chapter 41: Leaving the Theater
Chapter Text
As soon as the screen turned black, the lights went back on in the room.
“Are we finished?” Floyd asked while he, his brothers, and Viva all got up from their seats to stretch.
“I think so,” Bruce said, putting his hands on his hips and bending backward to crack his back from sitting for so long.
Just then, the trolls heard a faint popping sound and turned to see that Cloud Guy had reappeared in the room. “Hey guys, what’s up? You, uh, liked the movies?” he asked casually.
“Yep!” Viva said, the brothers nodding in agreement.
“Good, good. Well, now that you’ve seen the past and future, you will return to where you were before coming here, and time will resume. My hopes are that you will now be able to prevent certain parts of the future from happening as well as reunite with your younger siblings on a more positive note,” Cloud Guy said.
“That’s our plan,” Clay said, looking at his brothers who nodded at his words. It was time for them to finally reunite with Branch.
“Um…Cloud Guy, is it possible for Floyd not to return to Mount Rageous and instead return with me in the woods? After watching what can happen, I really don’t want Floyd going back there,” John Dory said, Bruce and Clay looking expectantly at Cloud Guy who sighed at John’s words.
“I’m sorry, but Floyd will need to return where he was before coming here,” Cloud Guy responded, causing the brothers to exchange worried looks.
“Why? You just told us that you want us to prevent the future from happening!” Bruce said, getting irritated at Cloud Guy.
“And I meant what I said. But listen, it’s very important that no one knows you were here. You can’t tell anybody that you’ve seen the past and future. No, not even Brandy, Branch, or Poppy,” Cloud Guy said, looking at Bruce, Floyd, and Viva, who were all about to ask if they could tell the people just mentioned. “Right now, time is frozen. When you return, time will resume exactly the way it was before you left. Because of this, Floyd will need to return to Mount Rageous as he has a career there. His absence would be noticed and it would be weird if he disappeared for no reason.”
“Besides, I also have some possessions of mine that I would like to keep with me,” Floyd added.
“Then…then can I go with Floyd? My home is Rhonda, and I literally just travel around. No one’s expecting me or will miss my company,” John said to Cloud Guy, desperate to keep Floyd safe.
At John’s words, however, Bruce, Clay, and Floyd exchanged sad looks. They didn’t like the thought of John living alone for the past twenty years with no roots and no place to settle down. It sounded like he was always moving around and trying to find a place to fit in, which pained the brothers to know because they wanted John to feel welcomed and loved and have a steady place to call home. Hopefully, that’ll happen when they move in together with Branch at Pop Troll Village.
“Hmmm, I suppose I could allow that,” Cloud Guy said in response to John’s question, causing the three older brothers to sigh in relief as they knew Floyd would be protected. “Alright, so John and Floyd, I’ll be sending you two to Mount Rageous, Bruce to Vacay Island, and Clay and Viva to the Abandoned Golf Course,” Cloud Guy said, pointing to each troll as he said their names.
“Oh, also, could you maybe have Rhonda go to Mount Rageous as well? I don’t want to separate from her, and everything I own is with her,” John Dory added.
“Yes, I can do that,” Cloud Guy sighed while John whispered an excited ‘yes’ to himself.
“Alright, before we head back, we should also make a plan and discuss what we need to do before we head off to find Branch,” Clay said, the trolls nodding in agreement.
“Now that we know everyone made it out of the Troll Tree and that we made peace with the Bergens, we might be able to convince the PuttPutt trolls to leave and move into Troll Village with us!” Viva exclaimed in excitement.
“I don’t think it’ll be as easy as that. I mean, I don’t think the PuttPutt trolls would believe us if we just told them. We can’t tell them what we’ve seen while here, and they won’t understand how we would know if we did tell them. Remember, we haven’t exactly left the golf course in years,” Clay told her, causing her to frown in understanding.
“Oh yeah, yeah, I guess that’s true,” Viva said.
“How about this? Since John and I are both going to Mount Rageous, we can pick you guys up when we leave since we’ll have Rhonda to travel in. When we reach the Hole n’ Fun, we can tell the PuttPutt trolls about the peace with the Bergens and the trolls’ escape from the Troll Tree. As we’re outsiders, they might be more willing to believe us,” Floyd offered as an idea.
“You know, that might just work!” Clay said, liking the idea.
“Great idea, Floyd! Though we should probably pick up Bruce first; that way, once we reach the golf course, we can head straight to Troll Village without any more detours,” John added.
“And you can meet my family!” Bruce said in excitement, causing John and Floyd to exchange looks of excitement.
“Aw man, I won’t get to?” Clay said in disappointment.
“It’ll just make things easier if we pick up Bruce first,” John repeated, seeing his younger brother’s frown.
“But once we reunite with Branch, we can all travel together to Vacay Island, where you can meet them!” Bruce said, lifting Clay’s spirits. “Besides, I can’t stay away from home for long. I-I’ll have to return after a few weeks,” he sadly added, as he didn’t want to leave his brothers after just reuniting with them.
At Bruce’s words, John, Clay, and Floyd exchanged sad looks of understanding. Throughout the movies, they had been overjoyed at the thought of living together with Branch when this was all over, and in all honesty, they hadn’t put much thought into the fact that they might not be able to all live together as Bruce’s home was Vacay Island and Branch’s was Pop Troll Village. Some of them would have to separate, which wasn’t something they wanted to think about.
Breaking the silence that followed Bruce’s words, John finally spoke up. “That’s alright, Bruce. We’ll…figure something out once we’re on our way to see Branch. Until then, when we return to our homes, we should focus on taking care of things and packing up before setting off.”
At his words, Viva and the younger brothers nodded in agreement.
“Alright, so are you now ready to be sent back?” Cloud Guy asked the trolls.
“As ready as we’ll ever be,” Bruce replied.
“I’ll see you guys soon,” Clay told his brothers, pulling them all in for one last group hug before they got sent back.
“Bruce, we should arrive at Vacay Island in a day or two. Three at the most. Clay and Viva, we’ll arrive at the Golf Course in about a week, hopefully less though,” John informed them.
“All right, that works. That’ll give me time to talk to Brandy. Oh crap, I almost forgot! What’ll I tell Brandy?” Bruce said.
“You don’t have to tell her anything. Just…take care of your family and run your restaurant until we arrive. ‘Unexpectedly,’” John told him, quoting the movie as he and Branch had arrived at Vacay Island that way.
“Okay, I suppose,” Bruce replied, smiling as he got John’s reference.
“I’m gonna miss you guys,” Floyd told Bruce and Clay. Even though he would see them both within the next week, he still wasn’t fully ready to say goodbye just yet. He’d missed them so much the past twenty years, and having them back in his life during the movies had brought a happiness that only they could bring to him.
“We’ll see you soon bud,” Bruce told him, ruffling his hair in affection.
“And stay safe,” Clay added, giving Floyd a strong hug while closing his eyes, trying not to think about what his younger brother had looked like dead on-screen. He hated the thought of John and Floyd going to Mount Rageous, but he could understand why they had to. While he was grateful that John would be going with Floyd, his worry didn’t go away. While at Mount Rageous, his two brothers would be in danger, and he could only hope they’d be able to leave.
“I’ll protect him,” John assured Bruce and Clay, who nodded their heads in thanks, knowing that their oldest brother would do everything in his power to keep Floyd safe.
“Promise us you’ll stay safe too, right?” Bruce asked John, not wanting to see his older brother getting hurt either. From what they knew of Velvet, she would happily take Floyd or John, as long as it allowed her to become famous.
“Promise,” John replied, the two oldest brothers giving each other a hug.
“If you’re not at Vacay Island within two or three days, then I’m going to assume something happened and I’m coming to get you guys,” Bruce told John, worried for his brothers’ safety.
“And hey, John?” Clay said once he and Bruce broke up from their hug. “I’m really sorry about how I acted toward you on-screen. Just know that I don’t feel that way and I’m really glad to have you back in my life. I’ve missed you a lot.”
Smiling at Clay, John pulled him in for a hug as well, which Clay responded to by wrapping his arms tightly around his oldest brother and burying his head in his shoulder, tears forming in his eyes as he realized just how much he had missed John, how much he meant to him, and how guilty he felt for treating him on-screen.
“I’ve missed you too,” John said to Clay during their hug, his eyes also watering slightly as emotions came over him.
Pulling away from their hug, Clay and John smiled lovingly at each other before John went to stand by Floyd while Clay went to give Bruce a farewell hug, the two also doing their handshake, before Clay went to stand by Viva.
Looking at the trolls and making sure they were ready to go, Cloud Guy snapped his fingers, transporting the trolls back to their destinations.
Chapter 42: Back Where They Started
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
John Dory & Floyd
Even though John had seen Mount Rageous on-screen, being there in person was a whole new experience, and it seemed as if he were seeing it for the first time. The bright lights, the large city, the twisting roads, people driving upside down, and loud, upbeat music were almost overwhelming to him. After all, it had been a while since he’d been in a city. Usually, he stuck around small towns and preferred living in the woods. This was pretty new to him after all these years. Floyd, on the other hand, seemed unaffected, which made sense as this was, in fact, his home.
They had appeared in a large room in one of the buildings, and currently, John was looking out one of the windows at all the sights while Floyd was behind him preparing some food for them to eat. As promised, Rhonda was also sent here. Not in the room, of course, but after arriving at Mount Rageous, John had gone outside to see that Rhonda was parked and waiting for them. He took a few minutes to say hello to her before heading back inside to spend time with Floyd and help his brother pack. He really didn’t want to be here for long, as just being at Mount Rageous was putting him on edge. They had no idea when Floyd would’ve been captured, but as far as John was concerned, he wasn’t taking any chances.
“John, relax. Everything’s fine,” Floyd told John, noticing how tense his brother looked. While Floyd wouldn’t admit it to John, he too was feeling slightly nervous being here, but worrying wouldn’t do them any good. They needed to stay focused.
“I know, I know. I just…want to leave as soon as possible,” John said.
“Me too. But you know we can’t leave until tomorrow. I have to take care of things here before moving out. Lunch is almost ready though and after we eat, I’ll finish packing so we can leave earlier in the morning.”
Even though Floyd loved his career here in Mount Rageous, he was ready to live with his brothers once again. While a part of him would miss it here, he knew he wouldn’t regret his decision to leave. His brothers were his home and always have been; he just wished he had realized that sooner. As much as Floyd wanted to leave right away, he had to first move out of his home and end his career, which included contacting those he was currently coaching.
“You need help with anything?” John asked, eager to busy himself to take his mind off his worries.
“You can set the table,” Floyd said as he continued making lunch.
Going to one of Floyd’s cupboards, John began taking out plates, cups, and silverware for them to use and carried them over to the table, where he began to lay everything out. Floyd’s home was really nice, and just by looking around the place, you could tell his love for music. Guitars were laid against the wall, a keyboard was propped up with a microphone attached, numerous music sheets were scattered across the couch and floor, and multiple CDs were neatly stacked in a corner by a record player. Floyd had already explained to John that all the CDs he owned were of BroZone and all the bands he had coached over the years, which John found really awesome. In fact, one of Floyd’s CDs was currently playing in the background as they worked, which helped bring some peace to their stressful and worrisome environment.
Once the table was set, Floyd brought over the food, and the two brothers began to eat. It’s been about an hour since they arrived in Mount Rageous, and as they hadn’t eaten anything for a while, they decided to have lunch before doing anything else.
“So, what do you need to do before we head off to get Bruce?” John asked Floyd before taking a bite of food.
“Well, I’m going to need to contact the band I’m currently working with right now and help them find someone else who can coach them. I also have to pack up everything I want to bring,” Floyd responded, looking around the room to begin thinking about what he wanted to pack.
“What’re you wanting to do with the place?” John asked, talking about Floyd’s home.
“I was thinking of giving it to one of my friends. He’s also a musical coach, and we’ve been working together for quite some time. Besides, I’m not taking everything here with me, just things that are important. Everything else I’ll leave to him,” Floyd said. He’d already considered his options of what to do with the place, and as he was moving out, it only made sense to give it to someone who could make use of it.
“What’s your friend’s name?”
“Kyrie,” Floyd answered before taking a sip of water. “He’s been a musical coach for 37 years and has been looking for a place to settle down before retiring.”
“Dang, 37 years is a long time.”
“Yeah, but it’s a fun career.”
The brothers spent the next few minutes eating in comfortable silence, each lost in thought. Reflecting on Floyd’s words, John thought about how successful his younger brother had become over the past twenty years. He was glad Floyd found a career he enjoyed and was thankful to see that he was doing well. It was strange to think that just yesterday, he believed his brothers to be dead, and now here he was, eating lunch with Floyd while knowing his three other brothers were alive and well. He was overjoyed that he had made up with Bruce, Clay, and Floyd and that they were now all on good terms. He could only hope that the same could be said with Branch when they reunited with him as well. Just the thought of Branch, however, made his heart hurt with worry and sadness. He had really hurt his youngest brother by leaving, and because of that, he knew their reunion would be hard and bring back many painful memories. But he also knew it was worth it if it meant he got his brother back.
It seemed as if Floyd had been thinking along the same lines as John because their silence while eating was interrupted by Floyd’s voice of concern. “Do you think Branch will accept us and allow us back in his life?”
Meeting Floyd’s sad gaze, John sighed heavily while putting down his fork. “I don’t know. I mean, he seemed to during the movie, and he’ll probably accept you, but he sure didn’t want anything to do with the rest of us.”
“That’s not true-” Floyd began before being interrupted by John.
“You know I’m right. Branch denied even knowing me when I showed up, and he’ll probably do the same this time. You were the only one who said goodbye to him the day we left. The rest of us…didn’t even look at him. I was the first to leave, the first to abandon and hurt him. I…” Unable to continue his rant, John trailed off and put his head in his hands, looking down at the table to avoid his brother’s gaze.
“John. What we did was wrong, and there’s no denying or sugarcoating it. But you shouldn’t place all the blame on yourself because we are all to blame,” Floyd softly said, looking regretfully at John.
Nodding slowly at Floyd’s words, even though he still felt as if he were the one who should be blamed the most, John stood up from the table and walked over to the sink where he began to wash his now empty dish, Floyd watching his oldest brother sadly.
“I can start packing things for you if you want. Just…tell me what you want to bring and I can put them in Rhonda,” John said, drying off his dish and putting it away.
“Alright,” Floyd sighed. He knew John was trying to take his mind off his thoughts by busying himself, and he wished his older brother would learn to forgive himself. “I want to bring my CDs, songs, guitar, and keyboard. The record player can stay here; I’m sure they’ll have some in Pop Village I can use. Other than that, it’s just my clothes and a few other items which I can pack in a few minutes.”
“You have a box I can put the CDs and music in?” John asked.
“Yeah, I’ll go get it,” Floyd said, standing up from the table and walking over to a closet, where he had numerous empty boxes as well as old papers and tattered suitcases. Grabbing two boxes that seemed the right size, Floyd headed over to John and placed them next to his brother, who began packing the CDs in the corner and music sheets scattered around the floor.
Walking back into the kitchen, Floyd picked up his plate and utensils, which he began hand washing before drying and placing them back in the cupboard.
“Alright, I’m going to go contact Kyrie and the band I’m coaching to get things sorted out,” Floyd told John, who nodded in response while Floyd headed to his room.
It didn’t take long for John to place all the CDs in a box, as Floyd already had them organized and placed together. The same could not be said for his music sheets, which were scattered all over the place. Some were resting on the keyboard, others on the record player, and some on the floor and couch, just to name a few places. In his haste to leave Mount Rageous, he wasn’t paying much attention to the papers as he just focused on packing them. Gathering another pile of music sheets by the couch, he walked over to drop them in the box with the rest of the songs. As he began turning away, one of Floyd’s song titles caught his eye, causing him to kneel next to the box and brush some papers aside until he uncovered the whole song. It was titled ‘See You Again,’ and the date on the corner showed that this had been written about 12 years ago. Reading through the lyrics, John concentrated on his brother’s written words, and the more he read, the more overcome he was with emotions. The song told of the brother’s separation, their once strong bond, and how family is everything. In the lyrics, Floyd conveyed that he missed his brothers and hoped to see them again, if not in this life, then in the next. In the last movie they watched, John remembered how Floyd had told him on-screen that ‘he never thought he’d see any of his brothers again.’ Floyd hadn’t been lying; he really believed that he would never see any of them again.
Knowing this, John felt his chest tighten in pain as emotions overcame him. Maybe life here hadn’t been as great for Floyd as he thought. John might have first thought that to convince himself that their separation didn’t hurt Floyd as much as it did Branch, but he knew now that that was certainly not the case. Their separation had hurt each of them and impacted their lives in various ways, some of which were not all that good. Taking a deep, shaky breath to help calm himself, John placed the song back in the box and began looking at some of Floyd’s other songs. One that he had written 7 years ago was titled ‘Blame’s On Me’ and just by reading through the lyrics, John could tell that this song was written for Branch. It was Floyd’s apology for leaving him and how he blamed himself for leaving and hurting Branch. He expressed his sorrows and guilt, regrets and mistakes, and once again, John found himself shaking with emotion. Flipping through the following few songs and scanning through the lyrics, John could see that most, if not all, of Floyd’s songs were sad and heartfelt, expressing his emotions about the brother’s separation. One of his songs was titled ‘Happier,’ another ‘How Do I Say Goodbye,’ and another ‘Someone You Loved.’
Closing his eyes, John took a moment to gather his thoughts. It seemed as if their separation had hurt Floyd more than he thought…looking over at the clock on the wall, John realized he had spent almost an hour reading through Floyd’s music. Standing up quickly, he picked up the rest of the music sheets on the floor and around the room and placed them in the box. His brother was still not back, but he was glad that was the case. He didn’t know if Floyd wanted him to be reading his songs, and he wasn’t quite sure he was ready to talk to Floyd about them just yet. Stacking the two boxes, John picked them up and headed out the door, walking over to Rhonda, who cooed in greeting and excitement at seeing him. Smiling softly at her, John opened the door to his mobile home and placed the two boxes on the floor before heading back inside to bring out more of Floyd’s possessions.
What John didn’t know was that not far away stood a figure hidden in the shadows, watching the troll as he exited the armadillo home and entered back inside the house. Narrowing her eyes, Velvet knew it was only a matter of time before she got what she wanted…
Bruce
One moment, he was standing next to his brothers in an enclosed room, and the next, he found himself sitting on his surfboard far out to sea in the open air. It took him a moment before he remembered that Brandy had let him take a break from the restaurant to go surfing and clear his mind before he was transported to watch the movies. Laughing happily, Bruce took a moment to lay down on his surfboard and let the sun shine down on him, warming his body and letting himself be comforted by its heat. He felt more relaxed than he had in years, and not just because of the weather or environment, but because he knew his brothers were alive and okay. They had reunited and learned about each other’s lives over the past twenty years, which brought Bruce a strong feeling of contentment and peace. He was amazed at all that had happened just over the past day and felt refreshed and delighted as he reflected on the events that had just happened. It also felt good to be back home and under the sun’s warm rays.
John and Floyd were expected to be here to pick him up in two to three days, so until then, he would enjoy his time with his family and friends. Paddling back to shore, Bruce was greeted with the familiar sound of laughter from the Vacaytioners and the joyous sight of smiles and friendly interactions. He was glad he got to raise his family here, where his kids could experience the happiness and freedom Vacay Island brought. And while he was still saddened by the thought of being unable to live with his brothers, he knew they could visit one another often. Resting his surfboard against a wall outside, he headed inside his restaurant and walked over to help Brandy.
“Why are you back so soon? I told you I could manage while you took a break,” Brandy said, surprised that he was back minutes after leaving. “Did you even hit one wave?”
Smiling widely at his wife, Bruce had been about to tell her everything that had happened before he caught himself. Cloud Guy had said that they couldn’t tell anyone, including Brandy, and even though Bruce really hated keeping secrets from his wife, he had promised the cloud that he wouldn’t tell her. Besides, now that he thought about it, Brandy would probably think he’d gotten a head injury or something, as it was hard to believe that a magical light had transported you to an unknown place to see the past and future while time outside was frozen. Yeah, probably best not to say anything. He then heard Brandy clear her throat, regaining his attention, and he realized that she was still waiting for an answer.
“Oh, yeah, sorry. No, I didn’t hit a wave, but I don’t really want a break right now. All I want is to help you run the restaurant.”
Narrowing her eyes suspiciously at her husband, Brandy was struggling to understand his abrupt change in behavior. “Moments ago you could hardly stay focused to help customers as you were thinking about your brothers, and now you walk back in minutes later and seem completely calm and happy.”
Shrugging bashfully in response, Bruce decided it was safe to tell Brandy about the postcard, saying, “I sent my oldest brother, John, a postcard telling him I miss him and wish he was here.”
This was certainly not what Brandy had been expecting to hear. “Wait, what?”
“Yeah, I decided I really want to see him, so I invited him to come here.”
“Are-are you sure? I mean, you’re always saying how glad you are that you won’t have to see your oldest brother again.”
At Brandy’s words, Bruce felt his joyous mood drop a little. It was true…he had expressed his past feelings and dislike for John to her, but he didn’t feel that way now. “I was wrong. I really do want to see him and the others again. I really miss them.”
Softening her expression, Brandy smiled at Bruce. “I’m glad to hear that.”
“You’re okay with them coming?” Bruce asked.
“Of course! I’d love to finally meet your brothers! And I know the kids will love it too!”
Smiling widely at Brandy, Bruce was filled once more with joy and gladness. “Awesome!” He was about to ask if she would be alright with him going with his brothers to pick up Clay and Branch but then caught himself. She wouldn’t know how he knew only two of his brothers would be arriving, so it would be best to ask once John and Floyd arrived. If they arrived…
Shaking that thought aside, Bruce grabbed a notepad and pen and headed over to waiting customers, ready to begin working again. As much as Bruce was excited to see John and Floyd arrive at Vacay Island, he was still worried that something might happen to them while at Mount Rageous. He could only hope that they would be okay and stay safe.
Clay & Viva
It felt as if they had never left. Appearing back in Viva’s room, they saw her scrapbook lying on the floor, still open to the page they had been looking at before leaving. Looking at each other in amazement at what had happened, they exchanged excited smiles and hugged each other.
Viva was thrilled to know that Poppy was alive after all this time. Since escaping from the Troll Tree, she believed her family and friends to be dead, but now she knew they weren’t! They were alive! Laughing joyfully, she pulled away from Clay and began jumping in excitement.
“I can’t believe it! In just a week, I’m going to be reunited with my family!” Viva squealed.
“I know, right! And so will all the other PuttPutt trolls!” Clay added, equally thrilled.
“Oh my gosh…I-I can’t think straight,” Viva said, her heart pumping fast in adrenaline and excitement while Clay laughed at her words. “Can’t we tell the PuttPutt trolls now?” she pleaded, eager to leave immediately.
“Viva, you know we can’t. We have no way to explain to them how we know about the peace with the Bergens or the trolls’ escape, as we can’t tell them what we’ve seen. Besides, my brothers will be here soon.”
“In a week,” Viva said, giving Clay puppy eyes to express her sorrow.
“Viv, don’t give me that look,” Clay said, laughing as he wasn’t able to take Viva seriously.
“Oh, all right, I can wait a week,” Viva said, smiling warmly at Clay.
Clay felt his smile drop a little at her words as he began to worry for John and Floyd’s safety. “Do you think they’ll be okay? John and Floyd, I mean?”
“Of course, why wouldn’t they be?”
“They’re at Mount Rageous right now, and we don’t know when Velvet was planning on capturing Floyd. I just don’t want to lose my brothers…again.”
“Hey, look at me,” Viva said, smiling comfortingly at Clay while she approached him and brought his face up to meet her eyes. “They’re going to be okay. John’s with Floyd. He won’t let anything happen.”
“I hope you’re right,” Clay said, smiling back at Viva.
Looking into his eyes, Viva felt her heart give a little jump. He was so caring, gentle, and understanding, and she realized that over the past few years of getting to know him, she loved him. Just the thought of losing him brought her pain, and she couldn’t imagine a world without him in it.
Bringing a hand up to brush some hair out of her eyes, and as his fingers grazed gently against her cheek, he couldn’t help but marvel at the way her eyes sparkled under the soft light. At that moment, Clay felt as if his world just got a whole lot bigger. He realized that his friendship with her had grown into a deep feeling of love and care, and all he wanted was to be with her and be there for her. Taking her hands in his and never breaking eye contact, he decided that he wanted to be more than friends with her.
“Viva, I want you to know that I really enjoy our time together. You have such a big heart, and I love your passion for helping others. You’re an amazing person, and I feel incredibly lucky to have met someone like you. If you would like and if you would have me, it would mean the world to me if you became my girlfriend.”
For once in her life, Viva was speechless. She couldn’t believe it…seconds after realizing her feelings toward Clay had grown into love for him, he had asked her if she wanted to date him. She felt dizzy with disbelief and excitement, and a strong feeling of affection toward Clay washed over her.
“I would love to,” Viva responded with a wide smile, keeping her hands in Clay’s.
Laughing in joy and delight, Clay picked her up and spun her around before pulling her in for a kiss, her hands wrapped around his neck while he kept his hands on her waist. When they finally pulled apart, they gazed happily into each other’s eyes before Viva pulled him into a hug, their smiles never leaving.
“Were you waiting until we were alone to ask?” Viva asked him with a chuckle.
“That might’ve been part of it. I mean, I probably wouldn’t have asked you in front of my brothers,” Clay admitted, laughing along with her.
“Well, I’m glad you asked.”
“Me too,” Clay softly said, overjoyed that he had Viva as his girlfriend.
“Hey, how would you feel about moving out of the admin building?” Viva asked, pulling away from the hug to look into his eyes again. She couldn’t believe it took her this long to notice how beautiful his eyes were…
“Honestly, I could do with a new bedroom,” Clay said, laughing along with Viva at his words. “I was definitely trying too hard to get rid of my fun side.”
“Well, I like your fun side. You should bring Fun Boy Clay back,” Viva told him, giving him a teasing look.
“I should, shouldn’t I,” Clay responded, chuckling in amusement.
“I know we only have a week until your brother’s come, but would you like to stay here until then?” Viva asked, looking at him hopefully.
“I would love to.”
Smiling at each other, they sat down on Viva’s couch to cuddle and talk, letting the time pass by in each other’s company and in the easy rhythm of their conversation. As they settled into the comfort of the cushions, the minutes melted away unnoticed, carried along by the flow of their shared stories and laughter. With each passing moment, they grew more relaxed, their worries fading into the background as they enjoyed each other’s presence.
Notes:
Here are the references to the songs I included in this chapter if you want to read the lyrics and/or listen to the songs:
- See You Again by Wiz Khalifa
- Blame’s On Me by Alexander Stewart
- Happier by Marshmello
- How Do I Say Goodbye by Dean Lewis
- Someone You Loved by Lewis Capaldi
Chapter 43: Escape from Mount Rageous
Chapter Text
Velvet
For as long as Velvet could remember, it had always been her dream to become famous—the star of Mount Rageous. She wanted to be adored by all who saw her, envied by many, and leave a trail of awe in her wake. Velvet knew that with fame came power and control, as she could easily bend others to her will and get what she wanted.
To become famous, there were three things she believed one needed: attractiveness, intelligence, and, of course, talent. As far as attractiveness and intelligence went, she knew she already possessed those qualities. There can be no admiration from a crowd without first having charm and beauty, both of which Velvet prized in herself. And to get what she wanted, she had to be willing to lie and scheme to her own advantage, which she’d already done multiple times and didn’t bother her in the slightest. As for having natural talent…even if she tried, she couldn’t convince herself she had any. But there was no way she would let that stand in the way of her becoming famous.
For months, she had been searching for ways to succeed in her ambition of becoming famous alongside her younger twin brother, Veneer. When Velvet expressed her desire for fame and fortune to Veneer, he seemed eager and excited to join her. While she didn’t mind this, she made it clear to him that she would be the lead singer and that he would have to follow her lead.
Velvet had always been good at manipulating others to get what she wanted, which included her brother. All it took was some fake compliments and maybe a small threat here and there and Veneer would willingly comply.
A few days ago, a troll named Floyd had come to her attention, and from what she knew, he worked here at Mount Rageous as a musical coach. She hadn’t seen or met the troll yet, but what she had overheard from some Mount Rageons was he used to be part of a famous band called BroZone before moving here to begin a solo career. Learning this information excited Velvet, as that meant Floyd had pure talent when it came to singing. While she’s never met a troll, she did know that they were small creatures, which would make them easy to overpower.
As soon as she gathered this information, she wasted no time informing Veneer of her plan. At first, he seemed hesitant, but it didn’t take long for Velvet to convince him otherwise. It took her and Veneer about a day to find out what Floyd’s address was, but once they had it, they planned on going there that night. They had already found a technique that would allow them to steal the troll’s talent, and Velvet wanted to waste no time in starting her own career as a star.
Velvet knew she should make sure the troll was home before they acted on their plan, so she decided to head over just to ensure he was there. Making sure to stay hidden in the shadows, Velvet watched as a small blue troll with dark teal hair exited the house and approached what looked like an armadillo bus as the creature had windows and doors over its long body as well as headlights atop its head. At first, Velvet worried they would be too late as it looked like the troll was about to leave, but as he went back inside, she let out a sigh of relief. The troll was home, and that was good enough for her. Though it looked as if he were getting ready to leave soon…
Not wanting to lose her chance for fame, Velvet decided that they should act sooner rather than later and began to head back to where she left Veneer.
“Well, is he home?” Veneer asked as she approached him.
“He’s home, but not for long. It looks like he’s getting ready to leave soon,” Velvet told her brother, hands on her hips. “If we don’t want to miss our one chance of becoming famous, we need to act now.”
“Wait, what? Now as in…now now?” Veneer asked worriedly. Honestly, he wasn’t too thrilled by what he and Velvet were about to do, but as he didn’t want to lose his sister, he knew it would be better if he just followed along without much questioning.
“Yes now now! Come on,” Velvet said, grabbing her brother by the arm and leading him toward the troll’s home. Once they were close enough, the siblings decided to wait in the shadows, out of sight from passing Mount Rageons with a clear view of the home so they could see when the troll left.
“It’s only a matter of time now…” Velvet quietly said.
John Dory & Floyd
Heading back inside Floyd’s home after packing the two boxes, John was just starting to gather his brother’s musical equipment to bring outside when he heard Floyd’s bedroom door open and turned to see his brother approaching him.
“Alright, I contacted Kyrie and the band I’m working with, and everything’s sorted out. Kyrie plans on moving in in about two or three days, and as for the band, I got them situated with someone willing to coach them,” Floyd updated John.
“That’s great to hear! So far I’ve packed up all your CDs and music sheets, they’re in Rhonda right now, and I was just about to bring out your musical equipment.”
“Thanks, JD. I really appreciate you helping me out.”
“Of course!” John said, smiling at the use of his old nickname his brothers would use on him as kids.
“I think all that’s left now is for me to pack up my clothes and a few more items in my room. You know what? We actually might be able to leave today,” Floyd said. He had expected the moving out process to take longer than this and was surprised by how fast he and John were getting things done and taken care of.
“Oh, thank goodness,” John sighed in relief. He really didn’t want to stay the night here…just the thought added stress to his already worried self.
“Will Rhonda be okay traveling during the night, though? I don’t want to tire her out.”
“Oh, she’ll be fine. Besides, I’d rather we stop to rest outside of Mount Rageous than stay here.”
“Yeah, I guess.”
“If you hurry and pack what you need to, I’ll wait for you so we can head out to Rhonda together. Besides, she hasn’t met you yet, so it’d be better if I were there so she knows you’re okay,” John told Floyd.
Nodding in understanding, Floyd headed back to his room to finish packing. Luckily for John, he didn’t have to wait long until Floyd returned, holding two more fully packed boxes.
“Okay, this should be all I need. Everything else I’ll leave for Kyrie,” Floyd told John, who nodded at those words.
Picking up two of Floyd’s guitars, John opened the door for Floyd and him to exit. As soon as he stepped outside, John knew something was off just by looking at Rhonda. Putting an arm out to stop Floyd from walking any further, John took notice of Rhonda’s attention focused on the shadows of the building, growling and narrowing her eyes at something John couldn’t see. Following her gaze, John felt his breath catch in his throat as he made out two large figures whose outlines were just visible in the shadows.
“What-” Floyd began, before being silenced by John. Looking questioningly at his older brother, Floyd realized how tense John seemed and immediately sensed something was wrong.
“Floyd, get back inside,” John whispered with an authority Floyd had never heard from his brother before. Knowing now was not the time to question John, Floyd quickly backed inside his home, his heart pumping in fear. Not even a second later, Floyd gasped in horror as a giant hand came out from the shadows, reaching toward John, who yelled in fright and jumped inside the home right behind Floyd, only just avoiding capture. Slamming the door shut behind him and standing in front of it, holding it closed, John faced Floyd with wide, scared eyes.
“It’s Velvet,” John said in alarm.
Even though Floyd had already guessed who that hand belonged to, he unconsciously dropped the boxes he was holding to the floor as John confirmed his fear, causing him to freeze in place as he began to panic.
“There’s no need to hide from us. Come on out, we just wanted to…say hello,” Velvet said from outside in a fake friendly voice before knocking loudly and forcefully on the door.
“Floyd, listen to me. You need to go and contact the authorities,” John told Floyd, the authority in his voice never leaving. Since arriving in Mount Rageous, he feared this would happen, but he didn’t actually plan on it happening. And there was no way he was going to let Floyd get taken.
“But-but-what about you?” Floyd stuttered, still frozen in place as his heart hammered in fright.
“Don’t worry about me, just go!” John practically shouted, jolting Floyd out of his frozen state and causing him to run off quickly to do as he was told.
While John had been trying to get Floyd away from the danger at hand, he had put all his attention on his brother, momentarily taking his mind off the twins outside. Remembering that the door was still unlocked, John hastily went to lock it, but before he could, the door was thrown open.
Velvet, Veneer, John Dory & Floyd
As soon as she opened the door, Velvet wasted no time sticking her hand inside, enclosing it around a small, struggling body. Withdrawing her hand from the house, Velvet saw that she had grabbed the troll with the dark teal hair she had seen earlier. At first, she didn’t know two trolls were living here as she only thought it was Floyd’s house, but the more the merrier as it meant even more talent for her.
“Let go of me!” John shouted at her, struggling to free himself from her firm hold on him.
“Now why would I do that?” Velvet asked, laughing at his feeble struggles before turning her attention to her brother. “Veneer! Take him and make sure he doesn’t escape!”
“Why? Let’s just go,” Veneer said, not wanting to be here any longer.
“Not yet! There are two trolls here and we need both!”
“That wasn’t the plan! We said we would just get Floyd, and now we have him! Let’s go before we’re caught!”
At these words, John paused in his attempts to escape. They thought he was Floyd? Maybe he could use that to his advantage and keep his brother safe.
“Well, I didn’t know there were two trolls here! We need his talent too. Besides, we can’t let him go now that he’s seen us!” Velvet said in exasperation.
“You don’t want him! He-he can’t sing!” John said, desperate to prevent the twins from getting ahold of Floyd. There was no way he was going to lose him…
“Don’t care,” Velvet said, holding John out to Veneer for her brother to take.
As soon as Veneer grabbed hold of John, Rhonda threw herself at him, causing Veneer to fall backward and release his hold of the troll. Taking the opportunity to escape, John quickly got up and began running back toward the house, eager to protect Floyd.
Groaning in frustration, Velvet quickly looked around for something to stop the troll, as she couldn’t let him escape. Picking up a nearby rock, she threw it at John, hitting him in the head and causing him to fall to the ground, unconscious. Smiling in victory and knowing she could take care of the troll later, Velvet turned her attention to Rhonda and kicked the armadillo off her brother, knocking the creature a few yards away.
“Velvet, what did you do?” Veneer asked his sister, horrified by what she had done to the troll. He had no idea they were going to resort to violence…
“Uh, I stopped him from escaping; you’re welcome. Now, let’s get that other troll and then get out of here,” Velvet snapped at her brother, rolling her eyes at him.
Just then, sirens were heard approaching, causing the twins to look up in horror.
“Velvet, we need to leave now!” Veneer said, desperate to leave.
“No! Not yet!” Velvet said in frustration, putting her hand back inside the home and feeling around for the second troll, ignoring her brother’s pleas.
Unknown to the twins, however, once Floyd had contacted the authorities, he quickly escaped out one of his windows, using his hair to bring him safely to the ground. As he landed, he watched in horror as Velvet threw a rock at John, knocking his older brother unconscious and causing his head to bleed. Stopping himself from calling out his brother’s name, as it would gain Velvet’s attention, Floyd instead tried his best to remain calm and not panic, focusing his efforts on approaching his brother unnoticed and pulling him away to safety.
“John! John, please wake up!” Floyd pleaded, gently shaking his brother’s shoulder in an attempt to wake him but receiving no response.
“Velvet, we have to leave!” Veneer shouted again as the sirens grew louder. He knew their time for escape was running short.
“Ugh! Where are you!” Velvet yelled, refusing to give up. She needed that troll!
Just then, bright lights were shined on the siblings, catching them in the act of their crimes and causing the twins to freeze in place.
“Stop right there and put your hands in the air! You are under arrest!” A man called out to them.
Fuming in anger, Velvet could do nothing but obey as she and Veneer were now surrounded by the authorities, two of them grabbing hold of their arms and escorting them away from the scene, leading them into the back of one of their cars and preventing their escape.
Floyd
“You the one who called about your home being broken into and an attempted kidnapping?” A cop asked Floyd, walking over to where said troll was kneeling by John.
As Velvet and Veneer were driven off, Floyd had to answer a few questions for the cop, confirming that he was the one who called as well as answering a few other questions. The cop assured him that Velvet and Veneer would no longer be a threat, and while that comforted Floyd, he was still too worried about his brother, who was still unresponsive. To his frustration, the cop had told him that they had no medical troll doctors, and as John wasn’t exactly a Mount Rageous citizen, he was denied medical attention. The cop apologized for this, and before leaving, he gave Floyd some information and advice on how to care for John as he most likely had a concussion.
Carrying John over to Rhonda, who seemed unharmed despite the fact she had been kicked by Velvet, he placed his older brother on a couch before quickly heading inside his house to grab his musical equipment as well as the two boxes he had dropped. He knew John needed some medical attention, and as he couldn’t receive any help here, he knew the best place to go would be Vacay Island, where Bruce could help. He wasn’t sure where else to go; besides, Bruce had 13 kids. He must have some experience in dealing with injuries like this. And now that he had everything packed and ready to go, it was time to leave Mount Rageous once and for all.
Searching around John’s mobile home, Floyd tried to find something that had belonged to Bruce so he could give it to Rhonda to find his brother’s scent, leading them to Vacay Island as he didn’t really know how to get there. Besides, this way would be easier and quicker rather than just searching for the sunset on the postcard Bruce had sent. Pretty soon, Floyd managed to find Bruce’s old purple vest he wore as a kid and decided it would have to work. Even though it was torn in two from Bruce ripping it the day he quit, it still had his scent as Rhonda was quick to take off in what Floyd assumed was the direction of Vacay Island.
Trusting that Rhonda could lead them there without having to steer her, Floyd turned his attention to his brother lying on the couch. Panicked, Floyd noticed that John’s head was still bleeding and cursed himself for not taking care of that immediately. Luckily, the wound didn’t seem deep and wasn’t bleeding heavily. Nonetheless, Floyd still bandaged his brother’s head with supplies he found in John’s first aid kit to prevent infection and further bleeding.
“I’m so sorry, John,” Floyd whispered, tears of worry forming in his eyes. He knew it was dangerous for them to return to Mount Rageous, and even though it was necessary for Floyd to return, it wasn’t for John. He had a choice and chose to accompany Floyd to protect him. They hadn’t planned on encountering Velvet, especially only mere hours after arriving, and yet John was determined to protect him, even if it meant getting hurt in the process. Floyd hated Velvet for this and was glad that the twins were now behind bars, preventing them from hurting anyone ever again… All he could do now was take care of John and hope they reached Vacay Island soon.
Chapter 44: Recovery
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
They'd been on the road for a few hours now, and John still had not woken up. Dusk had fallen and all Floyd could focus on was taking care of his oldest brother, who still lay unresponsive on the couch. A while ago, Floyd had removed John's glove, jacket, and goggles, placed them on a table nearby, and put a blanket over his brother to help keep him warm and make him more comfortable.
Luckily, John had trained Rhonda to steer without needing someone to drive her as long as she had a scent or destination to follow. Because of this, Floyd was able to spend his time watching over John.
Looking out one of the windows, Floyd sadly watched the scenery pass by as they traveled along the road; the rhythmic movement of the mobile home and soft padding of Rhonda's feet a stark contrast to the silence that lingered inside.
Turning away from the window, he redirected his attention to John. With every passing minute, Floyd's concern and worry for John only deepened. Over the past few hours, he had begun to look paler, and his breathing became shallow. He had one arm resting on his chest while the other dangled over the edge, and Floyd made sure to support his head using pillows. He had tried to get John to wake up many times, but Floyd had received no response or reaction so far. Reaching out a hand, Floyd gently brushed some of John's hair, the touch meant to reassure both of them that they would get through this together, even if John was unaware of the gesture.
Looking into his brother's still face, he felt an overwhelming sense of guilt wash over him. If only he had been more cautious and prepared…if only he had seen the danger lurking in the shadows. Then maybe, just maybe, John wouldn't have gotten hurt trying to protect him.
But dwelling on the past wouldn't change their reality. They were on their way to Bruce's home, where John could hopefully receive further help. Floyd's thoughts raced ahead, envisioning Bruce's reaction when he saw John's condition. Would he blame Floyd for what happened? Would he be angry or understanding?
Floyd knew John should have awoken by now. He was beginning to think his brother may have fallen into a coma, as he would have woken up hours ago if he had been in a simple state of unconsciousness. Floyd knew unconsciousness usually only lasted a few seconds or minutes, but John had been out longer than that. If this were the case, what scared Floyd the most was not knowing when his brother would wake. Comas could last for hours to days, weeks, months, or even years. And some never wake up…
Floyd shook his head, banishing the worries and fears that clouded his mind. John would wake up; right now, all that mattered was getting him the help he needed. Looking back out the window, he tried to make out any signs of the ocean, as he knew Bruce lived on an island, but it was hard to tell where they were going as it was dark outside.
Despite his efforts to remain calm, Floyd felt the weight of responsibility bearing down on him. He was the second youngest, the one who was supposed to look up to his older brothers for guidance and protection. Yet here he was, traveling through the night with the weight of his oldest brother's safety resting solely on his shoulders.
But as Floyd stole another glance at John, he knew he wouldn't have it any other way. They were family, bound together by an unbreakable brotherly bond. And no matter what challenges lay ahead, Floyd was determined to see them through, one step at a time.
A faint sound caught his attention as Floyd sat there, lost in his thoughts and worries. It was a low groan, barely audible amidst the patterning of Rhonda's feet and the wind outside. Floyd's heart leaped in his chest as he turned his gaze back to John, who was stirring faintly on the couch.
"John?" Floyd asked, his voice a mixture of hope and concern as he kneeled beside his brother, watching for any signs of consciousness in his brother's movements.
John's eyelids fluttered weakly, his brow furrowing in discomfort. He let out another groan, this one louder than before, accompanied by a slight shift in his position.
"Floyd…" John's voice was barely a whisper, hoarse and strained. Floyd's eyes widened with relief at the sound of his brother's voice, even if it was weak and barely audible.
"I'm here, John," Floyd said, gently grasping John's hand. "Can you hear me?"
John's response was a faint nod, his eyes still closed as if it took immense effort just to acknowledge Floyd's presence.
Floyd's concern deepened as he noticed the sheen of sweat on John's forehead and how his breathing seemed to labor with each inhale. Putting the back of his hand on John's forehead, he noticed he was beginning to burn up with a fever. Glancing around the mobile home, Floyd searched for anything he could use to help his brother.
"Give me one second," Floyd told John, getting up to quickly retrieve a wet cloth to put on his brother's head to help reduce his body temperature.
As he worked, Floyd couldn't shake the feeling of dread that lingered in the pit of his stomach. What if John's injuries were worse than they appeared? What if he needed more than just basic first aid?
Pushing aside his fears, Floyd focused on the task at hand, determined to do whatever it took to help his brother. With trembling hands, he assessed John's condition, carefully checking for any further signs of injury he may have missed.
"John?" Floyd asked to get his brother's attention, his voice trembling slightly as he looked into his brother's pale face.
This time, John's response was stronger, his eyes fluttering open as he tried to focus on Floyd's face.
"Floyd…" John's voice was stronger now, though still laced with pain. "What happened?"
Floyd hesitated, scared of the fact that John couldn't remember. But then he took a deep breath and reminded himself that it was probably normal for someone to be confused after waking up from a coma. Though he was unsure how much to tell his brother, as he didn't want to stress him out. But as he looked into John's eyes, filled with confusion and slight fear, he knew he shouldn't keep the truth from him.
"We were attacked," Floyd said quietly, his voice catching in his throat. "You…you were hurt trying to protect me."
At his words John nodded slowly in understanding, moving his gaze to stare up at the ceiling.
"Do you…remember?" Floyd asked, worried for the answer.
John's brow furrowed in concentration as he tried to piece together the events that led to his current state. Memories flickered in his mind like distant stars in the night sky, fragments of images and sensations that refused to merge together for him to make sense of everything.
"I…I remember parts of it…" John said, his voice distant and gaze unfocused as he struggled to recall the details. "There were…shadows…and a hand. Then…nothing."
Floyd felt a pang of guilt at John's words as he was reminded of the danger they had faced and the price his brother had paid to keep him safe. But amidst the guilt, he also felt a profound sense of gratitude and love toward his brother.
"You saved me, John Dory," Floyd said softly, his voice thick with emotion.
John turned his head to look at Floyd, his expression a mixture of exhaustion and determination. "I'd do it again," he said, his voice firm. "I don't regret it, Floyd. Not for a second."
Floyd's eyes welled with tears as he reached out to grasp John's hand, his heart overflowing with love and gratitude for his brother. "Thank you, John," he whispered. "Thank you for being there for me."
John squeezed Floyd's hand tightly, a silent reassurance passing between them. They sat in silence for a moment, the weight of their shared experience hanging heavy in the air.
"I'm sorry, John," Floyd said after a moment, his voice once again trembling with emotion. "I'm sorry that you got hurt because of me."
John shook his head, a faint smile playing at the corners of his lips. "Don't be," he said softly. "I'd do anything to protect you, Floyd. You're my brother, and that's more important to me than anything else."
Floyd felt a lump form in his throat at John's words, the depth of his love and devotion almost overwhelming. "I love you, John," he said, his voice filled with warmth.
"I love you too, Floyd," John replied, his voice barely above a whisper as his eyes shut once more as he slipped back into unconsciousness, leaving Floyd alone with his thoughts and fears again.
But this time, Floyd refused to let himself be consumed by despair. As he sat beside John, still holding his hand, Floyd knew that as long as they had each other, they could overcome any obstacle that stood in their way.
After readjusting John's pillows and rewetting the cloth on his brother's head, Floyd got up and went to the back of the mobile home where a second couch was, giving Floyd a bed to rest in as the night wore on.
Hours later, Floyd was awoken by the sun's early rays shining through the windows, causing him to yawn and stretch as he sat up. Looking out the window, he was filled with anticipation and excitement about reaching Vacay Island. He knew they would arrive sometime today, the landscape outside glowing in the morning's light as Rhonda continued her steady journey toward their destination.
Going over to check on John, Floyd felt a pang of worry twist in his chest. His brother still lay on the couch, pale and unresponsive, with a persistent fever that refused to break. Despite his efforts to cool John down with the wet cloth, his temperature remained stubbornly high, causing Floyd to feel a surge of frustration at being unable to ease his brother's suffering.
Gently placing a hand on John's forehead, Floyd frowned at the lingering heat radiating from his brother's skin. John's breathing was shallow and labored, his face creased in discomfort even in his unconscious state. Floyd knew they needed to reach Bruce's home as soon as possible.
After readjusting the blanket and ensuring John was as comfortable as possible, Floyd made his way to the front of the mobile home, taking hold of the steering wheel to help Rhonda guide them toward their destination. As the morning sun rose higher in the sky, Floyd's thoughts remained centered on his brother's well-being, praying silently for a swift recovery.
Meanwhile, on Vacay Island, Bruce was busy running his restaurant alongside Brandy, the sound of his customer's and friends' laughter and conversations filling the air. While excitement and anticipation filled Bruce as he knew his brothers were on their way, he couldn't shake the nagging worry that something might have happened while in Mount Rageous. After all, no one knew when the twins planned to capture Floyd. He could only hope they made it out okay.
As the hours passed, Bruce kept a watchful eye on the sun's position in the sky to keep track of what time of day it was. He longed to see his brothers again, even though it had been a little over a day since he last saw them. Since returning back home, Bruce had spent most of his time playing with his kids, helping Brandy out with their business, surfing, and telling his family about some of his favorite memories with his brothers. As his children and wife were about to meet two of his brothers, he only thought it appropriate to share some good experiences with them and put his brothers in a good light before their arrival.
Finally, as the sun was just beginning to set in the west, Bruce heard from outside a familiar growling-purring sound that he knew to be Rhonda from watching the movies. Running outside to greet his brothers, a wide smile of relief spread across his face at the sight of John's mobile home.
As Floyd exited Rhonda, Bruce ran over to give his brother a tight hug, overjoyed to see that he was safe and alright. Pulling away from the hug, Bruce's joyous expression was immediately replaced with concern and confusion as he took in Floyd's worried state.
"Floyd? What's wrong?" Bruce asked, then noticed John had not yet come outside. "Where's John?"
Not being able to respond, Floyd could only look sadly at Bruce before turning his head to look in the direction of Rhonda.
Understanding and worry filled Bruce as he understood what Floyd was implying. He had been right to worry…something had happened…Running inside, Bruce momentarily froze at the sight of his older brother lying motionless on the couch. Rushing forward, he knelt beside his brother, his heart sinking at the sight of John's pale, feverish face. At the sound of footsteps, Bruce turned to see Floyd had followed him inside, both of them having the same worrisome expressions on their faces.
"Floyd, what happened?" Bruce asked, his voice laced with worry as he turned to his younger brother for answers.
Floyd met Bruce's gaze, his own eyes filled with a mixture of exhaustion and regret. "Velvet happened," was all Floyd had to say for Bruce to understand.
Bruce's breath caught in his throat at Floyd's words, his fears confirmed. Clenching his jaw, he fought to contain the surge of hatred toward Velvet that enveloped him. Pressing his hand to John's head, Bruce confirmed his worry that his brother had a fever.
"Is he going to be okay?" Floyd asked, his voice barely above a whisper.
Bruce shook his head, his expression pained. "I don't know," he admitted, his voice cracking with emotion.
"Should we bring him inside?"
"No. It would be best if he stayed in here where we can better manage his temperature and fever. It's cooler in here, and it'd be best if we didn't try to move him too much," Bruce responded, his protective instincts kicking in. "Floyd, I need to know what happened so I can help John."
Taking a deep breath, Floyd went to sit next to his two brothers and began telling Bruce what happened while in Mount Rageous. As Floyd talked, Bruce listened with attention, his brow furrowed as Floyd's story progressed. As he finished recounting their events, Bruce sighed heavily and put his head in his hands.
"And… John's been unconscious since you left?" Bruce asked, worried for the answer.
"Not the whole time. He did wake up once on our way here but was only awake for about 5 minutes."
Nodding slowly, Bruce thought about what to do. He was upset that John had been denied medical attention in Mount Rageous, but luckily, he had some experience in dealing with fevers and head injuries as a father.
"It's good that he woke up, though it'll take time until he's fully conscious. It might take a few days for him to be fully responsive again, but until then, one of us should constantly be with him and make sure that his fever and condition aren't getting any worse," Bruce said, Floyd nodding in understanding.
Taking notice of Floyd's nervous and scared expression, Bruce stood up and walked over to give his younger brother a comforting hug. "Hey, he'll be alright. He just needs some time."
"I know, it's just…if it weren't for me, John wouldn't have gotten hurt. He didn't have to go to Mount Rageous but-"
"But he went to protect you," Bruce interrupted, putting his hands on Floyd's shoulders and looking him in the eye. "Don't blame yourself for what happened. It's Velvet's fault and hers alone. And if it weren't for you, Velvet could have captured John and yourself. You prevented that by contacting the authorities. If anything, you should be proud of yourself."
Looking into Bruce's eyes, Floyd could tell he really meant what he said, and Floyd felt all the guilt he had been feeling the past day leave his chest. "Thanks, Bruce," Floyd whispered, tears forming in his eyes.
Nodding in response, Bruce turned back around to face John while still addressing Floyd. "Alright, try to see if you can get him to wake up. He needs to eat something, so I'll go get some soup."
As Floyd knelt beside John to try and rouse him, Bruce exited Rhonda and headed back inside the restaurant. Seeing Brandy at the counter, Bruce realized he had yet to tell his wife about his brother's arrival and decided he should probably inform her about everything before focusing his attention on John. "Hey Brandy, my love, you know how I mentioned to you that I reached out to my brothers, asking them to come visit?" Bruce asked as he approached his wife.
"Mhmm."
"Well, they're here and-"
"Wait, already! Gosh, that was fast," Brandy said, not meaning to interrupt her husband but was too shocked to hear that his long-lost brothers had come and were here. "Have you already gone out to greet them?"
"Yes, I have. But Brandy, listen, one of my brothers got hurt on the way here. Could you run the restaurant while I go and take care of him?"
At Bruce's words Brandy could only stare at him in shock. Just the other day he was struggling with brother issues, then he tells her he invited his brothers to come visit, and now he's saying they're here and one of them is hurt. She had too many questions to ask her husband and wanted some answers. "Of course I can. But Bruce, you better tell me everything and what's going on."
And so, while Bruce began preparing soup for his brother, he filled his wife in on everything (that he could tell her, that is, as she still can't know about the movies). He told her how John and Floyd received his postcard in Mount Rageous and how, before they left, they had a bad encounter with some Mount Rageons, resulting in John's current state (which he updated her on). He also told her about how his other brothers, Clay and Branch, were living elsewhere, so only John and Floyd were here.
"I can't believe that happened to John; that's awful," Brandy said as Bruce finished his explanation, shocked to hear how wicked someone could be.
"Yeah, it is," Bruce said quietly, agreeing with his wife as the soup was finally done.
"Well, I'm glad he's safe and here now. Don't worry about the restaurant, I'll take care of it. You just…focus on helping your brothers."
"Thank you," Bruce told her while Brandy bent down to kiss him on the cheek. Walking out of his restaurant, he entered Rhonda to see that Floyd had managed to wake John and was trying to help him sit up by supporting pillows underneath his head and behind his back. Seeing John awake filled Bruce with relief, even though he still looked feverish and slightly dizzy and dazed.
"Hey John, how're you feeling?" Bruce asked, sitting on the couch beside John and taking his brother's hand in his.
"Oh…hey Bruce," John said quietly, a weak smile forming on his face.
"Here, I brought you something to eat," Bruce said, indicating the bowl of soup.
"I'm not that hungry-" John began before being interrupted by Bruce.
"John Dory, you haven't eaten anything all day. You need to eat; it'll help you get better," Bruce said, using his father's voice by instinct. Knowing that John was probably still too weak to feed himself, Bruce helped feed him while Floyd watched his two older brothers from the side.
"You still haven't answered my question," Bruce said after John had taken a bite. "How're you feeling?"
"Eh, I've been better," John responded, trying to seem strong while hating how weak he really was.
"I meant, what hurts?" Bruce asked, knowing how stubborn his older brother could be.
Sighing in defeat, John decided he might as well answer: "Well, I have a pretty bad headache, and I get dizzy if I move."
"What about your memory? Do you remember what happened in Mount Rageous or anything before that?" Bruce asked, knowing that severe head injuries could include amnesia, and hoped that wasn't the case for John.
It took John a moment to respond as he tried to recall all the events that had happened. "I remember parts of what happened…" John slowly said, trying to remember.
"What about before Mount Rageous?" Floyd urged, not wanting John to have forgotten everything that happened in that strange room they were all in.
"Yeah, I remember the movies," John assured his brothers, causing Bruce and Floyd to sigh in relief. "I just can't remember what happened to me all that well."
"At least your memory wasn't too affected then. A normal symptom from concussions is amnesia surrounding the event, but you should have your full memory back in no time," Bruce said, relieved that John wasn't too injured.
"But…what did happen?" John asked, looking from Bruce to Floyd for answers.
"After the movies, Cloud Guy brought us both to Mount Rageous. You helped me pack my home up and take care of a few things so we could leave and head here. But as we were about to set off Velvet and Veneer showed up. You sent me away to contact the authorities, and while I was doing that, Velvet got a hold of you and hurt you," Floyd explained, a sorrowful look on his face.
As Floyd talked, John tried to piece together his brother's words with the flashes of images in his mind, trying to make sense of everything.
"Don't stress yourself out, John. You need to rest," Bruce said, noticing John's scrunched-up face as he tried to remember. "Give yourself time to recover."
Sighing, John leaned into his pillows, closing his eyes as a dizzy spell washed over him and trying to ignore the pounding in his head.
"John?" Floyd questioned in concern.
"I'm fine…just…tired," John slowly said, his speech slurring as he dozed off.
Standing up, Bruce put the half-empty bowl of soup in John's fridge before turning to Floyd. "We need to make sure he finishes that soup next time he wakes up. But for now, I think he'll be okay if we leave and let him rest. Besides, you haven't met my family."
Smiling softly, Floyd was glad to know that John would be okay and was excited to finally meet Bruce's wife and kids. Following Bruce outside, he was greeted by the sun's warm rays and felt the island's warmth wash over him, easing his concerns and worries.
"This is a beautiful place, Bruce," Floyd said, awed by his surroundings. Sure, he'd seen it on screen, but in person was a whole different experience.
"Thanks! You'll love it here," Bruce said, leading Floyd inside the restaurant and toward Brandy. "Hey, honey! I want you to meet my younger brother, Floyd," Bruce said, introducing the two with a wide smile.
"Oh, hello! It's so good to finally meet you!" Brandy said.
"Hello," Floyd said, waving in greeting.
"I'm sorry to hear about your brother. Are you alright? Is there anything I can get you?" Brandy asked, eager to welcome Floyd into the family.
"I'm fine, thank you, though," Floyd said politely until his grumbling stomach gave him away.
"Come on, bro. You probably haven't eaten anything in a while either," Bruce said, grabbing a nearby menu and giving it to Floyd. "Here's our menu. Pick anything, and I'll get it out for you in a jiffy."
"Thanks," Floyd said, accepting the menu gratefully and scanning its contents. Under the label 'Drinks,' Floyd read the various refreshments such as 'Tropical Bree-z,' 'Citrus Punch,' 'Vacay Friday,' 'E-Z Sunset,' and 'Seaweed Floats.' As for 'Specials,' there were 'Fish N' Chips,' 'Regular HotDog,' 'Tuna Melt,' 'Chee-z Oysters,' 'Fried Clams,' 'Fricassee Squid,' 'Jellyfish Slider,' and 'Chee-z Nachos.'
"Wow, Bruce, these sound amazing!" Floyd said, slightly drooling at the list of foods.
"Haha, thanks! Oh, just don't order the clams, and don't ask why," Bruce said, sending his wife a knowing look.
"I'll have to go with the E-Z Sunset and Tuna Melt," Floyd said, finally coming to a decision.
"Good choices! Alright, I'll be right back," Bruce said, walking behind the counter to start preparing food.
While waiting, Floyd spent the time talking to Brandy and getting to know her. Floyd talked about his solo career in Mount Rageous, and she shared some memories of her, Bruce, and their family. He even got to meet some of his nephews and his niece, as they would occasionally pop up for attention and to play. When the food was done, Bruce joined his brother as they shared a meal, talking together and learning more about one another and their lives over the past twenty years.
Sighing happily and putting his fork down, Floyd leaned back and looked at Bruce's place, glad to see how happy and successful his brother was. "You know, I never thought I'd see the day when we'd be together like this again," Floyd said softly, breaking the momentary silence.
Bruce nodded, his gaze fixed on his friends swimming and his family happily conversing with one another. "Me neither. But I'm grateful that we're together now and for every moment we have with each other."
Smiling at each other, they let their conversation drift from one topic to the next, talking about their fondest memories and hopes for the future. Through it all, they found comfort and joy in each other's company, finding peace as they were together.
In the days that followed, John's recovery went well, and his condition gradually improved with each passing day. His fever began to subside, and he was able to stay awake for longer periods of time. As he was doing better, Bruce allowed him to finally leave his bed, him and Floyd helping John outside and allowing him to meet Brandy and his niece and nephews.
One afternoon, as John lay outside on a beach towel, an umbrella over him for shade, Bruce approached him with a warm smile. "Hey, John. How are you feeling?"
Offering a smile in return as Bruce sat down to join him, John looked happily out at the ocean. "Better, thanks to you and Floyd."
Bruce's smile widened at John's words, relieved to see his brother's improvement. "We're just glad you're okay, John. We were worried sick about you."
"I couldn't imagine why," John said in a teasing voice, causing Bruce to send him an exasperated eye-roll. The brothers spent the next few minutes in quiet companionship, enjoying each other's company and the island's peace.
"You didn't keep your promise," Bruce said, interrupting the comfortable silence between the two.
"What promise?" John asked, confused by Bruce's words.
"After the movies and before we returned to our homes, or in your case, Mount Rageous, you promised us you'd stay safe," Bruce explained, looking John in the eye.
"Yeah, well, I also promised to keep Floyd safe. It was either me or him, and there was no way I was putting him in danger," John said, not ashamed or guilty of what had happened.
At John's words, Bruce leaned over to give his brother a tight hug. "You're amazing, you know that, right?"
"Yeah, I know," John said, causing both brothers to laugh. As they pulled away from the hug, they spent a few more minutes in silence until it was broken by John. "You know, it's been about five days since we watched the movies, and I told Clay we would arrive at the golf course within a week. I'm doing much better, and if you're ready, maybe we can leave today or tomorrow?"
"I think that's a good idea!" Bruce replied, excited at the thought of reuniting with Branch.
"When are you wanting to leave?" John asked.
"Well, I need to pack a few things first. And of course, ask Brandy…as I haven't yet talked to her about that…" Bruce said, trailing off and slapping his head with his hand as he completely forgot about talking to Brandy about leaving.
John laughed at Bruce's words and reaction and stood up while brushing some sand off him. "I'll go and let Floyd know we're thinking of leaving soon while you talk to Brandy."
"Where is Floyd?" Bruce questioned.
"Probably playing with your kids."
"Ah, I see. You know, I think he's earned the title of 'favorite uncle,'" Bruce said, giving John a teasing look.
"What! No way!" John declared, crossing his arms and facing away from Bruce. "Actually…yeah, you're probably right. I mean, I have been cooped up in Rhonda for a while now," John chuckled while Bruce shook his head in amusement, glad to see his older brother being less prideful and more humble.
"Alright, I'm going to talk to Brandy," Bruce said, getting up and heading inside the restaurant as John went to find Floyd and spend time with his niece and nephews.
"Hey Brandy, can I talk to you for a second?" Bruce asked his wife, who was currently preparing a jellyfish slider.
"Of course!"
"So, I know we have a lot going on here, but do you think it would be crazy if I were to-"
"Uh, leave me here to manage the restaurant and all these kids so you can go on a trip with your brothers and spend a few weeks reuniting and catching up with them?" Brandy said, already knowing what this was about.
"Yeah, that," Bruce said, astonished at how Brandy had guessed what he was going to ask.
"It'd be crazy if you didn't! You need this time with your brothers," Brandy said, turning around to face her husband, who was giving her an appreciative look. "And you can cover when I go on my girls' yoga retreat next month—all month," she added, causing Bruce to widen his eyes.
"Uh…right, of course," Bruce said, trying to hide his disbelief at his wife's words.
"When are you planning on going?"
"We were thinking today if that's alright," Bruce said, glad his wife was okay with him going.
"Of course that's alright!"
"And I'm not sure when I'll be back…maybe in a couple weeks-"
"Oh, don't worry about that," Brandy said, interrupting her husband. "As I said, you need this time with your brothers. And since I'll be gone on my yoga retreat for a month, I'm okay with you being with your brothers for a month."
"Seriously! A month! Oh, you're the best!" Bruce said, loving his wife while she laughed happily at his words.
"Now get packing and have a safe trip," Brandy said, leaning down to kiss him before he went to pack.
Packing took little time as Bruce didn't have much he wanted to bring, so the brothers were ready to leave within 15 minutes. As it was midday, they hoped to arrive at the golf course before night, depending on how far it was. Before leaving, Bruce, John, and Floyd took some time to say goodbye to everyone. Bruce hugged his kids and his wife goodbye while his brothers were tackled by his kids in farwell, causing Bruce and Brandy to laugh in amusement. Before they knew it, the brothers were all in Rhonda, ready to take off.
As they weren't sure where to go, they used Branch's idea of using Clay's funderdrawers to find Clay. Once John pressed the 'Hustle' button, the brothers knew it was only a matter of time before they arrived at the golf course.
Notes:
So for this chapter, I kept the John Dory hurt/angst part kinda short because that isn't really the story's focus…I just wanted to add a quick brotherly bonding moment between John and his younger brothers; especially because in the movie, John seemed to have the most strained relationship with them, so I thought it'd be cute seeing the younger brothers worrying and caring for their older brother. :) Also, for any confusion, John’s fever came from his concussion, as one symptom from a concussion can include a fever. Anyway, I hope you enjoyed it!
Chapter 45: Meeting the Putt Putt Trolls
Chapter Text
The sun was setting in the sky, casting a faint glow over the golf course where the Putt Putt trolls were filled with excitement, gathered together for their favorite game.
Viva, their spirited leader, stood at the forefront, her eyes sparkling with anticipation. “Alright, everyone! Let’s get ready to roll!” she exclaimed, her voice brimming with enthusiasm.
At her words, the Putt Putt trolls lined up in a horizontal row at the starting line of the obstacle course, each one poised and positioned for action. In living in a golf course, the trolls found joy in setting up their own obstacles and performing races, and they would rotate turns on who would set up and prepare for the next race/obstacle course. This time, it had been Clay’s turn. Before watching the movies, Clay usually didn’t participate in these events as he worried that doing so would ruin his reputation as the ‘serious’ one. But now that he was trying to bring back his fun side, he readily offered to be the one to set up the course.
Standing beside his girlfriend, Clay stretched his arms and dropped to one knee, his hands on the ground, ready to spring into action at the sound of the starting signal.
Viva turned to Clay, a mischievous glint in her eye. “So, Clay, think you’ve set up a course that can challenge me?” she teased, a playful smirk dancing on her face.
Clay chuckled, a competitive fire igniting within him. “Oh, you bet I have, Viva. Get ready to eat my dust,” he responded, his grin widening.
Standing atop a platform, one of the Putt Putt trolls formed their hair to take on a horn shape, which they then blew into, signaling the start of the race. As the horn blew, the Putt Putt Trolls transformed into fluffy ‘golf’ balls and took off on the course, their vibrant colors blending into their surroundings as they sped through the intricate course, weaving between and leaping over various obstacles with expert precision. Soon, Viva and Clay took the lead, their competitive spirits fueling their every move.
Jumping over an obstacle, Viva gave Clay a playful wink as she zipped past him. “Come on, Clay! Is this the best you’ve got?” she taunted in midair before landing and forming back into a ball, zooming ahead of him.
Clay grinned, determination etched on his face as he sped up to catch her. “Oh, you haven’t seen anything yet, Viva! Just you wait!” he called back as he too jumped before forming back into a ball and sped after her.
As they raced, the Putt Putt trolls watching from the sidelines cheered them on, their voices blending together as they chanted their names in excitement.
As they approached the final stretch, Viva took on a sudden burst of speed, catching Clay by surprise as she crossed the line just seconds ahead of him.
“Woo-hoo! Yeah!” Viva cheered, jumping up in excitement while pumping her fists in the air in victory while Clay rolled up next to her, un-balling himself to catch his breath.
“Well, Clay, looks like your course wasn’t half bad after all,” Viva told Clay, a playful grin on her face.
Clay grinned, a sense of pride swelling within him. “Thanks, Viva. But don’t think this means I’ll go easy on you next time,” he replied, his eyes twinkling with mischief.
“What! Yeah right,” Viva scoffed, giving Clay a light teasing punch on his shoulder. “Want a rematch?”
“In a second. You can do a few runs without me.”
“You sure?” Viva asked in surprise.
“Yeah, I just need a small break,” Clay said, giving her a reassuring smile.
Giving him a quick kiss on the cheek, Viva ran off to the start of the course, leaving Clay alone with his thoughts. He took a moment to watch the Putt Putt trolls as some raced through the course while others cheered from the sidelines before beginning to walk around the Hole N’ Fun. Looking around the golf course, his eyes scanned the entirety of the home he and the trolls had built, from the lights strung up around the place to all their emergency hide-aways in case of an attack.
Most of his life has been spent living here alongside the Putt Putt trolls, and now that he knew he would soon be saying goodbye to it, an unknown fear had begun forming in the pit of his stomach. He didn’t know why or what was wrong with him. Afterall, he should be overjoyed at the thought of leaving to go and live with his brothers. He knew that was what he wanted. But another part of him had lingering doubts.
During the movies, Clay had rebonded with his brothers. They apologized, made-up for lost time. But was it enough? They’d been separated for twenty years. Surely only a day together couldn’t possibly heal all the hidden wounds that their separation had caused.
Right before they left the strange room where they watched the movies, Clay had felt so many emotions at once. Some were fears that his brothers might not come for him, others revolved around saying goodbye and not wanting to leave them again. But he also felt love and care for his brothers after years of not seeing them. Not wanting to leave without telling them this, he made sure to say goodbye to each of his brothers in turn, especially John Dory.
As kids, he and John always had the hardest relationship. It felt to Clay like he wasn’t good enough for the band and that John would never accept him; those feelings stemming when John had made him dye his hair yellow and branded him with the ‘Fun Boy’ title. He thought John never took him seriously, didn’t understand him, and that he only cared about the band and the ‘Perfect Family Harmony.’
The night Clay walked out on his brothers, those thoughts and so much more were consuming him, filling him with hate toward his brothers. Since then, that hate had lingered inside him, causing him to fully push his brothers out of his life.
Reuniting with them had come as a shock, and only then did he realize he truly did love and miss them. But he also noticed that some of his scars from the past were not fully healed. He knew saying sorry was only the start of mending their relationship and that it would take more than a day to be on fully good terms with his brothers.
Once returning to the golf course, Clay had been trying his best to bring back his fun personality, believing that in doing so he would begin to bridge the gap between him and his brothers as he was accepting this side of him once again. But doing so was turning out to be harder than he thought. Much harder. For twenty years he has buried this side of him in hopes of not only being taken more seriously by others, but also to push his brothers out of his life. It was true; as a kid, he was the goof ball of the family. He was the one making pranks, coming up with silly dances, and always laughing and having a good time.
As Clay continued to stroll through the golf course, he couldn’t shake off the weight of uncertainty that lingered within him. Yet, he also found some comfort in the familiarity of his surroundings - from the whimsical structures they had repaired/built to the high gates enclosing them in and keeping danger out. In just a few days, he’ll be in a completely new environment; leaving behind the life he had built and stepping into a new chapter with his brothers. The prospect both thrilled and scared him. What if he couldn’t fit into their lives, just as it had been all those years ago? What if the years of separation had created such a severe barrier between them, that they wouldn’t be able to live together after all.
His heart ached with the weight of unresolved emotions and unspoken words. Sure, a lot had happened during the movies, but there was also a lot that hadn’t. Especially when it came to Branch, who had no idea they were planning on reuniting with him. Clay longed for closure, for the chance to truly mend the bonds that had been strained for so long. Yet, he also feared the vulnerability that came with confronting the past, with exposing the scars that still lingered beneath the surface. He was afraid that in doing so, he would lose himself to his emotions.
Not only this, but he also feared about what he would be losing in leaving. After searching for acceptance for so long, Clay had finally found the Putt Putt trolls, who looked up to him as he co-ran the place with Viva. Here, he knew he had a purpose, that he was needed and wanted. But once they all left for Pop Village, that would go away. The Putt Putt trolls would look toward Queen Poppy for direction and guidance, they would rely on the other trolls and their lost family and friends for comfort. No longer would Clay be needed to keep everyone safe, for there was truly nothing to hide from anymore, not with the peace with the Bergens and the truce between the troll tribes. Clay wouldn’t need to create or perform safety drills, come up with escape plans, or train everyone how to attack and defend themselves.
Gosh, he felt so stupid and selfish for thinking this. The Putt Putts deserved to be reunited with their family and friends back at Troll Village, he knew that. Here, they never truly had the experience of freedom as they are constantly on the lookout for danger and living in fear. No one deserved to live in that kind of way.
And even if he wanted to, he felt hesitant in bringing up these fears to Viva. Unlike him, she was beyond excited to leave. Now that she knew her family and friends were alive, and knew there was nothing to fear from the Bergens, she was ready to leave. Also, unlike Clay, Viva had no selfish desires in staying. Why would she? All she’s done her entire life was put others first and take care of her people. As for Clay, he had walked out on his brothers just because of an argument. He hadn’t even bothered going back and trying to repair the damage, he had instead focused on himself and his own feelings and wants.
As he wandered through the Hole N’ Fun, lost in thought, Clay’s gaze fell upon a familiar sight - a makeshift stage where the Putt Putt trolls would occasionally put on performances and concerts. Just the glimpse of it brought his mind back to the days of BroZone, when he would perform alongside his brothers. At first, it had been an enjoyable experience for the brothers, strengthening their relationships and bonding them together. But after time…that all fell apart as their minds shifted from each other to focus instead on things that really didn’t matter.
Suddenly, he was jolted out of his thoughts as the lights around him began to flicker rapidly. It was the warning signal. Years ago Clay had come up with a warning signal to alert the Putt Putt trolls if danger was around, signaling to them to put the place on lockdown and get into their defensive positions. The signal had to be quiet though, so as not to alert the danger outside of their presence. As soon as the lights began flashing, the sound of laughter and cheers from the racing trolls immediately vanished as they all noticed the potential danger at hand.
Pushing his worries and fears aside, Clay ran over to the scout tower they had stationed by the gate, knowing Viva would arrive there as well if she wasn’t already.
“Fern, what’s going on?” Clay asked their scout on duty, who had been the one to flash the warning signal.
“A strange creature is approaching,” Fern replied, giving him a steady look.
“Let me see,” Clay said just as Viva approached, who was immediately updated by one of the trolls nearby on what was going on. Climbing up the gate to stand alongside Fern on the lookout perch, she handed him the binoculars she had been using, allowing him to better view their surroundings.
It was unusual for creatures to get close to the golf course, as those who lived nearby usually kept a good distance away. So, the only reason why someone would flash the warning lights was if the creature posed a threat and/or was getting too close, as the Putt Putt trolls liked to remain hidden and unknown from the outside world. It took him a moment, but he soon spotted the creature Fern had mentioned.
“Should we initiate a lockdown?” Fern asked Clay.
“No, I know who that is,” Clay said, handing her back the binoculars as he was filled with nervous excitement. Turning his attention to the trolls gathered around, awaiting instructions, he assured them that there was no danger and asked a troll named Pollen to open the gates before using his hair to swing down to the ground next to Viva.
“Clay, what’s going on?” Viva asked as soon as he landed, a worried look on her face.
“It’s my brothers,” he whispered back, not wanting other trolls to overhear them.
Viva gasped in excitement before rushing to the gates to welcome them, the other Putt Putt trolls still gathered around nervously, uncertain and confused about what was going on.
A moment later, Rhonda entered through the open gate, causing most Putt Putts to rapidly back up in fear and yell out in shock, startled by the strange and unfamiliar creature.
Bruce was the first to exit, shortly followed by Floyd and John. At the sight of other trolls, the Putt Putts momentary fear was quickly replaced with excitement and disbelief as they began talking amongst themselves about the unexpected visitors, sending curious glances at the three new trolls.
“Oh my gosh, it’s so good to see you guys!” Viva squealed, and unable to contain herself, she rushed forward to hug each brother enthusiastically, causing the Putt Putts to continue whispering amongst themselves as they grew more confused about her reaction toward the newcomers.
“Does she know them?”
“Where’d they come from?”
“There are other trolls out there!?”
“It seems like she knows them…”
Oh man, we really didn’t plan this well…Clay thought, overhearing the troll's questions as he approached his brothers.
“Clay!” John Dory shouted out enthusiastically at the sight of him, rushing forward to greet him.
“Hey John,” Clay replied as his brother pulled him into a hug, smiling widely while trying to dismiss his earlier thoughts. His brothers were here…they had come…it was going to be okay…he had only been exaggerating…
“John Dory, you shouldn’t be moving so fast yet,” Bruce scolded as he and Floyd walked over to Clay, each giving him a hug in greeting.
“Wait, why? Did something happen?” Clay asked, looking at his oldest brother in concern, who opened his mouth to say something before being interrupted by Floyd.
“We can talk about that later,” Floyd said, giving John a look who shut his mouth in disappointment, clearly excited to update Clay and not wanting to wait.
“Um…who are you guys?” a Putt Putt troll asked in confusion.
“And how do you know Clay and Viva?” another added.
“Oh, um, everyone, these are my brothers,” Clay announced, gesturing to his brothers and deciding to cut straight to the chase.
At his words the Putt Putts confused looks switched to looks of delight and excitement.
“Brothers!?”
“Oh, this is so exciting!”
“He has brothers?”
“Too…cool!”
“Where’d they come from though?”
Chuckling lightly in amusement as the troll's words overlapped each other, Clay redirected his attention to his brothers. “We don’t get visitors often…”
“I can tell,” Bruce said, noticing the astonished looks on the Putt Putts faces.
“Alright, everyone! I know you guys have many questions and I promise we will answer them! But for now, they’ve had a long journey so let’s bring out the works!” Viva announced to the gathered trolls, who began getting food out for the brothers at her words.
“Coming in hot!” a Putt Putt troll said, putting a large basket of fries in front of the brothers as numerous other foods were provided.
“Ooh, yum!” Bruce said, smacking his lips in anticipation as he picked up a fry and took a large bite, sighing in satisfaction as he chewed.
“Milkshakes, to celebrate!” Viva exclaimed as large milkshakes were brought out, running over to chug one down within seconds.
“Thanks Viva! This looks amazing!” Floyd said, smiling widely at Viva as she finished her drink.
“Of course! Ah! I’m so excited you guys are finally here!” Viva said, whispering the last part to the brothers excitedly so the other trolls didn’t hear and get more confused as to how she knew of their arrival.
“We’re glad to finally be here! Sorry it took so long. We had to…take care of a few things first,” Bruce responded after swallowing a second bite, glancing over at John who was digging into some food.
“How have things been here, Clay?” Floyd asked his older brother, who had been watching Viva with an amused and loving expression.
“Hm? Oh, pretty great actually,” Clay responded, redirecting his attention to his brothers.
“So Viva, how do you know them?” a troll named Rae asked.
“Oh…ummm…” Viva said, trailing off as she desperately searched for a response, recognizing her previous mistake in acting like she knew the brothers.
“I told her about them and showed her some pictures, so I guess she recognized them,” Clay answered for Viva as he overheard the question.
“Oh, okay,” Rae said, accepting the answer without much more thought, passing his response on to the others as Viva mouthed ‘thank you’ to him.
“Clay, you have brothers?!” a troll named Moss asked, looking at him curiously.
At her words he flinched slightly as he felt his brothers questioning gazes on him. “Uhh…yep. Surprise?” he said with an awkward smile while shrugging his shoulders.
Noticing how Clay was beginning to become stressed under all the looks and questions everyone was sending him, Viva quickly intervened. “Okay everyone, let’s give Clay some time with his brothers. You can ask your questions to me or wait until later to ask him,” she said, leading the trolls away to give the brothers some space and time together.
Sighing in relief, Clay turned around to face his brothers, though immediately regretted doing so as he saw their hurt and confused looks.
“You didn’t…tell anyone about us?” Floyd asked, as John just stared at Clay with a curious and hurt expression.
“I-I did! Well, I mentioned you guys…occasionally…but-but that was before-” Clay rambled, not sure what he was trying to say/do. Assure his brothers? Comfort them? Have them stop looking at him like that???
“Clay, it’s fine. I get it,” Bruce said, giving his brother a small smile. “In all honesty, it was hard for me to talk about you guys too.”
“Really?” John asked, turning to look at Bruce now instead of Clay. “Huh…”
“Anyway…” Floyd said, moving the conversation away from their current topic. “Looks like you guys have been busy,” he said, gesturing toward the obstacle course set up.
“Oh yeah! That’s one of our obstacle courses. We were racing before you guys arrived,” Clay responded. Honestly, with his brother’s sudden arrival and his train of thought before they came, he had forgotten about the obstacle course until now.
“You guys have races! That’s so cool!” John said, staring at the course in excitement and longing.
“Don’t even think about it JD, you’re not racing,” Bruce told him, giving John a stern look while he grunted in frustration.
“I’m fine! It’s been a week!”
“It’s been five days, John,” Floyd said in a monotone voice, giving his brother an eye roll.
“What’re you guys talking about?” Clay asked, completely confused by their words.
“We had an…encounter with Velvet and Veneer at Mount Rageous,” Floyd slowly said.
“What!” Clay shouted in shock, giving John and Floyd a worried look. That certainly was not what he had been expecting to hear.
“Yeah! But don’t worry! They’re in prison now,” John said, seeming excited to tell Clay what had happened once again. But before he could dive into the story, Viva approached them and began talking instead.
“Sorry about that guys,” she said, looking behind at the direction she had come from before turning excitedly to the brothers. “Alright, I want to hear everything that’s happened!”
“How about we go inside first?” Clay suggested, now that his brothers were finished eating.
“As long as it’s not Clay’s room, I’m fine with that,” John said, giving Clay a teasing look.
“I actually moved out of the admin building,” Clay responded, turning around to head toward Viva’s place, the others following along behind him.
“Wait, what? Where are you staying now?” Floyd asked, while at the same time John whispered to Bruce “Looks more like a porta potty to me than an admin building,” causing both older brothers to laugh in amusement.
“He’s been living with me,” Viva answered happily, skipping ahead of the brothers and leaving Clay to deal with his brother’s confusion.
“You’ve…been living with…Viva?” Bruce asked slowly, repeating her words over in his head.
“Yeah, we’re dating now,” Clay casually responded.
“YOU GUYS ARE DATING!!!” John shouted in excitement, he, Bruce, and Floyd exchanging happy and excited looks with each other.
“About time!” Floyd added, laughing at Clay’s expression at his words.
“When’d you ask her out?” Bruce asked, eager for the details.
“The night we got back.”
“Oh…I see how it is. You just didn’t want us around,” John said.
At first, Clay took those words to be an accusation, but once he turned to see John’s face, he could see his older brother’s teasing and joyous expression and immediately felt relieved. Just a misunderstanding…
“Hey, I just wanted it to be more…private,” Clay responded, choosing his words carefully.
“I’m proud of you, bro,” Bruce said, giving Clay a side hug as they continued walking toward Viva’s place.
Heading inside, they all sat down on Viva’s white couch, the brothers (except for Clay) taking in their surroundings.
“Nice place, Viva. Or should I say, Clay and Viva,” John said, giving the two a playful smile.
“Would you guys stop,” Clay asked in exasperation, as Viva laughed. “Besides, Viva’s the one who decorated it all. I only moved in a few days ago.”
“Alright, so tell us everything!” Viva said, looking at John, Bruce, and Floyd eagerly, wanting to know about their journey since coming back from the movies.
As expected by Clay, John was the first to dive into the story, talking about his and Floyd’s return to Mount Rageous, the sights he saw there, helping Floyd pack up, and their encounter with Velvet and Veneer. At that point, Floyd jumped in to explain their escape and travel to Vacay Island, as John was unconscious during that time and had no recollection of the events. Once he began talking about Vacay Island, Bruce joined in and began talking about his wife and kids, how Floyd currently had the title of favorite uncle, and how well John’s recovery went. John then finished by talking briefly about their departure from Bruce’s home and their journey here.
As his brother’s finished, Viva and Clay both had surprised and astonished looks, staring at John, Bruce, and Floyd with wide eyes.
“Wow…that’s a lot…” Viva said slowly, Clay nodding in agreement as he was still processing his brothers’ words.
“I’m just glad Velvet and Veneer are in prison. We won’t have to worry about them anymore!” Bruce declared, throwing an arm around Floyd as everyone hummed and nodded in agreement.
“Anyway, what have you two been up to?” Floyd asked, directing his attention to Clay and Viva.
“Honestly, not too much-” Clay began, until Viva cut him off.
“What’re you talking about! We’ve done a lot! Though, certainly not as much as you guys. We started dating, built an obstacle course, had races, talked about what moving to Pop Village will be like, made candy necklaces which we haven’t really finished yet, and…well, actually I guess that’s pretty much it,” Viva quickly said without pause; Clay sending her an amused expression while his brothers tried to catch and understand what she was saying.
“Oh yea! Pop Village! What’re we going to tell the Putt Putt trolls?” Floyd asked Bruce and John, remembering they were supposed to convince them it was no longer dangerous outside.
At Floyd’s words, Clay felt all his previous worries and fears rush over him, pounding in his chest as if wanting to escape and reveal themselves to everyone in the room. Taking a deep breath, Clay closed his eyes for a brief second to calm himself down. Nothing’s wrong…everything's fine…moving is the right thing to do…
“Hmm…we could say we’re from Pop Village?” John suggested.
“No, we don’t want to lie,” Bruce said, shaking his head at his brother’s words.
“Well then how are we supposed to tell them about the peace with the Bergens?” John asked, a little annoyed that his idea was immediately brushed off.
“Maybe you don’t have to,” Clay said, causing everyone to send him confused looks.
“Clay, they’re here to try and get everyone to move back with their family and friends. The whole point is for them to mention the troll's truce with the Bergens,” Viva said.
“Yes, but just hear me out. Obviously they shouldn’t lie about being from Pop Village, because eventually the Putt Putts might learn otherwise and questions will arise. That can be avoided. Instead, what if just you and I leave first. We can put Ty and Fern in charge until we come back, and we’ll tell everyone that we’re going to go and make sure Pop Village is safe. We’ll say my brothers told us that they heard rumors about the Pop Troll’s escape from the Troll Tree, and we’ll go ahead to see if it’s true,” Clay told Viva.
“Yes, but, we already know that’s true,” Viva said, still slightly confused.
“We do, but the Putt Putts don’t know that. And we shouldn’t have my brothers lie about where they’re from. Besides, us going first will give us time to reunite with Branch and Poppy on a more private level and explain to them about your escape from the Troll Tree. Afterward, we can come back for everyone, tell them everyone’s alive and made it out of the Troll Tree, bring up the peace with the Bergens, and then begin the moving process. It’ll help the moving transition be smoother too,” Clay said, desperate to convince Viva to hold off on the Putt Putts moving. He wasn’t ready yet…
Viva took a moment to consider his words before responding. “I…suppose that makes sense,” she slowly said, slightly disappointed as she really wanted her people to reunite with their family they’d been separated from.
“I like it, Clay!” John said, agreeing with his brother.
“It will let us focus more on our reunions with Branch and Poppy as we won’t have to worry about helping everyone move into Pop Village. And we’ll be able to tell Poppy about the Putt Putt trolls, allowing her to make more room for them. Besides, us arriving with all the Putt Putt trolls will make traveling take longer and may stress Poppy out with the sudden change,” Bruce added, also in agreement with Clay.
At his brothers’ words Clay sighed in relief. He knew he was being selfish, again, but he honestly didn’t feel ready to officially move yet. At least now he knew he had more time before saying goodbye and…losing everything he had worked toward over the years. Looking up, Clay noticed Floyd had been watching him with a concerned and confused expression. Giving his brother a quick smile, he quickly looked away to focus his attention back to the conversation at hand.
“Aright, fine. We’ll do that instead,” Viva said, giving Clay a soft smile. “So when should we tell everyone and leave?”
“We can tell them tonight if you want. As for when we leave, I wouldn’t mind spending the night here, if you two are okay with it. A proper bed would be nice,” Bruce said, while John gave him a fake offended look.
“What’d you mean? Rhonda has proper beds.”
“She has couches, John Dory,” Bruce responded, giving his brother an eye roll.
“And a pull-out bed!” John added in defense.
“She has a pull-out bed! How come you didn’t tell me about that?” Floyd asked, finally pulling his gaze away from Clay to instead look at John.
“Uh…I was unconscious.”
“Guys, are we going to do this or not, because my people are really wanting the answers I promised them,” Viva said at the doorway, waiting for the brothers to get up and join her.
Once outside, Viva and Clay began gathering all the Putt Putt trolls for a village meeting while John, Bruce, and Floyd waited until everyone arrived, discussing with each other what exactly they were going to say.
Clearing his throat, Bruce was the first to address the gathered crowd. “So, as you guys already know, we are brothers of Clay. My name is Bruce, and this is my older brother John Dory and our younger brother Floyd. We have another brother, Branch, who is not with us right now. Up until recently, we believed our youngest brother to be dead, until we heard about the Rock Apocalypse.”
Following his words, the Putt Putts whispered amongst themselves in confusion, as they had never heard of rock before, let alone a rock apocalypse.
Stepping forward, John continued where Bruce left off. “There are six different types of music: Hard Rock, Classical, Funk, Techno, Country, and Pop, which is us. The Rock Apocalypse was when Queen Barb of the Hard Rock Trolls went on a world tour, stopping at each troll village to get hold of their musical string in an attempt to unite the world under rock and turn everyone into rock zombies. However, Queen Poppy of the Pop trolls managed to stop her.”
At those words, gasps of shock went up from the crowd, many of the trolls sending Viva surprised looks as they began whispering to each other.
“Poppy? Isn’t that Viva’s younger sister's name?”
“Is he saying what I think he’s saying?”
“Did the others make it out of the Troll Tree?”
“From what we heard,” Floyd said, silencing the crowd as he regained their attention. “The Pop trolls managed to escape the Troll Tree the night of your escape during Trollstice, with Poppy now being their Queen and our brother, Branch, living among them.”
Cheers and cries of joy erupted from the crowd, the Putt Putt trolls looking at each other with disbelief, relief, and excitement on their faces.
“They’re alive!”
“I can’t believe it…”
“After all this time, they’re actually out there!”
“Does this mean we can leave and reunite with them?”
“Is it safe?”
“After discussing with Viva,” Clay announced, capturing everyone’s attention once again. “We’ve decided that it would be best if us two were to travel with my brothers to ensure the rumors are true and that they did indeed escape the Troll Tree before any further action is taken. When we return, we’ll update you on what we find and if the rumors are true, then Viva and I will lead you all to Pop Village where you can be reunited with your tribe, family, and friends.”
Excitement buzzed in the air, happy chatter and conversation following Clay’s words as the Putt Putt trolls couldn’t believe what they were hearing. For years now they’ve been living and hiding in fear from the Bergens, believing everyone else to be dead. Now, for once in their lives, they had hope that they might be able to leave and return to their home.
“What about the Bergens?” one Putt Putt troll called out.
“We’ll learn about that too. But if our tribe is still alive, then we’re going to make reuniting with them our first priority, even if that means Bergens might still be around,” Viva answered, wanting to prepare her people to some degree of living around Bergens. “While we’re gone, Ty and Fern are going to be put in charge.” At those words, Ty and Fern stood taller in the audience at their recognition, giving Clay and Viva nods of assurance. “I have full faith in them to keep everyone safe, and I promise that Clay and I will try to return here in less than a month. We plan on leaving in the morning, so until then, we’ll be packing, answering any questions you guys have, and taking care of any last minute details. Thank you guys!” Viva ended, dismissing the trolls who began dispersing, talking amongst themselves excitedly at the prospect of living back at their home with their friends and family they’ve been separated from for so long.
“I think that went well,” Clay said, giving Viva a smile.
“Me too,” she sighed in relief. “Well, I’m off to go and talk to Ty and Fern! You wanna walk around with your brothers and answer any questions the trolls might have? I really don’t want to leave until their confusion is cleared up.”
“Of course,” Clay responded, giving her a quick kiss before they each went their separate ways, his brothers following him into the crowd and thankfully not teasing him about the kiss.
The brothers spent the next few minutes answering questions from the trolls, such as ‘Do you really think they’re still out there?’ ‘How is it possible that they escaped?’ ‘Do you think they still remember us?’ and ‘Why haven’t they come looking for us?’ As Clay and his brothers continued to provide answers and reassurances, the Putt Putt trolls gradually grew more comfortable with the idea of leaving their hidden sanctuary, excitement and joy filling them instead. However, the next question they were asked they most certainly were not prepared for.
“Are you guys BroZone?” a troll named Desiree asked, the direct question taking the brother’s completely off guard. “I recognized you guys after you introduced yourselves. Except for you, Bruce. I thought there was a brother named Spruce?”
“Uh…well…” Bruce began, unsure of how to respond as he was still surprised by the fact this troll knew and remembered their band.
“He changed his name,” John answered, Bruce shooting him a grateful look.
“Ah,” Desiree said.
“How do you know about our band?” Floyd asked.
“Well I haven’t lived here all my life you know. You guys were the biggest boy band there was when I was a kid! It was all my sister and I would listen to. If only she were here; she’d be so jealous I’m meeting you guys,” Desiree responded in excitement.
“Where’s your sister?” John asked, before receiving small glares from his brothers and recognizing his mistake.
“It’s alright, I’m not offended,” Desiree said when she noticed John’s apologetic look he sent her. “I got separated from her during our escape from the Troll Tree. I haven’t talked about her in a while, it was too painful before. But now that there’s a chance and possibility that she’s alive…I just…can’t wait to leave and see her again!”
“What’s her name? Maybe we can find her for you when we find the village,” Floyd asked her, wanting to help in any way he could.
“Her name’s Harper, and she loves to color and paint. Oh, could you tell her about me if you see her?!” she pleaded with Floyd, overjoyed at the thought.
“Of course,” Floyd responded with a smile, before being tackled in a hug by Desiree a second later.
“Oh thank you, thank you! Also, if it’s not too much to ask, do you think you guys could perform a song for us? I’d love it if you could, you guys are amazing!” Desiree asked, pulling away from Floyd to give the brothers a hopeful look.
“Uh…” Clay said, taken by surprise once again by another one of her questions.
“We’d love to!” John exclaimed in excitement, causing Clay to shoot him a nervous and shocked look.
“Yes!” Desiree squealed, before turning around and projecting her voice to all the trolls. “Hey everyone! Clay and his brothers are going to perform a song for us! They’re BroZone!”
“John, what are you doing?!” Clay hissed at him, as all the Putt Putt trolls shouted in excitement and anticipation, heading over to their makeshift stage.
“What?” John asked, confused by Clay’s reaction.
“We haven’t performed together in years! How do you expect us to pull this off?” Clay whispered angrily at him. He wasn’t ready for this. They had no time to prepare, and the last show they did together did not end well.
“We seemed to do fine in the movies,” John responded, not understanding Clay’s attitude, as he was excited by the thought of performing alongside his brothers again.
“John, those were movies,” Bruce added in, jumping into the conversation. He too was slightly nervous at the idea of performing so soon and unannounced.
“They weren’t just movies, they were our future!” John said, trying to defend himself.
“Guys, maybe it won’t be so bad. We could give it a go,” Floyd suggested.
“Well, it’s too late to not do it now, as everyone’s expecting a show,” Clay growled, gesturing toward the growing crowd around the stage.
“Hey, I’m sorry! I-I thought you guys missed performing,” John said, feeling bad about pressuring his brothers.
Before anyone could respond, Viva approached the brothers, a confused look on her face. “Clay, what’s going on? What’s this talk about you guys performing?”
“Well, someone recognized us from BroZone and asked us to perform, but before talking about it first, John just said yes right away, and now everyone’s wanting to see us perform,” Clay told her, sending a glare toward John. He could not deal with this right now…
“Guys, please, let’s not argue,” Floyd said, nervous about a fight ensuing.
Taking a deep breath, Clay took a moment to calm down and recenter his thoughts. It would be fine. It was just one song; he could do one song with his brothers. “Alright, fine. You’re right Floyd. Let’s just…get this over with,” Clay said, walking away from his brothers and heading toward the back of the stage.
Looking nervously at each other, the brothers followed Clay backstage while Viva went to the front, as she would be the one to introduce the brothers.
“Clay, I’m really sorry. I had no idea-” John began, before being interrupted.
“I said it’s fine. Let’s just…pick what song we’re going to sing,” Clay said, his anger ebbing away as nerves replaced it, his heart pounding in his chest. It was one song that divided them in the first place. What if something went wrong and they decided to separate again. No, that wouldn’t happen. Right?
“Okay guys, I’m sorry for dropping the bomb on us like that and not giving us time to prepare. But what song do you guys think we should do?” John asked, looking at each of his brothers in turn. Bruce looked nervous but also slightly excited, Clay only looked nervous, and Floyd seemed happy to be performing with everyone again.
“Well, what’s a song we all remember the lyrics to and the choreo?” Bruce asked.
“We could do ‘Perfect?’” John suggested, then immediately regretted saying that.
“Are you serious?” Clay hissed.
“Yeah, we’re not doing that,” Bruce said.
“Probably not the best option,” Floyd added, rubbing the back of his neck nervously.
“Alright, I have an idea…” Clay sighed, knowing there was no way he was getting out of this so he might as well provide some idea of what they could do.
Chapter 46: Hidden Scars
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Clay
Clay adjusted his wristbands, taking in a deep breath as he and his brothers lined up at the back of the stage, facing the wall and waiting for the music to start.
Focus. Do the song, stay in-sync. That’s all that mattered right now.
Viva bounced across the stage in excitement, acting as the announcer introducing them, miming a microphone in her hand. “Alright, everyone! Put your hands together forrrr…BroZone!”
The backing track started, a shiver running up his spine. Slowly, they turned around, the Putt Putt’s cheering and clapping in anticipation.
Focus. Focus.
Bruce was the first to sing, sliding into the front for his first lines, his clear voice carrying out to the audience. “ Sun kissed my face, wishing for the real thing. Lonely and out of place, when I don't have you with me. Does your heart stay the same? On all these nights alone? Yeah. Or is it just me, hoping you'll come home? ”
“ ‘Cause I don't know if I can make you happy, no matter what the odds, I'm gonna try. A million miles away, I feel you with me. For now our love will live inside my mind, ” Floyd sang, bringing emotion into his lines as he projected.
When it was time for Clay’s solo, he slid into the spotlight, John flashing him a wink as he sang. “ So, don't wake me up in the middle of the night, 'cause I finally found you. I feel your love every time I close my eyes, ‘causе I finally found you. ”
Clay could hear Viva whooping in the crowd and felt his cheeks heat up, but then his brothers were brushing beside him, pulling him back into the dance as they all joined in on the lines that were meant for Branch to sing. “ When the times are hardеst, I find you in the darkness, you're a dream and that is enough ( Bruce : that is enough), yeah. ”
As they broke into the chorus, their harmonies shone. Clay could feel his heartbeat matching the beat of the song, the vibration stretching out from his chest to his arms and down his legs as they sang the chorus together. “ Don't wake me up in the middle of the night, 'cause I finally found you. Ooh-ooh-ooh, ooh-ooh-ooh. Finally found you. Ooh-ooh-ooh, ooh-ooh-ooh. Finally found you ( John : found you). ”
No one broke from their formation. There was no ill-fated stack, just their clear voices ringing through the golf course. All four of them were in sync. Despite having not had practiced beforehand, they easily found themselves falling into their old rhythms, letting the music and their dance carry them through the performance, their lyrics sweeping over them and the energized crowd below. Their voices were strong. Their moves were tight. The audience was small but enthusiastic.
Every time he got near one of his brothers, he felt more alive, their eyes alight with energy, their voices melding together and projecting loudly through the golf course even without the use of microphones.
The corner of Clay’s mouth curled upwards as John slid past for his solo, voice bright and clear and his excitement contagious. “ Summer days, so far away. Only see 'em in the rearview, yeah ( Clay : rearview, yeah). How will I hold you again, to make you feel at home? ”
Clay exchanged excited looks with his brothers as Floyd once again took the spotlight, the rest of them jumping in to back him up at different points. “ ‘Cause I don't know if I can make you happy, no matter what the odds, I'm gonna try. A million miles away, I feel you with me. For now our love will live inside my mind. ”
Clay found himself beginning to weave in and amongst his brothers while they sang their solos, John pulling it all together with the main backup vocals for the others to jump in and out of.
The Putt Putt’s were having the time of their lives, dancing along to the music. Clay saw Viva dancing energetically, laughing in joy. The few trollings they had who were born in the golf course, who had never experienced any kind of performance like this, were absolutely losing their minds, jumping up and down or running around the crowd. When everyone moved to Pop Village, they’d be able to experience this again. Not with BroZone specifically, but other bands. Other singers.
Focus. Stay focused.
It was easy to slip back into the rhythm, leaning into the connection with his brothers.
“ So, don't wake me up in the middle of the night, 'cause I finally found you ( Floyd : found you). I feel your love every time I close my eyes, ‘causе I finally found you, ” Clay sang, feeling himself grinning after each line. They could do this. They could actually do this. Here they were, performing together after twenty years, and no one was out of sync.
John was in his element, oozing confidence in a completely different way to how he had twenty years ago. Back then, it had been him trying to take the lead. But now, he was letting his brothers shine in their solos, stepping back and supporting them with his back-up vocals.
Clay felt as if he could do these moves in his sleep, gliding effortlessly from one to another. All of them were. John hadn’t stopped grinning the whole song, Floyd was beaming with joy, and Bruce was completely caught up in the moment. Everyone was in sync. In harmony.
Once again, all the brothers stood together in the front of the stage, their voices mixing together in perfect harmony as they sang Branch’s lines. “ When the times are hardеst, I find you in the darkness, you're a dream and that is enough ( Bruce : that is enough), yeah. ”
“Final chorus!” John whispered from somewhere else on stage, his voice dripping with overjoyed excitement, but it echoed in Clay’s head. Final chorus. Nearly there. Just stay focused. Don’t think about what comes next.
The audience couldn’t be happier. His village had always deserved better than the golf course as a home. They would be so happy once they were at Pop Village.
Muscle memory guided him as his thoughts raced, causing him to momentarily slip out of the rhythm.
Stay focused. Stay focused.
But how could he? These were his final moments before everything would change. Glancing at Viva dancing along in the crowd, Clay imagined Poppy there, dancing alongside her. Viva deserved it, she always had. She’d always dreamed of getting her sister back, of having that perfect confidant. The position that he’d filled in Poppy’s absence, even before he started dating Viva. When the song was over, they’d be getting ready to leave for Pop Village, making this performance his final moment before everything he’d done for the Putt Putt’s and the village was no longer needed.
His brothers started moving toward their final positions on stage. Clay was a fraction of a second out of time. He found himself looking at John. The reason their band and brotherly bonds had all gone wrong in the first place. Not when he had improvised the choreo at their last show together, not when he had left for the Neverglades, and not when he had made Clay the ‘fun one.’ It was when he had decided that the Perfect Family Harmony was the only thing that mattered. His brother had always spoken about it with stars in his eyes. Clay saw those stars now. He could imagine John’s thoughts; his excitement at performing as BroZone again. They were finally doing it, just like he’d always wanted. This and the Perfect Family Harmony were everything he’d ever wanted. After this song, John would have the band back. Floyd would no longer be alone. Bruce had a whole family, a life to go back to. Branch would be getting his brothers back. Clay was the only one losing something after this.
“ Don't wake me up in the middle of the night, 'cause I finally found you. Ooh-ooh-ooh, ooh-ooh-ooh. Finally found you ( John : yeah, I finally found). ”
His heart skipped a beat. His brother’s voices soared, but Clay’s didn’t come in on time. No. Wait-
“ Ooh-ooh-ooh, ooh-ooh-ooh. Finally found you- ”
In the final moments of the melody, as they reached for those final poses and before Bruce could close the song with the final solo, just when his brothers realized something wasn’t quite right, something happened that had never happened to Clay in a performance before (not counting his last one).
His feet slipped.
Clay didn’t trip or fall, there was no dramatic crash. But he stumbled. His voice wavered. The rush of adrenaline he had been feeling before was now completely gone.
The song ended. Instead of multiple heartbeats all in harmony, he only heard his own, blood rushing in his ears. The only thing he could feel was his heavy breathing as he realized what had happened. He let his selfish thoughts get the better of him…he messed up the song…
The Putt Putts were cheering and clapping, and it seemed as if they hadn’t noticed Clay’s small mistake. But his brothers had.
“What happened?”
“Clay?”
At John’s voice, Clay turned to see his oldest brother looking at him, expression confused and…disappointed? “What happened, dude?”
“I…” Words dried up in his throat, and Clay looked at each of his brothers. They’d been in sync. They were performing together without mistake. It had been perfect. They’d been so close to finally finishing a song together after twenty years.
“You missed a step,” John continued, and Clay could’ve sworn there was an accusation in there somewhere. Or maybe it was concern? He couldn’t hear the difference over the pounding in his ears.
“Is something wrong?” Bruce asked, stepping forward in the corner of his vision.
Clay’s entire face felt hot. Nothing should be wrong. Everything was going right. “No, I’m fine-”
“No, something’s wrong. You’ve never missed a step,” John insisted.
“It’s been twenty years, John,” Clay said in frustration.
“Everything was going perfect,” John said, Clay barely managing to stop himself from flinching at his words. “But something happened at the end. Clay, what happened?”
“Nothing happened.” He just couldn’t stay focused on the song. Instead, he had been too busy dwelling on his own fears and doubts when he should have kept his eyes on what was really important, the responsible thing to do: leading his village back to where they belonged. How was he supposed to admit that? “I-I messed up a step, you’ve all messed up steps before.”
“That’s why none of us are the choreographer,” John countered. He was starting to get irritated. No wonder, they’d been so close. Everything had been going perfectly and once again Clay was in the way of John’s perfect performance.
In a way, Clay could understand John’s growing frustration. If they weren’t even able to finish a song with just the four of them, how were they expected to do it with Branch? But Clay knew John was also thinking about hitting the Perfect Family Harmony once they got Branch, which only made Clay’s face heat up in irritation. Despite all that had been said and seen during the movies, John still wanted to hit the harmony…
“JD’s right,” Bruce said, looking worriedly at Clay and knowing something was bothering him. “You’ve never messed up the steps in a performance before. Why did it happen this time?”
“I don’t know, mistakes happen sometimes!” The truth was stuck in his throat and it was obvious his brother’s weren’t going to let it go. Why couldn’t they let it go? Why couldn’t they just let any of it go?
Why couldn’t he let it go? What was it anyway?
“Clay, we just want to know what’s wrong-” Floyd began before getting cut-off.
“I made a mistake, can we just drop it?!” Clay stiffened his shoulders, his eyes flickering to the audience who were mostly quiet by now, watching in worried confusion. They knew now that something had gone wrong, and could probably figure out that he was the cause by the way his brother’s were surrounding him. He locked eyes with Viva, who was making her way to the stage until pausing as they made brief eye contact before he glanced at the Putt Putts.
Viva looked over her shoulder, then back at Clay as she understood what he was trying to say. Turning back around, she began directing the trolls away from the stage. A few questioned her, but they listened, leaving to give the brothers a moment.
Clay felt his throat clear ever so slightly as the trolls’ stares left, allowing him to breathe again. The only problem was that Viva left with them. He wished she were here. He knew how to talk to her more than his brothers, and knew she'd listen and that he could trust her.
“We can’t just drop it, Clay, something’s obviously going on,” Bruce said, his voice calm and steady as he tried to reason with his brothers.
“Nothing’s going on. Everything’s… great ,” Clay said, trying but failing to convince his brothers. And himself. Just this week alone he had reunited with three of his brothers and learned that Branch and the other trolls were out there and alive. The Putt Putts were finally able to be safe for good, they were getting everything they wanted. So…why wasn’t he delighted? Thrilled?
“So why did you mess up?” John asked.
“It was an accident!” Now that the Putt Putts were gone, now that they didn’t have an audience, Clay felt his emotions and voice beginning to rise.
“Did I do something again?” John asked, trying to remain calm but found his voice beginning to rise as well.
Clay scoffed. “Not everything is about you, John.”
“Well the problem last time was that I messed with your choreo, and I didn’t do that this time!” John exclaimed, a note of pleading to his words.
“That wasn’t the problem!”
John just stared at him. “What? What do you mean that wasn’t the problem?”
“Guys, stop,” Bruce pleaded, coming to step in between them. “Come on, we can’t do this again.”
“No, I want to know what I actually did wrong, according to Clay. Because I thought I was doing good this time!”
Clay groaned into his hands. His chest was burning and his ears were buzzing. He’d ruined everything, hadn’t he? It was clear that their relationship was still based solely on their band and performances, and now that he’d messed up, they were beginning to spiral downhill. This was just like before…He’s gotten so far in making-up with his brothers, why was he only failing now…
“You know…I really began to think things have changed between us. But it looks like I was wrong. Nothing’s changed,” Floyd said, his tone taking the brothers by surprise. He was speaking at a regular volume when John and Clay had gotten louder, but the words stung nonetheless, echoing in Clay’s head.
He and John protested and denied it. Things had changed. Things had changed so much.
And yet here they were. Arguing over one of their stupid performances and not being perfect. He felt like he was going to lose his brothers again. He was going to lose them, his tribe…everything, and it was the most selfish feeling he’d ever had in his life.
“We can still fix this,” Bruce said, desperately trying to put a stop to his brother's bickering. “Clay, just talk to us, we can help fix-”
They weren’t getting it! They just weren’t getting it! “There’s nothing to fix, Bruce!” Clay felt as if he were backed into a corner, their current situation painfully familiar, and all he knew how to do in this situation was push back or let himself get crushed.
“Hey, don’t get mad at me! I’m just trying to solve the problem!” Bruce said, offended at how Clay was now turning his anger on him.
“What problem! I still don’t know what the problem is!” John exclaimed, throwing up his hands in exasperation and frustration.
“Because you’re not listening !” Clay shouted. “You never listen!”
“I can’t believe you guys,” Floyd said, and for once he sounded angry. Floyd had never gotten angry in the arguments before. Upset, sad, disappointed, sure. But never angry. Really, that should’ve been enough to shock them all into silence, to get them to stop and think things over. “It’s been twenty years and you guys can’t get over yourselves for one song!”
“I tried!” Clay shouted, and all of a sudden all his bottled up emotions he’s been holding in the past twenty years were finally released. “I messed up! But John’s the one who can’t just let it go! He can’t just leave me alone! And as soon as he can’t handle something he just leaves!”
“I left after the both of you quit!” John scowled, pointing a finger at Bruce and Clay. Suddenly, they weren’t talking about the performance they’d just done anymore. “I’m not the one who gave up first! That was you!”
“We quit because you were making us miserable!”
“HOW! Just tell me how! What was I doing wrong! Everything I did was for us-”
“We told you! So many times! You didn’t care! You only cared about the band, about being perfect! You made me the choreographer and then you would just improvise anyway! You made me change my hair, wear the stupid uniform, labeled me as the ‘fun one’ and pushed aside everything else about me. Every time I told you I didn’t want it anymore you just said it was for the branding!”
“You never told me that! You just ignored me and complained behind my back and to my face. You just argued about every single tiny detail-”
“Oh, I’m sorry I didn’t write out a formal complaint letter! I told you! You didn’t listen! I wasn’t a child anymore but you only acted like all I was good for was the dumb dance moves and jokes-”
“Well I may not have been a child, but I also wasn’t an adult! I was a teen when our parents died and I had to step up and take care of you all!”
Clay flinched, his breath catching in his throat. Now everyone had gone still, staring at John. Floyd had never gotten angry in a fight before. John had never brought up their parents.
After a few moments of heavy silence, John took a step back, inhaling sharply. “I don’t-”
What were they doing?
Clay felt like he couldn’t breathe.
“You guys still don’t get it. The band was keeping us together,” John whispered, his anger burned away. “When our parents left, I didn’t know what to do, but I knew how to do the band. We all knew how to do the band. If we could do the band, if we could hit the Harmony-” he cut himself off, before letting his shoulders fall and finishing anyway. “If we could hit the Harmony, it meant we’d be okay.”
“John…” Bruce trailed off, looking utterly defeated.
“We were already together,” Floyd said, still sounding upset but not having the same level of fury that had been there for just a moment. “We’re so stupid. We were all already together.”
“Well, now we’ve screwed up two performances in a row, despite the years of separation between us,” Clay found himself saying. “So what does that say about us?”
None of the others said anything. It wasn’t until he began backing away they finally talked again.
“Clay, wait. We need to fix this-”
“Clay!”
Ignoring his brother's calls, Clay used his hair to swing himself away from them, their voices now only echoes behind him, calling and begging for him to come back.
Floyd
As soon as Clay swung away, John Dory had run after him, leaving Floyd alone with Bruce on the stage.
He was furious. But even more than that, he was devastated. He really thought they were done with the arguments and fighting, that after those twenty years and all they’d been through together the past week would have changed things. But it seemed it wasn’t enough.
There were still lingering feelings and grudges from their past, and now the idea of repairing their relationships seemed even more difficult to accomplish than it had been before their reunion.
Floyd growled, trying his hardest to rein it in, because someone had to put in that effort. Someone had to try to hold the family together even if his older brothers were tearing it apart.
The feeling of his fist hitting the wall hurt just as much as he thought, but wasn’t nearly as satisfying as he hoped.
“Floyd!” Bruce gasped in shock, walking toward his brother who took a step back, causing Bruce to stop in his tracks. “You’re gonna hurt yourself-”
“Stop! Just stop!” Floyd shouted, before crumpling to his knees in defeat and bowing his head in despair, his next words coming out in a whisper. “What’s wrong with us? Why can’t we just be a family?”
“I-” Bruce faltered, not knowing what to say.
“How do we keep managing to make things worse? Why did we leave? We could’ve stayed, we could’ve worked things out!” The words seemed to flow out of him, Floyd feeling as if he was losing control of his emotions.
He was usually good at not blurting out the first thing that came to mind, unlike his brothers. He paused and he thought, because he had to make sure he said the right thing. He had to make sure he made things better, not worse. Someone had to make that effort. But now…he felt as if he’d had enough…
“I don’t know if we could’ve, Floyd. Not then, at least,” Bruce finally said, kneeling down next to Floyd while still giving his brother space.
“Sure. Easy for you to say. You quit first.” Maybe he was more like his brothers than he thought, because that accusation sounded very familiar. “If you hadn’t quit, maybe we’d still be together and never would have separated in the first place.”
Bruce flinched back as if he’d been hit, pressing his lips together and averting Floyd’s gaze.
A part of Floyd felt immediately guilty. Look at him now, making things worse just like the others had done. As if that would help anything. The rest of him was struggling to care. He was angry, and though he’s always tried to bury that emotion, it felt as if there was now too much buried for him to hold it in any longer.
“You and Clay and John just gave up. You gave up on our family, you gave up on us-” tears were blurring his vision. “And then I gave up too and we all left.”
“We were kids,” Bruce quietly said, not sure who he was trying to assure/comfort more, Floyd or himself. “We didn’t know what we were doing.”
“You guys were older. You were supposed to be responsible and set an example.”
“John was-”
“It’s not all JD’s fault!” Floyd spat. “Yeah, part of it is, a big part, but not all of it. You quit first. You did that. I made a promise to Branch and I broke it. I did that. The only one who didn’t do anything wrong was Branch, and he was a baby. We left him alone…”
“He had Grandma-” Bruce began out of habit, before catching himself. Before watching the movies, that had been what he told himself every time he thought of Branch and regretted leaving him.
“Not for long,” Floyd mumbled, burying his head in his hands. “He had Grandma. And then he didn’t. And we left him with nothing. No backup, and no brothers.”
“It wasn’t fair. For any of us,” Bruce said. He wasn’t trying to make excuses, Floyd could tell. Just stating the facts. “It’s not fair that John had to take care of us and manage the band, it’s not fair that he gave us our jobs and didn’t let us change, it’s not fair that you always tried to get us to just-just let it go when we were upset.”
“It’s not fair that you all just argued all the time.”
“And us trying to let it go didn’t solve the problem. It just buried everything only for it to come back later.”
Floyd looked up from his hands, finally seeing that Bruce was kneeling down as well.
“We were kids and our parents were gone. We didn’t know what we were supposed to do. We messed it up. And now we’ve messed it up again. I’m sorry, Floyd. We-we were supposed to be yours and Branch’s big brothers, and we…we’ve done a terrible job. And you both have suffered because of us.”
Slowly, Floyd shuffled over to his brother, leaning against him as tears fell down his face, Bruce wrapping his arms around him.
“I want to have brothers again,” Floyd half-sobbed. “I missed you all, so much. I don’t want the stupid things we did as kids to ruin that forever.”
“Me neither,” Bruce whispered, the two falling into silence as they embraced each other on the floor of the stage, silent tears falling down their faces.
Clay
Idiot. Now he’d really ruined everything.
Walking along the outer wall until he couldn’t see the stage from where he stood, he sat down facing away from inside the golf course and hugged his knees to his chest, chin resting on top. It was exactly what he’d done twenty years ago. He got mad, picked a fight, and then left. Left his brothers behind. But last time, his brothers hadn’t come after him.
“Clay.”
He knew it was John from the voice, so he didn’t bother lifting his head to look at him. “Just leave me alone. Please.”
John didn’t say anything, but Clay heard the rustling of him sitting down, his heart sinking. He couldn’t deal with any more yelling, any more fighting. It was his own fault, and he knew it, but he just…
“I’m sorry I got it so wrong,” John finally said. “I thought I finally understood after watching the movies…I thought we were getting somewhere.”
Clay tightened his arms around himself, because he’d thought so too.
“I don’t want to lose you again,” John continued, almost whispering. “I don’t want to lose any of you again. I lost the others after our last show, but…I’d lost you long before it, hadn’t I?”
His vision was starting to blur, tears forming in his eyes against his will. “You don’t get it.”
“So tell me, please,” John begged. “If I wasn’t listening before, I’m listening now. I want to fix this. Please , Clay.”
“I’m losing them,” Clay suddenly said, the words spilling out before he could stop himself.
“Losing what?”
“Everything!” Clay could feel hot, wet tears spilling from his eyes now, every single stress and emotion welling up inside him, every single regret and resentment resurfacing as if it had always been simmering just below. “They don’t need me anymore! They’re going to move and they won’t-”
“What? Clay…are you talking about the Putt Putts? What makes you think-”
“It’s safe at Pop Village! It’s bright, it’s happy, it’s perfect!” Clay squeezed his eyes shut, trying to stop the tears from falling but failing. “They don’t need me anymore. They don’t need the safety plans I’ve made. They won’t need my guidance or leadership…and as soon as we leave and come back to help them move it’s going to be over.”
“You-” John said, in shock. “You missed the step because you don’t want everyone to move?”
“Of course I want them to move! It’s what they want and deserve, it’s all we’ve ever wanted - I can’t - I can’t deprive them of that…” He wasn’t making sense. Nothing made sense, because he was being foolish and selfish. But there had to be a way to make John understand. He didn’t mean for this to happen. This isn’t what he wanted. “I’m going to lose them,” he finally sobbed. “They’re the ones who accepted me; gave me a purpose and a home. They were my family when I didn’t have anyone.”
A few moments later, he felt John’s hand on his shoulder. Although hesitant, he accepted the gesture and opened his eyes to see John looking at him with tears spilling out over his own eyes.
“It’s my fault. Twenty years ago. That was me,” John said in a steady voice, despite his tears.
Clay choked out a stuttering breath, and before he registered what he was doing, he unfolded himself from his position and let himself fall into his brother’s chest. “I was such a brat,” he sobbed, feeling John’s arms wrap around him. “I hated you.”
“I think I deserved it,” John sounded like he was crying too now, which only made it worse. “I left you all behind. What kind of big brother does that?”
“You kept-you kept changing my dances. I couldn’t-why did I have to be fun all the time? Why wasn’t I good enough?”
“No, no, that’s not what I…” John said, his voice taking on a more desperate tone. “That’s not what it was for, that’s not what I meant.”
“Then what did it mean? Why did I have to be the fun one all the time? Why did I have to be a joke?” Clay pulled back from his brother to look him in the eye, and saw his brother staring at him with so much pain and regret in his eyes.
“I never thought you were a joke,” John whispered. “Never.”
Surprise filled Clay at those words. The old anger and resentment he had felt was still there, somewhere, mixed in amongst the guilt and the hurt. But now, those feelings seemed to dim as Clay only sought to understand what John was saying.
“I…I never explained why I made you the fun one, did I?” John continued. “I guess I was never good at explaining anything…”
“You made me the fun one because I was wild,” Clay whispered.
“No. No. I made you the fun one because you were just a kid. Bruce and I, we…we shared more of the responsibility back then. But you were so little when you joined, we didn’t think…I didn’t think you needed to worry about all the other stuff. I just…I wanted you to have fun. You were so goofy; climbing things, always being silly. I wanted you to be able to keep doing that.”
Fresh tears were making their way down Clay’s cheeks, and he stared upwards where he could now see the moon and the stars shining lightly down upon him and his brother.
“If you were the fun one, you didn’t have to worry about always having the best answers to questions from fans or our interviews. You didn’t have to worry about the pressures and stress that came with the band. You had an excuse to just…goof off and play around when you wanted. You didn’t have to be serious, you could just enjoy yourself.”
“What about Floyd? You didn’t make him the new fun one when he joined,” Clay said, trying to wipe his face dry with his hand.
“Floyd was different. He had such bad stage fright when he first started, even though he still wanted to be in the band. If he was the sensitive one, he had an excuse to be shy. We could take questions for him, he could leave the set early…if he messed up, people were nicer to him.”
The explanation swirled around Clay’s head. He didn’t understand. When John said it like that, it sounded kind and thoughtful. But that…that hadn’t been what it felt like. The label had always felt like a prison, not a freedom.
“But…why’d you make me dye my hair? Why did I…why did you try to control me and nitpick me so much more than the others?”
John was quiet for a long, long moment before he finally responded. “After we lost mom and dad, I was so scared. Scared I’d lose one of you, or let you down. I thought…if I could at least make sure BroZone was successful, then that meant I was doing something right. It was something we all loved, so…so surely we’d be okay if the band was doing well. If we were perfect. If we could hit the Perfect Family Harmony.”
He sensed John shift and tilted his head to see his brother had turned to face him, both of them making eye contact.
“I thought being the leader and the big brother were the same thing. That the band and our family were the same thing. I thought making you the fun one was me doing you a favor.” John paused, taking a breath. When he spoke again, he sounded more regretful than anything. “You outgrew it so much quicker than I was ready for.”
Clay bit the inside of his cheek, still managing to look his brother in the eye rather than turn away like a part of him desperately wanted to. He wanted to know what else John had to say.
“So I kept forcing that title on you, and you kept fighting back. Bruce started taking your side more than mine, and I pushed even harder when I should’ve…I should’ve let you figure yourself out. I’m so sorry, Clay.”
An apology was all his younger self would’ve ever wanted. For his older, prideful brother to admit he was wrong, that he had been wrong all along. For Clay to be able to say ‘I told you so’ and hold it over him forever. But now…now the apology pierced his heart, cutting straight through his past attitude and younger self. He didn’t want to say ‘I told you so’ anymore.
“I’m scared,” he whispered. “I missed the step because I’m scared of what happens next. So much has happened and changed within the past week and it’s…it’s too much.”
“Hey…I know what it’s like to be scared. Scared of losing the people that are depending on you. But, Clay…the Putt Putts care and look up to you. I’ve only been here for a few hours, and I can see that. You and Viva took care of them all this time. You worked so hard thinking of every possible way to keep them safe over the years. You’re their leader. You’re exactly what I wanted to be for you guys. Whatever happens next, nothing can change what you’ve done for them. They won’t need you forever, but they’ll never forget what you gave them.”
Clay’s lower lip trembled, and he wiped at his eyes for a few seconds before giving up and throwing his arms around John, burying his face in the crook of his neck. “I’m sorry, John. I’m sorry I was so selfish.”
Immediately, his brother was hugging him back, one hand cradling the back of his head while the other wrapped around his shoulders. “No, no, it was all my fault. You were just a kid and I was so obsessed with…”
“But you had to take care of us,” Clay interrupted. “And I never appreciated that. I never knew how hard it was for you.”
“It’s okay. You guys were my responsibility, but I left you anyway. I gave you all up, and doing so was the biggest mistake of my whole life.”
For a few minutes they just held each other tightly, apologies fading into muffled sobs. Their apologies and explanations may have been twenty years late, but they now had a better understanding of each other with their past miscommunications and mistakes finally laid out for each other to see.
Clay didn’t want to let go. He thought of Bruce and Floyd and how he’d disappointed and left them again, leaving them behind when he stormed off. He wanted to believe what John had told him, he wanted to believe him so badly. And after a few seconds of reflection, he found that he did believe him, a feeling of closure wrapping around him as he and John had finally expressed themselves and their past feelings to each other.
His conversation with John had been emotional in a way he’d avoided being for a long time, burying and ignoring the feelings of hurt that had been there since he was a kid. It left him feeling drained, but…lighter. Clay found himself now leaning against John, his head on his shoulder while his arms wrapped around his knees once more.
Just a week ago, he would’ve bet anything that he wouldn’t be where he was today, sitting alongside John with the two of them finally having an understanding of each other and their past. Now, the warmth of his brother was comforting, the way it had been when he was just a little kid.
“Do you think Branch will forgive me?” John asked, breaking the silence between them and taking Clay by surprise.
He didn’t answer right away, as he really wasn’t sure. From what they saw in the movies, Branch had, but that was under a completely different circumstance. Then, the only reason Branch reunited with them was to save Floyd, not because he forgave or wanted them back in his life.
“Hopefully. It’ll probably just take a long time before he fully forgives us,” Clay finally responded, his thoughts drifting to his youngest brother and trying to imagine what their reunion would be like. Clay knew he had harbored feelings of hate and anger toward his brothers for years now, and could only guess Branch was the same way, if not more so. But how could he blame him?
Sighing heavily, John stood up and stretched, causing Clay to straighten up as his head was previously resting on his brother’s shoulder.
“We should probably head back to the others,” John said, holding out a hand to help Clay up.
Looking from his brother’s outstretched hand to his face, it took Clay a few seconds to accept the offer, John smiling in relief as he took his hand, allowing him to help his brother up.
As they silently made their way back towards the stage, Clay felt a strange mixture of nervousness and relief. While the weight of the past seemed to have lifted, he was now filled with uncertainty of what would come next. But now, instead of his worries being focused on the Putt Putts, they were centered on his brothers and if they would be able to finally forgive each other.
Approaching the stage, Clay could see Floyd and Bruce sitting close together, their postures indicating they had been through an emotional exchange as well. He couldn’t help but feel a pang of guilt for leaving them behind, and hoped they would understand how sorry he truly was.
“Floyd, Bruce…” Clay’s voice broke the silence, causing both of them to look up. “I’m sorry.”
The words hung in the air, heavy with the weight of years of misunderstanding and pain. Clay watched as Floyd’s expression softened and Bruce nodded in acknowledgment.
“We’re sorry too,” Bruce said quietly, his gaze shifting between his brothers. “We’ve all made mistakes, haven’t we?”
Clay could feel the tension easing, replaced by a sense of reconciliation.
“I think we need to talk,” John said, his voice steady despite the emotions swirling inside him.
And so, not feeling like they wanted to move, the four brothers gathered on the stage and faced each other. There were wounds to heal, bridges to rebuild, but they were no longer alone in their struggles. It wouldn’t be easy, but they had each other, and that was enough for Clay to face whatever came next.
The next hour or so was spent discussing and talking about what had happened, not just during the performance but also in the past. As they talked, Clay felt a strong sense of peace settle over him, a feeling he hadn’t felt in a long time, and he knew his brothers felt the same way.
When they finally decided it was time for them to head to bed, they all got up and headed toward Viva and Clay’s home, finding comfort in each other’s presence.
Opening the door, Clay saw a flash of blonde hair before getting tackled in a hug.
“There you are, I’ve been worried about you!” Viva said, hugging him tightly as he hugged her back, pressing his face in the crook of her shoulder. Pulling away, she looked into his tired and wet face. “Are you okay?”
“I’m okay,” Clay softly said, turning to give his brothers a happy smile which they returned.
Smiling in relief, Viva took his hand and led the brothers to the living room, where she had set up a sleeping space for them, a sleeping bag laid out for each brother.
“I wasn’t sure when you’d be back, but I set up a place for you all to sleep. I know it’s not much, but…”
“It’s great, thank you, Viva,” Floyd said in gratitude, John and Bruce nodding in agreement as they headed toward their sleeping bags, slipping inside the covers in exhaustion.
“I’ll see you in the morning. And don’t worry about packing, I did that while you were with your brothers,” Viva told Clay, giving him a gentle kiss.
“Thanks Viva. You’re amazing,” Clay said, giving her hand a gentle squeeze before she left for her bed while Clay went to join his brothers, John and Floyd already fast asleep by the time he finally closed his eyes.
Notes:
Okay, okay, a lot to say on this chapter :)) First, I want to say how much I love writing about Clay and John’s relationship growth and character development! Based on the movies, their relationship with each other seemed the most strained and affected by their years of separation, and while I had them bond and fix a few things as they watched the movies, there was really no way they could fix and resolve everything only after one day (as they basically binge watched the movies in a day). So, I really wanted to give the brothers a few chapters to deal with their ‘hidden scars’ and work on their forgiveness and acceptance of each other before they reunited with Branch, as more problems and hurt feelings will obviously arise with that whole reunion. So basically, they’re resolving their conflicts here rather than with Branch around, as that would just damage their relationship more than it did here. If that makes sense 🙃 I also tried to really portray the brother’s feelings from the past and how hard it must be for Clay to leave the golf course. After all, that is his home, whereas John didn’t have any roots to settle down, and Floyd…well, obvious reasons as to why he’s not exactly missing Mount Rageous. And then there’s Bruce, who’s still going to live at Vacay Island.
Another thing: I had them argue because they had a habit of arguing in the movies, and it’s hard for habits to suddenly go away. It takes time for things like this to heal and habits to change. However, I promise there will be hardly any more arguments between the four oldest going forward. However, some may still arise once Branch sees them…
Also, I chose to only do Clay and Floyd’s P.O.V. in this chapter because I feel like (apart from Branch) they were the most affected by their separation and I wanted to really dive into their viewpoints, but mostly Clay’s.
As for the song the brothers performed, it is called ‘Don’t Wake Me Up’ by Why Don’t We. I love this song, you should listen to it :)) And during their performance, I want to say how important I think the progression of the song is in this chapter, and how the placement of some of the lines goes along with Clay’s thoughts, especially toward the end.
Credit to Awesome_Sauce432 for giving me inspiration for this chapter!
Next chapter will focus more on their bonding as they head for Pop Village!! (No arguing whoop-whoop!) Disclaimer: They stop at Lonesome Flats first…
Chapter 47: Setting Off
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Bruce
The soft rays of dawn filtered through the windows, rousing Bruce from where he slept on the floor. Rubbing the sleep from his eyes, he noticed his brothers still fast asleep; John snoring loudly, bringing a smile to Bruce at the forgotten but familiar sound. Clay lay nearby, his mouth slightly agape in deep sleep, while Floyd was curled on his side, a peaceful look on his face.
Bruce took a moment to savor the sight, feeling a warmth spread through his chest at the sight of his brothers all together again. It had been too long since they had shared a moment like this, too long since they had been truly connected as a family.
As he slipped out of his sleeping bag and tiptoed towards the door, careful not to wake anyone, Bruce couldn't help but reflect on the events of the previous night. The argument, the tears, the apologies... It had been an emotional rollercoaster for sure. But he was glad he had that time to talk and work things out with his brothers. It was definitely needed and allowed them to rebuild parts of their relationship that had been lost the past twenty years. And now that it was morning and he had a chance to sleep on everything that had happened, he found himself feeling more awake and joyous than he had in a long time.
As he stepped outside into the crisp morning air, stretching in the early morning’s light, he felt a sense of renewal coursing through his veins. He felt lighter, freer, as if a weight had been lifted from his shoulders.
Not wanting to just stand around and wait for the others to awake, he decided to surprise them by making them breakfast. Heading over to Rhonda who purred happily at the sight of him, he gave her a quick greeting before entering inside John’s home. Before leaving Vacay Island, Bruce made sure to pack proper food and ingredients for them to have as they traveled, as John only had non-perishable foods, such as canned soup and boxed pasta. While those are good, Bruce preferred home cooked meals.
Rummaging through John’s pantry and fridge, he pulled out bacon, bread, fresh fruits, and everything needed to make pancakes. Putting the bacon on a frying pan and the bread in a toaster, he got to work on the pancakes, separating the wet ingredients from the dry before mixing them together. As he worked, the savory scent of frying bacon filled the room, an occasional fresh breeze filtering through one of Rhonda’s open windows to help circulate the air. Bruce hummed softly to himself, feeling a sense of contentment settle over him as he worked.
He couldn’t help but marvel at the way his life had taken such an unexpected turn over the past week. As he poured the pancake batter onto a sizzling pan, he reflected on how different things now were between them. Back then, they were the biggest boy band of the century, filled with dreams of fame and perfection. But now? Now they were just four brothers, soon to be five, trying to find their way back to each other after years of estrangement.
The bacon popped and sizzled as Bruce flipped them over, and he couldn’t help but chuckle as he thought about how much had changed since the days when they lived for the spotlight. Now, a simple breakfast with his brothers felt like the greatest gift and luxury in the world.
Letting his thoughts focus on his brothers, he was amazed to see the men they had become and just how much each of them had grown. As he properly got to know each of them over the past week, he’d learned to see past the roles they’d been forced into as kids, gaining a better idea and understanding of who they actually were.
Floyd was still sensitive to the feelings of others, but he no longer was an optimistic child who tried to bring out the good in everybody. He saw people for who they were, and he wasn’t afraid to speak his mind if he thought you were in the wrong; as Bruce saw yesterday during the argument and their conversation afterward.
Clay wasn’t exactly super serious, but he wasn’t the goof-ball he’d been as a kid. He could look at a situation, take in everything he saw and heard, and immediately figure out what was the most important thing to prioritize. He still liked to have fun, but he also knew that there was a time and place for everything.
As for John, Bruce had once viewed his older brother through a lens of annoyance and misunderstanding. He mistook John’s assertiveness for a love of conflict, failing to see the burden he carried as the eldest sibling. But after spending more time with him and especially after caring for him when he was injured, he began to see John in a new light. He now knew that John’s actions stemmed not from a desire for dominance, but from a sense of responsibility that was thrust upon him at a young age.
Through their argument last night, he learned that John had never sought the role of leader; it was simply given to him by circumstance. Bruce understood now that the only reason John Dory had put up a strong front was because he felt like he had to once their parents were gone. As the oldest, he felt pressured to take responsibility and be in charge, that he had to be the leader. His older brother had grown up faster than other kids; he needed his parents but…he didn’t have them.
And, as Bruce came to find out, John didn’t always enjoy being the responsible one. He didn’t like being bossy or in charge of others. He took up that role because he hadn’t had a choice. And now that John was starting to see that his brothers could take care of themselves and they didn’t necessarily need ‘a leader’ anymore, Bruce noticed that John was starting to relinquish the role, and could tell that he was happier from doing so.
John was more carefree and relaxed, and it wasn’t a forced mask that he was putting on because he felt like he had to. He could actually talk to and have fun with his brothers without feeling like it was just another job or responsibility.
The fact that John was backing off a bit more was far more comforting than the constant hovering he used to do. Bruce found that he was much more likely to trust John now, and he found himself respecting John in a way he never had before. The once-perceived controlling jerk now appeared as a protective and supportive older brother.
Flipping over some pancakes on the stove, Bruce reflected on their relationship from the past. When they first lost their parents, a large void was created, one that John, despite his young age, tried his best to fill. He remembered the comforting presence John provided and could recall the countless times he had stepped into the role of caretaker. From bandaging scraped knees to soothing tear-stained cheeks, John had become their rock in a world filled with chaos and confusion. Whether it was a gentle hug or a quiet word of encouragement, John would calm their fears and dry their tears. In those moments, Bruce recognized the true leadership qualities within John – the same qualities he and his brothers had longed for in their absent parents.
Bruce couldn’t help but feel guilty at the fact he had pushed those memories away for all these years. He was too focused on getting annoyed with his older brother that he’d forgotten all John had done and sacrificed for them. Sure, they had Grandma who helped take care of and raise them, but it was John he and his brothers had looked up to most back then.
It struck him then that, in a way, John had been the father figure they needed all along. He had shouldered the responsibility of helping to raise them, despite his own doubts and insecurities. And despite John’s own longing and need for parental guidance, he had remained strong for his younger brothers, never once allowing his pain to overshadow their needs. Bruce understood now why John had left, why he had struggled with the weight of their expectations. It was a burden Bruce himself could now empathize with.
In fact, if Bruce and Clay had never quit in the first place, he was certain John never would have left. He would have stayed to take care of them. He only left once he realized he was no longer needed or wanted. All his brother really wanted was to be appreciated and accepted by others, and knowing this, Bruce wanted to help John confront his insecurities and doubts and show his brother that he was valued and loved.
Bruce felt like he now saw John for who he truly was, especially after last night’s discussion. Feeling a surge of love and gratitude for his brother, he desired more than ever to bridge the gap that had once separated them. He knew that to do so, they would have to embrace each other’s flaws and vulnerabilities, rather than erasing their past misunderstandings, something he was willing and ready to do. He loved his older brother, and wished he understood him better as kids. Maybe then he never would have quit in the first place.
He didn’t think their relationships would ever go back to the way they’d been before, but he didn’t mind that so much, because he thought their relationships weren’t very good in the first place. Now that they were all adults and had learned at least a bit about who they were as individuals, they could work on building up a proper relationship. And he would try his hardest to make those needed changes in himself.
Overall, he would say he was a laid-back, but responsible, troll. He still had a spirit of defiance, but it had been buried under years of learned tolerance. Time and experience through running a restaurant and becoming a dad had taught him how to calm down, take a deep breath, and deal with a situation instead of running away from it, like he had run from his brothers. Now, when there was a disagreement, he would step in and resolve things before any major mistakes and regrets could be made.
Stacking the now finished pancakes on a plate, he flipped the bacon once more before he moved on to cutting the fruit, his thoughts drifting to his youngest brother he had yet to reunite with.
Branch had grown, and in some ways more so than the rest of them had; that much was evident from watching the movies. But Branch didn’t have a choice. And it was the journey he had undertaken to reach this point that weighed heavily on Bruce’s heart. He had missed out on so much of his brother’s life; well, his whole life really.
He felt himself fill with regret as he reflected on his past decisions. He had allowed his own anger and selfishness to cloud his judgment, causing him to forsake the role of big brother when Branch needed him most. And now, as he stood in John’s small kitchen, his other brothers only a short walk away, he couldn’t help but feel a pang of longing for the brother he had left behind.
Branch had faced trials and hardships that Bruce could only begin to imagine himself facing. From watching their Grandma get eaten at such a young age to growing up and living alone for who knows how long, Branch had to go through life with the weight of his past heavy on his shoulders. And yet, despite all the difficulties he had endured, Branch had never lost sight of what truly mattered – his love for Poppy, his friends, and his village. Just from watching the movies, Bruce knew of his brother’s devotion to them. He remembered the fearless determination with which Branch had with him when he set off to Bergen Town with Poppy, even though he was afraid of Bergens, to rescue trolls he hadn’t even considered as his friends at the time. Branch broke his twenty years of silence to sing to Poppy and make her happy again, and he had sacrificed himself to protect her from becoming a rock zombie, even after their argument.
But despite knowing all this, he realized with a pang of sorrow that there was still so much he didn’t know about Branch. The brothers only knew Branch through the lens of the movies, unaware of the trials he had faced before he met Poppy and before he helped restore music to the trolls.
He knew Branch was hurt because of the past, and that he did all he could to shield his heart from others, preventing others from getting close and keeping it safe from being broken again, leading to his years of living alone. But thanks to Poppy, Branch was pushed out of his comfort zone, allowing him to open himself up and get close to others again. One thing was for sure, Branch was certainly no longer the naive child he’d once been.
In fact, Bruce found that none of them were.
He wished he could’ve seen his siblings grow up and been there for them. But, even though the past couldn’t be changed, he knew he could control the future, and this time, he was choosing his brothers.
Eager to get on the road so they could reunite with Branch, Bruce quickly prepared a plate for each of his brothers and Viva, who was now considered part of the family. Having had plenty of practice at the restaurant, Bruce was able to balance the plates on his arms and head as he made his way back inside Viva and Clay’s home, his brothers still sleeping soundly on the floor.
Setting the five plates down on a table, he turned to go and wake his brothers when he saw Viva approaching him, rubbing sleep from her eyes.
“Oh, good morning Viva. I didn’t know you were up.”
“Good morning,” Viva yawned, stretching her arms over her head. “Is that bacon I smell?”
“Yep,” Bruce chuckled as Viva walked over to the table, looking at the food in excitement.
“Wow, this looks great Bruce! Thank you!”
“No problem. Thank you for letting us spend the night here,” Bruce said, returning the thanks and exchanging a smile with her. “I’m going to go and wake everyone else up so we can get going.”
“Hmm?” Viva said, turning to finally see everyone still asleep. “Clay’s not awake yet? Dang, he must be exhausted. He’s always awake before me.”
“Really?” Bruce asked, more to himself than Viva. As kids, Clay always hated getting up in the mornings. In fact, he was usually the last one out of bed. Guess he still had a lot to learn about his brothers…
“Guys, time to wake up,” Bruce gently told his brothers as he walked over to them, kneeling next to John who was closest to him and gently shaking his shoulders.
John groaned in response, turning to his side with his eyes still closed. “What time is it?” he mumbled.
“Time to wake up so we can go see Branch. If we leave early enough, we might reach Pop Village by tonight,” Bruce responded, Clay and Floyd stirring as they slowly woke from Bruce’s words.
That seemed to be enough to wake his brothers as John finally opened his eyes, blinking in the morning light filtering through the windows. Floyd sat up groggily, and Clay stared up at the ceiling, lying on his back as he tried to fully wake up.
“Come on, I got breakfast ready. Figured we could use a good meal before we hit the road,” Bruce said, walking back toward the table where Viva was sitting, already digging into the food.
“This is so good Bruce,” Viva said after swallowing a bite of pancake.
“How early did you wake up to make all this?” Floyd asked as he joined Viva at the table, looking at the food in hunger.
“Um, I woke up about an hour ago.”
“How do you get up so early?” John asked in surprise, yawning as he sat next to Floyd.
“I’m used to it. Running a restaurant and being a dad tends to do that to you,” Bruce responded with a smile, sitting next to John as he too began to eat.
“Nice bed hair, John,” Clay teased, giving Viva a quick kiss before sitting next to her at the table.
Bruce and Floyd both snorted in amusement at those words, while John just rolled his eyes in exasperation, but they could tell he wasn’t annoyed by those words. “Says you,” he responded, pointing at Clay’s own messy hair as Bruce, Floyd and Viva burst out laughing.
Bruce couldn’t help but feel a sense of gratitude wash over him. Despite the challenges they faced and mistakes they had made, here they were, sitting and eating together as a family. The sight of his brothers gathered around the table, exchanging smiles and casual conversation as they enjoyed the food and each other’s company, warmed his heart in a way he hadn’t felt in years. The events of the previous day still lingered in his mind, but there was a newfound sense of peace because of it—a sense of unity that had been missing for far too long.
As they ate, conversation flowed easily between them, and for the first time in years, they were able to laugh and talk without the weight of the past looming over them.
Once breakfast was finished, John, Clay, Floyd, and Viva insisted on washing the dishes as Bruce had prepared the food, so Bruce took that time to help Viva and Clay pack up their belongings in Rhonda.
During their argument and conversation last night, Viva had packed up everything she and Clay would need, so all Bruce had to do was transfer everything inside Rhonda. As there wasn’t a lot they packed in the first place, he could do it all in one run.
Entering inside Rhonda, Bruce placed the bags on the floor and was about to leave until an old tattered box in the far back corner caught his eye. Curious, Bruce walked over to it, hoping for the box to be open, but as expected, John had folded the top, hiding its contents from view. He was hesitant to open it, as it wasn’t his, but deciding a quick peek wouldn't hurt, he unfolded the top to see what was inside.
At first glance, he was confused to see old cut-out magazines, posters, and clothes, but upon further investigation, he realized that they were old BroZone magazines and their old costumes. Rummaging in the box, he found their old puffy jackets, puka shell necklaces, denim tuxedos, and the vests they wore for their last concert.
There were also numerous pictures of them as kids and from when they were in BroZone, one such picture showing a younger version of him and Clay pointing excitedly at baby Branch with frosted tips. Chuckling at the memory, he remembered that he and Clay were the ones who convinced Branch to frost his tips in the first place, without them even telling John first. When John had found out, he couldn’t stop laughing at how cute Branch looked and how proud their little brother was of his new look. Bruce remembered how well John took the news, and how Branch would show off his new hairstyle to any troll he met.
Looking through the box, Bruce ended up finding two posters advertising a date with ‘Spruce,’ causing him to sigh heavily. Honestly, that whole date idea hadn’t been his idea. After one of their concerts, John had insisted they stay behind to sign autographs for their fans, but as luck would have it, multiple fan-girls had approached them and begged Bruce, well Spruce then, for a date. That’s what gave John the idea of giving their fans a chance to win a date with him. He didn’t mind it at first, but he soon grew tired of them. All the girls he went on dates with only knew him from fame. They didn’t actually know him. Heck, they only cared about him because of his fame. And having to constantly put up with and deal with their obsession for him grew tiring.
He remembered bringing this up to John once, but his brother had quickly brushed his words off, saying it was for the fans. That had really angered him, but Bruce now found that he finally forgave John and no longer held that against him. It was in the past, and from what Bruce could see, John was making an honest effort to change. And he had changed.
Setting those posters aside, Bruce continued to look at what else John Dory had saved. Some magazines displayed a brief description of each brother and their stage name, while others listed all their songs and when their next performance would be. John also had many pictures of them as kids when they were home; one showing all five brothers snuggling with their Grandma on the couch as she read to them, another showing a selfie the brothers had taken with baby Branch in the center.
Running his hand over the image, Bruce smiled softly as he took in each of his brother’s faces. John Dory was grinning widely, his orange goggles their dad had given him on top of his head, and his arms wrapped tightly around Floyd, who was smiling shyly while also beaming in joy. Clay had his eyes squeezed shut and his tongue sticking out, his hair a lime green color and slightly wild, meaning this was taken before John had him dye his hair yellow and before they all got identical hairstyles. (Sp)Bruce was the one holding Branch, the latter laughing in the picture while the former was looking at him rather than at the camera, a huge smile on his face.
Bruce remembered when this was taken. It was Floyd’s birthday, and John had insisted they took a picture. They looked so happy…and he couldn’t believe John had saved all of this, after all this time.
Looking at all the pictures and posters now laid on the floor around him, he recognized them as the ones Branch had used to make his ‘clue board’ in the movie. John must have shown Branch the box. That, or Branch had found it on his own and taken matters into his own hands.
“Bruce?”
Bruce snapped his head toward the open door, John Dory half-frozen on the doorstep, eyes darting straight down to the pictures scattered on the floor. “Oh. I didn’t realize the box was…open?”
“Oh, no, I-I opened the box. Sorry,” Bruce said, hoping John wasn’t mad but could understand if he was. Watching his older brother approach and kneel next to him, he realized that John was smiling softly at the posters on the ground, there being no trace of anger or frustration.
Bruce looked back down at the magazines, at the baby faced memories of them and then back at his brother now. “Where did you get these? And when?”
“Some were in my bag the day I left. Others, I collected during my travels. I kept a copy of all our magazine covers I came across. As for our costumes, I only got those recently when I went back to our pod.”
“What other BroZone things do you have? Besides unwashed underwear?” Bruce asked, sharing a smile with John as he remembered they used that to track Clay.
“I have all our music albums. But that’s pretty much it, really.”
Looking at the pictures around him, Bruce found himself admiring his older brother for saving all of this. Bruce didn’t have any pictures of his brothers, which made him feel really sad and guilty. All he had from his childhood were a handful of BroZone tracks scattered around Vacay Island, but he never listened to them. When he’d left their pod, he’d deliberately left behind anything BroZone related. Back then, he couldn’t wait to change his hair, pick up different hobbies, and have a new life. Back then, it felt like it was all or nothing, so Bruce had chosen nothing. It wasn’t until he’d found Vacay Island and began a life there that he’d finally considered reconnecting with his brothers, maybe having them in his life again.
When he proposed to Brandy, he wanted to invite his brothers and wanted them there for his wedding day. He sent an invitation back to the pod, as then he had believed Grandma, Floyd, and Branch still lived there. But when Bruce got no response back and they didn’t show up, he figured they wanted nothing to do with him anymore. He had no idea where Clay went, so he wasn’t able to invite him, which pained Bruce. As for John, he figured he might still be in the Neverglades, as that was where he said he would be going the day he left. So, he sent the postcard out, hoping he would come. But he never did. Bruce got no response, and figured it either never reached him, John didn’t want to come, or his brother was dead.
Bruce sent out a postcard instead of an invitation to John because at the time, he was scared of having John back in his life. He was worried that in having John back, things would go back to the way they were. He didn’t want that. He had a new life, with his wife and his restaurant.
But now…now Bruce wished he’d formally invited John. Maybe if he did John would have come sooner.
From watching the movies, he’d learned why John never came to visit. While Bruce hadn’t written anything on the postcard, John still knew it was from him, but he didn’t know if Bruce wanted him back in his life. John said he was ashamed and embarrassed to face him again. Turns out, he and John shared the same fears about their potential reunion, so they both avoided it from happening in some way. Bruce by not writing anything on the postcard, John by not responding and acting like he didn’t know who it was from.
He was brought out of his thoughts as John spoke softly, his brother holding the picture Bruce had studied of them earlier. “I kept these because they remind me of the good memories. We were together…happy.”
Bruce leaned over to get another look at the picture and couldn’t help but agree. They did look happy.
After another minute or so, John began to carefully put everything back in the box, Bruce following his lead by helping him pick up the pictures and posters.
Taking a deep breath, Bruce decided it was time to apologize. Sure, he sort of did last night, but Clay and Floyd had been there, and he wanted this to be more private.
“Hey John, I’m sorry.”
“Sorry for what?” John asked in confusion, pausing in his clean-up.
“I’m sorry for…not wanting you back in my life. I’m sorry for not writing anything on that postcard I sent out, and for not telling you it was me. I’m sorry for not supporting you more as kids and not accepting you for who you were. I-I should have been there, to help you with our siblings and the band when we lost our parents. Instead, I gave up on you and-”
John reached out and placed a gentle yet reassuring hand on Bruce’s shoulder, stopping him from his on-going apology. “We all made mistakes back then, Bruce, but that doesn’t define who we are. It’s alright and I forgive you.”
“I really did miss you, John,” Bruce said softly after a moment, giving his brother a hug.
“I missed you too, Bruce. And I…I really wish I’d come to see you sooner. And for not doing so, I'm sorry.”
“Yeah, me too,” Bruce whispered, John hugging him tightly as they embraced.
Viva
Morning had not come quickly enough. She was eager to get on the road to go see Poppy and her dad, so it took her a while to fall asleep from her excitement. By watching the movies, she knew Poppy would accept her and forgive her absence, which overjoyed and relieved Viva. For the past week she'd been looking forward to and anticipating this day, and now it was finally here! They were finally getting ready to set off for Pop Village, and she couldn’t be happier. While she wished she could bring the Putt Putts with them, she also knew Clay was right in the points he made yesterday. It would be better for them to stay here while they left first, but Viva couldn’t wait to tell Poppy and the others they were alive!
Once breakfast was finished, Bruce had gone out to pack up their things for them, John following shortly after to see if he needed help, while Floyd stayed to help Viva and Clay finish the dishes. Now that they were done, it was time for her and Clay to say goodbye to the Putt Putts.
Together, they went outside and started making sure everything was all set and everyone would be okay with their absence. This time, Clay was the one who checked in on Fern and Ty, making sure they would have things under control and that they knew what to do, while Viva went around answering any last and final questions anyone had before setting off.
Since this morning, Viva could sense a change in the brothers. They seemed more at ease with each other, and the constant nervousness Clay had while waiting for their arrival was now completely gone. Assuming this had to deal with whatever happened last night, she planned on talking to Clay about what happened, but decided to wait until later. For now, her main focus was leaving.
Turning around, she spotted Bruce and John exit Rhonda, their arms wrapped around each other’s shoulders as they conversed.
“Hey guys! Are we all set to go?” Viva asked, approaching the two oldest brothers.
“Yep! Everything’s packed and ready,” Bruce responded.
“Great! I’ve already said goodbye to the Putt Putts and taken care of things here, and Clay should almost be done instructing Fern and Ty. I was actually just about to go and find him now!”
“Sounds good. I’ll find Floyd and us three will be in Rhonda waiting,” Bruce said, walking off to find Floyd while John went back inside Rhonda to wait.
It didn’t take long to find Clay. He was standing near the clown head, chatting with Fern and Ty. Viva couldn’t help but smile as she approached them. Clay looked so much more relaxed now, more so than he had in years, and she was grateful for that.
“Hey, Clay,” she said, sliding her hand into his and giving it a reassuring squeeze. “Everything all set here?”
“Yep. Fern and Ty know what to do. They’ll take good care of things while we’re gone,” Clay responded, returning the squeeze.
Viva nodded, grateful for Fern and Ty. “Thank you both for being willing to step up and lead the trolls. We really appreciate it.”
“No problem, Viva! We’ll make sure everything runs smoothly while you’re away,” Fern said, grinning.
Ty nodded in agreement. “You can count on us.”
“Are you ready to go?” Viva asked, turning back to Clay.
“Yeah, let’s do this.”
As they made their way back to Rhonda, Viva couldn’t help but feel a sense of excitement bubbling within her. They were finally leaving the course behind and venturing out into the world beyond these walls. It was a thrilling prospect for her.
Inside Rhonda, John, Bruce, and Floyd were waiting for them, Clay going in to join them. Before following him, Viva paused in the door step, turning around to wave goodbye to the Putt Putts gathered to watch their departure.
“Stay safe out there!”
“We’ll miss you!”
“Come back soon!”
“Bye, everyone!” Viva called, smiling at her tribe before entering inside Rhonda and closing the door, the house-bus armadillo now taking off down the road.
As Rhonda had never been to Pop Village before and they had no way to track Branch or Poppy’s scent, they weren’t able to use the Hustle button to get there sooner, leaving the brothers and Viva to spend time together as they traveled. Luckily, Bruce did have some idea of where to go, as Viva had given him directions of how to reach the outskirts of Bergen Town. From there, they would do their best to find Pop Village from where they’d seen it located in the movies.
Currently, Floyd was standing at the front of Rhonda alongside Bruce, who had offered to drive, the two of them conversing happily with each other and making up for lost time. As for John, he had asked Clay if he could read one of his books, taking Clay by surprise but him also readily agreeing to it. Together, the two of them looked at all the books packed, Clay giving John summaries of each one and recommending his favorites. Viva smiled at the two of them, glad Clay had this moment with his older brother to share interests.
Turning her attention away from them, she looked out one of the windows with wide eyes, staring at the passing world around them in amazement and excitement. There was so much more space out here than they ever had in the golf course. The Hole N’ Fun wasn’t exactly cramped, but after spending a little over two decades with nothing else, Viva knew every nook and cranny like the back of her hand. Out here, there were so many unknowns.
Honestly, she’d almost forgotten just how big the world was. It was one thing seeing it all again on-screen, but being where she was now after years of never stepping foot outside her home, it was a whole new experience. Viva hadn’t realized just how stifling the Hole N’ Fun had been until now. While the mini golf course had been outdoors, it was still cut off from the rest of the world. Viva was glad she had left, and she didn’t want to go back to living in constant fear. But it was still overwhelming just how big the world was.
“I can’t believe how much is out here,” Viva said to Clay as he walked up to her, putting his arm around her shoulder. “The world is so big, and we’ve seen so little. Before we escaped the Troll Tree, as a kid my dad would tell me there were beautiful places out there. Places where we could be safe and happy and free. But, I don’t think I ever really fully believed him until now.”
“Yeah, it’s pretty amazing,” he replied in awe. “And you know what’s even more amazing? That we get to experience it together.”
“You know, I never thought I’d have the courage to leave the course, let alone do it with someone I love, but, here we are. And I wouldn’t have it any other way,” Viva responded, turning away from the window to face him and giving him a kiss. Pulling away, she took him by the hand and led him to one of John’s couches, nestling close against him. “Alright, I want to know what happened last night. You guys got back so late and I knew something happened during the concert.”
She heard Clay sigh heavily at those words, rubbing the back of his neck before recounting the events of the previous night. He talked about his thoughts during the performance, why he messed up, his feelings about the Putt Putts moving, his worries about their journey to Pop Village, the uncertainty surrounding Branch, the heated argument he had with his brothers, and all his fears and insecurities that had fueled his anger.
“But then, John and I, we talked,” Clay continued, his voice soft yet certain. “We talked about everything - our time as BroZone, why we did the things we did, what happened when we lost our parents, the mistakes we’ve made…And for the first time in years, we really listened to each other. We cleared up misunderstandings, we forgave each other, and we apologized.”
Viva listened intently, feeling admiration for Clay and his brothers. Despite their rocky relationship and hurtful past, they had found a way to come together, to heal old wounds and forge a new path forward.
“That’s amazing, Clay,” she said, taking his hand in hers. “I’m so proud of you and your brothers for being brave enough to confront your past and make things right. It takes a lot of courage to face those things, but it’s worth it in the end.”
Clay smiled, his eyes shining with happiness. “Yeah, it is worth it. For the first time in a long time, I feel like we’re truly a family again. Well, almost. There’s still Branch, of course, but…”
“Which will turn out okay,” Viva interrupted, looking steadily into his eyes. “Yeah, from what we’ve seen, it’ll probably be really hard at first. But, you’ll get through it. He wants you guys back, he really does. And this time, it’ll be easier for him to see that. Instead of you guys reuniting for a rescue mission, you’re reuniting because you want to be together again. He’ll see that, and because of it, it’ll be easier for him to welcome you guys back.”
“Thanks Viva,” Clay whispered, pulling her in for a hug. “I really needed to hear that.”
“Of course. I’m here for you, you know that,” Viva said, pulling away from the hug to look in his eyes again. “But, real quick, why didn’t you talk to me about your feelings on moving the Putt Putts? If you’re having feelings, you can talk about them with me.”
“You know, Poppy said that same thing to Branch,” Clay said, smiling, while Viva chuckled in amusement as she realized he was right. “But, you’re right. I should have opened up to you, and for that I’m sorry. I just…I didn’t want to worry you or anything. You were so happy and excited to meet with Poppy, and I didn’t want to take that excitement away. Besides, it was selfish of me to think all those things anyway.”
“No. It wasn’t selfish. It was a normal fear. I mean, come on. This is a whole new experience for us. It’s scary. And don’t ever think you can’t talk to me about something because you want to keep me happy. As your girlfriend, my first priority is your happiness, and I can’t do that if you’re not being 100% truthful with me,” Viva said, taking his hands in hers.
“Thank you. I can’t even express how grateful I am for you, but…just know that I am and that I love you.”
“I know. And I love you too,” Viva said, exchanging a warm smile with him.
“Hey, love birds!” Bruce called from the front, interrupting Clay and Viva’s moment.
Viva laughed as Clay rolled his eyes in exasperation, sending her an apologetic yet amused look.
“What?” Clay asked in a sarcastic voice.
“If you two are done, we’re about to listen to one of our albums! Wanna join us up at the front?” Bruce asked, and without waiting for a response, he popped one of John’s BroZone albums in and turned the volume up, the upbeat music filling the car.
“Oh my gosh, I love this song!” Viva squealed, grabbing Clay by the hand and pulling him up to the front where his brothers were. Immediately, she began singing along to the lyrics, and taking both of Clay’s hands in hers, she began swaying back and forth to the music, encouraging Clay to join. Only once John, Bruce, and Floyd were all singing along did Clay finally join in, a smile forming on his face as he twirled Viva. With laughter and music filling the air, they continued their drive, Viva’s spirits high as they journeyed toward their missing family.
Notes:
I can't believe I spent three chapters having the brothers at the Hole N' Fun. Originally, I planned on just having one chapter with them at the golf course but here we are! For this chapter, I decided to write in Bruce and Viva’s P.O.V. as we haven’t heard from them in awhile, and I plan on John being next :)) Also, now that we’ve explored Clay and Floyd’s relationship with John, I figured it was now Bruce’s turn. While writing, especially at the beginning when Bruce was thinking of his relationship with John, I compared their relationship to Ian and Barley’s from Onward. Honestly, that idea came while I was writing, but I loved it! If you haven’t seen Onward, you should! It’s an amazing movie and one of my favorites! So, to explain, in that movie Ian and Barely are on a journey to reunite with their dad using magic, as Ian has never met him before as he died sometime before his birth or shortly after. Anyway, eventually Ian realizes that while he’s never had his dad, his older brother Barely filled that role for him instead (I literally love it so much haha). So, that’s where I got the whole ‘John being a father figure’ idea. Hope you enjoyed!!
Chapter 48: Pit-Stop At Lonesome Flats
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
They’ve been on the road for a few hours now, and it was clear they were lost. John was now the one behind the wheel, having taken over driving from Bruce a while back to give him a break. However, it seemed that somewhere along the line, they had taken a wrong turn.
“Maybe we should turn around and retrace our steps?” Clay offered, standing next to Viva and John at the front window and looking out at their surroundings.
“No, we can’t afford to waste that time. Besides, we don’t even know how long we’ve been going in the wrong direction…” Viva responded, peering out the window trying to find any familiar landmarks. She was struggling to recall the direct route to Bergen Town, as their escape from the Troll Tree years ago were now hazy and distant memories to her. “Ugh, I can’t believe I got us lost!” She groaned, putting a hand over her eyes in frustration.
“You didn’t get us lost, Viva-” Clay said in an attempt to comfort her, but was quickly interrupted.
“What do you call this, Clay?!” Viva exclaimed, pointing out the window and not meaning to raise her voice. After all, it wasn’t Clay she was mad at.
When they should be seeing trees and greenery around them, they were instead driving along an old and unused road, surrounded by desolate stretches of terrain on either side of them. Occasional tumbleweeds drifted lazily across the ground, the only sign of movement in the barren landscape; a stark difference to the forestry environment they should be in.
“Viva, it’s been years since you’ve been to Bergen Town. No one’s blaming you. We’ll get to Pop Village eventually,” Clay said, putting a hand on her shoulder.
“Alright, we need a plan,” John spoke up from the driver’s seat. “We can’t keep driving aimlessly like this. Viva, are you sure nothing looks familiar? Do you have some idea of where we might be?”
Viva shook her head in response to his question, feeling a pang of guilt for getting them lost and putting more distance between them and their siblings. “I’m sorry, John. It’s all a bit fuzzy.”
“Maybe…maybe we could try something different. Look for a landmark or a sign that might give us a clue as to where we are,” Floyd offered, him and Bruce coming over to join the conversation.
“That’s what I’ve been trying to do-” Viva began, before Bruce cut her off.
“Wait, what’s that ahead?”
Following Bruce’s gaze, the trolls’ squinted their eyes, trying to see past the glare on the window from the sun’s rays. But soon, they were able to make out a signpost sticking out of the ground. It was weathered and worn, but the words were still legible: ‘Lonesome Flats-7 miles northwest.’
“Lonesome Flats?” Floyd whispered, the name sounding familiar but being unable to place an image with it.
Recognition sparked in John’s mind at the name of the town. Lonesome Flats wasn’t their intended destination, but he could now remember Branch and Poppy had been here during the Rock Apocalypse. He didn’t know there would be signs leading to the town though, but quickly shrugged that thought aside, deeming it unimportant.
“We’re not far from Lonesome Flats,” Clay announced, relief washing over him that maybe they weren’t as lost as they thought. “We may have taken a wrong turn, but at least we know where we are now.”
“Wait, what’s Lonesome Flats again?” Floyd asked, still trying to remember where he’d heard that before.
“Oh! That’s where the Country Trolls live! Remember, Branch and Poppy went here,” Viva said, connecting the town’s name to the movie they watched.
John glanced at her, a small smile tugging at the corners of his lips. “Well, then, it looks like we have a new destination.”
“Wait, what happened to going to Bergen Town?” Bruce asked. He really didn’t want any more detours…he just wanted to see Branch already.
“If we head to Lonesome Flats first, we can get directions from there to Pop Village,” John replied.
“Oh, alright,” Bruce reluctantly agreed. “As long as we’re not there for long.”
“We’ll be in and out before you know it,” John said, stepping on the gas pedal for them to go faster as they now had a destination.
It didn’t take long for the five trolls to arrive at the small, sandy, town; the buildings representing cacti and their surroundings painted in hues of orange, yellow, and red. This color palette perfectly complemented the Wild West theme and the desertic landscape that enveloped the town. In the far distance, the trolls could see the outlines of canyons, their rugged edges cutting into the azure, clear, sky.
Lonesome Flats stood in stark contrast to the colorful and vibrant landscapes of the other Troll kingdoms they had seen. Here, the colors were muted, the earth tones blending seamlessly with the dusty trails and desert floor.
Despite the seemingly desolate surroundings, John felt excitement bubble inside him. As he gazed at the distant canyons and the foreign environment, he found a rugged beauty to Lonesome Flats. For so long, John had lived alone deep in the woods, enjoying the hiking trails and the safety of the trees. But now, something about this place seemed to captivate him in ways he couldn’t quite understand. The open environment here brought a sense of freedom to him, a feeling the cover of the forest couldn’t exactly bring.
Deciding it would be best to park Rhonda outside of the town, so as not to alarm the Country Trolls, John Dory and the others stepped outside of the armadillo bus and into the dry, hot, air.
“Woah,” Clay breathed out in awe, taking in his surroundings. He’d only briefly seen this place on-screen, but the sight still came as a slight shock to him.
Enjoying the heat and fresh air, John was brought out of his thoughts at Bruce’s voice.
“Alright guys, let’s not be here for too long. Let’s focus on getting directions then heading straight to Pop Village. I really want to be there before dusk.”
Right. They were here for directions, that was it. In and out. John briefly shook his head to clear his thoughts as he and the others walked down the road and into the town.
When they watched the movies, Lonesome Flats had seemed to carry a sad and lonely atmosphere, the Country Trolls focusing on their work to get through each day. But now, the place seemed to be buzzing with activity; the Country Trolls happily conversing and seeming to be enjoying their time rather than focusing on the downs of life. Country music drifted through the streets, and instead of the lyrics being sad as they were in the movies, they sounded happy and joyous. The music wasn’t as upbeat and positive as the Pop Trolls of course, as it still represented their culture, but John could sense a change, which he figured must have been the doing of Poppy.
As John Dory and his siblings, along with Viva, strolled through the bustling streets of Lonesome Flats, they couldn’t help but be captivated by the lively atmosphere. Country Trolls greeted them with friendly smiles and waves as they passed by, which somewhat confused John as he wondered why no one bothered to ask them why they were there or who they were. I mean, it was clear they weren’t Country Trolls and weren’t from around there.
“Well howdy there y’all!” a voice called from behind them.
Turning around, John saw a beautiful Country Troll approaching them; her skin a warm shade of peach with a healthy glow that suggests a life spent outdoors under the sun. She had a long mane of fiery red hair, which cascaded down her back in loose waves, with a small cowboy hat perched atop her head. Her tail, on the other hand, was a beautiful shade of teal; nearly mirroring the shade of John's hair. He recognized her as Delta Dawn, leader of the Country Trolls, and noticed that she carried herself with confidence, a warm twinkle in her eyes.
“Welcome to Lonesome Flats,” she said, a friendly smile on her face. “I don’t reckon I’ve seen your faces ‘round these parts before. Did Queen Poppy send y’all here?”
The question took John off-guard. Why did she think Poppy had sent them?
“Uh, no, Poppy didn’t send us. We’re actually on our way to Pop Village, but we took a wrong turn somewhere along the way, and we ended up here instead,” Bruce briefly explained.
Delta gave the trolls a confused look at these words. “Aren’t you folks from Pop Village?”
“Not exactly,” Floyd said, rubbing the back of his neck nervously. “We’re actually from outside Troll Kingdom.”
At this Delta widened her eyes in surprise. “Oh, well goodness me. Hmm, what’d y’all say to sittin’ down for some lunch, if you got the time. I’ve never met trolls from outside the kingdom, so I’d love to hear more.”
“We’d love to, but we’re actually hoping to-” Bruce began before getting cut off by John.
“Lunch sounds great!”
“Good! Follow me. How does barbeque sound?” Delta asked, leading the trolls toward one of their restaurants.
“John, why’d you interrupt me?” Bruce asked, slightly hurt and annoyed at his older brother.
“Sorry, Bruce. I know that we’re eager to get on the road, but it won’t hurt if we eat something first,” John replied, giving his brother an apologetic look. “Besides, we are guests here. It might be fun to get to know these trolls more.”
“This wasn’t the plan,” Bruce said, crossing his arms in annoyance.
“Come on, Bruce. Lunch sounds good,” Clay said, grabbing Viva’s hand as they ran to catch up with Delta.
“Plus, I think John has his eyes set on a certain Country Troll,” Floyd teased before running after Clay and Viva.
“Wha-!?” John stuttered, while Bruce laughed in amusement.
“Let’s go,” Bruce said, briefly putting his hand on John’s shoulder before going to catch up with the others.
As they gathered around a table outside, a variety of food was quickly brought out for them, and any rush and hurry Bruce had in leaving was quickly gone as he dug into the food. He had to admit, the brief break from traveling was nice, and the food was amazing.
“Now, I don’t think we’ve been properly introduced yet. My name’s Delta Dawn, leader of the Country Trolls. And, you are…?”
“I’m John Dory, and these are my brothers Bruce, Clay, and Floyd,” John said, gesturing at each of his brothers, who all nodded in greeting.
“And this is my girlfriend, Viva,” Clay said, introducing her to Delta.
“Well, it’s nice to meet y’all. So, you’re from outside Troll Kingdom, is that right?” As they nodded in response to her question, she continued, “And you mentioned you’re on your way to Pop Village? Now don’t get me wrong, but when I first saw you folks, I thought you were Pop Trolls. Since the Rock Apocalypse, we’ve befriended the other troll tribes, so we’ll have Pop, Funk, or Classical Trolls come visit every now and then. Sometimes the Rock and Techno Trolls will come visit, but the other tribes are closer. That’s why I first thought Queen Poppy sent y’all. Oh, but maybe you haven’t heard ‘bout the Rock Apocalypse?”
“Oh, no, we’ve heard of it. That’s actually why we’re here,” Viva said after swallowing a bite. “You see, I was born in the Troll Tree, but during our escape from Bergen Town, some of the trolls and I accidentally got separated from the others. We ended up finding a sanctuary where we’ve been living for the past twenty years or so, believing the others hadn’t made it out. But recently, we heard about the Rock Apocalypse and found out the others were alive.”
“The Troll Tree you say…” Delta Dawn said, tapping her chin thoughtfully. “I remember Queen Poppy mentioning something ‘bout an escape from there. Does that mean you know Poppy?”
“I do. She’s…actually my younger sister,” Viva said, giving a small smile.
Delta’s eyes once again widened in surprise. “Poppy has a sister?! Well bless my soul. I’ve never heard her mention anythin’ ‘bout having a sister before.” She studied Viva for a moment, noticing the resemblance between her and Poppy. “Well, I’ll be darned. You do bear a striking resemblance to her.”
Viva smiled proudly at these words.
“But how come Poppy never told me ‘bout you? That girl can’t keep a secret for the life of her. Not to mention how much she just loves tellin’ others ‘bout those closest to her. I should know; once we became friends, she would go on and on ‘bout her boyfriend Branch, her dad….”
The brothers smiled widely at the mention of Branch.
“Yes, well, Poppy was just a baby when we got separated. So, she probably doesn’t remember me,” Viva murmured softly, a tinge of sadness shadowing her smile at the reminder she was kept a secret from her own sister. She couldn’t deny her feelings of hurt towards her father for hiding her existence from Poppy. Of course, she loved and missed her dad…a lot. But not telling Poppy, her sister , anything about her stung. While she knew why her dad never told Poppy, by watching the movies, it still pained her to know that when she would see Poppy in just a couple hours, her sister would have no idea who she was. No recognition of her whatsoever.
“Oh, I’m…I’m so sorry to hear that, darlin’,” Delta Dawn said, putting a comforting hand over Viva’s and exchanging a smile with her. “But, you have nothin’ to worry ‘bout. Poppy’s a great troll, and I just know she’ll be thrilled to see you again’ and welcome you with open arms.”
“Thanks, Delta,” Viva said appreciatively.
Nodding in response, Delta then turned her attention to the brothers. “Now, how ‘bout you four? You also from the Troll Tree?”
John exchanged a glance with his brothers before responding. “No, we’re not. Though we’re also Pop Trolls, we just weren’t born or raised in the Troll Tree.”
Delta nodded thoughtfully. “I see. So, where are you folks from then?”
“We’re actually from a part of the forest not too far from the Troll Tree. We lived there for years, but eventually we ventured out on our own,” Bruce replied, careful with his choice of words.
“You mentioned earlier that you traveled a ways to come here. How far we talkin’?” Delta asked.
“Well, for the past twenty years, I’ve lived in the Neverglades, Bruce lived at Vacay Island, Clay with Viva at a golf course they turned into their sanctuary, and Floyd at Mount Rageous,” John summed up.
“Well, I’ve never even heard about those places before. Sounds like quite a journey,” Delta said, the brothers nodding slowly at her words. “So what brings you four out here then?”
“Same reason as Viva, really. We’re heading to Pop Village to reunite with a sibling of our own,” Clay responded.
“You have another sibling?” Delta asked, surprised. “Well what’s their name? I might know them if they live in Pop Village.”
The brothers exchanged uneasy glances, a silent communication passing between them. Floyd cleared his throat, a flicker of sadness and guilt crossing his features. “His name is Branch. He’s our youngest brother.”
Delta’s eyes widened in surprise and disbelief. “Branch has brothers? Queen Poppy’s boy? Are we talkin’ ‘bout the same Branch here?”
“Yep. That’s our brother,” Clay said softly.
“Well, I certainly wasn’t expectin’ this. First I find out Poppy has a long lost sister, and now Branch has four older brothers. But what I don’t understand is why I’ve never heard of any of you before? I mean, family is important. Surely Branch would have talked about you if you really are his brothers.”
John sighed, his gaze dropping to the table. “It’s…complicated. Let’s just say we weren’t the big brothers Branch needed us to be.”
Delta nodded in understanding, a sympathetic expression on her face. “I see. If you don’t mind me askin’, when was the last time you saw him?”
“It’s been twenty years,” Floyd softly said, almost in a whisper.
“Twenty years! Oh my, that’s a long time. Why has it taken y’all so long to come see him again?”
“I guess, the simplest answer is we didn’t know he was still alive until recently,” John replied.
Delta hummed thoughtfully, trying to process all she was hearing and learning. “You heard ‘bout him from the Rock Apocalypse, I assume?” she asked, the brothers nodding in response. “Well, you should know that your brother is very brave. Was willing to sacrifice himself for Poppy as a matter of fact. And from what I’ve heard from Poppy, that poor fella’s gone through quite a bit throughout his life. But he’s a strong troll. Grew up to be a good person.”
As Delta spoke, John couldn’t help but feel a pang of guilt. Memories of baby Branch ran through his head, and he sadly realized he didn’t know his brother, even after watching the movies. He began to truly comprehend how much of his brother’s life he had missed. The Branch he would meet in the coming hours would not be the Branch he’d once known.
He knew he’d never be able to make up for the time lost with Branch, but John hoped he could be in his brother’s life now. If he would have him. John wished he could turn back time and undo his mistakes. He had pushed Branch away and sacrificed his baby brother’s well-being for his own happiness. They all had. Time and time again, he had let him down, that knowledge hurting John deeply. And now, he feared it was too late to make things right.
He wondered if Branch ever thought about them. If he missed them as much as they missed him. John was nervous about their reunion because in the movies, Branch had hated him and didn’t want anything to do with them. Heck, Branch had disowned them…claimed they weren’t his brothers anymore. Would he say that this time, too? Would Branch even want him around after all this time? Or had he become nothing more than a distant memory, a ghost of a brother long forgotten?
He closed his eyes, trying to block out his doubts and fears that churned within him. Deep down, he knew that no amount of apologies could ever erase the years of absence or the pain he had caused. All he could do now was hope for forgiveness and be there for Branch from now on, trying to make amends in whatever small way he could.
“I bet you’re excited to see him again,” Delta said, her voice breaking John out of his thoughts and returning him to the present moment.
“We’re actually…kinda nervous,” Clay admitted, Bruce and Floyd nodding in agreement, showing John that his brothers shared his concerns.
“Oh, I’m sure there’s nothin’ to worry ‘bout,” Delta said, but before she could continue, they were approached by another troll with messy red/orange hair and light green skin.
“Well hey there Miss Delta. Who’re these trolls?” he asked, offering the brothers and Viva a friendly smile as he stood by the table.
“Hey Hickory! These trolls are actually from out of town and are on their way to Pop Village,” Delta said, turning her attention to Hickory.
“Wait a minute, you’re Hickory, the yodeler,” Viva pointed out, recognizing the newcomer as the troll who accompanied and befriended Poppy and Branch during the Rock Apocalypse.
“That’s right. And, you are…?” Hickory asked, not at all confused as to how they knew him as he was used to new trolls recognizing him from his Bounty Hunter days.
“I’m Viva, and this is my boyfriend Clay and his brothers John Dory, Bruce, and Floyd,” Viva said, introducing herself and the brothers.
“Pleasure to meet y’all,” Hickory said, tipping his hat in greeting.
“And guess what, Hickory. These trolls here are related to Poppy and Branch,” Delta Dawn said, giving Hickory a smile.
“Well butter my biscuits, is that so?” Hickory said, raising his brows in surprise as he studied the newcomers.
“Mhmm. Viva here is Poppy’s older sister while the boys are Branch’s older brothers,” Delta continued, Viva and the brothers smiling bashfully at Hickory.
“Well, I can certainly see the resemblance…” Hickory slowly said, still in shock.
Now that he and the others were done with their meal, John decided it was probably time for them to get going. “Speaking of our siblings, we’re hoping to reach Pop Village by tonight, so it’d probably be best for us to get on the road again.”
“Oh, of course! Don’t want to keep you waitin’ any longer now,” Delta said, standing up from the table along with Viva and the brothers.
“Thank you for the meal, Delta Dawn. It was really nice,” Floyd thanked.
“Oh don’t mention it. It was a pleasure gettin’ to know you folks some.”
“It certainly was,” John said, giving Delta a smile.
“Would you mind giving us directions to Pop Village?” Bruce asked.
“Certainly! Since we made peace with the other troll tribes, Queen Poppy had the idea of making roads to each troll village, allowing trolls to visit each other more often. Luckily for y’all, the road connecting Lonesome Flats to Pop Village was recently finished, so you should get there in no time.”
“Great!” Clay said enthusiastically, giving Viva an excited smile.
“If you head south, you’ll soon find the road,” Delta said, pointing in the direction where the road was located. “It should be easy to find, as there are some roadmarks set up.”
“Thank you, Delta. We really appreciate your help and hospitality,” Viva said.
“Your welcome, hon. Now, I don’t want to hold you fellas up any longer. It was real nice meetin’ y’all and I hope to see you around again’ sometime soon,” Delta said, her and Hickory waving goodbye to Viva and the brothers as they headed back to Rhonda.
The sun was high up in the air, marking it mid-day, and making it easy for them to follow the directions Delta had given them. As promised, they found the road in no time. With each passing mile, the desertic landscape gradually got replaced with trees and lush greenery, letting the trolls know it was only a matter of time before they arrived.
John felt himself growing nervous with each passing minute. What if Branch didn’t want to see them? What if he rejected them once again? What will his reaction be like? How should they approach him? These questions swirled in his head, and he took a few deep breaths, trying to calm his racing heart and push away his doubts and fears.
Not even two hours had passed, and they had arrived. Parking Rhonda on the outskirts of the village, Viva and the brothers stepped outside. John heard Viva gasp in awe and he couldn’t help but agree with her. Taking in his surroundings, John noticed that Pop Village was seamlessly integrated into its natural surroundings. The pods were nestled among towering trees, and everywhere he looked there was lush greenery, sparkling streams, and flowers of all colors dotting the landscape. Each pod had holes to act as windows and entrances, and each had a whimsical design, featuring vibrant colors and unconventional shapes. Each pod seemed to have its own personality, as they were adorned with swirls, flowers, and patterns, adding to the village’s lively atmosphere.
As they walked through the village, John’s heart pounded in his chest. The familiar sight of colorful buildings and cheerful trolls brought a bittersweet ache to his chest. This was where they belonged, where they should have been all along.
The air was alive with the sound of music and laughter, but John could hardly hear it over the roar of his own thoughts. How would they find Branch and Poppy in this sea of trolls? And what would they say when they finally faced them?
Glancing at his brothers, he saw their expressions mirrored his own in a mix of nervousness, anticipation, and awe. He saw Clay take Viva’s hand in his and give her an assuring look, as she was beginning to slightly panic from nerves. John could understand her. After all, it’s been years since she’s seen her family and the rest of her tribe, not to mention she believed them to be dead until recently. Being here must be a lot for her.
John himself was feeling a whirlwind of emotions swirling within him as they walked through the vibrant village; excitement, nervousness, anticipation, and a tinge of sadness all mingled together. The familiarity of the place only served to intensify these feelings, reminding him of the life he once had and the family he had left behind.
Bruce walked beside him, his expression guarded yet hopeful. John could see his brother’s anxiety, the weight of their past mistakes hanging heavily between them. Despite their shared desire to reconnect with Branch, there was also an unspoken fear of rejection and facing the consequences of their long absence.
Clay’s grip on Viva’s hand tightened slightly as they navigated through the town. John could see the mixture of emotions playing across his brother’s face - joy at the prospect of seeing Branch again, but also a hint of anxiety about how the reunion would unfold.
As for Floyd, he wore a smile on his face as he soaked in the sights and sounds of Pop Village. But beneath his cheerful demeanor, there was also uncertainty and worry, as well as a deep well of emotion, a longing for the brother they had left and the hope of reconnecting with Branch again.
And Viva, despite her attempts to remain composed, couldn’t hide the nervous flutter in her stomach. After years of believing her family was gone, forever, the prospect of finally seeing them again filled her with both excitement and slight unease.
As they walked further into the village, John couldn’t help but wonder how Branch would react to their sudden appearance. Would he be overjoyed to see them, or would he resent them for their long absence? Lost in his thoughts, John was jolted back to reality by Bruce nudging his arm.
“John, listen,” Bruce whispered, him and the others coming to a stop.
Confused, John listened to their surroundings. At first, all he could hear was the laughter and singing of the trolls around them, but soon he heard the sound of familiar voices drifting through the air; the familiarity only coming through watching the movies.
“I can’t believe I was asked to be the maid of honor! Ah, this is so exciting!! Oh, but there’s so much to plan. Like, what should I wear? What should Bridget wear? Who should we invite?...”
“Poppy, relax. The wedding isn’t until two months. You have plenty of time.”
“Oh, yeah, you’re right. Of course. But, still, ah! Me! Maid of honor!”
Branch and Poppy. There was no question as to who those voices belonged to. Their voices seemed distant, but he knew they were close enough to their siblings to hear them. His heart skipped a beat as he turned in the direction of the voices, his eyes scanning the crowd until he spotted them.
There they were, standing together in the center of the village, engaged in conversation. Poppy’s vibrant pink hair and skin stood out like a beacon of light amidst the sea of trolls, and beside her stood Branch.
A surge of emotion washed over John as he locked his eyes on his youngest brother, his throat tightening with unspoken words and unresolved feelings. Branch and Poppy hadn’t seen them yet, but this was it - the moment they had been waiting for.
Notes:
Alright, so I know there wasn’t much on Delta Dawn and John Dory in this chapter, but that’s because it was mostly foreshadowing their relationship. Besides, John’s main focus is on Branch rn…Also, for those of you who didn’t know, in chapter 5 there’s an updated version of my ‘Author’s Notes.’ I would check that out, because I corrected one of my mistakes…I know originally I thought the brothers weren’t from the Troll Tree, but I was wrong (found that out a while ago actually…) I just didn’t want to go through all my chapters and change everything. So for this fic, let’s just pretend the brothers aren’t from the troll tree, if you’re okay with that. (Again, my whole thoughts on this is at the end of chapter 5) And just a heads up, there will be one more chapter after this before their reunion. I’m sorry for keeping you waiting 😭 But I really want to do a chapter on Branch before he sees his brothers again…
Comments and feedback are greatly appreciated! I want to know if there’s any room for improvement (which there always is), if there are any changes I should make, if there’s something you’re hoping to see in future chapters, and if you’re enjoying the story. Thank you for reading!
Chapter 49: The Pain and Shadows of the Past
Notes:
Hope everyone had a great Easter!!
Heads Up: I will be referencing The Beat Goes On and TrollsTopia along with the movie and the specials throughout the rest of this story ;)) This is because I don’t want the brothers to think they know ‘everything’ about Branch just from watching the movies, because they don’t. I want there to be some confusion when they arrive (as there are other trolls living there other than just Pop Trolls) because they still don’t really know what Branch has been up to.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The warm embrace of the morning sun cast a golden glow over Pop Village, painting the sky with hues of warm yellows and bright blues as dawn broke. A gentle breeze danced through the village, caressing the leaves on trees and bringing a sense of peace to the serene atmosphere. Outside his bunker, a certain dark-haired troll sat, his expression softening into a small smile as he breathed in the fresh morning air.
Branch, with the corners of his eyes crinkled in contentment, took a deep, relaxing breath, enjoying the fresh morning air and savoring the tranquility of the moment. Not many other trolls were awake right now, as dawn was just rising, yet he had been up since the early hours, joining Synth and the Techno Trolls for their usual morning swim at Hiding Place Hot Springs. Since Poppy introduced TrollsTopia, the custom had become a source of refreshment and bonding for them, Branch coming to enjoy spending his waking hours alongside one of his best friends, Synth.
Reflecting on the whirlwind of changes that had swept through his life in such a short span, Branch couldn’t help but feel a sense of awe. In the past year, he had undergone a remarkable transformation, shedding the weight of grief and despair that had once consumed him. For twenty years of his life, he’d been gray, alone, isolated, and an outcast, putting on a tough exterior as a mask to cover his feelings and need for affection and love. But that all changed thanks to one remarkable troll: Poppy. Her vibrant spirit, unwavering friendship, and constant support had been the catalyst for his rediscovery of self and finding his true colors again.
Gone were his days of solitude and isolation; instead, Branch found himself immersed in a world of colorful adventures and newfound connections. From making peace with the Bergens to embarking on epic journeys across the Troll Kingdom, he had experienced a breadth of experiences that had expanded his world in ways he never thought possible.
Central to this transformation was the birth of TrollsTopia, a vibrant community where trolls of all tribes came together in harmony, forming the United Troll Kingdom. Under Poppy’s leadership, delegates and trolls from across the kingdom had gathered to build a city that celebrated diversity and friendship. Branch had played his part, lending his skills to construct homes and neighborhoods that reflected the unique cultures of each tribe. The Classical Trolls lived up in the tree’s canopies in a beautiful and elegant structure that resembled a giant flower, similar to an orchard or lily, called Classical Crest. The Rock Trolls lived in a cave called Rock Hollow, while the Country Trolls lived in Country Corral, which is similar to Lonesome Flats in appearance as the Country Trolls reside in homes that resemble/are plants that were hollowed out, such as cacti. Techno Lagoon is the section for the Techno Trolls and is based on Techno Reef as it is set within a crater-like area and is lit up by many LED lights. As for the Funk Trolls, they live in a ship called Vibe Town, which is the only part of TrollsTopia that isn’t stationary.
Once word got out, the Regatton trolls and K-Pop gang even moved in. Branch and Poppy had invited the Yodelers to move in too, but they enjoyed their time spent in Lonesome Flat’s, so they moved there instead, visiting TrollsTopia every so often. As for Chaz, he had been offered a home here but then proved he still couldn’t be trusted as he tried hypnotizing everyone, resulting in him being told he couldn’t stay.
As Branch watched the sun gradually rise higher in the sky, he couldn’t help but marvel at the friendships he had forged in the past year. From the Snack Pack to Dennis and beyond, he had found companionship in the unlikeliest of places, including the Reggaeton trolls and K-Pop gang, who until recently were known Bounty Hunters. Each friend brought their own quirks and strengths, enriching his life in ways he never imagined and allowing him to become happier and a full-fledged troll. And then, there was Poppy. More than just a friend, she had become his partner in every sense of the word. Together, they had weathered storms and celebrated triumphs, their bond growing stronger with each passing day. With her by his side, Branch felt ready to face whatever challenges lay ahead.
Reaching up to touch his troll gem nestled safely in his hair, Branch smiled, a surge of gratitude filling his heart. The gem was a symbol of how far he had come, a reminder of the journey that had led him to this moment of peace, accomplishment, and fulfillment.
Before he regained his colors, he was known as the village ‘grump,’ an outcast shrouded in a cloud of grayness. Yet, amidst the darkness, Poppy remained a beacon of light. She was the one troll who refused to give up on him, relentlessly pushing him out of his comfort zone like nobody else had ever bothered to do, opening him into a world of color and possibility. Despite his resistance, she persisted, seeing past his rough exterior to the heart within.
Though, their bond was not without its challenges. There were occasional disagreements and misunderstandings, moments of doubt and fear. For Branch, each small fight felt like a chasm threatening to swallow him whole, a reminder of the losses he had endured in the past and fearing he would lose her, too. But through it all, Poppy remained steadfast, her unwavering loyalty and affection anchoring him, allowing him to open his heart and let her in as he came to believe in and trust her.
With Poppy by his side, Branch discovered a newfound sense of purpose and belonging. She ignited a spark with him, awakening a part of himself he had long thought was lost. She’d brought out his true colors and helped him finally recognize himself again. Suddenly, for the first time in 20 years, he had someone in his life who made an effort to stay and be there for him. She gave him a reason to sing, to wake up each morning, and to look forward to what the day had to offer. The simple act of holding her hand or sharing a smile filled him with a warmth he had almost forgotten existed. She became the first thing he’d think of when he woke up and the last thing to appear in his mind before he fell asleep.
As their friendship blossomed into something more, Branch found himself grappling with unfamiliar territory. His feelings for Poppy had taken root during their adventures together, growing steadily until they bloomed into something undeniable. Yet, the fear of rejection and the weight of his past loomed large in his mind. He feared losing the one person who meant the most to him and struggled with these new emotions for a while.
It wasn’t until he risked everything to protect her from the Ultimate Power Chord that Branch realized he could no longer hide his feelings. The pain he felt from that was excruciating, but he would feel that pain over and over again if it meant keeping her safe. In that moment of sacrifice, he understood that love meant laying bare his heart, allowing himself to become unguarded and vulnerable around her, and he finally realized he couldn’t go on with life with his feelings hidden from her. When he finally confessed his love to Poppy, she had returned the feelings, causing relief and joy to wash over him.
Now, they spend their days side by side, helping one another with their daily tasks. They’d savor any and all time spent together, even if it was something as simple as doing different tasks in the same room. Poppy would often scrapbook on the floor of his bunker while he’d restock his provisions or work on building plans. Being with her made him the happiest he’d ever felt, and while the old him might’ve looked upon the morning like another day to survive, he now saw it as a day to live. She gave him a purpose in life, made him feel needed and special, and brought color to his world in more ways than one, filling each moment with laughter and joy.
After years of isolation, Branch had finally found something and someone worth living for. He’d found a love who was beautiful and sweet, and he never knew it was possible for him to have someone so special in his life. Her heart and love had become his most treasured possessions, and though he longed to take their relationship to the next level, a lingering secret weighed heavily on his mind.
As he gazed into the horizon, uncertainty gnawed at his insides. Despite the happiness they shared, Branch couldn’t shake the feeling that he didn’t deserve her. There was a part of his past he had yet to reveal, a wound that had never fully healed, and something he hadn’t spoken of for over two decades.
He’d been born into a world of music, surrounded by four older brothers who formed the heart and soul of their family and brotherly band, BroZone. Four caring, funny, and talented older brothers - John Dory, Spruce, Clay, and Floyd. They were his mentors and heroes, his whole world, and for a time, he thought he was their world, too. Branch had felt like he belonged with them in their band and had a special place in their heart. But it seemed they didn’t feel the same way about him.
He remembered the fateful night of their final performance, the weight of expectation hanging heavy in the air. They had been about to achieve the Perfect Family Harmony, a bond rumored to be so powerful it was the only thing capable of shattering Diamond. But Branch’s mistake shattered more than just their goal - it shattered their unity. If it weren’t for him falling on Clay’s face, maybe they would have been able to stay up in that pose. And maybe, they never would have had the argument that caused their division.
He could hardly remember what was verbally exchanged between his older brothers after the performance. None of them had spoken to him; it was all angry back-and-forth shouts over his head between John Dory, Spruce, and Clay. All he could remember was being scared. He’d followed the verbal attacks back and forth with his gaze, tears welling up as he watched his family break apart into nothing. And then rapidly, without even a goodbye, his brothers were gone.
Except for Floyd.
Floyd was the closest in age to Branch and was everything a big brother should’ve been. He was kind, understanding, and always comforted Branch’s fears and worries, no matter how small they were. Floyd had supported even the most naive ideas Branch had had as a kid, even something as childish and imaginative as a ten-foot water slide as part of their secret hide-out. As a child, Branch thought Floyd was more than his older brother; he was also his best friend.
However, that mindset shortly crumbled away as the years went by.
He remembered Floyd crouching before him, and for just a moment, he thought he hadn’t lost all his brothers. Floyd was the brother he had believed would never leave his side. But he was wrong. Even with his promise of return, Floyd too had slipped through Branch's fingers, leaving behind only empty words and a broken heart.
For years, Branch had clung to the hope that Floyd or his other brothers would come back, that their family would be whole once more. But as days turned into weeks, weeks into months, and months into years, reality began to set in. His brothers were never coming back. The pain of abandonment cut deep, leaving scars that never fully healed.
He still wore the green leaf vest Floyd had given him on the day he left. Floyd had told him he could wear it whenever he missed him, but now, it served as a bittersweet reminder of love’s ability and power to both uplift and wound. Yet, despite the emotional turmoil it stirred within him, Branch couldn’t bring himself to discard the vest. It had become a part of him, a tangible link to his past that he couldn’t bring himself to part with. And perhaps, in wearing the vest, Branch found a sense of solace, a silent acknowledgment that while life was hard, it didn’t mean he couldn’t get through it.
The loss of his brothers had left a void in Branch’s life, one that not even his newfound friendships could completely fill. He had been born into a world of music, joy, and family, surrounded by the harmonious melodies of brotherhood. But when his family fractured, leaving him in a world of loneliness, Branch found himself unable to escape the pain of their absence.
His Grandma had been the last tether to his brothers, a living reminder of the family they once were. But then, she was gone too, leaving Branch consumed by guilt and regret. He’d been responsible for taking care of her, but he’d failed. Her screams could still be heard when it got too quiet and he became lost in thought. He was unfortunate enough to still vividly remember the memory; images of his Grandma pushing him out of harm's way, him falling from the tree, hitting the ground with a harsh impact that sent painful tremors through his body… He’d feel that pain a thousand times over if it meant he could go back and save her. He’d lost his family twice in just the span of a couple years, and any connection he’d ever had with his brothers since they left was now gone. Music, the one thing that’d brought them so close together and tore them apart, had also led to the death of their Grandma.
He remembered sitting on the forest ground for hours after the Bergen carried his Grandma off. He’d felt all the music and happiness seep out of him, a dull gray and black replacing his bright teal and blue color. He no longer recognized himself and felt his life to be over right then and there. Not only had he lost everyone he ever loved and cared about, but he also no longer resembled his family. He didn’t go back to the pod that night. He couldn’t. It would be too painful without her there. So, he had retreated into solitude, wandering off on his own in the quiet of the forest, building small survival places to stay in for short periods of time.
Eventually, a couple years later, he came across the trolls who escaped from the Troll Tree. They’d welcomed him in, but he refused forming connections, fearing he would only lose them too. He felt like a burden and a curse that deflected anyone he would let in, so he decided to live alone and in isolation, resorting to the silence and began building his bunker. He believed that keeping others at arm’s length would shield him from further pain. If he didn’t let anyone in, no one could hurt him like his brothers did when they left. Loving never gave him a home - all it did was leave him alone.
For twenty years he lived that way, believing himself unworthy of love and companionship. But now, looking back, he knew that thinking had been holding him back, his self-imposed exile only deepening his sense of loneliness. From the warm embrace of Poppy and his friends, he decided he wanted to embrace the feelings that came from having people so close to him, both the good and bad.
And now, he had found a new family—one that accepted him for who he was, scars and all. To him, Poppy and his friends were his world, and he found he couldn’t be happier. But, being gray for so long had changed him permanently. Even though Poppy had helped him get his colors back, it wasn’t the same vibrant teal and blue it once was, and it probably never would be again. There was still a gray tint to his now cyan skin, and his hair was still much darker than it was as a kid, the once vibrant blue only seen when reflected from light. But this was just who he was now, and he was okay with it. And his new family loved him for it.
He no longer yearned for the brothers who had abandoned him, for he had found love and acceptance in the arms of those who truly mattered. Years ago, he finally accepted that he would never see them again, and he was okay with that. He didn’t want to see them again. Besides, to him, they were more like strangers than they were brothers. After all, he was a baby when they left. There was little he knew and remembered about them, but from what he could recall, it was nothing but bad memories and empty promises. To his brothers, he wasn’t good enough. But it was different with the trolls he lived with now. To them, he was special, wanted, and accepted. To them, he was good enough. So he didn’t need his brothers. He didn’t need them growing up, so he certainly didn’t need them now.
With Poppy by his side and his friends at his back, Branch knew that he was no longer alone. He had found a family in the most unexpected of places, a family that loved him unconditionally and accepted him for who he was.
And as the sun continued to rise, casting a warm glow over TrollsTopia, Branch smiled, knowing that he was exactly where he was meant to be. In his new family, he had found his place in the world, and for the first time in a long time, he felt truly at peace.
Suddenly, a joyous and familiar voice interrupted his thoughts, accompanied by a bright pink troll coming to his side.
“Morning Branch!” Poppy greeted, her sudden arrival bringing a smile to Branch, with him being used to her ‘surprise’ visits.
“Good morning, Poppy,” Branch said warmly, his smile widening at the sight of her. “You’re up early.”
“Yeah, I know, but guess what!?” Poppy asked, settling down beside him, her eyes gleaming with excitement.
Branch raised an eyebrow, curious. “What?”
“Bridget sent me a letter!” Poppy exclaimed, pulling a colorful envelope from her hair. “I mean, since we started TrollsTopia, I feel like I haven’t seen her for months! I feel so bad for not visiting, but it’s just been so busy here with being Queen, making new friends, making sure everything’s running smoothly…But, it’s not like I’ve been ignoring her. Of course, I would never do that. She’s like a sister to me. I think. I’ve never had a sister so I actually don’t really know…anyway, we’ve been pen-paling, so I’m still involved in her life and up-to-date on everything that’s been going on-”
“Poppy,” Branch gently interrupted her ranting, smiling in amusement. “What’d Bridget say?” he asked, trying to recenter her attention to the topic at hand.
“Oh, right, sorry. She wants me to come to Bergen Town and visit! Says she has something important and exciting to talk about and that it can’t wait.”
“Can’t wait?” Branch questioned, his interest piqued. Bridget’s messages to Poppy were usually friendly and heartfelt, and he couldn’t remember her ever telling Poppy something couldn’t wait before. “What does she want to talk about?”
“I don’t know yet,” Poppy admitted, her tone reflecting her curiosity. “But it sounds really important. She wants to meet today.”
Branch nodded thoughtfully. “Well, sounds fun! You should definitely take this time to catch-up with her.”
“I know, and I really want to. Like, I really really really want to. But Prince D is supposed to arrive today, remember? He’s been wanting to visit Cooper and see TrollsTopia for a while now. I don’t want to miss his arrival, but I also need to see what Bridget wants,” Poppy said, concern flickering in her eyes.
As she talked, Branch felt a swell of affection for her. This was one of the things he loved most about Poppy: her caring heart. She always put others before her, and her friends and family were always on her mind.
“Don’t worry, Poppy. I’ll be here to welcome Prince D. And he’ll understand why you’re not there. You can see and welcome him when you come back.”
Poppy smiled in gratitude, leaning over to give him a quick peck on the cheek. “You’re right. Thank you, Branch. You’re the best!”
“Don’t mention it,” Branch said, a slight blush creeping up his face.
They spent the next few moments together in comfortable silence, enjoying each other’s company and the rising sun. He cherished these quiet moments with Poppy, where they could simply enjoy each other's company without the weight of the world on their shoulders. He also just loved having Poppy by his side, and honestly kinda wished he could go with her to Bergen Town just to spend more time with her, but he knew by being here he would be helping her out and allowing her to fully enjoy Bridget’s company.
“I’m so happy for Cooper,” Poppy said softly, staring at the beautiful mix of colors in the sky that accompanied dawn.
“What about exactly?” Branch asked, taking his gaze off the sky to look at her instead.
“For finding his family. It’s too bad though that they can’t come live in TrollsTopia, but I'm really glad Prince D is taking this time to come visit. Cooper’s so excited,” Poppy continued.
“Yeah…” Branch said, looking back up at the sky in thought. He too was glad for Cooper. He really lucked out in the brother department, that’s for sure.
“I wish I had a secret sister. We’d be best friends, teach other things, never fight, always have each other’s backs, think the same thoughts, everyone would ask us if we were twins…” Poppy listed wistfully, slowly swaying her legs while picking at some grass, a smile on her face at the thought of having a sister. “Wouldn’t having a sibling be awesome and so perfect?”
“Not to me,” Branch whispered, then realized he’d said that out loud without meaning to, causing Poppy to send him a confused look.
“Why not?”
“Well, siblings can be a …disappointment and, uh, unreliable, I guess…you know?” Branch said, clearing his throat awkwardly.
“Umm, not really, no,” Poppy said, growing confused by Branch’s strange behavior. “Why do you think siblings can be a disappointment and unreliable? It’s not like you have any siblings.”
“Uh, well, you’re right, I don’t. I just…” Branch said, slightly panicked at the idea of Poppy knowing. Taking a deep breath to recenter his thoughts, he was able to calm himself down, and really think about what he wanted to say. “What I’m trying to say is having a sibling might be nice for some trolls, but I’ve learned that family isn’t just about blood relations. It’s about the people who are there for you, who support you, and who love you no matter what. I don’t need siblings when I have you and everyone else here as my family.”
As he spoke, Poppy smiled lovingly at him, her heart swelling with affection for him. He had changed so much from the troll she once knew, and she was so proud of how far he had come. “You’re right, Branch. Family is more than just who you’re born with. It’s about the bonds you create and the connections you make with others. But at the same time, I don’t think having a sibling would be a disappointment. I mean, look at all the Trolls we know who have siblings! There’s R & B, Prince D and Cooper, Satin and Chenille, and Dante’s little brother Forte…” Poppy listed off.
“I know, I know, but they were lucky, that’s all,” Branch said, turning away from Poppy to look up at the sky again.
“Branch,” Poppy said softly, putting her hand over his and bringing his gaze back to her. “It seems like there’s something you’re not telling me. If you’re having feelings, you can talk about them with me. I’m here for you.”
“Okay, you’re right,” Branch sighed heavily, looking into her eyes and knowing it was safe to tell her. But, did he want to? Was he ready? He hasn’t spoken of his brothers in decades, why should he do so now? They didn’t want him a part of their lives, so why should he have them in his? He knew that if he told Poppy, she would try to get him to reach out and reunite with them again, and he didn’t want that. “Uhh…actually, you know what? Everyone’s probably starting to wake up by now, so we should probably get going to start the day…”
“Oh, um, okay,” Poppy said, surprised by Branch’s unusual nervous and avoidant behavior. She could tell something was bothering him, and she wished she knew what it was so she could help him. But if he wasn’t ready to talk about it yet, then she would wait until he was ready. “Well, I better go catch the caterbus to head to Bergen Town. I’ll probably be back around midday, alright? You’ll be okay?”
“Yeah, I’ll be fine. Enjoy your time with Bridget,” Branch said.
Poppy nodded, giving Branch’s hands a gentle squeeze before pulling him forward into a hug. He wrapped his arms around her as she did the same, pulling each other close for an embrace. Poppy nuzzled into his neck, resting her head on his shoulder for a few moments, before they pulled away, their hands slipping into their familiar places in each other’s grasps again. Poppy kissed Branch on the cheek and gave him another one of her beaming smiles before waving and heading toward the caterbus pick-up station. Branch watched her go, feeling a rush of warmth in his chest. He couldn’t help but marvel at how lucky he was to have her in his life.
As he began the walk into the village, he looked briefly down at the ground and his eyes caught on his vest. He stopped to run his hand along the familiar overlapping petals of green while people he loved were on his mind. His ears dropped slightly at the thought of his brothers, but he shook it off with a shake of his head. He may not have the family he once longed for, but he had something even better - a family he had chosen for himself. And to him, that was more than enough.
As he made his way into the village, Branch couldn’t help but feel grateful for the colorful world he now lived in and the vibrant friends who filled his life with joy and laughter. And though his past may have been filled with pain and loneliness, he knew that his future was brighter than he thought was ever possible. And it was all thanks to the love and friendships he had found in TrollsTopia.
“Hey-o Branch! What up, bro?” Synth called out, walking up to Branch.
As Synth approached, Branch couldn’t help but smile. Synth had become one of his closest friends since they started spending time together in TrollsTopia, and he always had a way of lifting Branch’s spirits with his upbeat attitude and fun personality.
“Hey, Synth! Not much, just enjoying the morning,” Branch replied, returning the greeting with a fist bump.
Synth nodded, his colorful hair bouncing with each movement. “Aight! It definitely is a great morning! Anyway, I was thinking we could do some whirlpool surfing today? What do you say?”
Branch’s eyes lit up with excitement at the idea. “Absolutely! But first, I promised Poppy I’d get things ready for Prince D’s arrival. Not like there’s much to do, but you know how Poppy is when it comes to visitors.”
“Haha, yeah I know what you mean. Say, where’s Poppy anyway?” Synth asked.
“She headed to Bergen Town to catch-up with her friend, Bridget,” Branch responded.
“Ah, gotcha. But, since when does Poppy miss the arrival of a new troll?”
“Well, Bridget sent her a letter saying she had something important to tell her,” Branch said, as he and Synth began walking through the now awake village.
“Oh, aight. Sounds serious, but I’m sure she’ll have fun. You know Poppy, always spreading her sunshine wherever she goes,” Synth chuckled.
Branch nodded in agreement, a fond smile crossing his face at the reminder of Poppy’s infectious energy and how she’s able to make any situation fun and enjoyable. “Yeah, she definitely has a way of brightening up everyone’s day.”
As they made their way through the village, Branch couldn’t help but overhear a conversation nearby. Cooper, R & B, Dante Crescendo, Biggie, and Holly Darlin’ were engaged in a lively discussion about siblings, with Dante currently talking about his younger brother.
“Yes, Forte and I have always been inseparable,” Dante was saying with a grin. “It was truly a delight when he came out to visit a few weeks ago. I wish he could have stayed longer but alas, his home is back at Symphonyville.”
Beside him, R & B nodded in agreement. “Having a sibling sure is amazing,” Rhythm said, putting her arm around Blues, her younger sister.
“Dang y’all, I wish I had a siblin’,” Holly Darlin’ said with a smile. “You must be excited to see your twin brother again’ Cooper.”
“Oh yeah! Finding out I had a twin brother had to be the best day of my life! I can’t wait to show him around,” Cooper said excitedly.
Branch listened quietly, feeling a pang of sadness at the mention of siblings. He wished he could relate to the bond Cooper, Dante, and R & B shared with their siblings, but his own experience with his brothers was far from positive.
Just then, Creek sauntered by, a sneer on his face as he caught sight of Branch. “Well, well, well, if it isn’t dear old Branch,” Creek taunted, his voice laced with sarcasm.
Branch clenched his fists, not in the mood to deal with Creek’s taunts. He had dealt with Creek’s behavior for years, and over time, he had learned not to let it get to him as much anymore. But that didn’t make him any less annoying and unenjoyable to be around.
“Creek, go and find something useful to do,” Synth said with a glare, watching Creek with narrowed eyes as said troll walked off. A while ago, he had been well-informed of Creek’s history by both Poppy and Branch, and while he did admire Poppy’s forgiving heart, he agreed with Branch that maybe they were wrong to welcome him back after his betrayal.
Rolling his eyes in exasperation, Branch turned his attention back to Cooper, not wanting to join in the conversation but needing to ask him when his brother would be arriving.
“Hey Cooper,” Branch greeted, trying to push aside his own feelings and focus on the task at hand. “Do you know when your brother is arriving?”
Cooper beamed at Branch, his excitement evident in his voice and expression. “Hey, Branch! Yeah, he should be arriving in the early-afternoon. I can’t wait for his arrival. He’s gonna love TrollsTopia!”
Branch nodded, offering a small smile despite the ache in his chest. “Alright, thanks, Cooper.”
Leaving the small group to their conversation, Branch continued walking around with Synth and found himself lost in his thoughts once again, his mind drifting back to the few memories he had of his brothers. Despite the pain they had caused him, there was still a small, a very very small, part of him that longed for the connection they once shared. But as much as he wished things could be different, he knew that the past couldn’t be changed.
Lost in his thoughts, Branch barely noticed as Synth nudged him gently, bringing him back to the present. “You okay, bro?” Synth asked, concern evident in his voice.
Branch forced a smile, pushing aside his inner turmoil for the moment. “Yeah, I’m fine. Just lost in thought, I guess.”
Synth gave him a knowing look, but didn’t press further.
Together, and with the help of the other trolls, they spent the next hour preparing for Prince D’s arrival. Decorations were put up, food was prepared, and everyone seemed to be buzzing with enthusiasm. It was always exciting when they had visitors, and the trolls made it a priority to welcome newcomers with the troll hospitality everyone knew and loved.
“You excited to see Prince D?” Synth asked, working alongside Branch.
“Oh yeah. We’re pretty good friends, so I’m definitely looking forward to seeing him again,” Branch responded with a grin.
“Hey, you think he’ll be down to join us for some whirlpool surfing later?!” Synth asked hopefully.
Branch’s smile widened at the thought. “That would be awesome. I could see him enjoying that. We should invite Cooper too, though.”
“Oh totally,” Synth agreed.
As they continued chatting, a commotion caught their attention. Looking behind him, Branch saw most of the trolls gathered around a wormhole, opened by Lownote Jones, which he knew led to Vibe City. The Funk Trolls had very advanced technology and gadgets, and thanks to R & B, Branch had learned a lot of cool and interesting things about their work, and still wanted to learn more from them.
Within moments, Prince D stepped out, a wide smile on his face.
“Darnell!” Cooper shouted in excitement, running over and enveloping his brother in a hug.
“Haha, Cooper! It’s so good to see you again, bro!” Darnell exclaimed, returning the hug before pulling back to do a fun handshake with Cooper.
“Hello, Prince D!” R greeted, walking up to greet him alongside her sister.
“Welcome to TrollsTopia!” B added.
“Hey, R & B! Lownote!” Darnell said, high-fiving the three funk trolls. “Man, I’m so pumped to finally be here!”
“I can’t wait to show you around! You’ll love Vibe Town, that’s where the Funk Trolls live! And I can show you where all the other trolls stay and the TrollsTopia Community Garden…you’re gonna love it here!” Cooper enthusiastically said.
“Sounds sick!” Darnell said, smiling in excitement.
“Haha, you got that right baby,” Lownote Jones said in his deep, captivating, voice.
“Branch!” Darnell exclaimed in excitement, spotting Branch in the gathered crowd and going to greet him.
“Hey man, how’s it been?” Branch asked, high-fiving Darnell.
“Aw, life’s been sick, man. Busy, but tons of fun. And what’s your name?” Darnell asked, turning his attention to Synth standing beside Branch.
“I’m Synth, and it is so [imitates air horn sounds] nice to meet you!” Synth responded in his signature way of greeting.
“Haha, I’m gonna like you!” Darnell said.
“Hey, you two want to join me in showing Darnell around?” Cooper asked Branch and Synth, coming to join the conversation.
“Oh, you bet, yo!” Synth exclaimed, Branch nodding in agreement.
The next few hours were spent showing Prince D around, the four trolls starting the tour off at the Metroll Station, where they took the train around TrollsTopia. They also visited the Community Garden, which had plants from each troll tribe, as well as showing Darnell Vibe Town.
“Dang, this place sure is awesome,” Darnell said in awe, the four trolls now sitting down to eat ice cream under the hot midday sun. “Thanks for showing me around you guys.”
“Aw, no sweat, bro,” Synth replied before taking a lick from his double chocolate ice cream cone.
“Ah! Prince Darnell, you’re here!!” a voice shouted in excitement, the four trolls turning to see Poppy running toward them.
“Hey, there you are Queen P!” Darnell said in greeting, smiling at the pink troll who was now catching her breath beside their table.
“It’s…so good…to see you! Sorry I’m late…had a busy morning…” Poppy gasped, a wide smile on her face.
“No need to apologize, P! Branch already told me where you were,” Darnell responded, gesturing toward said troll.
“Thanks Branch,” Poppy said gratefully, going over to sit alongside her boyfriend and lean her head on his shoulder.
“So, what did Bridget want?” Branch asked, handing Poppy his ice cream bowl to share.
“AH I’m so glad you asked! But, she doesn’t want people to know yet and only gave me permission to tell you…” Poppy said, sending an apologetic look at the other three trolls sitting around the table.
“Alright,” Branch chuckled in amusement, her happiness radiating off her and becoming his own as well. “Let’s go for a walk.”
“You sure? I don’t mind waiting if you’re still wanting to spend time with Darnell, Cooper, and Synth.”
“Poppy, you and I both know you’re dying to tell me. Besides, I haven’t seen you all morning,” Branch said with a teasing smile.
“That’s not true,” Poppy chuckled, lightly punching him on the shoulder as the two of them stood up from the table.
“Alright, see you guys soon,” Branch said to his friends as he took Poppy’s hand in his and began walking through the village.
“So…how was your morning?” Poppy asked, trying to remain casual and calm despite her excitement.
“It was good. Showed Prince D around and spent time with him and the others, which was fun,” Branch said, touched that Poppy wanted to hear about his morning before diving into hers. “Okay, so, what do you want to tell me?” he asked, not wanting Poppy to wait any longer.
Almost immediately Poppy exploded in a tumble of words, bringing a jump to her step in excitement as she told him what Bridget had said. “YES! Okay, so, you know how Bridget and I are like best friends, sisters basically, right? Well, I get to be one of the first to know all of the exciting things happening in Bergen Town, which is like, SO cool, and I found out that her and King Gristle are getting MARRIED! The wedding will be in two months, and she asked me to be her maid of honor, so I get to help plan the wedding which I’ve ALWAYS wanted to do…”
Poppy had begun to talk so fast that Branch was struggling to keep up with what she was saying, but from already being so exposed to her way of communication, he was able to make out the just of her words, watching her speak with an amused smile on his face.
“I’m just so AHH!” Poppy finally finished, giving an enthusiastic shout and jumping in excitement, causing Branch to laugh.
“Wow Poppy, that’s awesome! You’ll be an amazing maid of honor!” Branch said, smiling proudly at her.
“Thanks Branch!” Poppy responded, giving him a tight hug before pulling away, taking his hand in hers again as they continued to walk. “I can’t believe I was asked to be the maid of honor! Ah, this is so exciting!! Oh, but there’s so much to plan. Like, what should I wear? What should Bridget wear? Who should we invite?...”
“Poppy, relax. The wedding isn’t until two months. You have plenty of time,” Branch said, knowing how Poppy liked to be ahead of important/big events like this and make everything perfect for her friends.
“Oh, yeah, you’re right. Of course. But, still, ah! Me! Maid of honor!”
Branch chuckled lightly, before the feeling of being watched crept up his spine. Glancing around, he spotted five trolls watching him and Poppy from a distance, four of whom looked vaguely familiar, their faces stirring up memories he had long buried.
Branch’s heart seemed to plummet as he locked eyes with the trolls standing a ways away, any happiness he was just feeling now extinguished. His breath caught in his throat, and a wave of nauseating emotions washed over him. Those goggles, he’d recognize them anywhere. And that vibrant red hair and elegant purple hair could only belong to two trolls…
“Oh no…” Branch whispered under his breath, his heart pounding and his grip on Poppy’s hand tightening as he felt a rush of memories flood back to him. The pain of abandonment, the sting of rejection, the ache of longing for the family he once had…For the first time in over two decades, his brothers stood before him, a part of his past he had long tried to forget.
Notes:
Okay, so I’m learning about attachment styles rn in my major, and I couldn’t help but think about how insecure Branch’s attachment style is. I mean, he wants to be emotionally close with others but is hesitant to because he’s used to them abandoning him. He also definitely has trust issues and maintains distance from others, and it’s important that he feels independent and self-sufficient. As for Poppy, she 100% has a secure attachment, as she doesn’t worry about being abandoned and loves getting close to others. Anyway, I just found this interesting and wanted to add it here :))
Chapter 50: Pushed Away
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Branch
“Oh no…” Branch whispered under his breath, his eyes widening in disbelief, shock, and fear. His heart raced as he stood frozen, struggling to process what he was seeing. It had been years since he’d seen or spoken to his brothers, and now, out of nowhere, they stood before him. He had no idea who the fifth troll was, but she barely registered in his mind: all his thoughts were on the sudden reappearance of his past family.
Poppy noticed the change in Branch’s demeanor and followed his gaze, her expression shifting from excitement to confusion as she laid eyes on the unfamiliar trolls. Her first instinct was to go and greet them, but something about Branch’s reaction toward them stopped her. Did he know them?
“Branch, what’s wrong?” Poppy asked, her voice laced with concern.
Branch swallowed hard, his voice trembling slightly as he took a step back. “Poppy, we need to go.”
Poppy furrowed her brows, about to question him further, but the tension in Branch’s stance and the pain in his eyes stopped her. Without another word, she nodded, deciding to question him when he felt ready and safe to talk.
“Okay, let’s go,” Poppy said quietly, gently squeezing Branch’s hand. They turned to go, but before they could make their escape, a voice called out, halting their steps.
“Poppy?” the unfamiliar troll, with pink skin and yellow hair, spoke hesitantly, causing Poppy to pause and drawing her attention.
Branch, too, froze in surprise. How did she know Poppy? Who even was she and what was she doing with his brothers?
Poppy turned around, facing the pink troll who was now slowly approaching. “Do I…know you?” she asked, puzzled.
The yellow-haired troll hesitated, seeming unsure of how to respond. Then, without warning, she rushed forward and embraced Poppy, leaving Branch and Poppy wide-eyed in shock and surprise.
What was going on? His brothers briefly crossed his mind as he thought this, and a small part of him wondered if they were still here or if they had left. Risking a glance, Branch looked over his shoulder and saw all four of his brothers still there, standing a distance aways. They were watching Poppy and the yellow-haired troll with a small smile, but they quickly spotted Branch’s gaze, turning their attention to look at him. Cursing himself, Branch quickly looked away, regretting the glimpse he had taken.
“I never thought I’d see you again,” the yellow-haired troll sobbed into Poppy’s shoulder.
“Again?” Poppy asked, bewildered. “I’m sorry, but, should I-should I know you?” she questioned, politely stepping back to look the newcomer in the eyes.
The troll gave an embarrassed smile as she registered her action but maintained eye-contact with Poppy, her eyes brimming with tears. “You were just a baby…but an older sister never forgets.”
Wait, what?
Poppy gasped, taking a few steps back in shock. “Sister?” she exclaimed, her eyes widening. “What-what are you saying? What do you mean by that?”
“Poppy, I’m your sister, Viva,” the yellow-haired troll explained, her voice filled with hope. “I was there when you were born, in the Troll Tree, but we got separated the night of the escape.”
“What do you mean we’re sisters?!” Poppy rushed forward, examining Viva closely. “H-how could I not have known about you?”
Branch’s mind was now swirling with a mix of confusion and disbelief. He never imagined that Poppy could have a sister, let alone one who had been separated from her at such a young age. The revelation left him reeling, trying to piece together this unexpected twist. What on earth was going on?
“I can’t believe dad didn’t tell me I have a sister!” Poppy exclaimed loudly, still examining Viva. By now, surrounding trolls had noticed the arrival of the newcomers, coming over to overhear the conversation and figure out what was going on. “Oh! I ca-I can’t believe this! I’ve always dreamt of having a sister! I was just saying this! Wasn’t I just saying this?” Poppy exclaimed in excitement, turning to Branch with her eyes shining in astonishment and joy before redirecting her attention to Viva. “This means we can plan each other’s birthday parties!”
“Yeah yeah yeah! And weddings!” Viva added, laughing in joy and relief.
“Yes!” Poppy squealed, grabbing Viva’s hands and jumping up and down in excitement. “Oh my gosh! We have to find dad! He’s going to be so happy to see you!”
At these words, the smile on Viva’s face slipped briefly. “Oh, umm…” she began, but before she could say anything else, Poppy continued talking.
“And who’re they?” Poppy asked, pointing behind Viva at the four other newcomers.
Crap. Branch’s jaw tightened, his gaze flickering between his brothers and his mind racing with memories of their troubled past. He was hoping Poppy wouldn’t redirect attention to them, but of course, as luck would have it, he had to deal with them, even though he wanted nothing other than to walk away as if they weren’t even there.
“Oh, these are my friends,” Viva said, turning to smile encouragingly at the four trolls. Slowly, Branch’s brothers walked forward, Clay immediately going up to Viva and taking her hand in his. “And this is my boyfriend, Clay,” she added, turning her gaze back to Poppy to give her a wide smile.
Boyfriend! Oh no…oh no oh no oh no… Since Viva was Poppy’s sister, she was probably planning on staying here in TrollsTopia now. And since Viva was dating Clay, that meant he would probably stay too…and Branch didn’t want that. He didn’t want Clay here! He didn’t want any of his brothers here! Besides, all this proved to Branch was that his brothers weren’t here for him. They were here to support Viva as ‘friends.’ His stomach churched with a mix of dread and anger, and he clenched his hand into a fist.
“Wait a minute, I know you guys! You’re from BroZone!” Poppy exclaimed, causing the gathered TrollsTopians to gasp in excitement. “Oh my gosh, I love BroZone! I am like such a huge fan! Wait, wait, wait, okay, don’t tell me…you must be The Hearthrob!” Poppy guessed, pointing at Spruce who gave a small smile and a brief nod. “And you’re The Fun One?” Poppy continued, pointing at Clay.
“Yea,” Clay responded, exchanging a look with Viva.
“And you must be The Sensitive One?!” Poppy added, now gesturing to Floyd who gave a bashful smile. “Which means you’re John Dory! The old one!” Poppy finished in triumph, her attention now on John who sighed heavily.
“The leader, but sure,” he replied, giving a small eye roll while Spruce, Clay, and Floyd exchanged amused looks.
Branch felt frozen in place as a thought just came to mind. His brothers were all here, all of them, and they seemed to still go by their band-stage names. Did this mean…they’d been living together, without him, and continuing on with the band without him knowing?
“Oh my gosh, this is too cool! I just find out I have a sister, and now I’m meeting BroZone!! And my sister is dating a BroZone brother!!! Branch! How are you not excited! It’s BroZone!” Poppy squealed, turning to Branch in excitement.
Well crap. Now, the attention was on him.
He felt himself tense up, refusing to show any of the whirlwind of emotions he was facing, and sent a glare toward his brothers before responding. “Honestly, I’ve never liked that band,” he said dryly, causing his brothers to flinch at his words.
“Branch!” Poppy gasped in horror, sending an embarrassed and apologetic look toward the brothers. “I’m so sorry, I’m sure he doesn’t mean that. He gets hangry if he skips breakfast.”
“I had breakfast. I also have had enough of this delightful unexpected visit,” Branch growled, putting as much sarcasm he could into the word ‘delightful’ before turning away to walk off.
“Branch, wait!” Floyd called out desperately, causing Branch to halt.
“Wait, do you guys know each other?” Poppy asked, looking back and forth between the brothers and Branch in confusion.
Bruce sighed heavily, looking sadly at Branch’s back turned on them then at each of his other brothers, all of them mirroring the same expression. “We’re…we’re his brothers,” he said slowly, looking down at the ground rather than making eye contact with Poppy.
“WHAT!?!” Poppy shouted, the surrounding trolls gasping in surprise and shock.
“Correction: Used to be my brothers. Not anymore,” Branch spat over his shoulder, his arms crossed and still facing away from his brothers.
“Hey, um, remember earlier when I said you should open up to me and be real?” Poppy asked, walking over to Branch.
“Well…” Branch said, a guilty look briefly replacing the anger that had just been there.
“You could’ve started by telling me you had secret brothers!” Poppy exclaimed.
“Former brothers,” Branch corrected, narrowing his eyes in frustration.
“That’s not how DNA works!” Poppy responded in exasperation. “Branch, why didn’t you tell me about your brothers?”
“Because!” Branch exclaimed, not meaning to snap at her. He then took a shaky breath before continuing. “Because it’s…it’s complicated,” he admitted, his scowl falling into a devastated expression. He squeezed his eyes shut to prevent tears from forming, not wanting to show any sign of weakness.
Poppy’s gaze softened as she took in Branch’s vulnerable state. She felt bad raising her voice at him, and was only just remembering Branch’s desire to get away from the newcomers just a couple minutes ago. She walked over to place her hand on his shoulder, gaining his attention as he slowly turned to look at her, his eyes filled with hurt and pain. “Branch, I-I’m so sorry. I shouldn’t have gotten mad at you. But, I don’t understand. Why are you so upset at seeing your brothers?”
Branch took in a deep breath before responding. “I’ll tell you when we’re…alone,” he said, sending a backward glance at his brothers.
Poppy nodded in agreement, understanding his need for some space right now.
“Branch?” Clay questioned, trying to get his brother's attention.
“Why are you guys here?” Branch asked, slowly turning around to face his brothers, his arms still crossed.
“We’re here to see you,” Spruce responded matter-of-factly.
“Yeah right,” Branch scoffed. “You’re only here because you need something. So, what is it?”
“That’s not true, Branch. We’re here because we really miss you,” John spoke up, taking a step forward to which Branch responded by taking a step back, making it clear he didn’t want them coming close. John seemed to get the message, as he quickly stepped back to stand next to Clay and Spruce again.
“Oh, you miss me? Really? Huh, well, must be a one-way feeling then,” Branch muttered, scowling at his brothers. “So, you guys have just been together this whole time?”
“No,” Clay said quickly. “We only recently got back together.”
“I see…” Branch said, still unconvinced. Something wasn’t adding up. “So, why the change of heart all of a sudden?”
“We would have come to see you sooner, Branch, but it wasn’t until recently that we knew where you were. Heck, I didn’t even know you were still alive,” John said, sending Branch an apologetic look.
“Oh, that’s-that’s so sweet you realized I was still alive. Twenty years too late!” Branch shouted, causing his brothers to take a step back. “I bet you guys didn’t even try looking for me.”
“That’s not true, I did try. I even went back to our pod, but no one was there,” John responded.
“Yea, because you all left,” Branch retorted.
“Wait, what do you mean by that?” Poppy asked, stepping up to stand alongside Branch to provide him with some support and comfort. Viva was still standing by Clay, holding his hand, and was glancing worriedly between the brothers.
“You want to know why they stopped being my brothers? Because they couldn’t get over themselves and learn how to accept each other. They put too much focus on the band and their selfish desires that they forgot what being a family meant. They stopped being my brothers the day they walked out on me and never came back,” Branch bitterly responded.
“The band? Wait…does that mean you were part of it?” Poppy gasped, putting the pieces together. “Branch, you’re Bitty B?!”
“I was Bitty B,” Branch said. “But that was…a long time ago. Bitty B died when the band died. When BroZone broke up, I buried that persona with it. I mean, it’s not like anyone could tell I was Bitty B at that point, anyway, which I’m glad was the case. It allowed me to completely push that part of myself out of my life.”
For once in her life, Poppy was at a loss of words. Was Branch implying his brothers…left him? When he was just a baby?
“Branch, we’re so sorry,” Floyd apologized, sending Branch a sincere look.
“Yeah, you should be,” Branch muttered.
“Hey-o Branch, so I was thinking…” Synth began before trailing off, him, Cooper, and Prince Darnell walking in on the scene. Looking around, Synth could tell tension was high in the air. TrollsTopians were gathered around five new trolls as well as Branch and Poppy, with Branch sending glares at the newcomers. Confused and worried, Synth approached his friend. “Branch, what’s going on? Are these trolls bothering you?”
“Actually, they were just leaving,” Branch responded dryly, his arms once again crossed in annoyance.
“Wait, who are you?” Spruce asked in confusion, surprised to see a Techno Troll. Looking around, the brothers were just realizing Pop Trolls weren’t the only ones here. In fact, it looked like there were trolls here from every tribe.
“That’s not your concern. Besides, not like you even care. Now, I don’t know how you guys found me, but I’m sure you can find your way out again,” Branch snapped, pointing in the direction his brothers came from.
“What? But, Branch, don’t you miss the band? Don’t you miss us ?” John asked, unknowing the mistake he made in asking those questions.
And just like that, right then and there, Branch felt like he was going to lose his mind.
“Branch?” Poppy asked in concern, putting a hand on his arm gently.
John looked more confused than worried, and was about to speak up until Branch finally spoke again.
“Wow.” Branch shook his head for a few seconds looking down at the ground, then slowly returned his gaze to his brothers. “You really think you have the right to say that to me?”
Now John was even more confused. “What are you talking about-”
“You left! ALL of you left, and you ask me if I miss you? Or the stupid band? How selfish can you be?!” Branch was so angry and hurt at this point that he wasn’t even trying to control himself anymore or reign his anger in. His brothers deserved to know how much they had hurt him. “Get this through your guys’ thick head: I. Don’t. Care. I don’t! I don’t care about you guys anymore!”
At this, John, Spruce, Clay, and Floyd all flinched as if physically struck.
“...what?” Spruce whispered, heartbroken.
“What? You thought I’ve been patiently waiting for you all to return?” Branch snapped, aware of the many stares he’s receiving yet not caring. “You abandoned me and left me alone for twenty years. ‘Goodbye forever,’ I believe, were your exact words, John Dory. You guys really think you can just walk right back into my life after twenty years, and expect that I’ll forgive you and welcome you with open arms? You don’t even know me. You missed out on my entire life! And that is entirely on you! If you really wanted to know me and be there for me, then why leave in the first place? Huh?” Branch’s voice was rising, and he could feel years of buried anger building up inside him. “I mean, where have you guys been all my life? You left for your own desires and wants, without even considering what you were doing was wrong and not giving me a second thought. Only ONE of you said goodbye, but that same person also made a promise they broke and they clearly didn’t care enough to return sooner than now. Did you guys really HATE me that much and was I really that much of a BURDEN to you guys?! That NONE of you visited me even ONCE?!” Tears formed in his eyes, and he angrily brushed them away.
During his rant, the entire clearing had gone silent. By now, every troll around was focused on the scene playing out, staring wide-eyed at Branch or glaring at the brothers. JD, Bruce, Clay and Floyd could only stare at Branch, his words washing over them in cold waves. They knew he was right and that they deserved to hear everything he was saying, but that didn’t mean it didn’t hurt. As for Poppy, she was gaping at Branch in complete shock. She had never seen him so upset or heard him yell like this before, and the only emotion she could feel right now was anger. Not toward Branch, but toward his brothers. She couldn’t believe what she was hearing. Branch’s brothers, his own family, had left him all alone for twenty years. Memories of gray Branch played through her mind, and everything began to make sense. His closed off nature, refusal to be close to anyone, his low self-esteem…He wasn’t that way just because of his Grandma’s death…he was like that because of his brothers. They had hurt him in ways she was only now understanding, and she was not okay with it.
“You guys should go. You’re too late,” Branch muttered, turning around to walk off.
“But…we’re your brothers,” Clay called out desperately, his voice slightly shaking.
“I don’t have brothers,” Branch responded over his shoulder before walking out of sight.
Without a second thought, Poppy ran after him, leaving the brothers and her sister behind.
Branch and Poppy
He was hardly paying attention to where he was walking, just as long as he was getting away. Let him ditch them for once before they could do it to him again…
“Branch, wait!” Poppy called out behind him, running to catch up. “Where are you going?”
“Anywhere where they’re not! I didn’t need them growing up, and I don’t need them now,” Branch responded bitterly, then realized Poppy was still following him. “What-what are you doing?”
“What do you mean? I’m coming with you,” Poppy said, confused by Branch’s question.
“You just found out you have a sister, though. Shouldn’t you be with her?” Branch asked dryly, hating himself for being rude to Poppy. She didn’t do anything to him. Heck, she was the one person who actually stuck with him and here he was, pushing her away. Over this past year, he’d been trying so hard to stop brushing others off as much, but all at once his instinct to was just coming back, like he was still that same troll who’d lost everything and couldn’t bear to let anyone see how much he had lost.
Poppy’s hand slipping into his a second later took him by surprise, his breath catching in his throat and causing him to stop walking. His first instinct, honed after years of being alone and of pushing people away, was to brush her off. But it was Poppy, and she’d followed him . She hadn’t stayed behind with her sister or to fangirl over BroZone. Her grip was firm, and he found he couldn’t bring himself to force his hand out of hers, so he accepted the comforting contact.
“I had you first,” she gently said, going to stand in front of him to look into his eyes, taking both his hands in hers. “And like you said, I just found out about Viva. Sure, I love her, but I don’t know her yet. You, however, I do know. And I also love you. I’m not leaving you alone in this, and I’m certainly not going anywhere. Unless it’s with you.”
Branch hung his head, holding onto the warmth of her hands like a lifeline. After a few moments, he felt her forehead press against his, and he leaned into the touch, allowing the built up tears to fall down his face. Poppy’s heart broke with each tear that fell and felt him shaking as he quietly sobbed, no matter how hard he tried to keep them silent.
“I’m sorry what they did to you, Branch,” Poppy whispered, sounding genuinely devastated. “I’m so sorry.”
They stood like that for a few moments, Poppy rubbing the backs of his hands with her thumbs comfortingly and letting him silently cry. She waited until Branch pulled away before looking into his tear-stained eyes, her hands still holding his. Branch slowly exhaled, trying to calm himself down and recenter his thoughts.
“Do you want to talk?” Poppy gently asked, wanting to help but also understanding if he needed some space.
“Sure,” Branch whispered, nodding slowly.
Walking over to nearby rocks, Branch and Poppy sat down, the latter waiting patiently for her boyfriend to speak.
“You know, I was fine till they showed up…Sure, I didn’t forget what they did, and I still hurt because of it, but I learned how to live without them…” Branch said, his voice trailing off.
Poppy stayed silent, willing to listen to her boyfriend.
“They expect me to just move on, but wounds don’t heal that fast,” Branch softly muttered, looking down at the ground while Poppy was looking at him. “I mean, your sister had no choice for your separation, but my brothers did, and they chose to leave. I can’t forgive them just like that…”
Without a word, Poppy wrapped her arms around him, laying her head on his shoulder while he buried his face in the crock of her neck. She couldn’t even begin to grasp what Branch was feeling right now, but she did know that he needed her, now more than ever. She continued to hug him for about a minute, providing him with the comfort he needed, before pulling away.
“I know Branch. And don’t feel forced to forgive them right away, because when you’re ready to forgive them is entirely up to you. But they are here now, whether you like it or not. So, what are we going to do about your brothers?” Poppy gently asked.
“Send them away,” Branch muttered, directing his gaze on the ground.
“Branch. I know they hurt you and I understand what you’re feeling. You have every right to be mad at them for what they did. But they are your family. This is your second chance with them. How lucky is that?”
“They’re not my family. My family is here, in TrollsTopia, with you and my friends. And they don’t deserve a second chance,” Branch whispered sadly.
“...Maybe they meant what they said. About wanting to see you again,” Poppy gently pressed.
“I don’t know…how can I trust that? How can I trust them not to abandon me again?” Branch asked in defeat.
Poppy smiled sadly, hating to see Branch so crestfallen. Putting her hand under his chin, she guided his eyes to meet hers. “I’ll leave it up to you. If you don’t want them here, then I’ll send them away. But, maybe you could try giving them a chance? Just, let them stay here for a few days and see how it goes. They might surprise you.”
“I-I don’t know, Poppy,” Branch responded, fear back in his eyes.
“I know, and that’s okay,” Poppy said, putting her hand on his shoulder. “You don’t have to decide right now, but you probably should soon.”
Branch took a moment to reflect on her words, doubt and uncertainty clear in his expression. “I’ll…I’ll think about it. For now…I think I just need some alone time. To think about everything.”
“Okay,” Poppy nodded, understanding Branch’s need to be alone. Giving him a small smile, she leaned over to give him a lovingly kiss on the cheek, cupping his face in her hands. “I love you. Don’t you ever forget that.”
Branch smiled gratefully at her as she stood up, giving him one last heartwarming smile before turning around to head back in the direction they came. As Poppy’s figure disappeared from sight, he felt his smile immediately drop again, a wave of conflicting emotions crashing over him. He appreciated her unwavering support, but the buried hurt and pain that arose from his brothers’ unexpected arrival seemed to press down, slowly suffocating him. Standing up, he walked along the familiar paths of TrollsTopia, seeking solace in the solitaire of his thoughts as he headed toward his bunker, the one place he would always feel safe and secure.
“ A broken heart is all that’s left ,” Branch whisper-sung, his voice cracking with emotion. “ I’m still fixing all the cracks. Lost a couple of pieces when…I carried it, carried it, carried it home. ”
Branch's footsteps faltered momentarily as memories of his past flooded his thoughts. The internal wounds inflicted by his brothers’ abandonment throbbed with renewed intensity, raw and unresolved. He couldn't shake the feeling of betrayal, the bitter taste of abandonment lingering like a ghost haunting his every step. His brothers' sudden reappearance had shattered the fragile peace he had worked so hard to build, leaving him in a midst of uncertainty and worry.
“ I’m afraid of all I am…My mind feels like a foreign land. Silence ringing inside my head…Please carry me, carry me, carry me home .”
His voice trembled as he sang, each note carrying the weight of his pain from betrayal and loss, a silent plea for understanding.
“ I spent all of the love I've saved, we were always a losing game. Small-town boy in a big arcade, I got addicted to a losing game. Ooh, ooh. All I know, all I know: Loving you is a losing game. ”
The words resonated with the hurt he felt deep within, a reminder of the shattered bonds that once held his family together. Despite his attempts to mend the pieces of his broken heart, the scars remained, proof of the pain he carried with him.
“ How many pennies in the slot? Giving us up didn't take a lot. I saw the end 'fore it begun. Still I carried, I carried, I carried on. ”
His heart ached with the weight of unresolved pain, and despite his efforts to move forward, he now found himself struggling to do so. Do his brothers even deserve a second chance? Should he give them one?
“ Ooh, ooh. All I know, all I know: Loving you is a losing game. Ooh, ooh. All I know, all I know: Loving you is a losing game. ”
Branch's thoughts swirled with questions and doubts, his heart torn between the desire to protect himself from further pain and the yearning for the connection he had lost. He didn't know if he was ready to forgive, to open himself up to the possibility of being hurt again.
“ I don't need your games, game over. Get me off this roller-coaster. Ooh, ooh. All I know, all I know: Loving you is a losing game. Ooh, ooh. All I know, all I know: Loving you is a losing game. ”
As the final notes faded into the air, Branch stood in silence, his heart heavy with the weight of his emotions. With a heavy sigh, he opened the trap door to his bunker and headed down inside his home, being welcomed by Shelliot, his pet turtle, who curled up on his lap as he pondered on what to do.
Glancing back down at his leaf vest, he had half the desire to rip it off himself and throw it on the ground in front of his brothers, while the other half of him didn’t have the heart to do so. So instead, he curled up on his couch, clutching the vest in his hands, and let his tears fall freely.
JD, Bruce, Clay, and Floyd
Well that was a disaster. By now, the gathered crowd was slowly starting to disperse, the TrollsTopians continuing to give the brothers rude and accusing glares as they walked past them.
As they watched Branch storm off, the brothers couldn’t help but feel heartbroken. They had hoped for a better reunion, a chance to mend the bond of their fractured family, but instead, they had only succeeded in reopening old wounds.
JD let out a heavy sigh, his gaze fixed on the path Branch had disappeared down. “We really messed up, didn’t we?”
Bruce nodded, his expression filled with regret. “Yeah, we did. Maybe we should have approached this differently…been more sensitive to his feelings?”
“I don’t think that would have changed anything. No matter how we approached him, he would still be mad at us,” Floyd sadly pointed out.
Clay clenched his free hand, Viva still holding his other, hurt evident in his voice. “I can’t believe he actually hates us. We’ve missed him so much, and now that we finally have a chance to reconnect, he wants nothing to do with us.”
JD remained silent for a moment, deep in through. Then, he made a decision. “I’m going after him.”
The other brothers looked at him in surprise. “What? Why? He clearly doesn’t want us around,” Bruce said, eyebrows furrowed in confusion.
“Because he needs to know that we care about him, even if he doesn’t want to hear it right now,” John replied firmly.
“No, John, we need to give him space. If we show him we’re actually here for him, rather than tell him, after some time he might come around,” Floyd said, putting a hand on his oldest brother’s shoulder to prevent him from leaving.
“But…” John said, looking sadly in the direction Branch had gone, wanting to be with him. “But we’re his brothers. We have to be there for him.”
“Not if he doesn’t want us to,” Floyd replied, looking sadly at his brothers.
Bruce sighed. “I-I didn’t know Branch felt that way…Well, I guess I did, but not all of what he said.”
“No one did…” Clay added miserably.
“Hey guys, I’m sure it’s going to turn out okay. Poppy’s with him and probably talking to him right now. He’ll be fine,” Viva said in an attempt to reassure the brothers.
“Yeah, but…we also want him to be fine with us, Viva,” Clay sadly pointed out.
The siblings stayed silent for a moment, each thinking about the truth of Branch’s feelings. From the movies, it was clear he was annoyed at them, but he never portrayed the fact he hated them. But of course, then, the only reason he had reunited with them was to save Floyd. They also couldn’t help but know they deserved Branch’s anger. After all, they did abandon him, and the fact that they chose to leave him made it even worse.
“So, you’re Branch’s brothers,” Synth stated, approaching the brothers with folded arms and a cross expression, Prince D and Tresillo next to him, their expressions mirroring his. Synth felt a mix of anger and disappointment toward Branch’s brothers for the pain they had caused him. He couldn’t fathom how they could abandon their own brother and then expect everything to be fine after two decades.
“They haven’t been very brotherly, though, have they?” Prince D added.
Tresillo nodded in agreement, his gaze fixed on the brothers. “No, they haven’t. Leaving him like that for twenty years…”
Bruce sighed heavily, feeling the weight of the situation bearing down on him. “Look, we know we messed up. We’re not proud of what we did, but we’re here now, trying to make amends.”
Floyd nodded in agreement. “We just want to make things right with Branch. We want him to know that we care about him, even if we didn’t show it before.”
“We know we don’t deserve his forgiveness, but we hope he’ll at least give us a chance,” Clay added softly.
Synth’s expression softened slightly at their words, but the anger he was feeling still simmered beneath the surface. “Well, he’s hurting right now, and seeing you guys probably isn’t helping. What Branch needs is space.”
“Synth’s right. Branch needs time to process everything. Pushing him right now isn’t going to help anyone,” Tresillo added.
“We know…” John softly said. “You guys friends of Branch?”
“Yeah. I’m Synth, and this is Prince D and Tresillo,” Synth said, introducing said trolls.
“Branch is very lucky to have friends like you,” Floyd said, offering a small smile at the three trolls.
“He is,” Poppy said, joining the conversation as she approached the eight trolls, going over to stand next to Viva.
“Poppy, we’re really sorry-” Bruce began, before Poppy interrupted him.
“It’s not me you have to apologize to. You guys really hurt him,” Poppy said, crossing her arms and giving the brothers a mistrustful look. “As of right now, he doesn’t want anything to do with you guys, and honestly I can’t blame him. But listen, I’m not here to make you guys feel any more guilty than you already do. I’m letting you know that if you meant what you said, about being here for Branch, then you have to prove it. Show Branch that you’ve changed. For now though, it’s probably best if you give him some space and let him process what’s going on. Do you guys have a place you can stay?” Poppy asked, getting right to the point. Aside from her anger, she couldn’t help but feel some sympathy for them. Despite their past mistakes, they were still Branch’s family, and she hoped that one day he would come to forgive them. But until then, it was her job to support Branch and be there for him, giving him time and space and making sure his brothers did the same.
“Yeah, we have a place to stay,” Clay softly said.
“Where?” Poppy asked.
“I have a mobile home, that’s how we got here,” JD responded.
“Okay, that works. Viva, where do you want to stay?” Poppy asked, turning to her sister.
“I’m not sure yet actually,” Viva honestly responded, glancing between Poppy and Clay.
Poppy nodded understandingly. “Well, you can stay with me if you want. My place is open for you anytime.”
Viva smiled gratefully. “Thank you, Poppy. I appreciate it.”
With the living arrangements settled for the time being, Poppy turned her attention back to Branch’s brothers. “Alright, I expect you guys to respect Branch’s wishes and give him the space he needs. When he’s ready, he’ll reach out to you. And when that happens, if it happens, make sure you’re ready to show him that you truly care.”
The brothers nodded solemnly, their expression reflecting a mix of remorse and determination. “We will,” John affirmed, his voice filled with sincerity.
Tresillo stepped forward, his gaze piercing as he addressed Branch’s brothers. “And if you hurt him again, you’ll have to answer to all of us.” Prince D and Synth nodded in agreement, their eyes serious.
“We’re not just going to stand by and watch him get hurt,” Prince D added.
“We won’t,” Bruce promised, speaking for all his brothers, who gave nods of assurance.
With that, the tension in the air seemed to ease slightly. Poppy glanced around at the group, feeling a sense of silent agreement among them.
“Alright then,” Poppy said, her tone softening. “Viva, you ready to see dad again?”
Viva took a deep breath, knowing she would have to face him eventually. And she did want to see him, but she also had no idea how their reunion would go. “Yeah, let’s go.”
“We’ll be in Rhonda,” Clay said, giving her hand a squeeze.
“Actually, you four should probably come along too. My dad should know what’s going on, and he would also want to meet you, Clay, as you’re dating Viva,” Poppy said, the brothers nodding in agreement.
With that, Synth, Prince D, and Tresillo walked off together in one direction when Poppy led Viva and the brothers toward her dad’s pod, eager to reunite her sister and dad while also nervous to introduce Branch’s long lost brothers.
Notes:
Song Used: Arcade by Duncan Laurence
Just a heads up, I’m not sure when the next post will be…I'll be taking a break from writing for a bit, as I'm moving across the Country and haven't seen my family in months. I also have three jobs right now, so I've been incredibly busy. Thanks for your patience and support, and I hope you enjoyed the chapter and that I did well on the reunion :))
Pages Navigation
Unknown (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 08 Apr 2024 09:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
Shadow_Cat_in_Night on Chapter 5 Tue 03 Sep 2024 07:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
Shadow_Cat_in_Night on Chapter 5 Tue 03 Sep 2024 07:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
Leemron on Chapter 11 Sun 19 Jan 2025 05:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
Leemron on Chapter 12 Sun 19 Jan 2025 05:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
EvangelineRose2412 on Chapter 32 Sun 10 Mar 2024 02:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
BlueBellePhoenix2005 on Chapter 32 Sun 10 Mar 2024 04:28AM UTC
Last Edited Sun 10 Mar 2024 04:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
EvangelineRose2412 on Chapter 32 Sun 10 Mar 2024 05:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
15_Heidune on Chapter 40 Thu 10 Oct 2024 08:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
15_Heidune on Chapter 41 Sun 06 Oct 2024 12:49AM UTC
Comment Actions
animegamer1 on Chapter 43 Sat 09 Mar 2024 11:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
animegamer1 on Chapter 43 Sat 09 Mar 2024 11:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
BlueBellePhoenix2005 on Chapter 43 Sat 09 Mar 2024 11:52PM UTC
Comment Actions
Eyemastar on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 03:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
EvangelineRose2412 on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 05:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
Ayumi_Dragneel on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 05:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
Littlereddevil23 on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 07:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
Kris4357 on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 10:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
MOSS_THETREE69 on Chapter 43 Sun 10 Mar 2024 08:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
Littlereddevil23 on Chapter 44 Mon 11 Mar 2024 12:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
Sydney (Guest) on Chapter 44 Tue 12 Mar 2024 04:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
MOSS_THETREE69 on Chapter 45 Fri 15 Mar 2024 01:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
Wickedme on Chapter 46 Sun 17 Mar 2024 06:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation